SETTLEMENT EVENTS – LITTLEMONK (Revision 2.

0)

· CONTENTS ·
INTRODUCTION................................
INTRODUCTION............................................
............................................2
............2 VILLAGE EVENTS ........................................
........................................8
........8
SETTLEMENT SIZE .............................................
............................................. 2 TOWN EVENTS ..........................................
..........................................13
.......... 13
OUTSIDE THE GATES .........................................
......................................... 2
CITY EVENTS ............................................
............................................18
............ 18
AN ADVENTURE!................................
ADVENTURE!................................................
................................................ 2
PET DOG EVENT SUB-
SUB-TABLE ....................24
.................... 24
OUTSIDE THE GATES EVENTS ....................3
....................3

· INTRODUCTION ·
This supplement is filled with appropriate events when Warriors are visiting Settlements in the Warhammer World and is
designed to replace the Settlement Events in the Warhammer Quest Roleplay Book (pages 26-28). These new tables
provide a much needed expansion to Settlement Events since gamers will most likely exhaust all of the original ones
after just a few Adventures. These new events will not only offer more variety, but can add some depth and plot hooks
for Gamemasters! All of the original Settlement Events appear in this supplement, some with minor changes in order to
flow with the theme and essence of this work. The beauty of a digital expansion such as this one is the ability to alter,
revise and expand upon it in the future.
Some of the Settlement Events are my ideas exclusively, while others were adapted from various resources. I have
carefully crafted these events to be well-suited to the Warhammer World. Some of the rules and events from the
wonderfully written Citadel Journal Down Town article by Andrew Meredith were modified and incorporated into this
collection.

SETTLEMENT SIZE
One of the exciting aspects of travelling to a Settlement in Warhammer Quest is deciding whether to journey to a
Village, Town or City. Ideally, of course, a City is always a Warrior’s first choice as there is so much more available to
them in regards to the stock at traders as well as successfully finding Special Locations. This supplement has gone a
step further and been designed so that your Warrior can have different experiences depending on what size Settlement
they are visiting. Larger Settlements have more activity and it is less likely that a Warrior will have an Uneventful Day.
Larger Settlements have opportunities to earn more gold but are also rife with more crime. Larger Settlements are also
more likely to be more welcoming to strangers and are less superstitious than smaller communities. Of course the
longer your Warrior stays the more likely something bad will eventually happen to them no matter what size the
Settlement is!
From now on, depending upon what size Settlement your Warrior is visiting, they should roll on the corresponding
Events Table. For example: if they are in a City, they should roll on the City Events Table. If they are in a Town, they
should roll on the Town Events Table. And so on. Settlement Events in this work are divided into the sections listed
above in the Contents. Unless any rules specify otherwise, you should follow all of the other normal rules for visiting a
Settlement and rolling for Settlement Events.

OUTSIDE THE GATES

Special Events have been included for the time when your Warrior is waiting for their companions outside of the
Settlement. The original concept by a WHQ fan (author unknown) was presented as “The Sticks.” I have taken that
concept and tried to improve upon it by filtering and editing some of the original ideas while also creating new ones.
Some of the events are fairly mysterious while others are downright nasty! Warriors be warned: avoid being Outside the
Gates at all costs!

AN ADVENTURE!
ADVENTURE!
Up until now, your Warriors have arrogantly just assumed that a new Adventure was waiting for them when they were
finished visiting a Settlement. With these new rules, that is no longer the case. This supplement provides the possibility
that a Warrior will roll on a Settlement Event titled “An Adventure!” This indicates that the Warrior has dubiously come
across someone or something that leads to an adventure in a dungeon somewhere. This event can occur more than
once and each time it does the Warrior who rolled it should consult the Ultimate Adventure Book to see exactly what
type of exploit the Warriors could participate in next. The Warrior need not do anything else for the day.
All of the new material which the Ultimate Adventure Book introduces, such as Adventures, Board Sections, Treasure
Cards, Special Cards, Counters and the Themed Event Decks, can be found on Littlemonk’s Custom Board at:
http://bwarhammerquestcustomized.runboard.com

2
 SETTLEMENT EVENTS – LITTLEMONK (Revision 2.0)

· OUTSIDE THE GATES EVENTS ·

There may come a time when your Warrior is penniless and unable to afford a meagre meal or the comfort of a bed in a
Settlement. Perhaps there was an incident and your Warrior was asked to leave (or they were forcibly removed). Since
they cannot reside in the Settlement any longer, they must wait for their companions Outside the Gates. It’s also
possible that your Warrior feels that they have accomplished everything they have set out to do in the Settlement and
visited all the locations they had wished to. They decide to wait Outside the Gates, paying no living expenses as they
live off the land. This would be ill-advised as being Outside the Gates will likely cost your Warrior more than just a few
gold pieces. Outside the Gates is the last place a budding hero wishes to be. Any person left outside of the settlement
walls are at the mercy of the elements, enemies, wild animals and who knows what else!
Just outside the safe confines of every Settlement are where an unhealthy mixture of the desperate and the
destitute gather. They are peasants and paupers, vagrants and vagabonds, thieves and thugs. Laws scarcely exist and
murder is a form of local currency. One who finds himself in such a lowly place as Outside the Gates will most likely
spend their days in squalor and boredom if they’re lucky.
For each day that your Warrior is Outside the City Gates you must roll D66 below:

The City Watch is responding to citizen reports of particularly Argil Fendlepetter, a dishevelled travelling purveyor of salves
aggressive vagrants and brazen pickpockets outside the and unguents, has set up shop here for the day. Your Warrior
Settlement gates. Your Warrior is among those who are may purchase Argil’s wares by following all of the normal rules
detained by the angry (and extremely corrupt) guards. One of visiting a Trader in the Settlement.
Treasure Item or piece of Equipment is confiscated as a
“stolen” article (determined at random) and your Warrior is Cost
brutally flogged and must deduct 1D3 from their Starting ITEM Stock Buy Description
Wounds permanently. Liniment 5 25g Heals 1D3 Wounds.
Tonic 6 50g Heals 1D6 Wounds.
Balm 9 100g Restores 1 point to any
Statistic that has previously
been reduced for any reason.
Home Brew 10 150g Heals Warrior to full.
Quicksilver 11 175g Gives your Warrior double
Attacks for 1 turn.
In an act of revenge for the loss of one of their leaders, a
When using any of Argil’s items roll 1D6. If the score is 1
group of vicious bandits emerge from the hills on horseback,
your Warrior loses 1 Wound permanently and the item has no
raiding and looting the helpless peasants outside the
effect. If the score is a 2 or 3 your Warrior loses 1 Wound
Settlement. Your Warrior must roll 1D6 on the table below:
permanently but the item works as stated. On a score of 4, 5
1 Your Warrior is soon targeted by the bandits who or 6 the item works as stated with no side effects.
overpower them by sheer numbers. They steal all of
their gold and 1D3 items of Treasure (your choice)
before the Settlement soldiers are able to drive them
back into the hills.
2-3 The attack catches everyone by surprise and, despite Your Warrior cannot hide their heroic stature and dozens of
the Warrior’s best efforts to defend their belongings, peasants soon surround them begging for money and food.
the bandits make off with one item of Treasure (your When the finally breaks free of the groping vagabonds they
choice). find that half of all the Provisions they were carrying are gone
4-5 Your Warrior hides behind the makeshift tents, quietly (rounded down) and they are 1D6x20 gold lighter!
slashing bandits as they ride by. When the Settlement
soldiers arrive, they reward your Warrior with 1D6x25
gold for helping to defend the Settlement inhabitants.
6 With a dramatic leap off a thatched roof, your Warrior
attacks the largest, most powerful bandit in the group,
killing him outright. The leaderless attackers are easily
routed by the Settlement soldiers. The Settlement
leaders reward your Warrior with 1D6x50 gold for their
role in the fight and they are allowed entry into the
Settlement.

See the Ultimate Adventure Book to determine what exploit

the Warriors might participate in next!

3
SETTLEMENT EVENTS – LITTLEMONK (Revision 2.0)
A colourfully-dressed minstrel who is heading toward the
Settlement gates notices your Warrior. With a look of
recognition he excitedly approaches your Warrior, loudly
strumming his instrument and singing a ballad all about your
Warrior’s exploits. Roll 1D6 below:
1-2 While the lyrical poet relates all of the interesting
exploits of your Warrior, a small crowd gathers around,
excitedly. A young lout suddenly lashes out, stabbing
your Warrior with a poisonous dagger! He happens to
be the offspring of a criminal who your Warrior once
brought to justice. The young scamp is quickly
subdued by the other peasants and your hero is
rushed to a wise man who manages to remove much
of the venom. Your Warrior’s life is saved but must
deduct -1 Wound from their Starting Wounds score
permanently.
3-6 The bard’s music focuses on all of your Warrior’s good
deeds and heroics! Soon your Warrior is mobbed by the
many pitiful masses Outside the Gates and they spend
the rest of the day giving blessings and allowing the
wretched to kiss their boots and touch their sweat-
soaked handkerchief.
Your Warrior sees a wagon filled with hay enter through the
Settlement gates, presumably to feed the various animals
inside. A second hay wagon can be seen approaching from a
distance and your Warrior has the crazy idea that they could
possibly steal away inside the wagon in order to get back into
the Settlement. If your Warrior chooses to do so, roll 1D6 on
the table below:
1 Injured!
Injured! As the wagon reaches the Settlement Gate, it
is stopped by the guards who begin stabbing their
swords randomly into the hay pile. As one of the
sword thrusts penetrates your Warrior’s stomach,
they let out a blood-curdling cry! Roll another 1D6 and
if the score is a 1, your Warrior expires on the spot and
is removed from the game. On any other score they
survive although they must deduct -1 Wound
permanently from their Starting Wounds score. Your
Warrior spend the next 1D6 days in jail, is fined 100
gold and is thrown back out of the Settlement.
2-3 Caught!! An observant gate guard sees your Warrior’s
Caught
foot sticking partially out of the hay. Your Warrior is
wrenched from the wagon and thrown into a jail cell
for 1D3 days. They are fined 100 gold before being
thrown back outside the gates.
4-5 Unnoticed! The hay wagon passes through the gates
with your Warrior hidden in the hay and no one is the
wiser! A few moments after it stops, your Warrior
hops out unobserved. Your Warrior may now follow all
the normal rules for staying in a Settlement.
6 Spotted!! Your Warrior hides in the hay wagon and
Spotted
enters the Settlement unnoticed. When they feel it is
safe, they leave their hidden spot only to discover that
the wagon is parked in front of the jail! Standing next
to your Warrior is the captain of the watch who eyes
them suspiciously. “No time for napping!” he snorts.
“This hay needs to get delivered to the animal pens.”
The captain hands your Warrior 1D6x10 gold coins and
sends them on their way! Your Warrior may now
follow all the normal rules for staying in a Settlement.
4
There is an outbreak of Tyrant’s Fever and your Warrior
quickly becomes bed-ridden, their face becomes red and
painfully swollen. They must roll 1D6 at the beginning of each
day on the following table adding +1 to the score each
subsequent time (remembering the Rule of 1 and 6).
1 The fever has taken a turn for the worse and your
Warrior can only moan in pain, unable to leave their
bed. Your Warrior is -1 to Strength or Toughness
(your choice) for the next Adventure. If their Strength
or Toughness ever reaches zero, they are dead.
2-5 The fever runs high and your Warrior is bedridden in
their makeshift hovel. Whilst laid up, your Warrior does
not need to roll for Outside the Gates Events.
6 The fever breaks and your Warrior returns to normal
by the end of the day.
While your Warrior is busy relieving himself in a make-shift
latrine, a horse thief makes off with their mount. If your
Warrior has a horse, mark it off your Adventure Record Sheet
along with anything that was attached it, such as a cart. If
your Warrior has no mounts, treat it as an Uneventful Day
instead.
Stoked by the words of a few malcontents the lowly
inhabitants who dwell outside of the Settlement have had
enough of their impoverished situation. A small gathering has
erupted into a dangerous riot pitting the peasants against the
local Watch. Roll 1D6 on the table below:
1 Your Warrior is arrested and charged with inciting a
riot They (or their companions) must pay 1D6x200
gold in fines and bribes to clear up the matter. If they
cannot pay they are hanged in the center of the
Settlement in 1D6 days as a warning to the other
vagabonds Outside the Gates.
2-3 Your Warrior is beaten terribly by the Watch and
thrown into jail. They must pay 1D6x100 gold. If they
cannot pay they must spend the next 1D6 days in jail
before they are thrown back Outside the Gates.
4-5 Joining the rioters, your Warrior strides steadfastly
into the Settlement where the angry mob demands
ample sustenance, clean water and access to medical
treatment. The Settlement officials eventually agree to
a compromise and each peasant, including your
Warrior, is given 1D3 Provisions, 1D3 Bandages and
1D6x5 gold.
6 Organizing the rioters, your Warrior marches the pack
of peasants into the Settlement demanding to meet
with high officials. The terrified authorities quickly
meet the demands of your Warrior and the peasants
are given access to food, clean water and medical
facilities. The peasants and your Warrior are each
given 1D6 Provisions and 1D6 Bandages. Your Warrior
also receives 1D6x50 gold in payment as a negotiator
and for keeping the peasants from using violence to
solve the matter.
 SETTLEMENT EVENTS – LITTLEMONK (Revision 2.0)

A masked criminal, the Black Tiger, sneaks into your Warrior’s A pack of hungry, wild animals rampage Outside the Gates
makeshift camp in the middle of the night. He steals from the attacking the peasants. Your Warrior must roll 2D6. This is the
rich and gives to the poor. If your Warrior has more than 100 number of animals attacking them. Roll another 1D6 and add
gold, the outlaw steals half. If your Warrior has less than 100 your Warrior’s Battle-level, the score being the amount of wild
gold, the outlaw does nothing. If your Warrior has no gold at animals your Warrior kills. If any animals remain, your Warrior
all, the Black Tiger slips 100 gold pieces into your Warrior’s injures their hand in the skirmish and is -1 Weapon Skill for the
purse. In any case, the outlaw leaves a piece of parchment next Adventure.
with a tiger’s paw print on your Warrior’s chest which they
find in the morning upon waking.
Note: if the Bounty Hunter rolls this Event, immediately roll up
a new Outlaw following all the normal rules. This Outlaw also
has the Vanish 5+ Ability in addition to any others. (See the
Bounty Hunter Revision by Littlemonk).

Your Warrior continually glimpses a black cat prowling about

near them. Others in the vicinity also notice and swear it is a
bad omen. Your Warrior is so perturbed by the situation that
they are -1 to their Willpower from now until the end of the
next Adventure.

Late at night your Warrior witnesses a thin, frail man being

assaulted by a group of hoodlums. Rushing to his aid your
Warrior fends off the attackers who scatter into the night.
The man gasps for breath as blood pours from an open wound
on his head. By the look of his clothes and belongings the
young man appears to be an apprenticing wizard. Far too
injured to be healed by bandages, your Warrior can only save The smell of urine and excrement is particularly overwhelming
him if they give the man a healing potion. Outside the Gates today. If your Warrior rolls this result a
If your Warrior does so, the apprentice repays your Warrior second time during their stay at this Settlement, then they are
by casting a powerful spell that permanently increases one of so sickened by the smell that they are -1 Strength for the next
your Warrior’s Characteristics. Roll 1D6 to see which Adventure.
Characteristic is affected:
1 Initiative 4 Weapon Skill
2 Willpower 5 Strength
3 Luck 6 Toughness Your Warrior must eat a provision or other food they are
carrying to maintain their health and strength. If they have no
If your Warrior has no healing potion, the young apprentice food, your Warrior is -1 Strength in the next Adventure.
expires…

In the middle of the night a wall collapses upon your Warrior’s

As they wander around Outside the Gates, your Warrior steps
into a patch of dead weeds and flowers adjacent to a crude
dwelling. An old crone immediately emerges yelling and
screaming that your Warrior has destroyed her perfect lilies.
She levels her finger at your Warrior and curses them
malevolently before returning to her abode. Your Warrior must
immediately deduct -1 Luck point permanently!
make-shift camp. Your Warrior’s leg is severely injured and
they are unable to travel for 1D3 days and must remain
outside the gates of the Settlement. In addition they are -1
Movement in the next Adventure. Whilst injured, your Warrior
does not have to roll for Outside the Gates Events.

The spirit of a druid appears in front of your Warrior late at

See the Ultimate Adventure Book to determine what exploit
the Warriors might participate in next!
night and accuses them of destroying sacred foliage during
their recent journey to the Settlement. He demands that your
Warrior make amends by planting a tree or bush in a shady
grove. Your Warrior is -1 to their Luck until they do so. It takes
1D3 days to make amends and your Warrior must roll for
Outside the Gates Events as normal.

5
SETTLEMENT EVENTS – LITTLEMONK (Revision 2.0)
An influential noble and his entourage are galloping through
toward the Settlement gates and soon a small crowd has
blocked their way to beg for food and coin. The noble
inexplicably spots your Warrior amongst the crowd and points
a finger at them. Roll 1D6 one the following table:
1 The noble is extremely irritated that the crowd has
stopped him. It is obvious to him that your Warrior,
being stout and strong compared to the frail beggars,
is the one in charge. He directs his guards to surround
your Warrior aggressively and they drag them in front
of the noble for a severe beating. Your Warrior must
deduct -1 Wound permanently from their Starting
Wounds score.
2 The greedy noble eyes one of your Warrior’s Treasure
Items (determined at random) and sends his lackeys
to obtain it. Upon pain of death, your Warrior
reluctantly hands over the item.
3 The noble is suspicious of your Warrior and calls for
the Watch to apprehend and interrogate them. For
1D3 days your Warrior is grilled and beaten until
eventually being fined 1D6x10 gold for loitering (your
Warrior must sell items or equipment if necessary).
They are then thrown Outside the Gates once again.
4 Among all of the wretched beggars the compassionate
noble has chosen you as the recipient of 1D6x10 gold.
5 The noble keenly observes that your Warrior may be of
some use for a particularly important task. He offers
to hire them for the day, paying them 1D6x20 gold to
watch his horse while in the Settlement. In addition,
your Warrior may visit any Location not previously
visited during this stay in the Settlement and must pay
Living Expenses as normal. Your Warrior returns
Outside the Gates at the end of the day.
6 The noble calls out your name and beckons you over.
Familiar with your recent heroic undertakings he
wishes to donate 1D6x100 gold to your cause. If your
Warrior was not allowed into the Settlement for any
reason, he berates the watch commander and
Settlement officials who immediately apologize to your
Warrior for any misunderstandings and allow them re-
entry. You may treat this as a new visit to the
Settlement and your Warrior may visit Traders and
Special Locations even they had done so previously in
this Settlement.
Mischievous wild animals sneak into your Warrior’s camp and
pilfer some of your Warrior’s possessions. Roll 1D6 to see
what they have taken:
1 An item of Treasure (determined at random).
2 A Potion (determined at random).
3 A Rope.
4 A Bandage.
5 A Provision.
6 Nothing.
If the Warrior has such as item they must discard it. If they
don’t have it, they does nothing. In any case, roll again. If you
roll lower than your first score to see what the animal stole,
the animal also stole the second item too, and so on. As soon
as you roll the same number again or higher, stop rolling.
6
See the Ultimate Adventure Book to determine what exploit
the Warriors might participate in next!
Your Warrior is adopted by a small dog. It follows them around
everywhere, skulking in the shadows while the fighting goes
on and then emerging after the adventure is completed to
shower its new master with adoration. Roll on the Pet Dog
Event Table (page 24) to see exactly which type of canine has
attached itself to you.
Your Warrior can kill the dog if you want, but it would be a
cruel and heartless thing to do and it will cost them 1,000 gold
to pay for a decent burial for the hound!
If your Warrior already has a pet dog, roll on this table
again. If not, name it and note it down on your Warrior's
Adventure Record Sheet.
Lepers begging for food accost your Warrior. The lepers will
approach your Warrior each day until your Warrior gives them
food, until your Warrior departs for the next Adventure, or
until your Warrior contracts their horrid affliction.
Each day the lepers approach to beg for food, your Warrior
must roll 2D6. If both dice come up the same number your
Warrior has contracted their foul disease and they are -1
Movement from now until the end of the next Adventure.
A deranged lunatic approaches your Warrior and lunges
forward with a knife! Your Warrior deals him a fatal blow in a
clear act of self-defense. Rummaging through the deceased
man’s belongings your Warrior realizes that the man’s
necklace bears the crest of Duke Hilderwhelm. Months ago,
the Duke’s nephew was rumoured to be missing and this must
be him! Roll 1D6 to see the result of your Warrior’s actions:
1 The authorities are furious and accuse your Warrior of
murder! They are thrown into jail and scheduled to be
executed in 10 days. At the end of each day that
passes, including this one, roll 1D6. If the result is a 6,
it means that a witness to the incident has come
forward to exonerate your Warrior. Your Warrior is
then immediately escorted outside the Settlement
gates. If no witness comes forward by the end of the
tenth day, your Warrior is beheaded in the center of
the Settlement before a large, jeering crowd.
2-3 In order to avoid any public embarrassment about his
deceased nephew’s state of mind, Duke Hilderwhelm
has your Warrior arrested on trumped up charges. He
will only drop the charges if your Warrior agrees to pay
a fine and keep quiet about the entire incident. These
negotiations take 1D6 days and cost your Warrior
1D6x50 gold. If your Warrior does not have the
amount (after selling any equipment or treasure to
cover the cost) then the Duke takes whatever gold
they have and drops the charges.
4-5 The influential Duke Hilderwhelm has your Warrior
arrested claiming that your Warrior killed his nephew
during a duel. Your Warrior spends 3 days in jail while
authorities determine if the duel was proper.
6 Duke Hilderwhelm, well aware of his nephew’s
deteriorated mental state, pays your Warrior 1D6x100
gold to keep silent about the entire incident.
 SETTLEMENT EVENTS – LITTLEMONK (Revision 2.0)
In the dark of night a priest with a covered wagon pulled by a
frail-looking horse is offering comfort and solace to some of
the more wretched inhabitants – or so it seems. As the wagon
approaches your Warrior, roll 1D6 on the table below:
1 Upon command from the priest a nightmarish creature
bursts from the wagon and assaults your Warrior who
manages to dispatch it, but only after it claws them
repeatedly. The priest vanishes during the struggle
and your Warrior immediately begins to feel ill, the
victim of a strange disease that the creature carried.
They must spend the next 1D3 days in bed doing
nothing and must deduct -1D6 Wounds from his
Starting Wounds score permanently.
2-3 The priest convinces your Warrior to trade one of his
weapons for one the priest claims is a holy artefact
that will protect them from harm. If your Warrior is the
Warrior Priest or a Bretonnian Knight, they sense evil
and corruption and decline the offer steadfastly. Any
other Warrior must roll 1D6 and add their Willpower. If
the total is 8 or more they refuse. If the total is less
than 8 they readily agree to the trade and must
discard a weapon of their choice. The weapon traded
for is the same type as the one given but it carries a
terrible curse.
In the next Adventure, each time a natural 1 is rolled
in the Power Phase, your Warrior must draw and use
the cursed weapon. The weapon only hits on a natural
6 and does Damage as normal. However, if his To Hit
is a natural 1, your Warrior uncontrollably lashes out
and attacks the nearest Warrior instead.
At the next Settlement, your Warrior may rid himself
of the weapon and the curse by visiting a Temple and
paying 1D6x100 gold.
4 The priest turns out to be a simple clergyman on his
way to a nearby monastery.
5 The priest is carrying food for the less fortunate and
upon seeing the sorry state of your Warrior’s tattered
gear and items he offers to trade food in exchange for
any item your Warrior is carrying. For each item of
Equipment or Treasure that they give up, your Warrior
is given 1D6 Provisions.
6 The priest tells your Warrior that he has seen them in a
vision and that they will become a ‘star of the
heavens’. He places something in your Warrior’s hand
and then leads his horse and wagon away into the
darkness.
The item placed in his hand is a polished stone with
a strange rune. Once per Adventure your Warrior may
utilise the power within the stone which allows them
to add an extra 1D6 to his Strength for one Combat.
A healer is passing through the makeshift camps outside the
Settlements offering to cure any maladies at no charge. Roll
1D6 and if the score is a 5 or 6, the healer really does have the
power to heal and restores 1 point to one Characteristic (your
choice) that has been previously reduced for any reason (such
as Tomb Rot, Poison, etc.). On any other score, the healer
blesses your Warrior by licking his thumb and then rubbing it
across your Warriors forehead before moving on.
A heavy rainfall bombards the Settlement. With no place to
seek refuge from the constant downpour, your Warrior
develops a terrible, hacking cough. During the next Dungeon,
your Warrior is -1 To Hit until they drink a Healing Potion.
Your Warrior catches a young urchin trying to steal their
purse. The boy claims that he’s an orphan supporting himself
and his sister and begs for mercy. If your Warrior frees him,
roll 1D6:
1-2 The contemptuous young lad promises to NEVER,
EVER steal again and darts away. Your Warrior’s fears
are confirmed when they reach into their pack and
discovers that one item is missing (determined
randomly).
3-6 The boy falls to his knees in overwhelming thanks.
Before departing he gives your Warrior a piece of
parchment that he lifted off of a merchant in the
Settlement, explaining that he can’t read anyway. On
it is the location of a secret cache of gold worth
1D6x100 gold. If the Warriors defeat all of the
Monsters in the Objective Room during the next
Adventure, your Warrior may claim this treasure.
If your Warrior delivers him in to the Watch roll 1D6:
1-3 The poor lad cannot withstand the severe beating
receives from the authorities and dies, leaving his
sister to care for herself. According to local laws and
customs your Warrior is now responsible for the girl’s
welfare. From now on, each time your Warrior reaches
a Settlement, they must send 1D6x50 gold for her
living expenses.
4-6 The impudent child has been a huge menace and the
Watch has been trying to apprehend the young whelp
for the past month. Your Warrior is given 1D6x25 gold
for catching the troublesome urchin.
See the Ultimate Adventure Book to determine what exploit
the Warriors might participate in next!
In order to address the grumbling of the lower classes, the
mayor of the Settlement has declared that a small handful of
peasants will be allowed to enter. If your Warrior was
restricted from entering the Settlement for any reason, they
are one of the lucky few selected. They may re-enter the
Settlement immediately if they so choose, paying Living
Expenses and rolling on the Settlement Events Table for this
day.
7
SETTLEMENT EVENTS – LITTLEMONK (Revision 2.0)
· VILLAGE EVENTS ·
Villages in the Old World tend to be places governed by superstition and a healthy distrust of strangers. Word travels
quickly in these close-knit communities and unusual events rarely stay secret for long. What little wealth may be in a
village is seldom flaunted and opportunities for work are few and far between…
Your Warrior's wild behaviour attracts the attention of the
Settlement authorities and there are thrown out of town. They
must wait outside the Settlement gates for the other Warriors.
See the Outside the Gates rules (page 3).
In addition, roll 1D6. On a score of 1 your Warrior is fleeced
by the gate guards as they are thrown out and have all their
gold stolen!
See the Ultimate Adventure Book to determine what exploit
the Warriors might participate in next!
Your Warrior is invited by a group of locals to go on a
nocturnal hunt.
Meeting them just before sunset, they are informed that
tonight's prey is the great Quarg - a beast of fearsome temper
and foul disposition. Your Warrior’s task in the group is to
take the hunting tools – a net, a small pole with a bell on it and
a bag full of garlic - and wait in the middle of the woods while
the rest of the hunters spread out into the forest and drive the
Quarg towards them. As the sun rises the next morning, and
the owls return to their nests, there is still no sign of the
Quarg, your Warrior begins to wonder if someone is being
made a fool of...
8
Your Warrior is accused of witchcraft, and is chased through
the streets by an angry mob. Roll 1D6 on the following table
(the Witch Hunter may add +1 to his score):
1-3 Your Warrior escapes by jumping over the Settlement
wall and into the filthy water of the moat. Pelted with
eggs and rotten fruit, they stagger out onto the far
side, and out into the sticks. See the Outside the Gates
rules (page 3).
4-5 Your Warrior ducks down a side alley and escapes, but
from now on must wear a disguise when out in public!
6 Your Warrior turns angrily on the mob, demanding an
explanation. Shouting down the leader of the mob,
they establish their authority over the crowd, who
sheepishly return to their hovels, pausing only to give
your Warrior 100 gold as way of compensation.
As your Warrior retires for the evening they fall into a deep
slumber. They begin to dream that they are fighting a
terrifying gorgon; her hair composed of vicious snakes and a
gaze which can turn a person to stone. With a horrendous
scream the gorgon attacks! Roll 1D6 to see how the dream
ends:
1 No matter how many times or how hard your Warrior
strikes the creature with their weapon, the beast
seems invulnerable. With a terrifying scream the
gorgon shoots an arrow directly into your Warrior’s
heart!
When your Warrior wakes, they find that they have
permanently lost 1 Wound! If your Warrior’s Starting
Wounds is ever reduced to zero because of this
dream, they are dead.
Tomorrow night the nightmare returns and they must
roll on this table again. Make a note on your
Adventure Record Sheet to remind you.
2-5 The battle is brutal and neither your Warrior nor the
creature seems to get the upper hand. Your Warrior
wakes in a cold sweat.
Tomorrow night the nightmare returns and they must
roll on this table again! Make a note on your
Adventure Record Sheet to remind you.
6 Your Warrior courageously stands their ground and
strikes the wretched beast down! A sense of relief fills
your Warrior and they sleep better than they have in a
long time.
When your Warrior awakens they discover that they
are +1 to his Starting Wounds! The nightmare ends
and they do not have to roll on this table again (unless
they encounter this Settlement Event again)!
If your Warrior leaves the Settlement before the dream
concludes, the nightmare temporarily ends. At the next
Settlement, however, it returns to haunt the Warrior again.
Make a note on your Adventure Record Sheet.

SETTLEMENT EVENTS – LITTLEMO NK (Revision 2.0)
Strolling alongside a dilapidated old house your Warrior spies
an old, stone well. Your Warrior casually tosses in 1 gold coin.
Roll 1D6 on the table below:
1 A creepy, guttural moan echoes upward in an
unknown tongue. A terrible sense of dread
overwhelms your Warrior and they are -1 Luck for the
next Adventure.
2-5 Nothing happens and your Warrior is now carrying one
less gold piece.
6 A high-pitched squeal and soft giggling can be heard at
the bottom of the well. Your Warrior gains +1 Luck for
next Adventure!
As your Warrior strolls through the village centre it is abuzz
with the preparations for tomorrow’s festival. Roll 1D6 to see
what festival is being celebrated and another 1D6 to see what
effect it has on ALL of your Warriors.
1D6 Festival
1 A Beer festival
2 A Food festival
3 A festival for the Deceased
4 A Religious festival
5 A Music festival
6 A Cultural festival
1D6 Effect
1 In recognition of the festival, all locations will be
closed for the next 1D6 days. Warriors who are
training will find their instruction interrupted during
the period and they must add on those extra days to
their training time.
2 In recognition of the festival, all traders will close up
shop for the next 1D3 days.
3 The population of the Village will double as it
welcomes visitors from the surrounding region. For
the next1D3 days all Warriors must roll on the Town
Events Table instead of the Village Events Table. In
addition, Warriors may make all stock rolls as if in a
Town (2D6).
4 Vendors, merchants and traders will make their way
to the Village tomorrow and any Warrior may visit the
Peddler, who is treated exactly as the Peddler from
the Roleplay Book (page 15) or the new, expanded
Travelling Hazards by Littlemonk (page 8). Visiting the
Peddler takes an entire day during which a Warrior
may do nothing else except roll for Settlement Events.
5 In celebration (but mostly to lure in new customers)
all locations will offer one item in stock at 50%. This
sale is offered tomorrow only.
6 In celebration (but mostly to lure in customers) all
locations will offer 10% off all items in stock. This sale
is offered tomorrow only!
If any Warrior rolls this Settlement Event again during this
stay, re-roll this result.
LITTLEMONK
An item of Treasure that your Warrior is carrying (determined
randomly) is identified by a wealthy, influential member of the
local citizenry as his family heirloom, stolen last year by
wanton burglars. The local Watch confiscates the item and you
must discard it immediately. If your Warrior has no Treasure
items, the wealthy local accuses your Warrior of hiding it and
demands 1D6x50 gold in restitution instead. If they cannot
pay, then your Warrior is thrown Outside the Gates.
While walking along the main street, your Warrior hears a
disturbance just around the corner. A moment later a huge
runaway bull charges down the street, wrecking market stalls
and causing panic. Your Warrior can let it pass by hiding down
a side alley, or try to stop the enraged animal. If your Warrior
hides down the alley and lets the bull pass, roll 1D6 on the
following table:
1-3 Your Warrior skulks in the shadows, waiting for the
action to die down. As they peep round the corner, a
mugger's metal bar hits them over the head. When
they regain consciousness, your Warrior’s purse is 100
gold coins lighter.
4-6 After waiting nervously in the dark for a few minutes,
your Warrior sees the bull roar past and career off
down a side street. The danger is passed and your
Warrior may carry on about their business.
If your Warrior tries to stop the bull, roll 1D6 on the
following table:
1-2 Your Warrior waves the passers-by aside and leaps
out in front of the bull, sword drawn. The bull
hesitates for half a second or so, and then tramples
them into the dirt before carrying on its way. The
crowd then stomps all over your Warrior in the rush to
follow the bull, leaving them to nurse their injuries
alone in an empty street.
3-4 A single sword thrust stops the bull dead in its tracks
literally. As its carcass twitches spasmodically, the
crowd roars in approval and showers your Warrior
with 100 gold. Then the bull's enraged owner arrives,
and relieves them of 150 gold – it was his prize stud,
and he wanted it stopped, not slaughtered!
5-6 Your Warrior gives the bull a hard stare and it skids to
a halt, snorting and pawing the ground. Putting a rope
around its neck, they lead it back to its stall. The
crowd cheers and showers them with 150 gold.
A terrible illness strikes the Settlement, and your Warrior falls
prey to it. They must spend the next two days in bed, paying
10 gold per day for medication as well as the normal Living
Expenses. While your Warrior is in bed, you do not have to roll
for Settlement Events.
See the Ultimate Adventure Book to determine what exploit
the Warriors might participate in next!
9
SETTLEMENT EVENTS – LITTLEMONK (Revision 2.0)

Much taken with the teachings of the local priest, your Warrior
pledges 1D6x50 gold to his cause, selling equipment if
necessary to meet the cost of the donation. The next time
your Warrior is in a fight and fails to hit their opponent, the
sect's deity shines on them and they may re-roll the attack.
They may only do this once for each donation they make (i.e.,
each time they roll this result on this table).
As your Warrior helps an old crone to cross the busy main
street, a beer wagon unexpectedly crashes into them. She
carefully peels them off the heavy, iron-shed wheel, and takes
them to the infirmary to be patched up. Your Warrior cannot
buy anything or visit any Special Locations for 1D6 days while
they recover. While they are recovering you do not have to roll
for Settlement Events.

Your Warrior overhears that the local fisherman are
complaining of a giant aquatic monster that has been
terrorising them down by the river. Upon investigation your
Warrior discovers a massive creature that has somehow
managed to find its way inland. After a few patient hours your
Warrior spots the beast and a small battle for water rights
ensues. Roll 1D6 on the table below:
1 The strange creature is too much for your Warrior.
Razor-sharp teeth and a piercing snout tear at your
Warrior and soon they are running from the river at
top speed, much to the chagrin of the locals. Your
bested Warrior is -1 Toughness for the next
Adventure.
2-3 The mighty fish tosses your Warrior about and leaves
them on the bank in a heap. Their hand is badly injured
in the struggle and they are -1 Weapon Skill for the
next Adventure.
4-5 Your Warrior thrashes about in the water as the
creature snaps and stabs at them with its long duck-
like bill. Eventually your Warrior drives the creature
away and returns to the applauding fishermen who
thank them with 1D6x25 gold.
6 As the giant fish leaps out of the water, your Warrior
fells it with one swift and accurate blow. The
fishermen are ecstatic as they haul the beast out of
the water. They regard your Warrior as a hero and give
them 1D6x50 gold. In addition, they use the creature
to prepare 1D6 Provisions for your Warrior. Treat them
like normal Provisions from the General Store.
Seeing them armed and battle-hardened, a pacifist approaches
your Warrior, attempting to convert them to the ways of non-
violence. The young lady is passionate and convincing and you
must roll 1D6 and add your Warrior’s Willpower. Look up the
result on the table below to see what effect her words have on
your Warrior.
2-4 Your Warrior takes the words of the woman to heart
and they vow to relinquish one of their weapons
(your choice). Discard it immediately.
5-6 Your Warrior is thoroughly convinced by the words of
the young woman and in the next Adventure they
promise that, aside from their regular Attacks, they
will not use any special skills or abilities that cause
Damage.
7-8 Your Warrior deeply considers the words of the
young woman and in the next Dungeon they refuse
to make an Attack in the first Warriors’ Phase of
each combat.
9 or Your Warrior is unaffected by the words of the young
more lady.
As your Warrior rushes through the busy streets, their money
pouch is stolen.
Your Warrior loses 1D6x20 gold.

As your Warrior passes by a potter’s store, a woman comes

running out hollering about a poisonous snake that has slipped
in. She immediately hires your Warrior to rid her shop of the
snake, but she warns them not to break any of her pottery
which is on display throughout the shop. Roll 1D6 below:
1 The snake is much harder to catch or kill than
anticipated and your Warrior practically tears the shop
apart before finally corralling the reptile. Angrily, the
shop owner demands 1D6x50 gold for her loses.
2-3 Just as your Warrior slips the snag into a burlap sack,
they stumble backward into a rare and expensive pot
which falls to the ground with a loud crash. After
deducting their pay for catching the snake, your
Warrior owes the potter 1D6x10 gold for the damage.
4-5 Stepping into the potter’s shop your Warrior spies the
cold-blooded creature coiled up in the rafters. They
manage to bring it down along with a few cups
hanging on the wall. The potter is elated and, after Due to a mistake in identity, your Warrior finds himself
deducting for damage, pays your Warrior 1D6x10 gold. surrounded by a gang of angry young men who insist that
6 No sooner than your Warrior enters the shop do they they are betrothed to marry their sister. Your Warrior agrees,
pounce upon the terrifying reptile, snatching it with albeit at knife point, and pledges their troth to a farmer's
their bare hands. When they bring the beastie back daughter of ample charms.
out, the potter is elated that nothing was damaged. The marriage is arranged for tomorrow, so your Warrior
She pays your Warrior 1D6x25 gold for their services. must either leave the Settlement immediately, or get married...

10

SETTLEMENT EVENTS – LITTLEMO NK (Revision 2.0)
As your Warrior heads back to the inn for a bit of relaxation,
they encounter a villager who welcomes them to the
Settlement heartily and insists on taking them to the nearest
tavern for a drink. Roll 1D6 on the following tables:
1D6 The person is the Village…
1 Idiot
2 Drunk
3 Loudmouth
4 Bard
5 Gate Guard
6 Elder
Now roll another 1D6 and add the number rolled above.
Look up the result on the table below:
Total Result
2-3 Upon entering the tavern, your Warrior is
immediately surrounded by ruffians. They find out
that the villager owes a huge debt to the owner of
the establishment and he was told not to return
until his debt was paid in full. Before being thrown
out with their new friend, your Warrior is relieved of
1D6x50 gold. If they do not have that amount, the
owner takes one item of Treasure (determined at
random) as compensation.
4-5 As your Warrior struts into the tavern with the
villager it is apparent that they are not welcome
here. After being roughed up and thrown out, your
Warrior finds out that one of the enforcers made off
with one item of Equipment (determined at
random). Discard it immediately.
6-8 Your Warrior spends the next few hours politely
listening to the boring history of the settlement
after which the villager leaves them to foot the bill,
which amounts to 1D6x10 gold.
9-10 As your Warrior and the villager walk through the
door, the other patrons cheerfully greet them (the
villager is apparently a bit of a celebrity). Your
Warrior and the villager are given free food and
drink. Your Warrior does not need to pay for living
expenses today.
11-12 The villager is well known and well respected.
Seeing your Warrior with him, the villagers in the
tavern pay all of the Living Expenses for the rest of
their stay in the Settlement and donate 1D6x25 gold
toward their next Adventure.
See the Ultimate Adventure Book to determine what exploit
the Warriors might participate in next!
There is a travelling circus in town, and your Warrior spends
the rest of their day wandering from sideshow to sideshow.
Having met the bearded woman and the two-headed goat,
they decide to have their fortune read. Perhaps the sign above
the door to that particular wagon should say 'Have your
fortune stolen', as for a cost of 1D6x10 gold, your Warrior is
told nothing more than that their destiny lies with a tall, dark
stranger from Erengrad!
LITTLEMONK
Your Warrior visits a local inn and gets involved in a dubious
game of dice. Roll 1D6 on the following table:
1 Your Warrior loses badly, and must forfeit one item of
Treasure of your choice.
2 Your Warrior loses 1D6x20 gold.
3-4 Your Warrior comes out of the game even.
5 Your Warrior wins 1D6x10 gold.
6 Your Warrior wins 3D6x10 gold.
Your Warrior is accosted by beggars and, overwhelmed by the
sadness of their plight, gives each of the 1D6 pitiful wretches
5 gold. If your Warrior cannot pay they are a beggar
themselves, and you must roll 1D6 on the following table:
1 Your Warrior is thrown out of the Settlement – see
Village Event 11.
2-6 Your Warrior gains 1D6x5 gold by begging.
As you wander through the Village your Warrior comes upon
some bare-knuckle pugilists competing with one another.
Catching sight of your Warrior’s garb and equipment they
immediately hail you to join them in a friendly bout, albeit with
much public jeering and taunting. Your Warrior has no choice
but to uphold their reputation by accepting the locals’
challenge.
Stepping up to meet your Warrior is Bamwig, local
champion and prize fighter. The protocols for such a bout here
are unfamiliar to your Warrior so they are given a list of rules
and regulations that they must adhere to.
Add your Warrior’s Strength and Toughness together and
then factor in their Alehouse modifier (see your Warrior’s
Rulebook). This is your Warrior’s Fight Total. The local
champion’s Fight Total is 8.
Each round you must roll a 1D6 for your Warrior and
another 1D6 for Bamwig. Deduct your Warrior’s score from
their Fight Total and then deduct Bamwig’s roll from his. Keep
a running total on a piece of paper and the first contender
whose Fight Total reaches zero (or below) is the loser. If both
contestants’ score reach zero or below at the same time the
higher score prevails. In case of a tie, continue another round
until one of them is the winner.
If your Warrior wins the match they receive one item of
Dungeon Room Treasure. If they are defeated, the local
champion and his cohorts relieve them of half their gold!
11
SETTLEMENT EVENTS – LITTLEMONK (Revision 2.0)
A head villager approaches your Warrior and informs them
that a distant relative has just passed away and has left them
an inheritance. Roll 1D6 to see what the inheritance is:
1 The inheritance is a debt and the head villager has
come to collect! Your Warrior must forfeit 1D6x25 gold
selling items and treasure if necessary!
2-3 The inheritance is actually a pet dog (see Event 63). If
your Warrior already has a pet dog, treat this as a roll
of 1 above.
4 The inheritance is a small sum of money to the amount
of 1D6x25 gold!
5 The inheritance is a small sum of money to the amount
of 1D6x50 gold!
6 The inheritance is an item of Dungeon Room Treasure!
Your Warrior must discard any one purchase they have made
in this Settlement, as it was a fake and is worth nothing! If
your Warrior has not yet made any purchases in this
Settlement, treat this as an Uneventful Day.
Taken with the joys of hot food and a comfortable bed after so
long out in the wild, your Warrior overspends on such luxuries
by 30 gold.
Your Warrior is employed by a local farmer to carry bales of
cotton to the riverside area for the day. This task earns them
20 gold.
As your Warrior passes by a small house they see smoke
seeping out from under the front door. Rushing inside they
drag out the unconscious inhabitants. Almost the entire village
turns out to fight the blaze and the house is saved with no
casualties. Your Warrior is being congratulated as a hero,
especially from the surviving family who make a gift of
1D6x20 gold in thanks.
12
A colourfully-dressed minstrel notices your Warrior as they
pass by. With an exasperated laugh he follows your Warrior,
loudly strumming his lute and singing a ballad all about your
Warrior’s exploits. Roll 1D6:
1-2 The raucous tune is an insulting account of all of your
Warrior’s follies; from their missteps in combat to
spilling their drink at the tavern. The bard also sings of
the unfortunate encounter with the miller’s daughter
down by the river which angers some of her close male
relatives. They wait for your Warrior around a corner,
throw a sack over their head and beat them severely.
Your Warrior is -1 Strength for the next Adventure.
3-4 The ballad is all about your Warrior’s exploits but no
one seems to even notice or care.
5-6 The bard embellishes all of your Warrior’s good deeds
and heroics to such degree that even your Warrior is
impressed with himself. A large group quickly gathers
and gives three cheers! Your Warrior’s inner spirit is
bolstered and they are +1 Strength for the next
Adventure.
Your Warrior is adopted by a small dog. It follows them around
everywhere, skulking in the shadows while the fighting goes
on and then emerging after the adventure is completed to
shower its new master with adoration. Roll on the Pet Dog
Event Table (page 24) to see exactly which type of canine has
attached itself to you.
Your Warrior can kill the dog if you want, but it would be a
cruel and heartless thing to do and it will cost them 1,000 gold
to pay for a decent burial for the hound!
If your Warrior already has a pet dog, ignore this result and
roll again on the Village Events table. If not, name it and note
it down on your Warrior's Adventure Record Sheet.
Your Warrior is accused of murder and thrown in jail. The
matter is sorted out eventually, but only after your Warrior's
companions have bailed them out. Each Warrior in the party
except the accused must pay 1D6x5 gold to the authorities.
If their companions do not have the money, your Warrior
must spend 1D6 days in jail. While in jail they don't have to pay
Living Expenses or roll for Settlement Events.
Your Warrior is carrying an item of magical Treasure
(determined randomly) that the villagers perceive as unlucky,
unholy or taboo. The local Watch is immediately summoned
and your Warrior must either leave the Settlement immediately
or surrender the item to the authorities (after which it is
properly destroyed in a ceremony involving a bonfire, a
catapult, a ten pound hammer and a large squash).
 LITTLEMONK
SETTLEMENT EVENTS – LITTLEMO NK (Revision 2.0)

· TOWN EVENTS ·
Towns contain a greater diversity of people: craftsman, artisans, traders and such. Unfortunately, that also means they
contain more grifters, frauds and criminals. Larger and more spread out than villages, many more things can happen in
a town and so Warriors can expect a greater spread of events and encounters. However, townsfolk can still be a little
superstitious so visitors would be wise to watch their step and not upset the locals…

Your Warrior's wild behaviour attracts the attention of the See the Ultimate Adventure Book to determine what exploit
Settlement authorities and there are thrown out of town. They the Warriors might participate in next!
must wait outside the Settlement gates for the other Warriors.
See the Outside the Gates rules (page 3).
In addition, roll 1D6. On a score of 1 your Warrior is fleeced
by the gate guards as they are thrown out and have all their
gold stolen! As your Warrior passes by a small house they see smoke
seeping out from under the front door. Rushing inside they
drag out the unconscious inhabitants. Almost the entire village
turns out to fight the blaze and the house is saved with no
casualties. Your Warrior is being congratulated as a hero,
Strolling alongside a dilapidated old house your Warrior spies especially from the surviving family who make a gift of
an old, stone well. Your Warrior casually tosses in 1 gold coin. 1D6x50 gold in thanks.
Roll 1D6 on the table below:
1 A creepy, guttural moan echoes upward in an
unknown tongue. A terrible sense of dread
overwhelms your Warrior and they are -1 Luck for the
next Adventure.
2-5 Nothing happens and your Warrior is now carrying one
less gold piece.
6 A high-pitched squeal and soft giggling can be heard at
the bottom of the well. Your Warrior is +1 Luck for the
next Adventure!

A debt collector catches up with your Warrior, demanding

payment for money borrowed years ago. The sum your
Warrior borrowed was not substantial, but the interest rates
are astronomical. The outstanding balance is 1D6x20 gold, and
if your Warrior cannot pay in full immediately the debt collector
takes all their gold plus one piece of Equipment or Treasure
(determined randomly).
In one of the wharfside bars, your Warrior meets a young
entrepreneur with great ideas for establishing a trading empire
to cover the known world. He talks your Warrior into investing
1D6x50 gold, giving them a certificate of partnership. From
now on, at the end of each Dungeon, whenever your Warrior
reaches civilisation, they may visit the local Merchants' Guild
and show them their deed of partnership. Consulting their
records, they can tell your Warrior how the company is doing.
Roll 1D6 on the following table:
1 The company has gone bust, and your Warrior's
investment is worth nothing. In addition, they must
pay the merchants 1D6x50 gold in outstanding debts.
2-5 Your Warrior's investment is performing fairly well, and
the merchant forwards them 1D6x10 gold as their
share of the profits.
6 Business is booming! After consulting the ledger, the
merchant confirms that he can forward your Warrior
1D6x50 gold.
Your Warrior argues with a burly street trader who has tried
to charge them far too much for some cheap, shoddy items.
The argument escalates to a brawl very quickly as the trader
calls in his guards. Roll 1D6 on the following table:
1 Your Warrior is soundly thrashed and loses 200 gold.
2 Your Warrior is bested after a hard struggle against
the trader and his cronies and loses 100 gold.
3 Your Warrior walks away with a bloody nose and 50
gold worse off, but leaves the trader badly bruised.
4 After a fierce struggle, your Warrior knocks the
impudent trader to the ground, where he stays to
collect his teeth. While he is busy, your Warrior takes
100 gold from his stall as compensation.
5 Your Warrior quickly disarms the trader. With a sword
at his throat, the lout has no choice but to apologise
and offer your Warrior 200 gold as compensation.
6 A dozen evil-looking thugs - the trader's bodyguards
leap out from the shadows, attacking your Warrior
with knives, coshes and cudgels. Unperturbed, they
coolly dispatch them with a few well placed sword
strokes, empties their purses, and ends up 300 gold
better off.

13
SETTLEMENT EVENTS – LITTLEMONK (Revision 2.0)

As your Warrior retires for the evening they fall into a deep
slumber. They begin to dream that they are fighting a
terrifying gorgon; her hair composed of vicious snakes and a
gaze which can turn a person to stone. With a horrendous
scream the gorgon attacks! Roll 1D6 to see how the dream
ends:
1 No matter how many times or how hard your Warrior
strikes the creature with their weapon, the beast
seems invulnerable. With a terrifying scream the
gorgon shoots an arrow directly into their heart!
When your Warrior wakes, they find that they have
permanently lost 1 Wound! If your Warrior’s Starting
Wounds is ever reduced to zero because of this
dream, they are dead.
Tomorrow night the nightmare returns and they must
roll on this table again. Make a note on your
Adventure Record Sheet to remind you. An item of Treasure that your Warrior is carrying (determined
randomly) is identified by a wealthy, influential member of the
2-5 The battle is brutal and neither your Warrior nor the
local citizenry as his family heirloom, stolen last year by
creature seems to get the upper hand. Your Warrior
wanton burglars. The local Watch confiscates the item and you
wakes in a cold sweat.
must discard it immediately. If your Warrior has no Treasure
Tomorrow night the nightmare returns and they must items, the wealthy local accuses your Warrior of hiding it and
roll on this table again! Make a note on your demands 1D6x50 gold in restitution instead. If they cannot
Adventure Record Sheet to remind you. pay, then your Warrior is thrown Outside the Gates.
6 Your Warrior courageously stands their ground and
strikes the wretched beast down! A sense of relief fills
your Warrior and they sleep better than they have in a
long time.
When your Warrior awakens they discover that they As your Warrior helps an old crone to cross the busy main
are +1 to his Starting Wounds! The nightmare ends street, a beer wagon unexpectedly crashes into them. She
and they do not have to roll on this table again (unless carefully peels them off the heavy, iron-shed wheel, and takes
they encounter this Settlement Event again)! them to the infirmary to be patched up. Your Warrior cannot
buy anything or visit any Special Locations for 1D6 days while
If your Warrior leaves the Settlement before the dream they recover. While they are recovering you do not have to roll
concludes, the nightmare temporarily ends. At the next for Settlement Events.
Settlement, however, it returns to haunt the Warrior again.
Make a note on your Adventure Record Sheet.

Taken with the joys of hot food and a comfortable bed after so
long out in the wild, your Warrior overspends on such luxuries
by 50 gold.

There is a travelling circus in town, and your Warrior spends

Visiting a local hostelry in a rather seedy area, your Warrior
partakes of a curious drink offered them by the bartender.
After one swig, they feel the effects of the liquid take hold –
they have been drugged! Roll 1D6 on the following table:
1-3 Your Warrior has been poisoned and is at -1
Toughness for the duration of the next Adventure.
4-6 The liquid in question is simply very strong ale, and
your Warrior quickly gets a taste for it. The only ill
effect is a pounding head next morning.
the rest of their day wandering from sideshow to sideshow.
Having met the bearded woman and the two-headed goat,
they decide to have their fortune read. Perhaps the sign above
the door to that particular wagon should say 'Have your
fortune stolen', as for a cost of 2D6x10 gold, your Warrior is
told nothing more than that their destiny lies with a tall, dark
stranger from Erengrad!
Your Warrior is accused of murder and thrown in jail. The
matter is sorted out eventually, but only after your Warrior's
companions have bailed them out. Each Warrior in the party
except the accused must pay 1D6x10 gold to the authorities.
If their companions do not have the money, your Warrior
must spend 1D6 days in jail. While in jail they don't have to pay
Living Expenses or roll for Settlement Events.

14
 LITTLEMONK
SETTLEMENT EVENTS – LITTLEMO NK (Revision 2.0)

As your Warrior passes by a potter’s store, a woman comes
running out hollering about a poisonous snake that has slipped
in. She immediately hires your Warrior to rid her shop of the
snake, but she warns them not to break any of her pottery
which is on display throughout the shop. Roll 1D6 below:
1 The snake is much harder to catch or kill than
anticipated and your Warrior practically tears the shop
apart before finally corralling the reptile. Angrily, the
shop owner demands 1D6x50 gold for her loses.
2-3 Just as your Warrior slips the snag into a burlap sack,
they stumble backward into a rare and expensive pot
which falls to the ground with a loud crash. After
deducting their pay for catching the snake, your
Warrior owes the potter 1D6x10 gold for the damage.
4-5 Stepping into the potter’s shop your Warrior spies the
cold-blooded creature coiled up in the rafters. They
manage to bring it down along with a few cups
hanging on the wall. The potter is elated and, after
deducting for damage, pays your Warrior 1D6x10 gold.
6 No sooner than your Warrior enters the shop do they
pounce upon the terrifying reptile, snatching it with
their bare hands. When they bring the beastie back
out, the potter is elated that nothing was damaged.
She pays your Warrior 1D6x25 gold for their services.
Your Warrior is adopted by a small dog. It follows them around
everywhere, skulking in the shadows while the fighting goes
on and then emerging after the adventure is completed to
shower its new master with adoration. Roll on the Pet Dog
Event Table (page 24) to see exactly which type of canine has
attached itself to you.
Your Warrior can kill the dog if you want, but it would be a
cruel and heartless thing to do and it will cost them 1,000 gold
to pay for a decent burial for the hound!
If your Warrior already has a pet dog, ignore this event and
roll on the Town Events table again. If not, name it and note it
down on your Warrior's Adventure Record Sheet.
Your Warrior must discard any one purchase they have made
in this Settlement, as it was a fake and is worth nothing! If
your Warrior has not yet made any purchases in this
Settlement, treat this as an Uneventful Day.

Your Warrior is accused of witchcraft, and is chased through

the streets by an angry mob. Roll 1D6 on the following table
(the Witch Hunter may add +1 to their score):
1-3 Your Warrior escapes by jumping over the Settlement
wall and into the filthy water of the moat. Pelted with
eggs and rotten fruit, they stagger out onto the far
side, and out into the sticks. See the Outside the Gates
rules (page 3).
4-5 Your Warrior ducks down a side alley and escapes, but
from now on must wear a disguise when out in public!
6 Your Warrior turns angrily on the mob, demanding an
explanation. Shouting down the leader of the mob,
they establish their authority over the crowd, who
sheepishly return to their hovels, pausing only to give
your Warrior 100 gold as way of compensation.

A head villager approaches your Warrior and informs them

that a distant relative has just passed away and has left them
an inheritance. Roll 1D6 to see what the inheritance is:
1 The inheritance is a debt and the head villager has
come to collect! Your Warrior must forfeit 1D6x50 gold
selling items and treasure if necessary!
2-3 The inheritance is actually a pet dog (see Event 36). If
your Warrior already has a pet dog, treat this as a 1.
4 The inheritance is a small sum of money to the amount
of 1D6x50 gold!
5 The inheritance is an item of Dungeon Room Treasure!
6 The inheritance is an item of Objective Room Treasure!

See the Ultimate Adventure Book to determine what exploit

the Warriors might participate in next!

15
SETTLEMENT EVENTS – LITTLEMONK (Revision 2.0)
Your Warrior spends the rest of their day in the heady
atmosphere of a steam bath, sweating off the after effects of
last night's sojourn at the tavern. They emerge feeling far
healthier than they have for a good while, and they may add
+1 Wound to their Starting Wounds score permanently.
Your Warrior hears a loud cry from for help from around the
corner and when they go to investigate they see that a wagon
cart has turned over and is crushing a local boy. Your Warrior
runs over to try and push the cart off the young lad. Roll 1D6
and add your Warrior’s Strength then look up the result below:
6 or As your Warrior lifts the cart up they lose their grip!
less The cart falls back on to the boy, maiming him! The
boy’s family demands restitution for the accident and
your Warrior must give up half their gold or be sent to
prison for 1D6 weeks! If your Warrior has no gold, they
must give the family 1D3 Treasure Items (your choice)
instead.
7 Your Warrior manages to move the cart, but the boy is
injured in the process. Your Warrior feels so terrible
about the situation that they give 1D6x50 gold to
cover the cost of medical treatment.
8-9 Your Warrior shifts the heavy cart enough for
someone to pull the boy out, thus saving his life. His
father, a local merchant, is so grateful that he gives
your Warrior 1D6x50 gold.
10+ In a heroic feat, your Warrior hauls the massive cart
off the boy and he escapes unscathed. The onlookers
cheer buoyantly and the boy’s family, who are rich
nobles, gives your Warrior 1D6x100 gold and an Item
of Dungeon Room Treasure in gratitude!
Strolling passed a bazaar your Warrior notices a young woman
who is selling a grand looking sword. The woman claims that
the sword is a family treasure, handed down from generation
to generation. She explains that she is impoverished and must
sell it. An interested buyer is hovering over your Warrior’s
shoulder and he tells the young woman that he will purchase it
if your Warrior doesn’t.
The price the woman is asking is 1D6x100 gold and your
Warrior may buy the weapon if they wish by paying the gold
and then rolling on the table below:
1 The sword functions as a regular sword from the
Weaponsmith, but it is so poorly constructed that the
first time the Warrior rolls a 1 To Hit in combat, the
blade shatters and must be discarded.
2 The sword functions as a regular sword from the
Weaponsmith, but is a bit heavier and not as well
balanced. Thus, the wielder is -1 Initiative when
wielding this sword in combat.
3 The sword is actually the Bronze Sigil Sword and gives
the wielder +2 Initiative.
4 The sword is actually the Sword of Might and gives the
wielder +1 Strength.
5 The sword is actually the Blade of Leaping Copper and
gives the wielder +1 Attacks.
6 The sword is actually the Heartseeker Sword and once
per turn your Warrior may re-roll any one of their
Attacks that misses.
16
Your Warrior is accosted by beggars and, overwhelmed by the
sadness of their plight, gives each of the 1D6+4 pitiful
wretches 5 gold. If your Warrior cannot pay they are a beggar
themselves, and you must roll 1D6 on the following table:
1 Your Warrior is thrown out of the Settlement – see
Town Event 11.
2-6 Your Warrior gains 1D6x10 gold by begging.
A colourfully-dressed minstrel notices your Warrior as they
pass by. With an exasperated laugh he follows your Warrior,
loudly strumming his lute and singing a ballad all about your
Warrior’s exploits. Roll 1D6:
1-2 The raucous tune is an insulting account of all of your
Warrior’s follies; from his missteps in combat to
spilling his drink at the tavern. The bard also sings of
the unfortunate encounter with the miller’s daughter
down by the river which angers some of her close male
relatives. They wait for your Warrior around a corner,
throw a sack over his head and beat them severely.
Your Warrior is -1 Strength for the next Adventure.
3-4 The ballad is all about your Warrior’s exploits but no
one seems to even notice or care.
5-6 The bard embellishes all of your Warrior’s good deeds
and heroics to such degree that even your Warrior is
impressed with himself. A large group quickly gathers
and gives three cheers! Your Warrior’s inner spirit is
bolstered and is +1 Strength for the next Adventure.
Your Warrior is employed by a local apothecary to unload
supplies at his shop for the day. This task earns them 35 gold.
Your Warrior bumps into a thief who has just robbed the
jeweller’s store. Roll 1D6 on the table below:
1 The culprit escapes as the shop owner emerges and
accuses your Warrior of the theft! He immediately
summons the Watch who throw your Warrior in jail for
1D3 days and fine them 1D6x100 gold!
2-3 The robber throws some jewels at your Warrior, yelling
“Thief! Thief!” and then escapes down a dark alley.
Townsfolk come running out of the surroundings
buildings and surround your Warrior, screaming for the
Watch. After repeated pleas of innocence, your Warrior
is fined 1D6x50 gold for failing to stop the crime.
4-5 Your Warrior instinctively knocks the culprit down,
forcing him to drop all of his loot. The nimble thief
manages to regain his feet and climb over a wall and
out of sight. A local who witnessed everything
corroborates your story to the shopkeeper and the
Watch when they arrive. The owner rewards your
Warrior with 1D6x25 gold for saving his merchandise.
6 Your Warrior grabs the thief, slams him to the floor
and sits on him until the Watch arrive. The shopkeeper
lauds your Warrior as a hero and rewards them with
1D6x50 gold! In addition, they are given a bronze
pendant with an ancient rune of fortune inscribed
upon it. Each time your Warrior visits a Settlement the
pendant allows you to re-roll one Settlement Event.
You must accept the result of the second roll.

SETTLEMENT EVENTS – LITTLEMO NK (Revision 2.0)
Your Warrior is invited by a group of locals to go on a
nocturnal hunt.
Meeting them just before sunset, they are informed that
tonight's prey is the great Quarg - a beast of fearsome temper
and foul disposition. Your Warrior’s task in the group is to
take the hunting tools – a net, a small pole with a bell on it and
a bag full of garlic - and wait in the middle of the woods while
the rest of the hunters spread out into the forest and drive the
Quarg towards them. As the sun rises the next morning, and
the owls return to their nests, there is still no sign of the
Quarg, your Warrior begins to wonder if someone is being
made a fool of...
As your Warrior rushes through the busy streets, their money
pouch is stolen.
Your Warrior loses 1D6x30 gold.
While walking along the main street, your Warrior hears a
disturbance just around the corner. A moment later a huge
runaway bull charges down the street, wrecking market stalls
and causing panic. Your Warrior can let it pass by hiding down
a side alley, or try to stop the enraged animal. If your Warrior
hides down the alley and lets the bull pass, roll 1D6 on the
following table:
1-3 Your Warrior skulks in the shadows, waiting for the
action to die down. As they peep round the corner, a
mugger's metal bar hits them over the head. When
they regain consciousness, your Warrior’s purse is 100
gold coins lighter.
4-6 After waiting nervously in the dark for a few minutes,
your Warrior sees the bull roar past and career off
down a side street. The danger is passed and your
Warrior may carry on about their business.
If your Warrior tries to stop the bull, roll 1D6 on the
following table:
1-2 Your Warrior waves the passers-by aside and leaps
out in front of the bull, sword drawn. The bull
hesitates for half a second or so, and then tramples
them into the dirt before carrying on its way. The
crowd then stomps all over your Warrior in the rush to
follow the bull, leaving them to nurse their injuries
alone in an empty street.
3-4 A single sword thrust stops the bull dead in its tracks
literally. As its carcass twitches spasmodically, the
crowd roars in approval and showers your Warrior
with 100 gold. Then the bull's enraged owner arrives,
and relieves them of 150 gold – it was his prize stud,
and he wanted it stopped, not slaughtered!
5-6 Your Warrior gives the bull a hard stare and it skids to
a halt, snorting and pawing the ground. Putting a rope
around its neck, they lead it back to its stall. The
crowd cheers and showers them with 150 gold.
LITTLEMONK
Unbeknownst to them, your Warrior is being watched and
followed by a young man. The stranger is a failed adventurer
and he longs for the fame and glory that your Warrior seems
to have obtained. He jealously decides to sabotage your
Warrior’s achievements.
In the next Dungeon it becomes clear that someone has
alerted the denizens to the Warriors’ coming. Each time an
Unexpected Event occurs that reveals Monsters, you must roll
1D6. On a score of 1-3 you must roll twice on the Monster
Table with the minimum amount of Monsters arriving. On a
score of 4-6 you roll only once on the Monster Table as normal,
but the maximum number of Monsters arrive.
The Captain of the Watch marks your Warrior as a useful
looking recruit and, as he is short on manpower, press gangs
them for a week. Your Warrior can either try to escape the
Watch by making a donation to their funds of 2D6x10 gold, or
join up.
If your Warrior joins up they do not have to pay Living
Expenses for the week and earns 20 gold in wages. However,
while in the Watch they have no time to visit any traders or
Special Locations.
A salesman has set up shop just outside an inn selling Holy
Water. He offers it to your Warrior claiming that it will protect
them from evil spirits and can even destroy the undead.
You may buy up to 1D6 Holy Water vials at the cost of
1D6x50 gold each. After purchasing the vials, the salesman
takes down his wares and disappears into the inn. Now roll for
each holy water vial purchased. On a score of 1 or 2, the vial is
filled with simple drinking water and is useless.
On any other score, the vial actually does contain a magical
holy water, purified and blessed by a priest. If drunk, the
imbiber is protected by a magical aura which lasts for one turn
and all attacks against the drinker made by Undead Monsters
do half the normal Damage (rounded down). If thrown at an
Undead Monster roll on your Ballistic Skill, each successful hit
causing 1D6 Wounds with no deductions for anything.
See the Ultimate Adventure Book to determine what exploit
the Warriors might participate in next!
17
SETTLEMENT EVENTS – LITTLEMONK (Revision 2.0)

· CITY EVENTS ·
A City is bustling with excitement and your Warriors will find a whole array of things to do! There will be more
commerce, more trade but also more crime. There will be more chances of something great happening but also more
opportunities to get into trouble. There will be more entertainment and more people to meet. A crowded city will also
mean that your Warriors will need to watch their backs a bit more…

Your Warrior's wild behaviour attracts the attention of the
Settlement authorities and there are thrown out of town. They
must wait outside the Settlement gates for the other Warriors.
See the Outside the Gates rules (page 3).
In addition, roll 1D6. On a score of 1 your Warrior is fleeced
by the gate guards as they are thrown out and have all their
gold stolen!
As your Warrior rushes through the busy streets, their money
pouch is stolen.
Your Warrior loses 1D6x50 gold.
Your Warrior spends the rest of their day in the heady
atmosphere of a steam bath, sweating off the after effects of
last night's sojourn at the tavern. They emerge feeling far
healthier than they have for a good while, and they may add
+1 Wound to their Starting Wounds score permanently. In
addition, they are +1 Initiative for the next Adventure.

In one of the wharfside bars, your Warrior meets a young

entrepreneur with great ideas for establishing a trading empire
to cover the Known World. He talks your Warrior into investing
1D6x50 gold per Battlle-level, giving them a certificate of
purchase.
From now on, at the end of the Dungeon, whenever your
Warrior reaches civilisation, they may visit the local Merchant’s
Guild and show them their deed of partnership (this takes one
day). Consulting their records, they can tell your Warrior how
the company is doing. Roll 1D6 on the following table:
1 The company has gone bust, and your Warrior’s
investment is worth nothing. In addition, they must
pay the merchants 1D6x50 gold per Battle-level in
outstanding debts.
2-5 Your Warrior’s investment is performing fairly well and
the merchant forward them 1D6x10 gold per Battle-
level as their share of the profits.
6 Business is booming! After consulting the ledger, the
merchant confirms that he can forward your Warrior
1D6x50 gold per Battle-level.
Your Warrior is adopted by a small dog. It follows them around
everywhere, skulking in the shadows while the fighting goes
on and then emerging after the adventure is completed to
shower its new master with adoration. Roll on the Pet Dog
Event Table (page 24) to see exactly which type of canine has
attached itself to you.
Your Warrior can kill the dog if you want, but it would be a
cruel and heartless thing to do and it will cost them 1,000 gold
to pay for a decent burial for the hound!
If your Warrior already has a pet dog, ignore this event and
roll again on the City Events table. If not, name it and note it
down on your Warrior's Adventure Record Sheet.
See the Ultimate Adventure Book to determine what exploit
the Warriors might participate in next!
Your Warrior encounters a nervous looking merchant who is in
a bit of a bind and asks for help. Some of his workers have
failed to show up for work and he has a lot of crates that need
to be transported to the warehouse district. Roll 1D6 on the
table below:
1 The crates contain stolen goods and the Watch has
had the merchant under suspicion for some time. The
entire group, including your Warrior, is arrested. Your
Warrior must spend the next 2 days in jail during which
they are cleared of any wrong doing. Unfortunately,
they fail to get paid.
2-3 Your Warrior does not realise that the crates are filled
with illegal substances and is surprised when the
Watch arrives to arrest the merchant. Obviously, your
Warrior receives no pay.
4-5 Your Warrior works diligently and is paid 50 gold for a
hard day’s work.
6 Your Warrior’s efforts are exemplary and the task
earns them 100 gold.
Taken with the joys of hot food and a comfortable bed after so
long out in the wild, your Warrior overspends on such luxuries
by 50 gold.

18
 LITTLEMONK
SETTLEMENT EVENTS – LITTLEMO NK (Revision 2.0)

Your Warrior is invited by a group of locals to go on a Studying the weapons on display in the local smithy, your
nocturnal hunt. Warrior feels a steel gauntleted hand upon their shoulder. It is
Meeting them just before sunset, they are informed that the Marshal of the Watch and your Warrior is accused of a
tonight's prey is the great Quarg - a beast of fearsome temper crime they did not commit!
and foul disposition. Your Warrior’s task in the group is to Your Warrior is arrested and thrown upon the mercy of the
take the hunting tools – a net, a small pole with a bell on it and courts. Your Warrior must roll once on each table below to see
a bag full of garlic - and wait in the middle of the woods while what crime they are accused of and what their sentence is.
the rest of the hunters spread out into the forest and drive the
Quarg towards them. As the sun rises the next morning, and 1D6 Crime
the owls return to their nests, there is still no sign of the 1 Troublemaking
Quarg, your Warrior begins to wonder if someone is being
2 Robbery
made a fool of...
3 Forgery
4 Arson
5 Treachery
6 Murder
Your Warrior is captivated by a particular brilliant team of
street artists, who are performing their own rendition of a
popular and contemporary play. 1D6 Sentence
The play your Warrior is watching is called (roll once on each 1 Innocent
of the tables below): 2 A stern warning!
1D6 Result 3 1000 gold fine
1 Death of… 4 Lose a limb*
2 The Lost Love of… 5 10 years in jail**
3 A Return To… 6 Death by (roll on the Execution Method Table)
4 No Solace For…
5 Cursed Be… 1D6 Execution Method
6 Drunken As… 1 Burning
2 Beheading
1D6 Result 3 Impalement
1 …the Emperor. 4 Drowning
2 …a Love Struck Wastrel! 5 Torture
3 …Solitude. 6 Firing Squad
4 …the Creeping Dead.
5 …the Sylvanian Counts. *Lose a Limb
6 …the Ever-hungry Halfling! The authorities decide to chop off one of your Warrior’s limbs
as punishment. You may choose which. If they lose a leg, your
Roll another 1D6 to see how good the actors were: Warrior’s Movement is halved and their Escape from Pinning
roll is always a 6+. If they ever lose another leg they may not
1 Appalling! Your Warrior has never seen such rubbish move at all. If they lose a hand, then they are -2 on all To Hit
in their life and pelts the unfortunate actors with rolls and they may never use missile weapons or cast spells. If
rotten vegetables! they ever lose another hand they may not fight at all.
2-5 Entertaining! Your Warrior gives the actors 10 gold x
the total of the numbers rolled on the tables above. **10 Years in Jail
6 Splendid! Your Warrior is captivated and showers the This effectively means your Warrior is out of the game (as
actors with well-earned praise and a lot of gold too! indeed does ‘sentenced to death by…’). However, at the start
Your Warrior gives the actors 50 gold x the numbers of every Adventure from now on, roll 1D6. On a score of 5 or 6
rolled on the tables above. your Warrior escapes, together with all their gear, and may
rejoin their fellow Warriors.

Buying Your Freedom

As your Warrior attempts to buy some equipment, the trader If the sentence is a 4, 5 or 6, the arrested Warrior (and other
points out their gold is counterfeit and refuses to take it. Warriors) can bribe the guards and the court officials in order
Looking through their stash, your Warrior discovers that to avoid harm. The cost of this will be found by adding
1D6x10 of their gold is indeed worthless. Discard it and cross together all of the dice rolls from the
it off your Adventure Record Sheet. Crime/Sentence/Execution Method tables and multiplying the
result by 100. That is how much gold it will cost for your
If your Warrior does not have that much gold left, and has Warrior to walk free, unharmed.
already spent some in the Settlement, they must leave for the
next Dungeon immediately before anyone catches on.

19
SETTLEMENT EVENTS – LITTLEMONK (Revision 2.0)

“The Slammer” has come to town and he is taking on all
challengers in a ‘friendly’ wrestling match! Boasting a perfect
record, the Norseman wagers 500 gold pieces to anyone in the
crowd who defeats him in unarmed combat. At the urging of
the crowd your Warrior accepts the challenge, roll 2D6 and
apply their Alehouse modifier (see your Warrior’s Rulebook).
Look up the result on the table below:
2-3 In the first few seconds, The Slammer picks your
Warrior up and promptly smashes them to the ground.
The sickening thud of your Warrior hitting the ground
sends a shudder through the crowd. Moments later
your Warrior is carted off on a wooden plank. Not only
is your Warrior 500 gold pieces lighter, but The
Slammer helps himself to one item of Treasure
(determined at random) your Warrior was carrying.
4-5 After a nifty maneuver, The Slammer grabs your
Warrior in a bear hug that feels like they’re being
squeezed by… well, a bear. With eyes bulging your
Warrior gives up just prior to slipping into
unconsciousness. With terribly bruised ribs and an
even more bruised ego your Warrior forfeits 500 gold.
6-8 After a grueling 15 minutes of dirt-eating exchanges
between The Slammer and your Warrior, the match is
called a draw. Your Warrior gains nothing but the
knowledge that they lasted longer than most and has
lost nothing more than a few teeth…
9+ With all the focused fury of a hungry Halfling in a pie
shop your Warrior meets The Slammer head on. After
several minutes of intense combat your Warrior takes
the measure of his foe and slams the Norseman to the
ground! Standing triumphant amidst a cheering crowd,
your Warrior dusts off their clothing before marching
off with 500 more gold pieces in their pocket.
A colourfully-dressed minstrel notices your Warrior as they
pass by. With an exasperated laugh he follows your Warrior,
loudly strumming his lute and singing a ballad all about your
Warrior’s exploits. Roll 1D6:
1-2 The raucous tune is an insulting account of all of your
Warrior’s follies; from his missteps in combat to
spilling his drink at the tavern. The bard also sings of
the unfortunate encounter with the miller’s daughter
down by the river which angers some of her close male
relatives. They wait for your Warrior around a corner,
throw a sack over his head and beat them severely.
Your Warrior is -1 Strength for the next Adventure.
3-4 The ballad is all about your Warrior’s exploits but no
one seems to even notice or care.
5-6 The bard embellishes all of your Warrior’s good deeds
and heroics to such degree that even your Warrior is
impressed with himself. A large group quickly gathers
and gives three cheers! Your Warrior’s inner spirit is
bolstered and is +1 Strength for the next Adventure.
As your Warrior strolls about the civic district they are
approached by a city employee who demands payment for the
new ‘Adventurer’s Tax’ which amounts to 10 gold per
Treasure item that they are carrying. Your Warrior must either
pay or the local Watch will remove them from the City
immediately (see the rules for Outside the Gates).

Your Warrior bumps into a thief who has just robbed the
jeweller’s store. Roll 1D6 on the table below:
1 The culprit escapes as the shop owner emerges and
accuses your Warrior of the theft! He immediately
summons the Watch who throw your Warrior in jail for
1D3 days and fine them 1D6x100 gold!
2-3 The robber throws some jewels at your Warrior, yelling
“Thief! Thief!” and then escapes down a dark alley.
Townsfolk come running out of the surroundings
buildings and surround your Warrior, screaming for the
Watch. After repeated pleas of innocence, your Warrior
is fined 1D6x50 gold for failing to stop the crime.
4-5 Your Warrior instinctively knocks the culprit down,
forcing him to drop all of his loot. They nimble thief
manages to regain his feet and climb over a wall and
out of sight. A local who witnessed everything
corroborates your story to the shopkeeper and the See the Ultimate Adventure Book to determine what exploit
Watch when they arrive. The owner rewards your the Warriors might participate in next!
Warrior with 1D6x25 gold for saving his merchandise.
6 Your Warrior grabs the thief, slamming him to the floor
and sits on him until the Watch arrive. The shopkeeper
lauds your Warrior as a hero and rewards them with
1D6x50 gold! In addition, they are given a bronze Mungo and his Amazing Monkeys are performing in the street
pendant with an ancient rune of fortune inscribed and your Warrior laughs heartily as the creatures leap onto
upon it. Each time your Warrior visits a Settlement the their back and scurry around their legs. Flipping a gold coin to
pendant allows you to re-roll one Settlement Event. the trainer your Warrior leaves the area. About an hour later
You must accept the result of the second roll. your Warrior realizes that they are missing one item of
Treasure (determined at random)!

20
 LITTLEMONK
SETTLEMENT EVENTS – LITTLEMO NK (Revision 2.0)

An old woman bumps into your Warrior on the city street. She
explodes in excitement at the sight of their face and claims
they are her distant relative. Before they can say a word, the
excited lady drags your Warrior home with her where they are
welcomed by all the family members and fed to their heart’s
content. Your Warrior graciously accepts their hospitality,
which includes a package of food upon their departure.
Your Warrior does not have to pay living expenses for this
day and you may add 1D3 Provisions to your Adventure
Record Sheet.

Your Warrior is minding their own business when a criminal in

custody of the Watch passes by. The prisoner gives a nod and
a smile to your Warrior and the captain of the guards notices.
Roll 1D6 on the table below:
1-3 You are arrested for complicity. Your Warrior spends
the next 1D3 days in the local jail during which they
are interrogated by the authorities. They are finally
released with a fine of 1D6x5 gold for loitering.
4-6 One of the guards stops your Warrior for questioning
as the other guards look on. The criminal takes the
opportunity to try and break free. Roll another 1D6.
1-3 The criminal manages to elude the
authorities and they are convinced that you
Someone across the street shouts out your Warrior’s name. It were purposely trying to distract the
is a long lost friend and fellow Warrior who insists on taking guards. You spend the next 1D3 days in jail
your Warrior to every inn and alehouse he knows in the until you’re finally released due to lack of
vicinity. evidence.
Your Warrior must roll on the Alehouse Events Table (if 4-6 As the prisoner makes a break for it, your
using the New Alehouse Events Table, the Sophistication Value Warrior frees himself from the bewildered
is a 2) 1D6 times, deducting a cumulative -1 from the score guard, leaps over a vegetable stand, and
each successive visit, as they become more and more apprehends the criminal. Dragging him back
inebriated. to the Watch commander your Warrior
At the end of the merry-making, your Warrior goes their collects 1D6x25 gold as a reward. The
separate way, leaving their old friend unconscious in a prisoner glares at your Warrior as they are
wharfside bar of ill repute. marched away.

Leaving most of their gold carefully stashed away in his hotel,

your Warrior goes out on the town, taking 1D6x20 gold with
them. As they cross the street, they spot an old crone in an
upstairs window shouting that robbers have broken into her
attic room and are stealing her few possessions. Happy to
assist the helpless, your Warrior bounds up the rickety stairs
to her room three at a time. As they enter her dimly lit room, a
black bag is placed over their head, swiftly followed by a heavy
iron bar. They awaken in the gutter several hours later,
nursing a sore head. Not surprisingly, the gold they wer
carrying is all gone.

Your Warrior is accosted by beggars and, overwhelmed by the

sadness of their plight, gives each of the 2D6+2 pitiful
wretches 5 gold. If your Warrior cannot pay they are a beggar
themselves, and you must roll 1D6 on the following table:
1 Your Warrior is thrown out of the Settlement – see City
Event 11.
2-6 Your Warrior gains 1D6x15 gold by begging.

21
SETTLEMENT EVENTS – LITTLEMONK (Revision 2.0)

An extremely persuasive salesman is making a pitch to a large

crowd. Roll 1D6 and add your Warrior’s Willpower:
2-4 Your Warrior pays 1D6x100 gold for a pair of boots
that will “never tear, never wear out and never make
your feet smell…”
5-7 Your Warrior purchases a one year subscription to
Adventurer’s Monthly for 1D6x50 gold. This
manuscript contains everything one needs to know
about slaying monsters and keeping their gear in
pristine condition! The manuscript will be delivered
every 30 days directly to your Warrior’s doorstep!
8+ Your Warrior resists the great temptation to buy Super
Belt, the all-purpose survival kit that will hold the most
important items one should carry in the wild including
coins, a beer mug, a rope, rations, a knife, a large sack
and a Quarg horn.

A large procession of citizens is marching down the avenue

encouraging all onlookers to join them. Feeling in a jovial
mood, your Warrior decides to join the parade. Roll 1D6 below
on the table below:
1-2 The procession is a political activist group that is
protesting the local authorities. All of the
demonstrators, including your Warrior, are arrested by
the Watch. They spend the next 1D3 days in jail and
must pay 1D6x20 gold in fines.
3-4 The procession is a victory march celebrating the most
recent defeat of Orcs & Goblins in the area. The group
marches to the city centre where a decorated
commander gives a triumphant speech. Your Warrior
may add +1 to their Willpower for the next Adventure!
5-6 The citizens are worshippers of the new temple who
are trying to recruit members. The procession makes
its way to the temple where all of the worshippers,
including your Warrior, are blessed by the head priest.
Your Warrior is +1 Luck for the next Adventure!
As your Warrior helps an old crone to cross the busy main
street, a beer wagon unexpectedly crashes into them. She
carefully peels them off the heavy, iron-shed wheel, and takes
them to the infirmary to be patched up. Your Warrior cannot
buy anything or visit any Special Locations for 1D6 days while
they recover. While they are recovering you do not have to roll
for Settlement Events.
Your Warrior is challenged to a duel by a professional duelist
whom they insulted in a tavern. The duel is scheduled to take
place at dawn tomorrow.
Your Warrior can either leave town immediately or take up
the challenge.
If your Warrior takes part in the duel, roll 1D6 on the
following table:
1 With a single, well-placed sword thrust your Warrior's
heart is speared and they fall to the ground, quite
dead.
2-4 The two duelists fight for hour after hour, each
inflicting many light wounds on the other. Eventually
the sun goes down and the fight is declared a draw.
The duelist congratulates your Warrior on their
swordsmanship, and offers them a fine supper and the
best wine at the most expensive hotel in the
Settlement.
5-6 After a few minutes, your Warrior realizes that they
have the better of the duelist and dispatches him. On
his body they find jewels worth 2D6x50 gold and a
single item of Dungeon Room Treasure.

Your Warrior is accosted by the City Watch who has been

warned that a Warrior bearing powerful and destructive magic
items is on the prowl.
Your Warrior must roll 1D6 for each item of Treasure they
are carrying. On a score 1 the Watch confiscate and it must be
discarded immediately.

Your Warrior is approached by a street urchin who offers to

guard their mount for 10 gold pieces a day. If your Warrior
pays the urchin, you may roll two dice instead of one when
determining if your Warrior’s horse has been stolen and may
choose the higher one. If your Warrior does not have that
amount or decides not to pay the urchin, then treat this as an
Uneventful Day.

22
 LITTLEMONK
SETTLEMENT EVENTS – LITTLEMO NK (Revision 2.0)

Your Warrior sees a poster warning that a well known

murderer is reputed to be in the area, and offers a reward for
his capture. The criminal in question is described as very tall,
wearing a black cloak and hat, and having an Erengrad accent.
Upon reading this, your Warrior realises that the description
exactly fits a character they bumped into earlier, and rushing
back, manages to apprehend the villain just as he drags a
gagged merchant into a dark alley. Roll 1D6 on the following
table:
1 The murderer laughs, slits the merchant's throat,
throws the knife at your Warrior's feet and flees,
shouting “Help, murder!” Soon your Warrior is
surrounded by an angry mob, and only their best
efforts (and 1D6x50) gold coins persuade them that
they are innocent.
2-5 Your Warrior saves the merchant's life, for which he
gives them 20 gold, but the murderer slips away into
the gloom.
6 Your Warrior frees the merchant and captures the
murderer, for which they are proclaimed a hero and
given 100 gold reward.

As your Warrior passes by an alleyway they catch sight of a

figure lurking in the darkness. They instinctively draw their
weapon just as the figure pounces on them! Roll 1D6 and add
your Warrior’s Initiative:
See the Ultimate Adventure Book to determine what exploit
the Warriors might participate in next! 2-4 Your Warrior is severely wounded! Roll 1D6 and if the
result is a 1, your Warrior cannot be saved and
perishes. On any other score your Warrior is found by
a passerby who rushes them to the infirmary where
they are treated for their grievous wounds. They
spend the next 1D6 days in bed and must deduct -1
The lowly inhabitants outside the Settlement are fed up with Wound permanently from their Starting Wounds
their impoverished situation. A small gathering has erupted score.
into a dangerous riot pitting the peasants against the local
Watch. Your Warrior chooses to help restrain the peasants and 5-7 Your Warrior suffers a serious wound as they fend
must roll 2D6 on the table below: off the attacker, who quickly disappears down the
alleyway. Your Warrior must spend the next 1D3
2 An angry horde of peasants overpowers your Warrior days in the infirmary, paying 1D6x20 gold for
and they beat them into a bloody pulp. They are dead treatment as well as Living Expenses.
and must be removed from game. 8-10 Your Warrior defends himself against the assailant
3-5 Your Warrior is overrun by vagabonds who beat them but the attacker manages to escape.
senseless. They spend the next 1D6 days in the 11+ Your Warrior deals a prompt and fatal blow to the
hospital and must pay 1D6x50 gold for treatment. villain. Upon searching the Assassin’s body your
6-9 Your Warrior helps the Watch beat back the Warrior finds one Item of Dungeon Room Treasure on
miscreants and is paid 1D6x25 gold in wages. his person, but no clue as to who he was or why he
10+ Your Warrior helps crush the riot quickly and was trying to kill your Warrior.
efficiently. A high official is extremely impressed and
pleased by your Warrior’s actions. He pays them
1D6x50 gold and gives them one item of Dungeon
Room Treasure!

A shrewd trader convinces your Warrior to swap an item of

Treasure (determined at random) for one of his. Make one roll
on the Dungeon Room Treasure Table to see what item the
trader is giving you in exchange. If the gold value of the
trader’s item is more than the gold value of the Warrior’s item,
the Trader is not happy. Roll another 1D6 and if the result is a
1, the Trader declares that you were being deceptive in the
trade and summons the Watch who declare that both items
must be returned to their original owners.

23
SETTLEMENT EVENTS – LITTLEMONK (Revision 2.0)

· Pet Dog Settlement Event Sub-Table ·

If you roll the ‘Pet Dog Event’ in a Settlement, roll 2D6 on the Table below to determine exactly what kind of dog has
adopted your Warrior:

“I’m gonna claim this spot right here…”

This nightmare pooch has the uncanny ability to find the
most expensive and irreplaceable carpet in a room and label it
their very own with a steaming pile of its excrement!
Whenever a Warrior with a Pooper rolls an Uneventful Day at
the Settlement, it is indeed an uneventful day… until a
townsperson arrives with the authorities to accuse your hound
of defecating on their most prized Tilean rug! The Warrior must
pay 1D6x100 per Battle-level gold in compensation, selling
items and treasure if need be! If they cannot pay, they give up
the gold they have and they and their dog are thrown out of
the Settlement!

“You don’t give me enough attention…”

This demon of a dog shreds everything in sight! Each day in
the Settlement is just another opportunity for the mangy mutt
to destroy a piece of your adventuring equipment! Whenever a
Warrior with a Ripper rolls an Uneventful Day at the
Settlement, roll another 1D6 to see what trouble this bad boy
has gotten into to. On a roll of 1, 2 or 3 your dog has
completely destroyed a random piece of the Warrior’s
equipment or clothing. Discard it immediately. “They wouldn’t give me a biscuit.”
In addition, each time the Warrior enters a location, roll 2D6. This little horror loves to snuggle right up to anyone for a
On any roll of doubles, the dog has destroyed something and good petting – and then bites the unsuspecting stranger on
the Warrior must pay 1D6x50 gold per Battle-level to replace the hand, usually drawing blood and a good yelp! Each day,
it, selling items and treasure if necessary to cover the bill. If before rolling for Settlement Events, roll 1D6. On a 1, the little
they cannot pay, your Warrior is thrown out of the location! bugger has drawn blood from some poor inhabitant of the
Settlement and the Warrior must pay 3D6x10 gold per Battle-
level in restitution, selling treasure or equipment if necessary.
If they cannot pay, your Warrior is thrown out of the
Settlement.

“Hey! Hey! Look at me!”

This yappy canine is a huge nuisance to everyone in the
Settlement, but especially to the Warrior! Whenever the
Warrior rolls on a sub-table of a Settlement Event, the barking
dog is so distracting, that the Warrior must deduct 1 from the
roll. Remember a roll of 6 is always a 6 and a roll of 1 is always
a 1!

“Now where did I bury that toy?”

This bad, little pup likes to dig and bury many exciting
things! Unfortunately for the Warrior, there is a chance that
one of their pieces of treasure may end up buried in some
unmarked spot in the Settlement. Before leaving a Settlement,
roll 1D6. On a score of ‘1’, the little pest ran off with a piece of
treasure throughout the night. Randomly decide which
Treasure Item has gone off to the little Digger’s Graveyard and
then cross it off your Adventure Record Sheet immediately.

24
 SETTLEMENT EVENTS – LITTLEMONK (Revision 2.0)

“Hey, look what I found!”

This fantastic pet loves to fetch all kinds of great items for
its master! Before leaving the Settlement, a Warrior with a
fetcher may roll 1D6. On a roll of 5 or 6, the little guy has
brought a small present for its master! Roll on the Table below
to see what gift the pooch has brought:
1 Yuck! A pair of old trousers.
2-3 Good dog!
dog! 1D3 Bandages from the General Store!
4-5 Atta
‘At boy!
ta b oy! A Healing Potion from the local
apothecary that cures 1D6 Wounds!
6 dog!
I love this d og! A Dungeon Room Treasure from
Sigmar knows where!! Roll once on the Dungeon
Room Treasure Table!

Now roll another 1D6. On a score of 1, the owner is trailing

close behind the little thief and retrieves the item while
scolding the mutt and the Warrior! On any other score, no one
shows up to claim your buddy’s gift and it is yours to keep!

“Something stinks real bad… follow me.”

“You call that a meal?!”
This creature cannot be a dog. It is more likely a particular
hairy pig or perhaps a miniature horse because its appetite for
food is seemingly insatiable! This dog’s constant quest for
food means that the Warrior must pay 3x the normal living
expenses whilst at a Settlement!
“Hey, beg for your own dinner!”
This lovable little pooch is so cute and adorable! It has
mastered the art of begging so well that shop owners and
passer-bys alike cannot help but to give it food and drink. The
little canine brings in so much fare that there is enough for
both dog and Warrior! While the Warrior has this little angel,
their Living Expenses are reduced by -1 gold!
This canine has quite an exceptional honker! With the
uncanny (and spooky) ability to sniff out a particular place, a
Warrior may add +1 to their dice roll when trying to find a
Special Location, but only if that Special Location would have
existed without the bonus. For example, a Warrior may never
find the Wizard’s Guild in a Village on a 1D6 roll of 6 since it
normally requires a natural 7. However, in a Village the Pit
Fighter with a ‘Sniffer’ can add +1 to his dice roll when looking
for a Pit Fighting School since it can normally be found in a
Village on a natural 6. So a dice roll of 5 and a Sniffer Bonus of
1 = 6!

*Note: the Imperial Noble absolutely REFUSES to eat any food

given to a dog, much less food that has touched a dog’s lips.
He gladly pays Living Expenses as normal!

“Wish my owner was as tough as me!”

This intimidating sidekick guards its master like a dragon
guards its treasure. The Warrior may add +1 to any roll on a
Settlement Event or Tavelling Hazard sub-table which involves
any physical engagement. Remember that a roll of 1 is always
a 1 and a roll of 6 is always a 6.

“Time to turn on the charm!”

This happy-go-lucky dog is the biggest hit in town!
Whenever the Warrior enters a Location in a Settlement, the
owner is so taken with the warmth and friendliness of the
canine that he not only gives the dog a treat, but also offers
the Warrior 10% off any 1 item in stock!

25
 THE ULTIMATE ADVENTURE BOOK
Rulebook Revision 1.10
PAGE 4:
Formatting has been corrected.

PAGE 18:
For the Adventure 23-24 Servant of Slaanesh, the green text indicating the Den of Desires Board Section
has been changed to black to indicate the Board is now available.

PAGE 18:
For the Adventure 51-52 Gifts of Chaos, the green text indicating the Shifting Sanctum Board Section has
been changed to black to indicate the Board is now available.

PAGE 22:
For the Adventure 45-46 The New Cult In Town, the green text indicating the Den of Desires Board Section
has been changed to black to indicate the Board is now available.

PAGES 22-26:
Spacing and formatting has been corrected.

PAGE 36:
For the Adventure 65-66 Cult Versus Cult, the green text indicating the Den of Desires Board Section has
been changed to black to indicate the Board is now available.

PAGE 36:
For the Adventure 15-16 Masquerade, the green text indicating the Den of Desires Board Section has been
changed to black to indicate the Board is now available.

PAGE 44:
The Adventure 53-54 A Keep Worth Keeping, in the Special Rules paragraph the word “successful” has been
corrected to “successfully.”

PAGE 92:
The diagram for the Gorgon’s Grotto rules has been updated to reflect the updated Board Section.
 · CREATED, COMPILED, EDITED AND WRITTEN by LITTLEMONK ·

This supplement is dedicated to all the Warhammer Quest fans, whose burning
passion for this game keeps the Lantern lit for future generations.

· SPECIAL THANKS ·
* Once again to the Goddess;
Goddess my partner, my love – who puts up with my obsession with this game.
* To Alberto ‘El Mago de Madrid’ who has been my biggest inspiration and my biggest supporter.
* To Sebastian for the INCREDIBLE Board Sections that he has made for this book.
* To Frag Up (who never cares if he’s in the credits) for all the follow-up editing of my adventures.
* To Rick H.,
H. the second biggest fan of Warhammer Quest.
*To all of the Warhammer Quest fans who submitted photos of their pro-painted miniatures
that they either painted themselves (amazing!) or simply own (lucky!).
*To everyone who keeps reading and using these crazy projects for their Warhammer Quest games!
* And, finally, to Warhammer Quest creator Andy Jones for masterminding this wonderful game that
continues to give so many of us countless hours of happiness, excitement and enjoyment!

The Wizard, Barbarian, Dwarf and Elf as they

appeared in White Dwarf Magazine Issue #184.

· DISCLAIMER ·
This Supplement is completely unofficial and in no way endorsed by Games Workshop Limited.

The Warhammer Quest logo, Citadel, 'Eavy Metal, Games Workshop, Games Workshop logo,
Warhammer symbols, White Dwarf, the White Dwarf logo, Old World history, adventures from the
Warhammer Quest Adventure Book, Lair of the Orc Lord, Catacombs of Terror, White Dwarf
and all associated marks, names, races, race insignia, characters, locations, units, illustrations and images
from the Warhammer world are either ®, TM and/or © Copyright Games Workshop Ltd 1995- 2017,
variably registered in the UK and other countries around the world.

Used without permission. No challenge to their status intended.

Littlemonk adventures and content are © Copyright 2004-2018 and may be distributed but not sold.

All Rights Reserved to their respective owners.

 · CONTENTS ·
INTRODUCTION............................................. 4
ADVENTURES IN THIS BOOK ................................4
STARTING A NEW ADVENTURE............................5
ACRONYMS .................................................. 6
ADVENTURE CATEGORY TABLE .................. 6
0 IMMEDIATE ADVENTURES ........................ 7
11-13 TALE OF A DRAGON................................................7
14-16 A THIRST FOR ADVENTURE ....................................8
21-23 DEATH DREAMS......................................................8
24-26 MAUSOLEUM MYSTERY..........................................9
31-33 CONSCRIPTION ......................................................10
34-36 THE ORACLE .........................................................10
41-43 SEALED! ................................................................10
44-46 SAVAGES!..............................................................11
51-53 SKAVEN INVASION ................................................12
54-56 WHERE ARE WE? WHO ARE WE?.........................14
61-63 MANEATER ...........................................................15
64-66 DEATH BY DUNGEON............................................15
1 A HASTY EXPEDITION ............................. 16
11-12 DESTROY THE WARPSTONE ICON .......................16
13-14 FOUR LORDS OF AVERLAND ................................16
15-16 THE SWORD OF THE DEATHKING .........................17
21-22 PROTEST ...............................................................18
23-24 SERVANT OF SLAANESH.......................................18
25-26 RETRIEVE THE GRIMOIRE.....................................19
31-32 CAVERNS OF DREAD ............................................19
33-34 SKAVEN CURSE! ...................................................20
35-36 THE FAITHFUL INN MYSTERY ...............................20
41-42 MISTY MOUNTAIN .................................................21
43-44 GRAVE SONG ........................................................22
45-46 NEW CULT IN TOWN ..............................................22
51-52 GIFTS OF CHAOS ...................................................23
53-54 SACRIFICE? ...........................................................23
55-56 BANISH THE SPIRIT ...............................................24
61-62 FORBIDDEN LOVE .................................................24
63-64 EXORCISM .............................................................25
64-66 CARNIVAL OF CARNAGE .......................................26
2 A DANGEROUS SEARCH.......................... 27
11-12 CHAMBERS OF HORROR .......................................27
13-14 PERMANENT CURE ...............................................27
15-16 THE WATER OF FATE............................................28
21-22 STOLEN GOODS.....................................................28
23-24 IDENTIFY ...............................................................29
25-26 THE MAGNIFICENT FOUR ......................................29
31-32 RETURN THE CROWN............................................30
33-34 AN UGLY TRUTH ...................................................30
35-36 HOLY MISSION.......................................................31
41-42 A KNIFE IN THE DARK...........................................31
43-44 PLAGUE OF SALSBURG.........................................31
45-46 FIND THE ORB OF CHALCIDAR..............................32
51-52 THREE ANCIENT TOMES .......................................33
53-54 TROUBLE AT THE OLD MILL .................................33
55-56 MAGIC BONES .......................................................34
61-62 DESECRATION .......................................................35
63-64 REST IN PIECES .....................................................35
64-66 CULT VERSES CULT ..............................................36
3 AN ELITE TASK FORCE............................ 37
11-12 MASTER OF TOXINS.............................................. 37
13-14 DESTROY THE TOMB ............................................ 37
15-16 MASQUERADE ...................................................... 38
21-22 PRESERVE THE FIRES .......................................... 38
23-24 FREE THE PRISONERS .......................................... 39
25-26 A GREAT UNLEASHING ......................................... 39
31-32 MAP FOR SALE ..................................................... 40
33-34 THE WIZARD’S APPRENTICE................................. 40
35-36 DEATH IN THE NIGHT............................................ 42
41-42 FIRE AND WARPSTONE!........................................ 42
43-44 A HOUND FOR A HOUND....................................... 43
45-46 THE GOLDEN PILLARS .......................................... 43
51-52 SNEAKIN’ AROUND ............................................... 44
53-54 A KEEP WORTH KEEPING ..................................... 44
55-56 BANISH THE DAEMON .......................................... 44
61-62 HELL’S GATE ........................................................ 45
63-64 STRANGE GOINGS ON ........................................... 45
64-66 FOREST LIGHTS .................................................... 46
4 A DUTIFUL UNDERTAKING ...................... 47
11-12 THE SWORD OF THE TRUE KINGSHIP................... 47
13-14 LIFE IS A BED OF ROSES ...................................... 47
15-16 THE ROLLING BONES............................................ 48
21-22 MAD OR MYSTIC? ................................................. 48
23-24 SWORD OF THE ELECTORS .................................. 49
25-26 DEATHHAMMER DEVICE ...................................... 49
31-32 THE FINAL CONFLICT ............................................ 50
33-34 ON THE LOOSE ..................................................... 51
35-36 VAMPIRE SLAYERS............................................... 52
41-42 THERE WOLF, THERE KEEP ................................. 53
43-44 MERCHANT OF MAGRITTA.................................... 54
45-46 IMPOSSIBLE! ......................................................... 54
51-52 BLOOD DEBT ........................................................ 55
53-54 FINAL PAYMENT ................................................... 55
55-56 ROYAL PAIN .......................................................... 56
61-62 ATONEMENT ......................................................... 56
63-64 RESCUE REVOLT .................................................. 57
64-66 THE STATUE ......................................................... 58
5 A TERRIBLE TRIAL................................... 59
11-12 ESCAPE FROM THE DEPTHS................................. 59
13-14 THE WARLOCK OF MOUSILLON ............................ 59
15-16 NURGLE’S ROT...................................................... 62
21-22 RETURN THE STAFF ............................................. 62
23-24 CURSED! ............................................................... 62
25-26 CONFIDENTIAL ...................................................... 63
31-32 GOLDEN MUSHROOMS ......................................... 64
33-34 CLEANSING FLAME............................................... 64
35-36 GOBLET AGREEMENT........................................... 65
41-42 FREEDOM BARGAIN ............................................. 66
43-44 BLOODY RETRIBUTION ......................................... 66
45-46 FOUNTAIN OF LOST SOULS................................... 67
51-52 NIGHTMARES ........................................................ 67
53-54 SEWER SABOTAGE ............................................... 67
55-56 HEXED .................................................................. 68
61-62 THE BEAST ........................................................... 69
63-64 DESTROY THE BRIDGE ......................................... 69
65-66 PURSUIT! ............................................................... 70
6 WARRIOR QUESTS ................................... 71
SPECIAL RULES .......................................... 72
ESCAPING ...........................................................72
BLOCKED ROUTES..............................................73
FEARLESS...........................................................73
LEAVING THE DUNGEON ....................................73
RETRACING THEIR STEPS...................................73
EXTRA RULES & SCENARIOS ..................... 74
BURIED TREASURE ............................................74
THE DEATHTRAP ................................................74
DARK SECRETS ..................................................74
HIDDEN PASSAGES.............................................74
IN AT THE DEEP END..........................................75
THE LABYRINTH .................................................75
NEVER ENOUGH ROPE .......................................75
SPECIAL QUESTS ................................................75
#1 THE FLAMES OF KHAZLA ...........................................76
#2 THE GAOL ...................................................................78
#3 THE ANVIL CHAMBER.................................................80
#4 SINJIN’S STATUE .........................................................82
#5 THE CRYPT OF MAJEEM.............................................83
#6 PITS & TRAPS..............................................................85
BOARD SECTION RULES............................. 88
MULTI-LEVEL ROOMS.........................................88
OBJECTIVE ROOMS ............................................89
THE ALTAR OF KHORNE ..................................................89
THE ARENA (unavaible)....................................................89
THE DEN OF DESIRES ......................................................90
THE DREAD KING’S THRONE ROOM ................................90
THE FIGHTING PIT.............................................................91
THE FIRECHASM ..............................................................91
THE GOBLIN KING’S CAVE (unavaible).............................92
THE GORGON’S GROTTO..................................................92
GORGUT’S LAIR ................................................................93
THE PIT OF REVULSION....................................................94
QUIRRIK’S LABORATORY .................................................94
THE SHIFTING SANCTUM..................................................95
THE SORCERER’S FORGE ................................................96
The Ultimate Adventure Book
THE SPIDER’S NEST ......................................................... 96
THE TAVERN.................................................................... 97
THE TEMPLE OF KHAINE ................................................. 97
THE VAMPIRE’S LAIR....................................................... 98
CORRIDORS & DUNGEON ROOMS ...................... 99
THE ANIVL CHAMBER ...................................................... 99
THE BOTTOMLESS PIT ..................................................... 99
THE BRIDGE OF DESPAIR ................................................ 99
THE CHASM OF DESPAIR ................................................. 99
THE CROSSROADS OF DOOM .......................................... 99
THE CRYPT OF MAJEEM................................................ 100
THE CYSTAL CAVE......................................................... 100
THE DEAD END .............................................................. 100
THE FLAMES OF KHAZLA .............................................. 100
THE GAOL ...................................................................... 100
THE HALL OF DEATH ..................................................... 101
THE SEWER.................................................................... 101
THE SHAMAN’S DEN ...................................................... 102
SINJIN’S STATUE ............................................................ 102
THE SPIDER’S NEST ....................................................... 102
THE SPIRAL STAIRCASE................................................. 103
THE TOXIC PITS.............................................................. 104
THE WATER CAVE ......................................................... 104
BASIC MONSTER TABLES......................... 105
CHAOS CARNIVAL ............................................ 105
CHAOS DWARFS ............................................... 106
CHAOS KHORNE ............................................... 107
CHAOS NURGLE................................................ 108
CHAOS SLAANESH ........................................... 109
CHAOS TZEENTCH............................................ 110
DARK ELVES .................................................... 111
GOBLINS ........................................................... 112
HAUNTED ......................................................... 113
ORCS & GOBLINS.............................................. 114
SAVAGE ORCS .................................................. 115
SKAVEN ............................................................ 116
UNDEAD............................................................ 117
VAMPIRE .......................................................... 118
 THE
WARHAMMER QUEST – T 1.8
HE ULTIMATE ADVENTURE BOOK (Revision 1. 8)

· INTRODUCTION ·
The Ultimate Adventure Book is both a compilation and an expansion for Warhammer Quest; a
living tome which will
will grow larger with each passing year. It will eventually contain a total of 234
Adventures!
Adventures! Also included are new rules for finding these Adventures
Adventures as well as rules for a new
Special Location.

ADVENTURES IN THIS BOOK There are some Adventures that list Objective Rooms that are
in the process of being created. They will be released when
The Ultimate Adventure Book (UAB) presently contains a total they are available. For now, any Objective Room Board Section
of 102 Adventures. They consist of 12 Immediate Adventures that is not available is coded in green text. Until a Board
and 90 “core” Adventures. 41 of the “core” Adventures are Section is available, use an appropriate substitute instead.
comprised of 25 of the 30 original Warhammer Quest
Adventures, 5 of the 6 the Lair of the Orc Lord Adventures, 5
of the 6 Catacombs of Terror Adventures and all 10 Event Cards Monster Theme
Adventures that appeared in White Dwarf Magazine issues. For This indicates which Monster Race the Warriors will be battling
convenience, all of the rules from previously published against in the Dungeon and the corresponding Event Deck
Adventures are included in this book. Some of the Adventures
should be used. If “ANY” is indicated, you may either roll on
have been slightly modified to standardise this manual. the Monster Generation Table below or simply pick which foul
creatures are present for this Adventure and use the
The 12 Immediate Adventures and the other 45 “core” corresponding Event Deck:
Adventures were created by Littlemonk (some of which have
been published before, such as the 6 from Hall of the Hag
Queen Dark Elf Expansion). In effect, this has more than
doubled the amount of Adventures that were available from MONSTER GENERATION TABLE
official Warhammer Quest sources!
D66 Monster Theme
As with the original Warhammer Quest Adventures and the
two official expansions, these new Adventures are designed
11 Chaos Carnival
for Level 1 Warriors beginning their first quest. And like the 12 Haunted
originals, you can easily adjust them for various levels with just 13-16 Chaos Dwarfs
a few simple modifications and by using the advanced Monster
Tables in the Roleplay Book. (Look for the release of the 21-22 Chaos Khorne
Ultimate Monster Tables Book in the future!) 23-24 Chaos Nurgle
25 Chaos Slaanesh
The Adventures have been divided into seven sections (0-6). 26 Chaos Tzeentch
This book also includes Special Quests, Special Rules, Board
Section rules and Basic Monster Tables.
31-36 Dark Elves
41 Goblins
Under the title of each Adventure in this book is a reference to 42-45 Orcs & Goblins
the origin of where the Adventure comes from, which Board 46 Savage Orcs
Section should be the final Objective Room and what Event
51-56 Skaven
Card Monster Theme Deck you should draw from. The format
and a brief summary are below: 61-64 Undead
65-66 Vampire
ORIGIN: LITTLEMONK
OBJECTIVE ROOM: ALTAR OF KHORNE
EVENT CARDS MONSTER THEME: CHAOS KHORNE Of course you will need miniatures to represent all of the new
Monsters and Villains in the UAB. So before you begin an
Adventure, be sure to read through the entire thing to see
Origin which Monsters and how many of each you may possibly
It is assumed that you have access to the original Warhammer encounter.
Quest game, all of its Official Expansions, White Dwarf
Magazines articles and Deathblow Magazines, as well as all of There are some monster-themed Event Cards that are
the Littlemonk Expansions. You should use any cards, currently in the process of being created. They will be released
counters, Board Sections, etc. that were featured in the as soon as they are available. Alternatively, you may use the
expansion, for the Adventure listed. Basic Monster Tables in this book for ‘M’ Events. For ‘E’
Events, you can assemble an appropriate assortment from any
Event Cards that are currently available to you.
Objective Room
This tells you what Objective Room Board Section should be
For the Orcs & Goblins theme use the Lair of the Orc Lord
used when preparing the Dungeon Deck. Any other rules will
Adventure Pack for now. For the Undead theme use the
be listed at the beginning of the Adventure, so be sure to read
Catacombs of Terror Adventure Pack. For the Dark Elves
the rule descriptions before preparing the Dungeon Deck. It is
theme use the Hall of the Haq Queen Adventure Pack. Use all
assumed that you know how to prepare the basic Dungeon
the rules & contents when playing with these Expansion Packs
Deck as listed in the Main Rulebook.
unless the Adventure rules state otherwise.

4

WARHAMMER QUEST ·THE ULTIMATE ADVENTURE BOOK (Revision 1. 7)
Special
Special Characters
Some of the Adventures in this book use special characters
(i.e. a dastardly villain or evil protagonist) that are central to
the plot. They are usually a Champion, Necromancer, Boss, etc.
and if there is an Event Card that accompanies such a special
character, then you should use it to replace the similar card in
the Event Deck. For example, if you were playing the
Immediate Adventure 11-13 Tale of a Dragon, you would
replace the standard Khorne Chaos Champion Event Card with
Godwin Taro instead. (See below for where to find these
special character Event Cards.)
Littlemonk Custom Content
New material has the origin “LITTLEMONK” and the rules for
the Adventure can be found in the Adventure’s description.
If you see a “Littlemonk” icon (see below) next to an
Adventure title, it means that there are Special Cards, Event
Cards, Treasure Cards and/or Special Counters that go along
with the Adventure. There is an accompanying UAB Cards PDF
file that contains all of these supplements.
All of the new material which the Ultimate Adventure Book
introduces, such as Board Sections, Treasure Cards, Special
Cards, Counters and the Themed Event Decks, can be found
on Littlemonk’s Custom Board at:
http://bwarhammerquestcustomized.runboard.com
Any material which is not currently available will be uploaded
to Littlemonk’s Custom Board once it is ready for release.
In addition to the new material for the Ultimate Adventure
Book, this is also the home of all of the other Littlemonk
Warhammer Quest projects including revised and expanded
Warrior Packs, expanded Settlement Events Tables, the
complete Hall of the Hag Queen Dark Elf Expansion and much
more!
STARTING A NEW ADVENTURE
Up until now, your Warriors have arrogantly just assumed that
a new Adventure was waiting for them when they were
finished visiting a Settlement. With these new rules, that is no
longer the case.
The Adventure Category Table
During their stay at a Settlement, the Warriors roll for
Settlement Events each day. You may have noticed, however,
that Littlemonk’s expanded Settlement Events provides the
possibility that a Warrior will roll on a Settlement Event titled
“An Adventure!” This indicates that the Warrior has dubiously
come across someone or something that leads to an adventure
in a dungeon somewhere. This event can occur more than once
and each time it does the Warrior should roll on the Adventure
Category Table on page 6 to see what type of exploit the
Warriors could participate in next. They should then roll a D66
and look up the exact Adventure under that category heading
to see all of the grisly details. Remember that the Contents on
Page 2 are an easy and quick reference to finding the
Adventurers.
It would be wise to remember all of the Adventure possibilities
by recording them on a piece of paper as the Warriors will
1.7
probably roll more than one. Once they have finished all of
their business in the Settlement and are ready to depart, the
party leader for the next Adventure chooses one of the
possible Adventures as the one the group will participate in
next. If the Warriors have not rolled a Settlement Event that
indicates “An Adventure!” they must stay in the Settlement
until they do so, rolling on the Catastrophic Events Table if
applicable! They may also try to find an Adventure at a new
Special Location: the Inn.
The Inn
Warhammer Quest players have probably noticed that on the
new Settlement Boards (by Littlemonk and Alberto “El Mago”
de Madrid), in addition to all the locations that can be visited
by each Warrior, there is also the Inn.
The Inn is the place where the Warriors stay each and every
night they are in a Settlement and is what makes up most of
their Living Expenses. They haven’t been paying 3 gold in a
City, 2 gold in a Town or 1 gold in a Village each day to sleep in
the stables! They are paying for a semi-comfortable bed and
three square meals at the least. There is no need to roll dice to
find an Inn – every Settlement has one near the Settlement
Gates so can’t miss it.
The Inn is an important place in the community where people
meet to socialize and talk about matters. Inn keepers are often
one of most rich and influential members of a Settlement,
usually involved in trade and commerce, perhaps even acting
as a broker for merchants trying to secure a deal. The Inn is
not like an Alehouse (tavern), the latter being a very busy and
loud place. People in taverns tend to participate in mammoth
drinking sessions, wager and hold contests, cry and whine
(about losing a wager no doubt), sing and participate in other
brazen displays of bravado. The Inn on the other hand, is
where Warriors are able to hold serious conversations about
important matters. Although a quest usually focuses on the
exciting details about what the Warriors are about to embark
upon, the Inn is where most adventures actually start; usually
in some private room with a messenger or representative who
has called upon the heroes for help.
If the Warriors have not discovered a new Adventure by the
time they wish to leave the Settlement, they can contact the
Innkeeper to try and generate a deal. Every Warrior who
hasn’t been thrown out of the Settlement must spend a full
day at the Inn, doing nothing else except paying living
expenses and rolling for Settlement Events – and for
Catastrophic Events if applicable. They may no longer visit any
other locations in the Settlement for the rest of their stay.
To see if the Innkeeper has succeeded in brokering a deal,
every Warrior in the game must roll 1D6. If any of the dice
comes up a ‘6’ then the Innkeeper has found the Warriors “An
Adventure!” The Party Leader must roll on the Adventure
Category Table on page 6 (re-roll a 6 result) and the group
must embark immediately. However, if any of the dice comes
up a ‘1’ then, no matter how many sixes are also rolled, no
opportunity for an Adventure has presented itself just yet.
They must try again tomorrow.
Immediate Adventures
Sometimes Travelling Hazards or Catastrophic Events instruct
the Warriors to “proceed directly to the next Adventure.” It is
also possible that all of the Warriors get “Thrown Out” of a
Settlement. If they have already been presented with one or
more quests, they must choose one and depart immediately.
But if a new quest has not been made available to the Warriors
at this point, then they must make one roll (D66) on the
Immediate Adventure Table on page 7. The Adventure begins
immediately. The Warriors may find these Adventures the least
rewarding and/or the most dangerous, but the Warriors have
no alternative!
5
 THE
WARHAMMER QUEST – T 1.8
HE ULTIMATE ADVENTURE BOOK (Revision 1. 8)

ACRONYMS
AB Adventure Book (Main Game)
CJ Citadel Journal (Publication)
COT Catacombs of Terror (Official Undead Expansion)
DB Deathblow Magazine (Publication)
HOTHQ Hall of the Hag Queen (Littlemonk’s Unofficial Dark Elves Expansion)
LM Littlemonk (“The Scribe of Everything Warhammer Quest!”)
LOTOL Lair of the Orc Lord (Official Orcs & Goblins Expansion)
RB Rulebook (Main Game)
RPB Roleplay Book (Main Game)
UAB The Ultimate Adventure Book (You’re reading it!)
WD White Dwarf Magazine (Publication)
WHQ Warhammer Quest (The best dungeon game of all-time!)

ADVENTURE CATEGORY TABLE

A HASTY EXPEDITION (pg.16)
There is no delay for the heroes. This Adventure needs to be completed promptly, efficiently and without
interruption. Roll D66 on the A Hasty Expedition section below.

A DANGEROUS SEARCH (pg. 27)

The Warriors must keep their eyes open. This Adventure involves a pursuit of a creature, a hunt for an object, or an
investigation for information. Roll D66 on the A Dangerous Search section below.

AN ELITE TASK FORCE (pg. 37)

The Warriors were born for this mission. The goal of this Adventure can only be achieved by a small, brave and
skilful team: a rescue, espionage, sabotage or other similar task. Roll D66 on the An Elite Task Force Table section.

A DUTIFUL UNDERTAKING (pg. 47)

It would be an honour. This Adventure involves loyalty, a promise or a duty to one’s deity, master or another
significant person – perhaps even the Emperor himself! Roll D66 on the A Dutiful Undertaking section below.

A TERRIBLE TRIAL (pg. 59)

The path forward will be filled with incredible hardship. This Adventure involves a test or ordeal to gain admittance
into somewhere, to receive an item of great importance, or to escape pursuers. It could also mean that something is
plaguing the Warriors and only completing this Adventure will cure them. Roll D66 on the A Terrible Trial section
below.

A WARRIOR QUEST (pg. 71)

This Adventure is where one of the heroes becomes the main focus of the story and background. The objective of
the quest is something that the Warrior has a personal interest in or that requires the Warrior’s specific expertise.
The Adventure may include revenge, mistaken identity, a love interest or a dark secret. Find your Warrior on the A
Warrior Quest Table (pages 3-4 – currently unavailable) and roll D66 to see what Adventure lies ahead. Your Warrior
may immediately take the lantern and become the party leader, even if it wasn’t their turn to do so, and
superseding any other rules that say otherwise. If more than one Warrior encounters a Warrior Quest during a single
stay at the Settlement, then the one that was rolled first takes precedence.

6
 WARHAMMER
WARHAMM ER QUEST - IMMEDIATE ADVENTURES

0
· IMMEDIATE ADVENTURES ·
brutish band of adventurer-types that they saw in the roadside
tavern. Draw an Event Card until it reveals Monsters. These
are the Monsters that killed the first group of Adventurers. If
ORIGIN: LITTLEMONK
the Warriors can defeat the Monsters, they receive Treasure as
OBJECTIVE
OBJEC TIVE ROOM: ALTAR OF KHORNE normal. Additionally, each Warrior finds one item of Dungeon
MONSTER THEME: CHAOS KHORNE Room Treasure on the dead Adventurers.

A t a roadside tavern the Warriors encounter Cappron

Englestar, a retired adventurer turned tavern owner. His
battle-scarred body and the hideous monster head trophy
mounted on the wall tell of a heroic past.
The Warriors find themselves part of a captivated crowd who
listen to Cappron share several of his adventuring exploits –
mostly of the ones that went awry. The final tale is the one
which really catches the Warriors’ interest…
A decade ago, Cappron and his band discovered a large tree
hollow in a dense forest. Inside, through a labyrinth of tunnels,
was a large chamber filled with riches. Before he and his party
could fill their packs with treasure, they were assaulted by a
ferocious Dragon. Cappron says that he was the only one lucky
enough to escape with his life. He planned to return to the
dragon’s den, seek revenge and claim the treasure for himself,
but was never able to find the tree hollow again.
The Warriors notice that they are not the only ones extremely
interested in Cappron’s final tale. A brutish band of
adventurer-types sitting at the next table depart immediately
upon the completion of Cappron’s story, hungry looks in their
eyes. As the Warriors begin to retire to their room for the
evening, one of them (determined randomly) recollects passing
one of the elusive landmarks in Cappron’s story!
The Altar of Khorne Objective Room
When the Warriors reach the Altar of Khorne, in addition to
rolling on the Chaos Khorne Objective Room Monster Table to
see who occupies the room, Godwin Taro will also be present.
Place him next to the Warrior who ended their movement
closest to the Altar.
Finishing the Adventure
When the Warriors defeat all the Monsters in the Objective
Room they may search the area for the treasure horde
Cappron spoke of by rolling 1D6 below:
1 There is no trace of a treasure hoard to be
found.
2-5 The Warriors find a small opening behind the
altar. After constant digging they are able to
squeeze through into a large chamber
beyond. If there was treasure here at one
point, someone beat the Warriors to it. Each
Warrior digs around to see if they turn up
anything by rolling 1D6 on the table below:
1 The Warrior finds nothing.
2-3 The Warrior finds 1D6x10 gold.
4-6 The Warrior finds 1D6x25 gold.

The Warriors are nervous that the other group of Adventurers
may beat them to the treasure and so they decide to embark
upon their quest without delay. After a few days journey, the
Warriors are standing at the tree hollow entrance Cappron
spoke of. The smouldering remains of a camp fire suggest
their revials may have already ventured within.
6 The Warriors locate a hidden lever. When
pulled, a huge section of wall slides open
revealing a treasure chamber beyond! Each
Warrior finds 1D6x100 gold and one piece of
Objective Room Treasure!

Unbeknownst to the Warriors, the dragon Cappron
encountered has long since departed and the labyrinth is
currently occupied by Godwin Taro, Chaos Champion of
Khorne. The screams of his sacrificial victims echo throughout
the tunnels.
At the back of the chamber is a tunnel which leads back out
into the dense forest. The Warriors may continue to the next
Settlement.

SETTING UP
Include the Monster’s Lair when preparing the Dungeon Deck.

Shuffle the Godwin Taro Champion of Khorne Event Card into

the Event Deck. If the Warriors encounter and defeat Godwin
Taro before they reach the Objective Room, they do not kill
him; before the fatal blow is struck, he manages to flee the
battle. The Warriors still receive the listed gold for defeating
him and Godwin will appear one final time in the Altar of
Khorne Objective Room.

Special Rules
The Monster’s Lair
If the Warriors find the Monster’s Lair before they reach the
Objective Room, they find the recently killed bodies of the

7
WARHAMMER
WA RHAMMER QUEST – IMMEDIATE ADVENTURES
ORIGIN: LITTLEMONK
OBJECTIVE ROOM: FOUNTAIN OF LIGHT
MONSTER THEME: CHAOS DWARFS
A severe water shortage has struck the region – which is
quite impossible since the aquifers underground are
replenished by a magical fountain installed by a mage long ago.
The local officials are afraid that it might have something to do
with a recent sighting of Chaos Dwarfs in the nearby
mountains. Desperate and thirsty the Warriors immediately set
out for the mountains to investigate.
SETTING UP
This Adventure uses the Water Cave Dungeon Card from the
Hall of the Hag Queen Adventure Pack.
Prepare a 12 card Dungeon Deck as normal making sure the
Water Cave Dungeon Card is one of the top six cards. Then
shuffle the Fountain of Light into the bottom 6 cards to make
the bottom half of the Dungeon Deck.
Special Rules
Because the Warriors suffer from extreme thirst, each time
the Power Phase roll is a 1, each Warrior must roll another
1D6. If the result is also a 1 the Warrior must subtract -1 from
his Strength, Toughness or Movement (his choice). If any of
those Characteristics should reach zero the Warrior drops dead
from exhaustion, cannot be resurrected by any means and is
removed from the game.
The Water Cave
When the Warriors enter the Water Cave Board Section draw
an Event Card as normal. Once there are no Monsters on the
Board Section the Warriors desperately dunk their heads into
the water to quench their thirst. Each Warrior must roll 1D6 on
the table below:
1 Sick! The Warrior loses -1 Wound
permanently!
2 Nauseous. The Warrior suffers -1D3 Wounds
with no modifiers for anythng.
3-5 Energized! The Warrior regains +1D6 Wounds.
6 Refreshed! The Warrior regains +2D6 Wounds
and may add +1 to their Starting Wounds
score permanently!
After a Warrior rolls on the table above, their thirst is
quenched. Any Characteristics that had reduced due to thirst
are restored to normal. The Warriors no longer suffer from
extreme thirst any no longer need make an extra roll if the
Power Phase is a 1.
The Fountain of Light Objective Room
If the Warriors reach the Fountain of Light Objective Room
they roll on the Chaos Dwarf Objective Room Monster Table to
see what Monsters lie within. In addition, a Chaos Dwarf
Sorcerer is present. The deviant has stopped the flow of the
fountain by placing a dark spell upon it, which will remain until
he is killed.
If the Warriors manage to kill the Chaos Dwarf Sorcerer, the
spell will be broken and water will flow again. If the Board is
clear of Monsters, the Warriors can drink heartily from the
fountain which restores any losses to their Characteristics due
to lack of water during the Adventure.
8
Finishing the Adventure
The Warriors spy a concealed door which leads out of the
dungeon and back up to the surface. They report back to the
local officials who reward the Warriors with 1D6x25 gold each.
The drought has affected the area and the entire Settlement
has been nearly abandoned so the Warriors leave immediately
in search of another Settlement.
ORIGIN: LITTLEMONK
OBJECTIVE ROOM: SORCERER’S FORGE
MONSTER THEME: CHAOS DWARFS
E very day for the past three weeks, the Warriors have all
experienced the exact same dream: travelling on the road
the Warriors meet a minstrel who offers to play them a heroic
ballad. The inspiring tune begins but swiftly turns to gibberish.
The minstrel stops abruptly with eyes full of fear and he
suddenly departs. The dream continues with storms of
booming thunder and flashing lightning sweeping over the
land, forcing the Warriors to take shelter in a dilapidated hovel
on the side of the road. The vision shifts once more and the
Warriors are hunted through the darkness by Chaos Dwarfs
under the direction of an evil Chaos Dwarf Sorcerer whose
name lodges in their minds: Zzuktarr Sundor! Each time the
dream ends the same way – with the Warriors perishing whilst
the cruel laughter of Zzuktarr echoes in their dying ears.
In the first of the past three weeks, the Warriors did indeed
meet the travelling minstrel and, just as in the dream, his
ballad rose to such a fury, as if the bard were momentarily
possessed by a demon. Unfinished, he packed his lute and
hurried away with fear in his eyes.
In the second week, the lightning did indeed flash and thunder
did indeed shake the ground. True to the vision, the Warriors
were forced to take shelter in a small hut by the roadside until
the storm abated.
At the onset of the third week the Warriors are determined to
set out and find this Chaos Dwarf Sorcerer who has entered
their subconscious and alter the outcome of their collective
dream. Following landmarks in the dream, the Warriors locate
the entrance to a cave system in the World’s Edge Mountains.
The Sorcerer’s Forge Objective Room
It is quite possible that Zzuktarr Sundor is unaware that the
Warriors are coming and so there is a chance that he will be
unprepared for their arrival. This means that they may add +2
to their dice roll when rolling on the Objective Room Monster
Table. But remember that a 1 is always a 1, which indicates
that Zzuktarr actually was prepared for the Warriors.
SETTING UP
Remove the Zzuktarr Sundor Chaos Dwarf Sorcerer Event Card
from the Event Deck. The Warriors must find the Objective
Room if they are to encounter and defeat him.
SPECIAL RULES
The Dream Becoming a Reality
Reality
Each time the Warriors roll a 1 in the Power Phase, it is
possible that it is another segment of the death dream
manifesting. Roll another 1D6 and if the result is a 4, 5 or 6,
then it is another part of the dream and the Warriors know
exactly what is about to transpire. If the Event reveals
Monsters, then the Warriors receive an immediate Ambush

Attack against them, and then get to attack again as normal in
the Warriors’ Phase. If the Event is an ‘E’ Event, then the
Warriors may add +1 to any rolls related to the Event.
Setting the Adventure aside
If the Warriors decide not to take on this Adventure (opting for
another Adventure instead), then roll 1D6. On a score of 4, 5
or 6 the dream was just a dream and nothing befalls the
Warriors.
But if the result is a 1, 2 or 3 the dream comes true and the
Warriors are ambushed in the darkness by the Chaos Dwarf
Sorcerer and his minions who chase them down and kill them.
The entire group has perished!
Fleeing or leaving the Dungeon
If the Warriors flee or leave the Dungeon, before they roll on
the Escape Table, they must roll 1D6. On a score of 4, 5 or 6
the dream was just a dream and nothing befalls the Warriors.
But if the result is a 1, 2 or 3 the dream comes true and the
Warriors are pursued through the Dungeon by the Chaos
Dwarf Sorcerer and his minions who catch up to them and kill
the entire group!
ORIGIN: LITTLEMONK
OBJECTIVE ROOM: TOMB CHAMBER
MONSTER THEME: UNDEAD
T he Warriors happen upon a town in immediate need of
help. Each of the past four nights, one of the townsfolk
has mysteriously died in their sleep. A local farmer insists he
saw a skeletal figure emerge from the graveyard last night and
move in the direction of the victim’s house.
The captain of the Watch is disinterested as there was no sign
of foul play, the victims were all of advanced age and he
believes the local habitants to be a superstitious lot. The clergy
on the other hand are concerned that a sinister creature might
exist, indeed, be responsible for draining the life forces of its
victims, in an attempt to return to the land of the living.
Such a creature probably would stalk only at night and rest
during the day and so the clergy have prepared a special vial of
holy water with which to put the creature to rest for all
eternity. They caution that the holy water will not work if the
creature is active.
To pacify the locals (and to put their fears to rest) the captain
of the Watch hires the Warriors to investigate. The Warriors
begin their search at the local cemetery where they find the
mausoleum of Lord Jaufrey Chorn recently desecrated. The
opening, once long sealed, is now smashed open and faint but
spine-tingling sounds can be heard from deep inside which
gives credence to the farmer’s claim.
SETTING UP
Put the Flames of Khazla, the Hall of Death and the Chasm of
Despair from the Catacombs of Terror Adventure Pack to one
side for the moment. Shuffle all the other Dungeon Cards, deal
out nine, and put the rest back in the box. Now take the Hall of
Death, the Flames of Khazla and the Chasm of Despair and
shuffle them in with these nine cards to give you a deck of
twelve Dungeon Cards. Then shuffle the Tomb Chamber into
the bottom 6 cards as usual.
WARHAMMER
WARHAMM ER QUEST - IMMEDIATE ADVENTURES
Special Rules
Ignore any rules or references to Van Damneg the Dread King
as he does not appear in this Adventure. Ignore any rules for
the Grimoire Necris as it does not exist in this Adventure.
The Tomb Chamber Objective
Objective Room
When the Warriors reach the Tomb Chamber Objective Room,
do not roll on the Objective Room Monster Table as usual.
Instead, the Warriors find the Tomb Chamber empty, except
for the coffin in the middle of the room. If all of the Warriors
are standing next to the coffin, they can attempt to open the
lid by rolling 1D6 each and adding their Strength. If the total
for the entire group is 28 or more, then they successfully open
the coffin. They may attempt this once per turn, rolling a
Power Phase as usual. When the lid is open, roll 1D6 on the
table below to see if the creature is inside or not:
1-2 A Skeleton King is inside and it is awake!
3-4 The coffin is empty.
5-6 A Skeleton King is resting inside.
Once the status of the Skeleton King it is determined, roll on
the Objective Room Monster Table to see what Monsters
suddenly arrive at the Tomb Chamber. If the Skeleton King is
present, place the model on one of the ‘coffin’ squares.
If the Skeleton King is inside and awake, it joins the final battle
against the Warriors. Draw a Warrior counter to determine
who the Skeleton King will attack in the Monsters’ Phase.
If the Skeleton King is resting, the Warriors have 1D6 turns
until it awakes and joins the battle against the Warriors,
attacking the Warrior with the holy vial.
If the coffin is empty, the Skeleton King arrives the next time
there is a ‘1’ is rolled in the Power Phase. Do not draw an
Event Card as normal.
If the Warriors ever reduce the Skeleton King to zero Wounds
by any means during combat, lay the Skeleton King model in
the space it was in. The Warriors have 1D6+2 turns to sprinkle
the holy water on him before it reanimates in the next
Monsters’ Phase with 2D6 Wounds.
Putting the Skeleton King to Rest
If there are no Monsters on the Board and the Skeleton King is
resting or on zero Wounds, the Warrior with the holy vial may
attempt to put the creature to rest. The Warrior must be
standing adjacent to the Skeleton King and may do nothing
else except sprinkle the holy water on the creature. It takes a
total of two turns to sprinkle enough holy water and the
Warriors must roll a Power Phase each turn as normal. If a ‘1’
is rolled and Monsters appear, or if the Skeleton King
reanimates, the Board must be cleared again before the
Warrior with the holy vial can continue.
Reward
If the Warriors defeat the Skeleton King, they return to the
captain of the Watch and the clergy who reward each of them
with 2D6x25 gold. The clergy will also resurrect any fallen
Warrior from the Adventure, but they lose any of the treasure
or gold they have earned in the Adventure thus far.
The entire town enters a period of mourning to honour the
lives lost during this nightmarish episode. Therefore, the
Warriors respectfully decide to move on to the next
Settlement.
9
WARHAMMER
WA RHAMMER QUEST – IMMEDIATE ADVENTURES

ORIGIN: LITTLEMONK
OBJECTIVE ROOM: FIGHTING PIT
MONSTER THEME: ORCS & GOBLINS
O ne of the Emperor’s emissaries drafts the Warriors into
service as his personal bodyguards – departing
immediately to the Dwarf Stronghold of Karaz-a-Karak to
deliver an important letter to the Dwarf King who has recently
cleared the area of foul creatures. The Warriors have no choice
but to accompany him through the Dwarf tunnels and reach
the Fighting Pit. Beyond the great doorway it is only a short
distance to Karaz-a-Karak.
On route the group is ambushed by Greenskins. After a vicious
battle, the Warriors are able to successfully drive off them off.
The Warriors’ subsequent interrogation of a dying goblin
reveals that Karaz-a-Karak is currently under siege.
The Warriors must make their way through the underground
passageways and reach the Fighting Pit where the Greenskins
are trying to breach the great doorway.
SETTING UP
Shuffle the Toxic Pits and five other cards to make the top half
of the Dungeon Deck. Put the Circle of Power off to the side
for now. Prepare the rest of the Dungeon Deck as normal.
Special Rules
The Pit of Revulsion Objective Room
When the Warriors discover the Objective Room, place a
doorway at the opposite end of the Pit of Revulsion. Beyond it
is the Circle of Power where the Oracle is located. The Warriors
must roll once on the Chaos Nurgle Objective Room Monster
Table. After all of the Monsters have been defeated, they can
explore the Doorway that leads to the Circle of Power.
When the Warriors enter the Circle of Power Board Section,
they do not need to draw an Event Card. All of the Warriors
must be inside the Circle of Power in order to ask the Oracle to
reveal the mystery of the evil. When they do, the oracle tells
them telepathically that each of them carries an item
(determined randomly, not including any Starting Equipment)
which carries a terrible curse and must be destroyed. To do so,
a Warrior must stand on a space next to the Acid Pit in the
Objective Room and throw the item into it. The curse will be
lifted and the area of Middenland will return to normal.

SETTING UP There is no reward for this Adventure – in fact, the Warriors

Shuffle the Dead End Board Section from White Dwarf #192
into the Dungeon Deck. Prepare the rest of the Dungeon Deck
as normal.
Collapsed Passage
Monsters use the Collapsed Passageway to set up ambushes
which means that while any Warrior is on the Board Section an
Unexpected Event occurs on a Power Phase roll of 1 or 6.
might not want to disclose that they were carrying cursed
weapons around which paralysed an entire countryside. The
punishment would be a terrible flogging at the least (each
Warrior would lose 1D3 Wounds permanently from their
Starting Wounds), or death by slow torture at the worst!

The Fighting Pit Objective

Objective Room
When the Warriors reach the Fighting Pit they do not roll on
the Orcs & Goblins Objective Room Monster Table as usual.
Because there will be hordes of Greenskin trying to break
through the great doorway, use the result of 1 on the Orcs &
Goblins Objective Room Monster Table as the occupants of the
room. If the Warriors clear the Board of Monsters, they may
continue on to Karaz-a-Karak where the emissary of the
Emperor relates the heroics of the Warriors to the Dwarf King.
The Warriors are each rewarded with 1D6x100 gold and a
piece of Objective Room Treasure.

ORIGIN: LITTLEMONK
OBJECTIVE ROOM: PIT OF REVULSION
ORIGIN: LITTLEMONK
MONSTER THEME: CHAOS NURGLE
OBJECTIVE ROOM: SPIDER’S NEST
MONSTER THEME: DARK ELVES
S omething evil is slowly sweeping through the area that the
Warriors are presently in. Trees show symptoms of
disease, water is becoming polluted and soil is turning infertile.
The Empire is at a loss to understand where this dark energy
is coming from. Rumours of Ratmen and Nurgle magic have
T he Warriors are travelling upon a road when a fierce storm
forces them to take refuge in a nearby cavern. As the
storm abates and they prepare to leave, a thunderous
abounded but the healers, druids and wizards haven’t been rockslide seals the opening, leaving them with only one way
able to determine a source. Even the Warriors have out: through the tunnels that wind deep through the mountain
inexplicably begun to feel sluggish and lethargic. – and through a lair of Dark Elves…

A mystic in Middenland alleges that there is an ancient oracle SETTING UP

in the Howling Hills that can reveal the answer to the current
troubles. The mystic leads the Warriors to a decaying tower in
the Howling Hills but reaching the Oracle inside will not be easy
since a Chaos Cult of Nurgle have recently made the crumbling
edifice their home.
Shuffle the Collapsed Passageway and five other cards to
make the top half of the Dungeon Deck. Shuffle the Flames of
Khazla card and the Spider’s Nest in with five other cards to
make the bottom half of the Dungeon Deck for a total of 13
cards. Put the Bottomless Pit aside for now.

10

Special Rules
Use all of the Cards, Board Sections and rules from Hall of the
Hag Queen Dark Elf Adventure Pack with the following
exception:
• Raith Darkfoot does not have a vendetta against one of
the Warriors
The Spider’s Nest Objective Room
When the Warriors enter the Spider’s Nest, place an extra
Doorway on the wall with the giant spider web. The Warriors
do not roll on the Dark Elves Objective Room Monster Table.
Instead they are attacked by a Gigantic Spider and 2D6 Giant
Spiders. If they defeat the Monsters, each Warrior may plunder
the chest and receive one item of Dungeon Room Treasure. In
addition, they may take the Bow (Strength 3) and Quiver lying
on the ground. There are enough arrows in the quiver to last
one Adventure).
Finishing the Adventure…
Attach the Bottomless Pit Board Section to the extra Doorway
in the Spider’s Nest. If the Warriors succeed in crossing the
Bottomless Pit, they can exit from the other side which leads
out of the mountain and to safety. They can now carry on to
the next Settlement.
ORIGIN: LITTLEMONK (REALM OF SAVAGES)
OBJECTIVE ROOM: MUNK’S DWELLING
MONSTER THEME: SAVAGE ORCS
D eep inside a dense forest, the Warriors stumble upon an
Elven settlement which has been the recent site of a
bloody battle. Dead bodies of Elves are strewn about and the
entire hamlet is now occupied by Savage Orcs which are being
led by Munk, a vicious Shaman. As long as the Savage Orcs
live, they are a threat to the entire area.
SETTING UP
This Adventure uses the special Realm of Savages Board
Sections. These exquisite boards were created by Sebastian
Stuart (www.eastern-empire.com) and have been modified
especially for this scenario.
Additionally, an entire set of Savage Orc Events have been
designed especially for this Adventure as well as Special Cards
for Savage Orc Magic and Minions.
Put the new Dungeon Room Treasure Cards off to the side for
now.
Special Rules
Dungeon Rooms & Unexpected Events
When the Warriors enter an Orc Residence Dungeon Room
draw an Event Card until it reveals Monsters, reshuffling any
‘E’ Events back into the deck. Likewise, if an Unexpected
Event occurs while the Warriors are in the Orc Residence it will
always be Monsters that appear. Follow the same rules for
drawing an Event Card as listed above. Therefore, ‘E’ Events
will only occur on the forest Board Sections.
WARHAMMER
WARHAMM ER QUEST - IMMEDIATE ADVENTURES
Doorways
Each time a new Forest Path Board Section has been revealed
roll 1D6 on the following table to see how many doorways it
contains:
1-3 The Forest Path is normal.
4-5 The Forest Path has one additional doorway.
6 The Forest Path has two additional doorways.
Place the new doorway(s) on any unused side(s) of the Board
Section, dividing the deck if appropriate.
Note: The extra doorways may only occur on a Forest Path
Board Section and not on the Glade, the Forest Bend or a
Forest Junction Board Section.
Treasure
Whenever the Warriors would receive a Dungeon Room
Treasure for any reason, roll 1D6. On a score of 1-4 they
receive a Dungeon Room Treasure as normal. If the score is a
5 or 6, draw one of the new Treasure Cards that accompany
this Adventure instead.
Munk the Savage Orc Shaman
If the Warriors encounter Munk as an Event, he will be
accompanied by his minions. See the Munk’s Minions & Rules
Special Card to see who they are. Munk will cast one spell at
the beginning of each turn. See the Munk’s Savage Orc Magic
Special Card to see which spell he casts.
Munk’s Dwelling Objective Room
When the Warriors enter Munk’s Dwelling, put the Savage Orc
Shaman on the throne, even if the Warriors had encountered
and defeated him in an Event. Munk had concocted and drunk
a magical potion which enabled him to survive even the most
grievous wounds.
Roll on the Savage Orcs Objective Room Monster Table (see
Special Card) to see which minions are in the room with him. If
Munk is defeated in the Objective Room, he is killed
permanently.
Finishing the Adventure
When the Warriors defeat Munk and his minions, any
remaining Savage Orcs in the village flee in terror. The Warriors
liberate the stolen treasures which the Savage Orcs had
accumulated from various opponents which mean that each
Warrior finds 1D3 items of Dungeon Room Treasure and
1D6x50 gold.
11
WARHAMMER
WA RHAMMER QUEST – IMMEDIATE ADVENTURES

Dungeon Rooms & Ambushes

If the Warriors enter a new Dungeon Room, they may attempt
ORIGIN: LITTLEMONK to set up an ambush during the Warriors’ Phase on the turn
OBJECTIVE ROOM: STAIRWAY they enter. If the Warriors were successful in setting a trap or
concealing themselves, it is resolved immediately when the
MONSTER THEME: SKAVEN Skaven pursuers enter the Dungeon Room as described below.

A messenger runs past shouting, “The Ratmen are

approaching! The Ratmen are approaching!” Within
minutes hundreds of Skaven come pouring through the area –
and the Warriors are directly in their path!
With lightning speed the Skaven army rampages through the
Settlement, killing men, women and children while the Warriors
do their best to protect themselves and the locals. The
Warriors know that victory is unattainable, but they cannot, in
good conscience, leave the innocent to such a terrible fate.
They must somehow hold out until help arrives.
Passing through the General Store, each Warrior snatches up a
Rope as well as 1D6 Provisions and 1D6 Bandages (see page
31 of the RPB). Physically and verbally taunting the Skaven
leaders, the Warriors hope to draw the assault away from the
fleeing locals. The strategy seems to work as the Skaven
leaders redirect their forces toward the Warriors.
In a full defensive retreat, the Warriors withdraw to an
abandoned dungeon complex nearby where they can try to
hold off the chittering hordes. With only moments to prepare
for the coming onslaught, the Warriors had best have their
wits about them!
Placing Monsters
When the Warriors are done setting their ambush (whether
successful or not) the Skaven pursuers will enter the Dungeon
Room in the Monsters’ Phase. Draw an Event Card until it
reveals Monsters, reshuffling any ‘E’ Events back into the
deck.
Anytime Monsters would appear on the Board, the maximum
number will arrive. They will always appear from the direction
of the entrance and will “move” into the room like a Warrior
usually does, filling in any empty spaces, jumping over or
squirming passed any models if necessary (including the
Warriors). Moving past a model does not count as part of a
Monster’s total Movement.
(Note:
Note: if the Warriors enter a new Dungeon Room while there
are currently Monsters on the Board, the Warriors have no
time to prepare an ambush. The Monsters’ Phase begins
immediately and new Monsters are placed as described
above.)

SETTING UP
This Adventure uses the Stairway Dungeon Card as the
Objective Room which leads back up to the surface. Put one of
the Passageway Dungeon Cards aside for now and then
prepare the Dungeon Deck as normal.

Special Rules
Entrance, Exits and Doorways
Lay down the Passageway you initially put aside to represent
the first Board Section in the dungeon complex. Place the
Warriors anywhere on the Board Section as usual.

The following rules apply to this Adventure:

• It is impossible to exit this Dungeon via the
entrance as it is blocked by masses of frenzied,
screaming Skaven.
• Do not divide the Dungeon Deck in this Adventure
for any reason. Each Board Section has only one
entrance and one exit.
• If any Dungeon Event indicates another exit,
assume it is also blocked by Skaven and ignore it.
The only exit out of this Dungeon is through the
Stairway.
• If the Cave-In Event occurs, ignore it and draw
another Event Card.
• The large numbers of pursuers means that
Monsters will automatically break down any
doors that are spiked, making it completely
useless to try to do so.

In this Adventure, any Monsters with the Ambush Ability (e.g.

Gutter Runners) are not able to implement those abilities
against the Warriors. (This is the heroes’ opportunity to turn
the tables on their enemies.)
Setting Ambush Traps
The doorway entrance to a Dungeon Room is the ideal “killing
zone” and therefore this is the only place where ambushes can
occur. Ambushes may be performed by setting a well-laid trap
and/or staying out of view of the dungeon room entrance.

12

Each Warrior may attempt to lay one trap during their first
turn whilst in a Dungeon Room. There are four potential types
of traps that the Warrior may choose and are described below.
1) Trip Rope (must have a rope)
2) Stone Block (must have a rope)
3) Volley of Arrows (must have a bow and arrows)
4) Concealed Strike
1. Trip Rope
This first trap involves tying a rope at ankle height across the
entrance to a doorway where is will act as a tripwire.
This requires a rope and a Warrior must roll 1D6 and add his
Initiative. If the total is 7 or more, he is successful.
Only one trip rope may be placed on a single doorway at one
time. Roll 1D6 for each Monster that enters the room. On a
score of 4, 5 or 6 the Monster trips on the rope, and falls
prone. Place the model on the closest square just beyond the
doorway inside the room. A prone Monster is +2 to be Hit until
the next Monsters’ Phase where it fights as normal.
A trip rope can be retrieved at the end of the combat but roll
as normal to see if the rope broke when it was used.
2. Stone Block
This second trap involves a Warrior tying a rope around a large
rock or loose flagstone, hoisting it high in the air (using an
overhanging beam or rock outcropping as a sort of pulley) and
then releasing it onto of an unsuspecting opponent when they
are directly beneath it. Because the cave system the Warriors
are in contains unlimited amounts of large stones, there will be
no short supply of this material. This is considered an Attack
and Monsters who are not prone may use any sidestepping,
dodging or similar abilities to avoid the trap as appropriate.
This trap requires a rope and a Warrior must roll 1D6 and add
their Strength. If the score is 7 or more, the trap is successfully
prepared. The Warrior must designate which square the stone
block will fall on when setting the trap and when a Monster
steps into that square, the Warrior may announce that he is
releasing it.
Any Monster who is hit by a stone block takes 3D6 Wounds
with no modifiers for Armour. In addition, the Monster may not
move any further this turn.
The stone block is extremely heavy and a Warrior can only hold
it until the end of the turn he lifted it. The block will then fall,
possibly hitting whoever is beneath it.
3. Volley of Arrows
This third trap involves a Warrior loading multiple arrows into a
bow and firing them into a group of opponents. Only a Warrior
who can wield the bow can load and fire it. The Warrior may
target a 2x2 area within his line of sight.
Roll 1D6 and add the Warrior’s Strength. If the result is 7 or
more, he is able to simultaneously load 2D3 arrows into his
bow. When the Skaven Monsters arrive, Roll To Hit for each
arrow (using Ballistic Skill at -1 To Hit) to see if it finds a target
(determined). Only models in the targeted 2x2 square are are
eligible targets.
WARHAMMER
WARHAMM ER QUEST - IMMEDIATE ADVENTURES
Holding a fully drawn bow loaded with multiple arrows requires
a tremendous amount of Strength and so a Warrior must fire
the volley by the end of the turn.
4. Concealed Strike
A Concealed Strike may be performed by a Warrior
immediately after a Monster moves through the doorway and
after any traps in those squares have been resolved.
A Warrior standing to the left or right of the doorway is
assumed to be temporarily concealed and gains one immediate
Attack against any one Monster which passes into the
adjacent doorway square, even if the Monster has not finished
moving (see diagram below). Whether the Attack hits or
misses, if the Monster is still alive it continues its movement.
Of course if the Monster is prone due to a successful trip rope,
the Warrior is +2 To Hit the creature and it may not move
further, although other Monsters may move over and passed
them.
W = Warrior
M = Monster
Once it is no longer possible for the Monsters to move and all
ambushes and traps have been resolved, the turn ends and a
new Power Phase begins. Remember that prone Monsters
remain so until the next Monsters’ Phase during which the
Warriors are +2 to Hit them.
Once there are no more Monsters on the Board, the Warriors
must continue their retreat into the Dungeon where they may
attempt to lay another ambush as they search for an exit.
They may never move back onto any previous Board Section
The Stairway Objective Room
If the Warriors can find the Stairway they may ascend the
steps which lead to the surface. This means that they have
succeeded in holding off the Skaven horde and that relief
forces have arrived to contend with the enemy!
Reward
If the Warriors manage to reach the surface by way of the
Stairway they are each paid 1D6x25 gold by the Commander
of the relief force. In addition, the appreciative locals have
collected 1D6x100 gold to be divided equally among the
Warriors.
The Settlement has suffered terrible loses. Houses and
buildings have been razed to the ground and bodies are being
prepared for burial. The Warriors decide to leave the
devastated area immediately.
13
WARHAMMER
WA RHAMMER QUEST – IMMEDIATE ADVENTURES
Once the Objective Room is revealed in the Exploration Phase,
the Warriors remember their objective. Roll another 1D6 on the
table below to see what it is:
ORIGIN: LITTLEMONK
OBJECTIVE ROOM: RANDOM
MONSTER THEME: ANY
T he Warriors awaken from a deep slumber to find
themselves lying on a cold stone floor in utter darkness.
The leader lights the lantern and the group takes in their
surroundings: a cold, dank cell in some misbegotten dungeon.
How the Warriors came to be here is a mystery. In fact, they’re
having trouble remembering many things – including their own
name! They are fully equipped and all of their gold is accounted
for. The Warriors can hear the sounds of Monsters drawing
near…
SETTING UP
Prepare a Dungeon Deck as normal using any Objective Room
card as the Objective Room for now, although the actual room
may change later.
The Warriors begin in the Gaol Board Section. Follow all the
rules for escaping the Gaol, but do not roll for a Special Quest.
The Warriors will not remember what their objective is for this
Adventure until they reach the Objective Room.
Special Rules
WHERE and WHO?
In this Adventure, the Warriors have no recollection of WHERE
they are or WHO they are! And although they know there is an
objective, the Warriors just can’t seem to remember what it is!
Mix up all of the Warrior counters and, starting with the party
leader, have each player draw one out. This is the Warrior that
the player is playing as until they reach the next Dungeon
Room. If the Warrior picks their own counter, then they have
remembered who they are. Each time the Warriors find a new
Dungeon Room, a Warrior who has not remembered who they
are must once again put their Warrior counter into the mix and
draw one at random. A Warrior who has not picked their own
counter by the time they reach the Objective Room, will
automatically remember who they are at that time. Until then,
a player controls the Warrior of the counter that they’ve
picked. (It might be easiest if the players simply switch chairs
instead of trying to move cards and Adventure Record Sheets
across the table!)
Monster Gold
Each Warrior should keep track of the amount of gold he
receives for killing Monsters in this Adventure. Also make note
of anytime a Warrior delivers the last blow to a Monster of 300
gold value or more.
The Objective Room
When the Warriors reach the Objective Room, roll 1D6 on the
table below to see which one it is:
OBJECTIVE ROOM
1-2 Firechasm
3 Idol Chamber
4 Tomb Chamber
5 Fighting Pit
6 Fountain of Light
14
WARRIORS’ OBJECTIVE
The Warriors were hired to slay a Monster
of 300 gold value or more. Once the
Warriors clear the Objective Room of
Monsters, they may return to their
employer. Any Warrior who brought down
a Monster worth at least 300 gold pieces
during the Adventure receives one item of
Dungeon Room Treasure as a reward.
The Warriors were hired to find a Magic
Weapon. Once the Warriors clear the
Objective Room of Monsters, they may
return to their employer. Any Warrior who
has found a Magic Weapon from this
Adventure must exchange one such item
(if they still have it!) for a random item of
Dungeon Room Treasure.
The Warriors were hired to find a piece of
Magic Armour. Once the Warriors clear the
Objective Room of Monsters, they may
return to their employer. Any Warrior who
has found a Magic Armour from this
Adventure must exchange one such item
(if they still have it!) for a random item of
Dungeon Room Treasure.
The Warriors were hired to find a Magic
Item. Once the Warriors clear the Objective
Room of Monsters, they may return to
their employer. Any Warrior who has found
a Magic Item from this Adventure must
exchange one such item (if they still have
it!) for a random item of Dungeon Room
Treasure.
The Warriors were hired to save someone
who is in the Objective Room. They have
2D6 turns to clear the Board of Monsters
before the captive is killed. Once the
Warriors clear the Objective Room of
Monsters, they may return to their
employer with the captive. Each Warrior
receives 1D6x50 gold as a reward.
The Warriors were hired as emissaries
during a cease-fire agreement between
two opposing factions. It would appear
that the violently aggressive Warriors have
broken the armistice and are now fleeing
for their lives! When they clear the
Objective Room of Monsters, a stone slides
open revealing daylight. The Warriors may
exit to the surface and return to their
employers who are none too happy that
the truce has been ruined. The Warrior who
has collected the least amount of gold for
killing Monsters is the only Warrior
rewarded in the failed mission, receiving
1D6x100 gold for using restraint during the
mission. Every other Warrior is fined
1D6x100 gold (selling treasure and items if
necessary) for their part in the debacle.
After they remember their objective, the Warriors
must roll on the Objective Room Monster Table for the
Monster-theme being used to see what resides within.
 WARHAMMER
WARHAMM ER QUEST - IMMEDIATE ADVENTURES

ORIGIN: (AB) FIGHTING PIT #5
OBJECTIVE ROOM: FIGHTING PIT
MONSTER THEME: ANY w/MINOTAUR
I n the Drakwald Forest of the Empire there are rumours
circulating of a man-eating monster that is raiding nearby
villages and eating the inhabitants. According to the story, the
monster is a great Minotaur, but no-one has actually seen the
beast and lived to tell the tale. The villagers are so worried that
they are staying indoors and doing no work. The local sheriffs,
therefore, have intervened to solve the problem once and for
all. They have located the entrance to a cave system, deep in
the gloomy forest, and have employed the Warriors to kill the
beast that lives within.
However, it isn’t certain that the monster is a Minotaur at all,
as the villagers are renowned for scaremongering...
Special Rules
Fleeing the Dungeon
The Warriors cannot flee this Dungeon as there is nowhere to
go!
The Guard Room
The Guard Room is magically trapped. At the end of each turn
that a Warrior is in the Guard Room, roll 1D6 and consult the
table below to see what happens:
1 Every Warrior on the Board Section takes 1D3
Wounds with no modifiers for anything.
2-3 Any Warrior on a white square takes 1D3
Wounds with no modifiers for anything.
4-5 Any Warrior on a black square takes 1D3
Wounds with no modifiers for anything
6 Nothing happens.

The Fighting Pit Objective Room

When the Warriors reach the Fighting Pit, roll on the Objective
Room Monster Table for the Monster-theme being used,
subtracting 1 from the dice roll, to determine the nature of the
beast and its pack (a roll of 1 still counts as a 1, of course). A
roll of 1 will always include a Minotaur, in addition to whatever
else appears.
If the beast turns out to be a Minotaur, the Warriors must kill it
and return its head to the village. If they are successful, they
will be rewarded with all the villagers’ wealth. Unfortunately,
this amounts to no more than 10 gold each as it is a very poor
village. If the beast isn’t a Minotaur, the Warriors are scorned
by the villagers, who don’t believe them, and go unrewarded.
The Circle of Power
This room pulses with magical waves of energy, acting as a
channel for the mad Wizard’s power. Any Warrior who is a
Wizard can easily tap into the power in this room and may
therefore add +2 to the Power Phase, even if the Power Phase
is a 1.
The Objective Rooms
Each time the Warriors find an Objective Room, make one roll
on the Objective Room Monster Table to see who inhabits the
room. Once the Warriors clear the Board of Monsters, they
may destroy the object in the room (ie. the fountain in the
Fountain of Light, the idol in the Idol Chamber, the dragon
statue in the Firechasm). To do this, a Warrior must be
standing adjacent to the object and attack it in hand-to-hand
combat. Each object has 20 Wounds and a Toughness of 3.

ORIGIN: LITTLEMONK Once the object is destroyed, each Warrior should roll 1D6 to
OBJECTIVE ROOM: VARIOUS see if it was the source of the Wizard’s power. If any of the
MONSTER THEME: CHAOS TZEENTCH dice come up a 6, then the object was indeed the Wizard’s
power source and the Warriors have escaped from the

T he Warriors unknowingly cross into the private domain of

an extremely powerful Wizard. The eccentric (and quite
mad) mage captures the group, accuses them of trespassing
Wziard’s condemnation.

If any of the dice come

and even goes so far as to hold a mock trial where he presides up a 1, regardless if any
as both judge and jury. Unsurprisingly, the Warriors are found 6’s were was rolled,
guilty by the Wizard who pronounces his verdict: Death by then the object is not
Dungeon! the source of the
Wizards power and the
The condemned Warriors are immediately teleported to a Warriors have set off a
holding cell in some unknown dungeon where they will be trap. They each suffer
eventually overrun by monstrosities. Upon arrival they find a 1D6 Wounds with no
grievously injured Kislevite Shaman, also found guilty of the modifiers for anything.
same crime, who reveals to them that he has learned that the
Wizard’s power source is derived from a large object in the When the Warriors
Dungeon. If they can find and destroy the source of the destroy the last object,
Wizard’s power, the Warriors will have a chance to escape there is no need to roll
their fate. With that, the Shaman perishes. to see if it is the
Wizard’s power source,
as it automatically will
SETTING UP be.
Shuffle the Fountain of Light, the Idol Chamber and the
Firechasm into the bottom 10 cards to make the bottom
portion of the Dungeon Deck. Randomly select 3 more cards Finishing the Adventure
and place them on top to complete the 13 card deck. When the Warriors destroy the source of the Wizard’s power,
the entire dungeon around them begins to shimmer and fade.
The Warriors begin in the Gaol Board Section . There is no need Slowly the outside world takes its place: the entire scenario
to roll to escape the Gaol as the gate is already open. Do not was a powerful illusion and the Warriors now find themselves
roll for a Special Quest in this Adventure. in a small clearing on a mountainside just minutes from a main
road. The nearest City is only 5 weeks travel, the nearest
Town is 3 weeks and the closest Village is only 1 week.

15
WARHAMMER QUEST – 1 A HASTY EXPEDITION
1
· A HASTY EXPEDITION ·
ORIGIN:
ORIGIN: (AB) FIRECHASM #1
OBJECTIVE ROOM:
ROOM: FIRECHASM
MONSTER THEME:
THEME: CHAOS DWARFS
R umours abound of a powerful long-lost Skaven artefact
that has been rediscovered in the Worlds Edge Mountains.
The artefact is a skull-shaped icon made from raw warpstone,
and its mutating powers are said to be beyond imagination.
The icon must be destroyed at all costs to stop the Skaven
reclaiming it. Unfortunately, the only way to destroy the icon is
to hurl it into the cleansing flames of the Firechasm, which is
located in a volcanic area of the World’s Edge Mountains which
is besieged by Chaos Dwarfs.
Special Rules
The first Dungeon Room that the Warriors enter contains a
sturdy iron casket holding the icon. When the Warriors have
completed the room’s event, take the Sturdy Iron Casket
Equipment Card to remind yourself the Warriors have the
casket.
The Firechasm Objective Room
When the Warriors reach the Firechasm, they must overcome
the defenders of the chamber and hurl the warpstone icon into
the flames.
To determine the Monsters that are guarding the Firechasm,
roll once on the Chaos Dwarf Objective Room Monster Table.
If the icon is thrown into the chasm it is instantly consumed
with a roar of lurid green flames. The room begins to collapse,
and the Warriors must get out straight away or be crushed. To
escape, the Warriors must cross the chasm and exit through a
secret door that opens in the far wall, behind the stone
dragon. The Warriors must escape within 2 turns of killing all
the Monsters and hurting the icon into the chasm. After this
point, the whole room caves in, killing any Warriors still inside.
Each Warrior who escapes the Dungeon is rewarded with
1D6x100 gold for his part in the Adventure.
ORIGIN: LITTLEMONK
OBJECTIVE ROOM: FIGHTING PIT
MONSTER THEME: ORCS & GOBLINS
T he Four Lords of Averland are set to hold their private,
annual Snotling Race. This bizarre, long-distance affair
spans over the course of 3 or 4 days, where a Snotling is
poked, prodded and urged onward by each Lord and his
entourage from Colmfähre all the way to Hochsleben. At least
that’s how it’s supposed to happen. The Four Lords have long
abandoned the original rules of the race and openly cheat as
creatively as they can. Winning by any means necessary is not
only encouraged but appreciated as it is all in good fun (until
someone gets hurt).
16
Lord Maldwin has won three years in a row and enjoys
flaunting the Snotling Trophy during the Fall Gathering at his
home. He has hired the Warriors as part of his entourage that
will ensure this year’s victory.
Lord Maldwin has a masterful plan to avoid any obstacles the
others will present to him. He instructs the Warriors to
transport the Snotling in a small cage through a network of
tunnels just south of Colmfähre, which extend to the edge of
Hochsleben. The underground tunnels were used in battles
long ago to secretly send reinforcements from one town to the
next. Others in Lord Maldwin’s group will be in charge of
making sure to dealy the retinues of the other Lords so that
they do not reach Hochsleben before the Warriors do.
As fate would have it, the tunnels the Warriors will be using
are not unoccupied. The Black Mountains Orc Boss, Hookscar,
was quite angry after learning that his Snotling attendant was
kidnapped by the humans of Averland. His outrage peaked
when he heard that his assistant was being used in a barbaric
source of amusement. Having just discovered the old tunnels,
he is using them to lead the Snotling rescue mission. As luck
would have it for the Orc Boss, the Warriors are heading right
for him with Snotling in hand…
Special
Special Rules
Carrying the Snotling
It will be impossible for the Leader with the Lantern to carry
the small cage that contains the Snotling, so another Warrior
must do so. Draw a Warrior Counter to determine who is
carrying the Snotling. That Warrior should take the Caged
Snotling Special Card and keep it in front of them as a
reminder. The Warrior carrying the Snotling is constantly being
picked at and poked through the cage by the little bugger. This
means that the Warrior’s attacks are -1 To Hit during combat.
Passing Off the Snotling
At the beginning of the Warriors’ Phase, the Warrior who is
carrying the Snotling may attempt to pass it off to another
Warrior of his choice (but not the Leader). If the other Warrior
is unwilling, then the two Warriors each roll 1D6 and the one
who rolls closest to the Power Phase this turn is the winner. In
case of a tie, the Warrior may not pass off the Snotling. The
loser must carry the Snotling (take the Snotling Special Card).
In the event of a tie, the Warrior who currently has the Snotling
is the winner and may pass him off to the new carrier.
‘M’ Event Cards
The Orcs and Goblins in this Adventure represent the advanced
scouts that Hookscar has sent out to explore the tunnels.
These scouts travel in great number, therefore, when rolling to
see how many Monsters arrive, add +1 to the total for every
D6, but no more than the maximum stated on the card. For
example, if the card states “1D6” then add +1 to the roll (2
through 6 will arrive). If the card states “2D6” then add +2 (3
through 12 will arrive).
The Fighting Pit Objective Room
When the Warriors reach the Fighting Pit, they find that
Hookscar and his minions have just entered the tunnels
through the large wooden door.
The Orc Boss Hookscar issues an immediate challenge to the
Warrior carrying the Snotling and the Warrior has the option to

fight him in a single combat. Hookscar has the profile of
Gorgut (LOTOL Adventure Pack) but without the Magic Ring.
He carries a Dead ’Ard Weapon (page 19 of LOTOL Adventure
Pack). If the Warrior loses, the Snotling is taken from them. If
the Warrior wins, he receives the Dead ’Ard Weapon!
If any of the other Warriors intervene, or if the Warrior uses
magic of any kind, then the horde of Greenskins behind the
Orc Boss will jump into the battle. Roll on the Objective Room
Monster Table to see which Greenskins charge in. In that case,
the Dead’Ard weapon is broken during the battle.
If the Warrior defeats Hookscar or if all of the Monsters on the
Board are killed, the Warrior can search for the exit. If there
are still cards left in the Dungeon Deck, the Warriors must
continue through the wooden door in the Fighting Pit, turning
over the next card in the Dungeon Deck. The last card in the
deck will lead out of the dungeon and up to the surface.
Finishing the Adventure
If the Warriors lose to Hookscar or flee the Dungeon, the
Snotling gets free. The Warriors would be wise to leave the
area immediately as Lord Maldwin hates to lose.
If they successfully exit the last Board Section, the Warriors
make haste to Hochsleben with the Snotling and must roll 1D6
on the following table to see the outcome of the race:
1 The Warriors have lost track of time, spending
months in the tunnels and the contest has long
been over. Additionally, they learn that Lord
Maldwin passed away suddenly a few weeks ago.
The Warriors receive nothing for their trouble.
2 The contest was over almost as soon as it began:
One of the other lords brilliantly employed a Dwarf
Gyrocopter to transport his Snotling. It’s been
weeks since the race was lost and Lord Maldwin
doesn’t even remember the Warriors’ names much
less an agreement to compensate them for their
trouble. He gives the Warriors 1D6x10 gold each
and sends the “beggars” away.
3 The Warriors proudly barge into the victory hall with
Snotling in hand to claim victory for Lord Maldwin.
The clerk and acting referee informs the Warriors
that one of the other lords claimed victory just a
day ago. He gives the Warriors a small satchel left
for them by Lord Maldwin. In it is 1D6x50 gold for
the Warriors to distribute evenly.
4 The Warriors finish the race just hours behind one
of the other teams. Lord Maldwin appears
unaffected by the loss since such a strong showing
has maintained his honour. He rewards each
Warrior with 150 gold.
5 Neck and neck with another team, one of the
Warriors (determined randomly) points to the
bushes and yells out “Look! A Quarg!” The
momentary hesitation by the other team is all the
Warriors need as they cross the finish line first!
Lord Maldwin is ecstatic to hear of such a clever
victory. He rewards each Warrior with 1D6x100
gold. In addition, the Warrior who carried out the
deception receives an Objective Room Treasure!
6 The Warriors arrive hours before any of the others.
Lord Maldwin is delighted to have his fourth victory
in as many years – a feat that no other Lord has
ever managed to accomplish! He will forever be
remembered in the annals of Averland Snotling
Racing history. He bestows upon them the title of
“Champion Handlers” (no one need know that the
Warriors acquired it by transporting a Snotling…)
and rewards each of them with 300 gold and an
item of Objective Room Treasure!
WARHAMMER
WARHAMM ER QUEST – 1 A HASTY EXPEDITION
ORIGIN: (AB) TOMB CHAMBER #2
OBJECTIVE ROOM: TOMB CHAMBER
MONSTER THEME: UNDEAD
T he Fortress of Vorag lies beyond the Badlands, on the
Plain of Bone. It was from this proud, cruel citadel that
Ashkral Deathking, a follower of the all-powerful Necromancer
Nagash, ruled many centuries ago. Endless legions of the dead
strode to battle at his command, and the living fell before their
unearthly might.
When Ashkral was overthrown by the Orc Warlord Morak
Bloodcrusher, the dying Necromancer swore that he would one
day return. His shattered body was taken by his acolytes to a
secret place deep beneath Cripple Peak, on the shores of the
Sour Sea.
However, the Deathking was not truly dead; he was merely in
a state of limbo between this life and the next. The only
weapon said to be truly able to kill the Deathking was the
sword he himself had wielded. This was to be buried with him
so that it could not fulfill its destiny, and so that he could wield
the powerful blade when he arose from beyond the grave.
Unfortunately, on the way to his tomb, the acolytes carrying
the sword were ambushed and killed. With his last burst of
energy, before he passed over to meet his master, the head
acolyte hurled the sword into the Sour Sea, screaming that it
would never be seen again until the Deathking stirred once
more.
Since then, there have been great upheavals in the land, both
politically and physically. The nearby volcano, Karag Haraz, has
erupted many times in the years since the Deathking’s defeat,
spewing lava and magma across the region and causing the
earth to tremble and shift. Over the years the citadel has been
reduced to rubble and the Deathking’s story has passed into
legend.
However, after the most recent eruption an ancient sword was
thrown up onto the surface, and the entrance to a long sealed
dungeon revealed. The myth of the Deathking, so long
regarded as nothing more than a story, looked to be possible!
The Warriors have been summoned to take the sword and
enter the newly-opened dungeon, there to find and slay the
Deathking once and for all before he rises from his grave.
Special Rules
Nominate one of the Warriors to carry the sword and have
them take the Sword of the Deathking Equipment Card. If
used in combat the blade causes +1D6 Wounds on a
successful attack but automatically strikes an adjacent Warrior
if the To Hit roll is an unmodified 1.
The Tomb Chamber
Chamber Objective Room
Roll on the Undead Objective Room Monster Table to
determine what Monsters the tomb chamber contains.
Once the Monsters are defeated, the Warriors may lift the lid
of the tomb and slay the Deathking. Although he is still weak,
he will try to stop them. His willpower crackles in the air,
rooting the Warriors to the spot. His voice echoes in the
darkness, challenging the puny mortals who have come to slay
him to a battle of wills to determine the victor.
Before they can kill him, the Warriors must overcome this
powerful magic. Roll 1D6 for each Warrior taking part in the
17
WARHAMMER QUEST – 1 A HASTY EXPEDITION
battle. If the combined score is 13 or more, the curse is broken
and the Deathking can be slain. If the total is less than 13, the
Warriors’ minds are broken by the power of the Necromancer,
and they become mindless thralls of the Deathking, the first to
swell the ranks of his army.
In the tomb is 1D6x100 gold, to be shared equally amongst the
Warriors. Once the dungeon is finished, the Warriors may
safely make their way to freedom, having slain all the
Monsters in the Dungeon.
ORIGIN: HALL OF THE HAG QUEEN #2
OBJECTIVE ROOM: TEMPLE OF KHAINE
MONSTER THEME: DARK ELVES
T he town of St. Leu is refusing to pay taxes because they
do not feel their monies are at work protecting them after
the third Dark Elf raid on the town in a month, the last of
which occurred just before the Warriors arrived. The townsfolk
are furious and have begun to steer travelers and merchants
away from the area in protest. In a desperate effort to quell
the fears of the citizens, the Burgermeister hires the Warriors
as mercenaries to pursue the Dark Elf raiders.
The Warriors track the Dark Elves to a cavern system on the
coast which they bravely enter.
18
SETTING UP
Take the Torture Chamber Dungeon Room card and shuffle it
into the top half of the Dungeon Deck. Shuffle the Temple of
Khaine card into the bottom half of the Dungeon Deck for a
total of 14 cards. Play proceeds as normal.
Remove the Execution Event Card from the deck for this
Adventure.
Special Rules
The Torture Chamber
Instead of drawing an Event Card when the Warriors enter the
Torture Chamber, the Warriors encounter Executioner Husk
Bawn. In addition, draw and Event Card until it reveals
Monsters (reshuffling any ‘E’ Events back into the deck) to
see who accompanies him. If they manage to clear the Board
of Monsters, each Warrior receives one item of Dungeon Room
Treasure instead of just a single one for the group.
Finishing the Adventure
If the Warriors find the Temple of Khaine Objective Room and
defeat all the Monsters, they discover a false panel in the wall
that leads out of the Dungeon and back to the surface. They
can return to St. Leu where they are paid 1D6x100 gold each
by the Burgermeister. In addition, the Townsfolk are so
relieved that the Dark Elf raids have been stopped that some
of the houses donate a family ‘heirloom’ (an item of Dungeon
Room Treasure) to each Warrior!
ORIGIN: LITTLEMONK
OBJECTIVE ROOM: DEN OF DESIRES
MONSTER THEME: CHAOS SLAANESH
G erard Monroe, a priest of Myrmidia in the city of
Talabheim has been exhibiting lewd and inappropriate
behaviour for the past few months and has now locked himself
away in his quarters at the Temple. Pleas for him to return to
the congregation are only met with angry retorts and refusal.
Some followers of Myrmidia, the Knights of the Verdant Field,
have hired the Warriors as mediators to compel Monroe,
through force if necessary, to end the embarrassing episode.
The Warriors break into the priest’s quarters but find them
empty. A search of the room turns up a journal as well as a
secret panel that opens into a maze of tunnels.
Upon reading the journal, the Warriors discover that for the
past few months the dark god Slaanesh has been seductively
manipulating Monroe. The Warriors must find him before he is
completely consumed by the forces of Chaos.
Special Rules
The Den of Desires Objective Room
When the Warriors reach the Den of Desires Objective Room,
they will find Monroe sitting dazed and confused upon the
Slaanesh couch. The Warriors have 1D6+1 turns in which to
clear the Board of Monsters before Monroe is completely
consumed by the forces of Slaanesh. Once consumed, Monroe
will be able to cast one Slaanesh Chaos Magic Spell at the
beginning of each Monsters’ Phase (see Chaos Slaanesh Magic
Special card). The only way to stop Monroe from casting spells
is to kill him. A Warrior can attack and kill Monroe simply by
rolling To Hit as normal. They are successful on any roll other
than a 1. The Warriors receive no gold for killing Monroe.

Reward
If the Warriors clear the Board of Monsters in time to save the
Priest, they are blessed by Myrmidia and each of them receives
one temporary Luck Point which may be used only once.
Regardless of whether the Warriors save Monroe or kill him,
the Knights of the Verdant Field reward each Warrior with
1D6x50 gold and the group receives an Objective Room
Treasure to be distributed as normal.
ORIGIN: CATACOMBS OF TERROR #4
OBJECTIVE ROOM: DREAD KING’S THRONE ROOM
MONSTER THEME: UNDEAD
I t appears that once again Gunther Laranscheld has cheated
death. Thwarted before by brave Warriors, and left for dead
on the sun-drenched deserts of the Lands of the Dead, his iron
will alone kept him alive. Now he seeks vengeance! He has
crept back into the forbidden libraries of the Empire and stolen
a most terrible evil book – the dreaded Grimoire Necris.
It is obvious that Laranscheld hopes to use the Grimoire to
restore the Dread King to his former glory, bringing about a
new era of death and despair to all mortal folk. The Warriors
must quest into the dungeons of Laranscheld's old tower and
kill him before he succeeds in joining his power to his patron,
the Dread King of Twisted Spire.
WARHAMMER
WARHAMM ER QUEST – 1 A HASTY EXPEDITION
Special Rules
Take the Necromancer Event Card out of the Event deck.
When you roll on the Objective Room Monster Table, replace
the Dread King with Gunther Laranscheld. Laranscheld's
minions are represented by the other Monsters in the Objective
Room. Laranscheld should be placed at the far end of the
room, next to the throne, where he is performing his ritual. His
Grimoire Necris should be placed in the space before the
throne.
The Warriors must retrieve the Grimoire Necris before
Laranscheld can complete the summoning. They have 2D6
turns to kill Laranscheld, starting from the first turn after they
enter the Objective Room. If the 2D6 turns pass before the
Warriors have killed the Necromancer, Laranscheld completes
the ceremony. Place Van Damneg on his throne at the start of
the next Power Phase. Van Damneg can cast spells and attack
as normal on the turn he appears.
Once they have prevented the summoning, or destroyed Van
Damneg once and for all, they can return to the wizards of the
Empire, where they will each receive a piece of Dungeon Room
Treasure and 150 gold as a reward.
ORIGIN: (WD #191) A HORROR AWAKENS #3
OBJECTIVE ROOM: DREAD KING’S THRONE ROOM
MONSTER THEME: UNDEAD
T he famous Witch Hunter, Duke von Steafen, has tracked
down an abominable Necromancer and discovered his plan
to awaken an ancient evil. Deep within the Kingdoms of the
Dead, in the tomb-city known as the Twisted Spire, lies the
inert form of a powerful Liche - van Damneg the Dread King.
The Warriors must delve into the Twisted Spire and foil the evil
Necromancer's scheme. The Necromancer that the Warriors
have been pursuing is none other than Gunther Larenscheld,
one of the Empire's most deadly enemies. He is performing a
rite to free the immensely powerful Dread King from his age-
long imprisonment within the Twisted Spire.
Special Rules
If the Gunther Larenscheld Event Card is turned over before
the Warriors reach the Objective room, they have caught
Larenscheld in time. If they manage to defeat him they must
still press onwards to ensure that the magic within the Throne
Room keeps the malignant presence of the Dread King at bay.
When they enter the Objective Room generate the Monsters as
normal, but van Damneg will not be present, as he has not
managed to shatter the spells protecting the world from his
deadly presence.
If the Warriors do not encounter Larenscheld before they reach
the Dread King's Throne Room, he will be present there, along
with van Damneg and the other Monsters generated by the
Catacombs of Terror Monster table. The Warriors must defeat
all the Monsters present in order to be certain of escaping! As
normal, the Grimoire Necris will be placed on the dais, and
Larenscheld should be placed next to it. As you can see, if your
Warriors can stop Larenscheld in time their chances of
19
WARHAMMER QUEST – 1 A HASTY EXPEDITION
surviving will be greatly improved. Regardless of the Monsters
they encounter, the Warriors can escape from the Dread King's
Throne Room once all the Monsters are dead. As they rush
from the Throne Room the walls start to crumble and the
Undead around them turn to dust once the banishment of their
master's spirit takes affect. However, no matter how long it
takes, van Damneg will be back...
If the Warriors manage to defeat van Damneg, or prevent his
summoning, Duke von Steafen rewards each of them with
2D6x100 gold and a Treasure card.
ORIGIN: (AB) FOUNTAIN OF LIGHT #2
OBJECTIVE ROOM: FOUNTAIN OF LIGHT
MONSTER THEME: SKAVEN
T he water supply for the city of Miragliano comes from
many sources. The main supply is from the rivers that run
down from the Vaults, but the most precious comes from an
ancient shrine hidden in a deep cave system, from which
springs a gushing fountain. This fountain provides the purest
water in Miragliano, and has done so for countless years. The
Skaven of Skavenblight have found the fountain and polluted
it, filling it with the twisting influence of warpstone. Already a
sickness spreads in Miragliano, and a large reward has been
offered to anyone who can find a cure.
A far-seeing academic has guessed at the truth, and wishes to
find out if the waters are indeed polluted. He has gathered
your band of Warriors together to seek the source of the
waters and, if needs be, cleanse it.
The Fountain of Light Objective Room
Do not roll on the Skaven Objective Room Monster Table to
determine what Monsters the fountain room contains. Instead,
it is guarded by 12 Skaven Clanrats.
When all the Skaven defending the fountain are killed, the
Warriors must remove the warpstone from the fountain. This
is hazardous in the extreme. There is enough warpstone in the
fountain for each Warrior to take a heavy load.
To remove the warpstone, your Warrior must be in a square
adjacent to the fountain. Upon removing it, roll 2D6. The
Warrior loses that number of Wounds, with no modifiers for
Toughness or armour. This may of course kill the Warrior, but
at least the warpstone is removed! Each Warrior must remove
one load. No Warrior can try more than once, as the
warpstone’s power will kill them immediately if they try a
second time. Once the fountain is purified, the Warriors may
return to Miragliano to claim the reward of 1D6x50 gold each.
20
ORIGIN: TUNNELS OF PESTILENCE #5
OBJECTIVE ROOM: FOUNTAIN OF LIGHT
MONSTER THEME: SKAVEN
T he Warriors are relaxing in their rooms at the Faithful Inn
recuperating from their last adventure. When a knock at
the door bolts them awake, they reach for their cold, hard
steel. Opening the door reveals the Dwarf innkeeper, Perci
Middlefire. The look on his face tells the Warriors that he’s just
been through a horrifying experience. The Dwarf begs the
Warriors to listen to his story.
Perci and his wife, Nadine, were going through their normal
routine of cooking, serving and cleaning when Nadine went to
fetch a pail of water from the well and never returned.
The intrigued Warriors accompany Perci to the well behind the
Faithful Inn. A quick search of the area uncovers vermin hair, a
broken talisman of the Horned Rat, and faint rat tracks leading
to and from the old well. The well bucket is drawn up and
inside of it sits a necklace which Perci confirms belongs to
Nadine. Looking into the well the Warriors spy a tunnel midway
down where the Warriors suspect the Skaven emerged from.
Perci mentions that he would lead the search party himself
but, between his failing health and having not touched a
weapon in six decades he would be virtually useless. The old
Dwarf pleads with the Warriors to find Nadine and the group
simply cannot refuse.
SETTING UP
This Adventure uses the Warpstone Counters from White
Dwarf #195. Do not include the Skamp the Sickly or Rance
Throatcutter Event Cards in this Adventure.
Dungeon Rooms & Warpstone Counters
In this Adventure, the Warriors are fighting against time.
Whenever the Warriors enter a new Dungeon Room and after
all the Monsters have been killed or any Events resolved, roll
1D6. If the score is a 6 the Warriors find Nadine, bound and
gagged, but she is alive! If the score is 5 or less the Warriors
must take a Warpstone Counter. If the Warriors accumulate
the sixth Warpstone Counter it means that the Warriors find a
tortured and dead Nadine slumped in the corner of the room.
Once Nadine has been found (regardless of the state she is in)
the Warriors have two options:
OPTION #1
Return to the Surface and
deliver Nadine to Perci at the Faithful Inn
If the Warriors choose to return to the Surface with
Nadine, they must retrace their steps, rolling for
Unexpected Events as normal. When they reach the
surface, the Dungeon is completed and they return to
the Faithful Inn.
If Nadine is alive… the Dwarf gives each Warrior 1D6x10
gold for saving her from the clutches of the vile Skaven.
If Nadine is dead… poor Perci is so stricken with grief
that he clutches his chest and dies on the spot. The
Warriors receive no reward for the effort.

OPTION #2
Find the Objective Room and
try to defeat the Skaven presence
If Nadine is alive… the Warriors send her back to the
surface and safety as they continue on to search for the
Fountain of Light Objective Room. If the Warriors kill all
the Monsters there, they find a bucket that leads up the
well and back into the Settlement. The Warriors return to
Perci who reward each of them with 1D6x100 gold and
an Item of Dungeon Room Treasure for saving his wife
and bringing the kidnappers to justice.
If Nadine is dead… the Warriors leave Nadine’s body and
try to find out who is responsible for her murder. If they
find the Objective Room and defeat all of the Monsters
there, they find a bucket that leads up another well and
back into the Settlement. They immediately return to the
surface where Perci rewards each Warrior with 1D6x100
gold for avenging his wife’s death.
The Fountain of Light Objective Room
When the Warriors enter the Objective Room, they must make
one roll on the Skaven Objective Room Monster Table. In
addition, Skamp the Sickly and Rance Throatcutter are present
(see their Special Cards for rules).
If the Warriors find the Fountain of Light Objective Room
before they find Nadine or accrue six Warpstone Counters, she
is there and she is alive. To save her the Warriors will need to
clear the Objective Room of Monsters.
If the Warriors fail to kill all of the Monsters in the Objective
Room but somehow manage to survive the Dungeon, Nadine
will perish and the Warriors receive nothing.
ORIGIN: LITTLEMONK
OBJECTIVE ROOM: FOUNTAIN OF LIGHT
MONSTER THEME: CHAOS NURGLE
T he Emperor has suffered from an inexplicable nausea and
severe headaches and is convinced by his scheming
advisor, Count Mosius Chevalier, that his illness is the result of
a rare disorder. Drawing upon old legends, the Count has told
the Emperor that his condition can only be cured by magic
water from Mount Squighorn. In all actuality, the cunning
advisor has been putting small doses of an exotic poison in the
Emperor’s food in an attempt to kill him and usurp the throne.
Even all of the royal healers cannot figure out what is wrong
with the Emperor so they too have agreed with the devious
Count Chevalier.
The Emperor has decreed that the magic waters be sent for
immediately and brave heroes from all over the land have been
called upon to carry out the order. Count Chevalier doesn’t
actually expect anyone to find the magic water since it doesn’t
really exist! He knows that they’ll spend months searching the
area around Mount Squighorn only to return empty-handed. In
the meantime he will have had time to finish his conniving plan
against the Emperor.
The Warriors are one of the groups dispatched to search the
area around Mount Squighorn. They must either accept the
assignment or it is “off with their heads!”
WARHAMMER
WARHAMM ER QUEST – 1 A HASTY EXPEDITION
Fortunately for the Warriors, one of them (determined
randomly) is familiar with the old legend of the magic waters,
although it is not located around Mount Squighorn as the
Count suggested. The true legend states that “the magical
water to cure all ailments” is located in the foggy (and now
plague-infested) caverns of Misty Mountain and so it is there
that the Warriors travel to instead.
SETTING UP
Be sure to include the Monster’s Lair in the Dungeon Deck. In
addition shuffle the Toxic Pits and five other cards to make the
top half of the Dungeon Deck. In all other respects, prepare the
Dungeon Deck as normal.
Special Rules
The Monster’s Lair
The Monster’s Lair Board Section is especially dangerous in the
Misty Mountain as the room is engulfed with a misty smoke
that makes it very difficult to see. As the Warriors peer
through the doorway they can clearly hear guttural sounds
within the Monster’s Lair.
When the Warriors enter the Monsters’ Lair draw an Event
Card until it reveals Monsters (reshuffle any ‘E’ Event Cards
back into the Deck. The Warriors will be -1 To Hit any
opponents due to the thick mist as even the lantern’s light can
barely penetrate it. Movement for Warriors in the Monster’s
Lair is halved (round fractions down) as the Warriors move
blindly and cautiously through the mist.
If the Warriors defeat the enemies in the Monster’s Lair, they
receive 1D3 Dungeon Room Treasures instead of one.
The Fountain of Light Objective Room
When the Warriors reach the Fountain of Light Objective Room
roll on the Chaos Nurgle Objective Room Monster Table. Once
the Monsters are defeated the Warriors may examine the
Fountain by rolling 1D6 and consulting the following table:
1-2 The fountain is empty! If there was water in
the fountain in the past, it does not flow any
longer.
3-6 The fountain barely trickles with water and
the Warriors manage to gather enough water
to fill a small vial.
Reward
If the Warriors return empty-handed, they discover that the
Emperor has already been saved by a prominent court official
who had successfully solved the mystery of the illness and
accused Count Chevalier of the attempted assassination. The
Emperor is currently being nursed back to health and the
search parties have been recalled.
If the Warriors return with the vial of water, it is administered
to the Emperor immediately. Much to the surprise and horror
of Count Chevalier, the symptoms disappear immediately. Just
then, a prominent court official steps forward and announces
the revelation of a murderous traitor and points a finger at the
Count. A thorough search of Chevalier’s personal quarters
turns up the poison and incriminating journal. The Count is
taken away to be tried and, if convicted, beheaded in the
public square.
More importantly, the Emperor is extremely grateful to the
Warriors and they are each rewarded with a piece of Objective
Room Treasure and 1D6x100 gold for saving his life!
21
WARHAMMER QUEST – 1 A HASTY EXPEDITION
ORIGIN: LITTLEMONK
OBJECTIVE ROOM: PIT OF REVULSION
MONSTER
MONSTER THEME: SKAVEN
T he local drunk insists that a beautiful song fills the air at
dusk every night toward the edge of town, a claim that is
promptly laughed at by everyone in the Settlement. The
Warriors, however, suspect there may be something to the
man’s tale. Sure enough, one night the Warriors hear it for
themselves; a hauntingly fragile melody blowing in the wind.
Those locals willing to talk about the song tell the Warriors
about the death of a young noble girl some years ago who was
believed to have been kill by a band of ratmen which had
terrorized the Settlement at that time. Whilst it was believed
that the ratmen had been driven off by the local militia, the
superstitious locals have connected the haunting voice with a
return of the Skaven menace.
After spending all night traipsing around the Settlement trying
to locate the source of this ethereal tune, the Warriors stand
within a private cemetery, having discovered a hidden burrow
near the crypt of the deceased noble. With the mournful song
still fresh in their minds, the Warriors must descend into the
maze of tunnels below if the townsfolk, living or dead, are to
sleep well in their beds.
Special Rules
Skaven Assassin
If the Warriors encounter the Skaven Assassin as an Event
Card draw a second Event card until it reveals Monsters
(reshuffling any others back into the deck). These Monster
accompany the Assassin and they attack the Warriors
together.
If they defeat the Monsters, the Warriors receive the gold
value as normal, but they do not receive any Treasure Cards as
they normally would. Instead, the Warriors find the Assassin’s
secret stash of treasure consisting of items that he has stolen
and collected. Roll 1D6 to see how many items of Dungeon
Room Treasure there are. This Treasure follows all the normal
rules for distribution.
The Pit of Revulsion Objective Room
When the Warriors enter the Pit of Revulsion Objective Room,
roll on the Skaven Objective Room Monster Table to see who
inhabits the room. If the Skaven Assassin has not been
encountered, he will also be there.
Reward
If the Warriors return to the Settlement after killing the
Skaven, the Warrior who landed the final blow against the
Skaven Assassin is given an item of Objective Room Treasure
from the family of the young woman for bringing her killer to
justice.
If the Warriors were able to clear the Objective Room, they
have removed the Skaven presence and the Settlement
inhabitants reward them with 1D6x50 gold each.
22
ORIGIN: LITTLEMONK
OBJECTIVE ROOM: DEN OF DESIRES
MONSTER THEME: CHAOS SLAANESH
W hile the Warriors bask in the salty air of Marienburg
between adventures, a group of uncouth warehouse
workers invite the Warriors, at knifepoint, to join them inside a
rough-looking tavern. Inside, a “legitimate businessman”
makes the Warriors an offer which they probably shouldn’t
refuse: a deal to remove a local rival.
The rival happens to be a low-ranking official whose hedonistic
habits are getting out of hand. Reports of drug trafficking and
increasingly outlandish orgies risk drawing the wrong kind of
attention to Marienbrug’s less-reputable businesses,
something which would be trouble for all involved. The
Warriors are offered a handsome reward to infiltrate the rival
operation and eradicate it before the authorities, or worse yet
the templars, start investigating matters.
The rival operation’s headquarters are to be found in a maze of
tunnels and chambers beneath the city which can be accessed
from a not so secret entrance near the docks.
The Den of Desires Objective
Objective Room
Roll on the Chaos Slaanesh Objective Room Monster Table to
determine what Monsters are in the Den of Deisres. In
addition, Elixa Abesheena is also present (see the Elixa
Abasheena Special Card for her special rules).
Once the Warriors clear the Board of Monsters, they find a
secret passage that leads back up into one of the warehouses
in Marienburg.
Reward
Once the Warriors exit the Dungeon they can return to their
employer who rewards each of them with an item of Objective
Room Treasure.
These Objective Room Treasures are of course stolen goods.
Each time a Warrior carrying such an item rolls an ‘Uneventful
Day’ in a Settlement, they must roll a further 1D6. If the result
is a 1 or 2, then it means that the local authorities seize the
item (discard it immediately). The Warrior spends the rest of
the day clearing up any misunderstandings about how he
acquired the pilfered item.
Additionally, if a Warrior ever tries to sell such an item at a
Settlement, he must roll 1D6. On a score of 1, the trader is
privy to the fact that the item is stolen and immediately
notifies the Watch who confiscate the item as detailed above.
On a score of 2, 3, 4 or 5, the trader suspects that the item
may be stolen and refuses to purchase it. On a score of 6, the
trader purchases the item at full value as normal. (Of course,
the Outlaw Warrior can sell such an item on the Black Market
where traders have no issue about such a transaction).

ORIGIN: LITTLEMONK
OBJECTIVE ROOM: SHIFTING SANCTUM
MONSTER THEME: CHAOS TZEENTCH
H armon van Kraus, a prominent judge in Nuln, no longer
appears in public. While performing his duties he wears a
long robe that covers most of his face. Well known as a
compassionate official, he has recently been carrying out
executions at an alarming rate.
These executions have been serving as sacrifices to Harmon’s
true master, the Chaos God Tzeentch, who has been rewarding
the corrupt judge with “gifts”. Legend holds that the gifts of
Tzeench come in many forms and can bestow great strength,
incredidble toughness, fantastic intelligence and so much more
upon an individual. However, Tzeentch is a fickle patron and
too many gifts can ultimately turn a follower into a misshapen
mass – a sure reminder that whilst the path of Chaos is
tempting indeed, it is not without risk…
His true allegiances revealed, Harmon has fled to his keep
which the Watch has been unable to breach. The Warriors have
been hired to penetrate the stronghold and deliver justice.
SETTING UP
Remove all of the T-Junctions for this Adventure. This
Adventure uses the following Board Sections:
• Flames of Khazla from the Catacombs of Terror
Adventure Pack
• Landing from Hall of the Hag Queen Adventure Pack
• Circle of Power from the Main Set
• Torture Chamber from the Main Set
Shuffle 8 other Dungeon Cards to create the Dungeon Desk,
making sure that the Objective Room is in the bottom six cards
as usual.
Special Rules
The interior of the keep is designed to confuse anyone who
penetrates it. Each time the Warriors enter a new Board
Section, roll 1D6 to see how many exits the Board Section has:
1-4 The Board Section is normal.
5 The Board Section has one additional
doorway.
6 The Board Section has two additional
doorways.
Place additional doorways on any unused section of the
Board.
Of course, Harmon van Kraus has also set traps all throughout
the keep. The first Warrior to pass through a new doorway
must roll 1D6 on the table below:
1 Kaboom! A ball of fire explodes, engulfing
every Warrior on this and every adjoining
Board Section. Each Warrior takes 2D6 +
Dungeon Level Wounds modified for
Toughness and Armour.
2 Zap! A lightning bolt shoots out from the
shadows and zaps the Warrior for 2D6 +
Dungeon Level Wounds modified for
Toughness but not Armour.
4-6 Nothing happens.
WARHAMMER
WARHAMM ER QUEST – 1 A HASTY EXPEDITION
Gifts of Chaos
While the Warriors search for Harmon van Kraus, he continues
to receive Gifts of Chaos. Each time the Warriors enter a new
Dungeon Room, including the Objective Room, the Warriors
must roll 1D6, noting the number on their Adventure Record
Sheet. For example, the Warriors entered five Dungeon Rooms
and the numbers rolled were 2, 1, 5, 3, and 3.
It is possible that when the Warriors reach the Objective Room,
Harmon van Kraus will have turned into a Chaos Spawn. (See
The Shifting Sanctum Objective Room below).
The Shifting Sanctum Objective Room
Once the Warriors enter the Objective Room, they must roll on
the the Chaos Tzeentch Objective Room Monster Table. In
addition, they must roll one last time for Harmon’s Gifts of
Chaos, recording the number on their record sheet.
The Warriors now roll an additional 1D6 and if the number is
the same as any of those rolled previously for Harmon’s Gifts
of Chaos, the judge has succumbed to the warping influence of
Chaos. Place the Chaos Spawn on the Board like any other
Monster (see Chaos Spawn of Tzeentch Special Card). If the
number is not the same as any of the Gifts of Chaos numbers,
then Harmon von Kraus is in a deep trance and does not
participate in the battle.
Finishing the Adventure
If the Warriors clear the Objective Room of Monsters, they
bring Harmon van Kraus back to the authorities to stand trial
for his crimes. If the judge turned into a Chaos Spawn, the
Warriors will bring his cloak and gavel as proof of his demise.
Either way, the Warriors are each rewarded with a piece of
Objective Room Treasure and a Horse from the Animal Trader.
Before the Warriors leave for the next Settlement, roll to see if
any of the horses are stolen.
ORIGIN: (AB) IDOL CHAMBER #1
OBJECTIVE ROOM: IDOL CHAMBER
MONSTER THEME: ORCS & GOBLINS
O ne of the Warriors’ kinsmen has been captured by Orcs,
and even now he is being tortured in their lair. He is to be
sacrificed to their foul gods unless the Warriors can rescue
him.
Special Rules
Randomly determine the Warrior whose kinsman has been
captured using the Warrior Counters.
At the start of each Power Phase, before doing anything else,
roll 3D6. If all the dice come up the same number the Warriors
are too late - the prisoner has been sacrificed! You hear his
agonised screams echoing down the dark tunnels. With the
exception of the Warrior whose kinsman has just been
sacrificed, the Warriors may choose whether to carry on and
avenge the prisoner’s death, or to give up and return to the
surface. The Warrior whose kinsman has been sacrificed has
no choice, and he must go on and avenge the death of his
blood relative.
23
WARHAMMER QUEST – 1 A HASTY EXPEDITION
The Idol Chamber Objective Room
Roll on the Orcs & Goblins Objective Room Monster Table to
determine what Monsters the idol chamber contains.
The Monsters are guarding the prisoner, who is bound in
chains in front of a foul idol of Chaos. The Warrior who is kin to
the prisoner is so enraged by the sight of his relative like this
that he goes insane with battle fury. For the rest of the game,
that Warrior is at -1 Weapon Skill and +1 Attacks. The prisoner
has a map stashed in his boot which show a secret way out of
the Dungeon that leads past a treasure chamber. From this
room, each Warrior may take 2D6 x 50 gold to the surface
with him.
ORIGIN: CATACOMBS OF TERROR #3
OBJECTIVE ROOM: DREAD KING’S THRONE ROOM
MONSTER THEME: UNDEAD
H eroic Warriors have trapped the Dread King in his tomb,
deep within the Lands of the Dead. Although his physical
form can no more stride forth at the head of his Undead
legions, the brooding spirit of the Dread King is strong, and not
easily destroyed. Aided by the twisted Necromancer Gunther
Laranscheld, his black spirit is slowly escaping its prison to
coalesce in a place carefully prepared by the Necromancer.
On the borders of the Lands of the Dead and Araby stands the
city of Ka Sabaar. Little do the priests of the city know, but
their temple is built upon an older, evil site of magical power.
The Dread King seeks to use this pool of dark magic as a
conduit for his evil spirit to escape the shackles which bind it.
Even now, his evil form coalesces in the dark halls beneath the
temple. As the dark power grows, the priests have been driven
out by otherworldly night predators, and have offered the
Warriors a substantial reward if they can destroy the Dread
King and sanctify the temple.
SETTING UP
Take the Fountain of Light Objective Room card and shuffle it
into the top half of the Dungeon Deck as well as the other six
cards. Shuffle the Dread King's Throne Room card into the
bottom half of the Dungeon Deck as usual.
24
Special Rules
The Fountain of Light Objective Room
The Fountain of Light contains three Event Cards' worth of
Monsters and traps. When the Warriors first enter the
Fountain of Light turn over the top three Event Cards to see
what is in there.
Once the Warriors have killed the Monsters in the room they
must fill up their water skins with holy water from the
Fountain of Light. This takes them a whole turn during which
the Warriors must stand next to the fountain and may do
nothing else other than to heal themselves. Once they have
done this they must go to the Dread King's Throne Room.
The Dread King’s Throne Room
When the Warriors enter the Objective Room the Warriors
must roll on the Undead Objective Room Monster Table to see
what lies within. Once they have defeated the foul creatures,
the Warriors sprinkle the holy water about the room,
exorcising the spirits of the Undead forever and restoring the
sanctity of the temple.
Reward
When they succeed in their quest, the Warriors return to the
priests will give each Warrior 200 gold and an item of Objective
Room Treasure.
ORIGIN: LITTLEMONK
OBJECTIVE ROOM: FIGHTING PIT
MONSTER THEME: HAUNTED
A rich merchant in the town of Aarnau in Nordland has
summoned the Warriors to find and return his son who
has recently disappeared.
Forbidden to be together by their feuding families, the young
man and his lover have run off into the nearby woods where
they stumbled upon a vacant old mansion. The two decide to
make the old place their new home but soon after realize that
the structure is haunted by its violent and bloody history. Evil
spirits and other wicked creatures now walk the once fine
halls.
The couple have hidden themselves away in the cellar and the
Warriors must confront the entities within the mansion to
retrieve them. Creaking echoes and candle-cast shadows make
it seem as though the very mansion is alive whilst the walls are
unnaturally hard and the dark windows unbreakable.
SETTING UP
This Adventure uses the Hall of Death and the Flames of
Khazla Board Sections from the Catacombs of Terror
Adventure Pack.
When you prepare the Dungeon Deck, make sure to shuffle the
Guard Room into the top six cards. The Fighting Pit should be
shuffled into the bottom six cards for a 13 card Dungeon Deck.
Special Rules
The Guard Room
When the Warriors enter this Board Section, the apparition of a
noble appears against the wall on one side of the room while a
firing squad appears on the wall opposite. The spectral soldiers
draw their guns and open fire. The grisly scene plays out over
and over again and one of the Warriors feels a bullet graze his
 WARHAMMER
WARHAMM ER QUEST – 1 A HASTY EXPEDITION

ear! While a Warrior is in this room, any dice roll of 1 he makes

for any reason means that he is hit by a spectral bullet and
suffers 1 Wound with no modifiers for anything.

The Fighting Pit Objective Room

When the Warriors reach the Fighting Pit Objective Room, they
find the Monsters closing in on the two lovers. Make one roll
on the Haunted Objective Room Monster Table to see who
they are. In addition to the Monsters rolled, Molvar will also be
present. If the Warriors have not already encountered and
defeated Vyktrina in an Event, she will also be present.

Finishing the Adventure

Once the Warriors clear the room of Monsters, they lead the
lovers out of the mansion and back to safety. Roll 1D6 and
consult the table below to see the outcome of this Adventure:

1 The two lovers, forbidden to be together and

seeing no possibility of surviving on their own,
take their own lives. Upon hearing of the
tragedy, the rich merchant is furious with the
Warriors and refuses to pay them anything.
2-3 The two foolish lovers sneak off again at the
first opportunity, certain that their passion for
each other will prevail over any obstacles that
they will encounter. When the Warriors relay
their account to the rich merchant, he is
thankful that his son is alive, but annoyed
that the Warriors allowed him to leave. He
pays the Warriors 1D6x50 gold each for their
part in finding him.
4-5 Although they cannot be together, the
Warriors convince the two lovers to return to
their relatives. Both family houses are
grateful to the Warriors and pay them
1D6x100 gold each.
6 The Warriors persuade the lovers to rejoin
their respective families and the relatives are
overjoyed at their return. The entire ordeal
has brought about a change of heart for the
feuding houses and the lovers are permitted
to marry. The Warriors are invited as
honoured guests to the extravagant event
which is to be held immediately. Each Warrior
receives 1D6x100 gold and a piece of
Objective Room Treasure for bringing the two
families together!
ORIGIN: (AB) TOMB CHAMBER #1
OBJECTIVE ROOM: TOMB CHAMBER
MONSTER THEME: HAUNTED
D eep below Middenheim there is a maze of tunnels
inhabited by all manner of evil creatures. No one ventures
into this dark realm, and the entrances in the city have been
sealed for centuries. Now, however, an evil presence has been
detected by the priests of Ulric, the holy leaders of the city.
The source of this malign power is growing, and resides
somewhere in the ancient catacombs below the city. The
priests suspect it may be the spirit of a long dead
Necromancer, returned to wreak havoc once again on the
inhabitants of Middenheim. Like moths to a candle, other
malign and twisted creatures are being drawn to the tunnels
below Middenheim by this evil presence.
Carrying holy artefacts from the temples of the city, the
Warriors must descend into the catacombs to exorcise the evil
before its power grows too strong to contain.
Special Rules
Each Warrior has been given a holy symbol of Ulric to take into
the dungeon below Middenheim. These artefacts must be
placed on top of the Necromancer’s tomb to lay him to rest.

The Tomb Chamber Objective Room

Roll on the Haunted Objective Room Monster Table to
determine what Monsters the Tomb Chamber contains.

Once the Monsters are defeated, each Warrior may move to a

square adjacent to the tomb and lay his artefact on the tomb
lid, in an attempt to exorcise the evil that dwells within it.

At the start of the next turn, during the Power Phase, each
player must roll 1D6. If any of the dice score a 1, take another
Event Card as the evil spirit summons vile creatures to its aid.

Once these are killed, the Warriors may try again. This
continues until the Warriors do not roll any 1s, at which point
the spirit is destroyed and the evil lifted. The Warriors may
now make their way to the surface to be hailed as heroes.

While in the tomb, the Warriors find 1D6x50 gold each, plus
they get a further 1D6x50 gold each as reward for their part in
the Adventure.

25
WARHAMMER QUEST – 1 A HASTY EXPEDITION
ORIGIN: LITTLEMONK (CARNIVAL OF CHAOS)
OBJECTIVE ROOM: IDOL CHAMBER
MONSTER THEME: CHAOS CARNIVAL
hievery, mutilations, disappearances and afflictions have
been reported from every town and village between Praag
and Erengrad. Every one of those settlements confirms that a
surreal traveling carnival passed through at some point,
putting on a show of astounding amusement. A woman who
predicts the future and men who can swallow swords or eat
fire are some of the many bizarre performances that have
captivated the townsfolk.
The forces of Chaos have been suspected and the Warriors
have been hired to investigate the carnival company before
they reach the city of Middenheim. The Warriors track the
group to the mouth of a cave where they have holed up.
SETTING UP
This adventure uses the Carnival of Carnage Event Cards
included in this document. Use the Idol Chamber Objective
Room, preparing the Dungeon Deck as normal.
Special Rules
Dungeon Rooms
Each time the Warriors enter a Dungeon Room, they do not
draw an Event Card as normal – they will always encounter
Monsters. Pick a Carnival Creep Counter at random to see who
inhabits the room. (See the Carnival of Carnage Special Cards
for rules and statistics.) Draw an Event Card until it reveals
Monsters to see which minions are also present,
The Carnival members have all been horrifically “blessed” with
mutations by the Chaos gods. While entertaining the locals, the
creeps wear masks or hoods, paint their faces or employ other
methods to conceal the actual identities. However, when the
Warriors meet up with them, they reveal their true nature!
Once a Carnival Creep Counter has been picked, it is removed
from further play. If the Warriors manage to defeat a Carnival
Creep, they will not encounter them ever again. The only
exception to this is the Ringmaster. If defeated, a swirling,
dark cloud will form around the Ringmaster and he will escape,
to be encountered later in the Objective Room.
Note: Some of the Creep Special Abilities are not detailed on
their Special Card. In those cases, refer to the RPB.
The Idol Chamber Objective Room
When the Warriors enter the Idol Chamber Objective Room,
they will encounter the Ringmaster and his minions. Roll on the
Carnival of Carnage Objective Room Monster Table to see who
accompanies him. If the Fortune Teller has not already been
encountered and defeated, she will be in the Objective Room
as well.
Finishing the Adventure
When the Warriors clear the Objective Room of Monsters, they
find a secret passage under the giant idol statue which leads
back up to the surface. They travel to Middenheim and report
their carnival cleansing to the authorities whereupon each
Warrior is rewarded with 1D6x100 gold and a piece of
Dungeon Room Treasure.
Miniatures
You will need a host of miniatures to represent the various
Monsters that you will encounter. The Marauder Thug
Regiment Troopers are perfect for the Thugs with Bows while
the 1988 Citadel Realm of Chaos Thugs will be perfect for
26
many of the Carnival Creeps. The 1991 Chaos Sorceress
“Maalica Iron Hoof” is a great representation for a Fortune
Teller while a 2001 Citadel Witch Elf will make a good Dancing
Girl. A dagger-wielding Halfling from the Citadel C11 Range will
fit the bill for The Homunculus and any Ogre from the classical
Citadel Range will be exactly what you need for The Giant. Of
course, you might decide to represent these villains with
miniatures of your own choosing!
MEET THE CARNIVAL CREEPS
CREEP LEADERS
The Ringmaster
This cloaked creature is the mastermind and
ringleader of the group has the ability to drain the
life from his victims.
The Fortune Teller
This mystic has the ability to read the future. She
knows what her enemies will do even before they
do, which allows her to prepare a superlative
defence.
CREEPS OF KHORNE
The Fire Eater
The red-haired performer stores fire in his belly,
ready to spit flames which sear his foes.
The Strongman
This performer bulges with unnatural muscles, is
stronger than an Ogre and smashes his foes with
both club and shield.
CREEPS OF NURGLE
The Homunculus
This malevolent and elusive Halfling is an expert
knife-thrower.
The Giant
This Ogre packs a powerful punch and a powerful
stink that goes along with it. Only the hardiest of
Warriors can handle his disgusting stench.
CREEPS OF SLAANESH
The Dancing Girl
This agile woman nimblly twists, spins and turns
her lithe body in combat, mesmerising her foes
with a dangerously seductive dance.
The Human Shield
This abomination has a body like iron making him
impervious to all but the most powerful attacks.
CREEPS OF TZEENTCH
The Contortionist
This bizarre creature can change shape into almost
anything, making her extremely hard to strike.
The Sword Swallower
This body of this creep can absorb anything and
Warriors are forewarned not to try and punch or
kick him…

2
· A DANGEROUS SEARCH ·
ORIGIN: LITTLEMONK
OBJECTIVE ROOM: IDOL CHAMBER
MONSTER THEME: CHAOS TZEENTCH
A local doctor, Ademaro Ebner, has been acting strangely
as of late and only leaves his sanatorium during the night.
It is soon discovered that Ademaro is a follower of Tzeentch
and is driven out of the area by the local Witch Hunters Guild.
A brief search of the sanatorium reveals secret passageways,
from which spine-chilling noises can be heard. The town’s
Burgermeister suspects that prisoners are being held in the
place while the Captain of the Guard suspects something more
sinister. With the Witch Hunters Guild preoccupied in the
pursuit of Ademaro, the Warriors are hired to discover the
source of the noises.
SETTING UP
Shuffle the Chambers of Horror Mutated Monster of Tzeentch
Cards and put them aside for now.
Special Rules
The Captain of the Guard’s is right to be suspcious. The noises
coming from the secret passageways are not human. Ademaro
Ebner had been mutilating various creatures to honour the
Chaos God Tzeentch in exchange for wealth and power. Once
controlled by Ademaro, these wretched beings, now distorted
from their original forms, wander freely through the
passageways. The Warriors must eradicate these mutated
monsters before they escape and cause mayhem in the town.
Each time the Warriors enter a new Dungeon Room, there is
no need to draw an Event Card. The room automatically
contains one of these wretched specimens. Draw a Chambers
of Horror Mutated Monster of Tzeentch Card to see what
Monster the Warriors have encountered. Then roll on the
Mutation Table to see what mutation the Monster has (see the
Mutation Table Special Card).
If the Warriors are successful in killing the mutated Monster, in
addition to the gold value, they receive two items of Dungeon
Room Treasure instead of the usual one, to be distributed as
normal.
WARHAMMER
WARHAMM ER QUEST – 2 A DANGEROUS SEARCH
The Idol Chamber Objective Room
Roll on the Chaos Tzeentch Objective Room Monster Table to
determine which foul creatures occupy Ademaro’s shrine to his
foul gods.
In addition, draw a Chambers of Horror Mutated Monster of
Tzeentch Card to see what foul creature is also present. Roll
1D6 and if the score is a 4, 5 or 6 the creature has one
mutation as normal. But if the score is a 1, 2 or 3 then the
creature has two mutations instead (see Mutated Monsters of
Tzeentch Special Card). The effects of duplicate mutations are
cumulative.
Finishing the Adventure
If the Warriors can clear the Board of Monsters, they may
search the Idol Chamber Objective Room for treasure by each
rolling 1D6:
1 The Warrior finds gold. The Warrior may roll
as many D6 as he likes, adding up the score
and multiplying it by 25 to determine how
much gold he finds. However, if any of the
dice score a 1 the Warrior finds nothing at all.
2-4 In addition to the result above, the Warrior
also finds a piece of Dungeon Room Treasure.
5-6 In addition to both results above, the Warrior
also finds a piece of Objective Room Treasure.
In their search for treasure, the Warriors find a trap door under
the idol that leads back out to the surface. The Warriors return
to the Burgermeister who can’t believe that the noises were
not from prisoners. He accuses the Warriors of abandoning
their mission and launches his own search party instead. He
pays the Warriors nothing.
ORIGIN: (WD #201) A GREEN AND PUSTULANT LAND #3
OBJECTIVE ROOM:
ROOM: PIT OF REVULSION
MONSTER THEME: CHAOS NURGLE
The Cleansing Flame of Sigmar has been used to counteract a
mysterious disease which had been ravaging the southern
Empire. The victims are now well on the road to recovery and,
thankful for the Warriors’ help, have organised a huge banquet
in celebration. In the middle of the feast, a horribly disfigured
man stumbles into the great hall where the celebrations are
taking place. The man falls upon the floor in his death-throes,
crying “You promised I would be healed, Master! I have done
what you have asked! Have mercy on me! Master...” Within
seconds the man is dead. In his hand he clutches a decaying
scroll.
After it is pried from his fingers the Warriors can read a
message: “The Time of Disease shall return. The next blessing
that Lord Nurgle grants to you will not be curable by your
feeble gods. Thus swears Festasmus, the most favoured of
the servants of the Lord of Decay.” Who knows what sort of
calamity Festasmus the Septile will unleash on mankind next?
27
WARHAMMER QUEST – 2 A DANGEROUS SEARCH
He must be stopped once and for all, so that the people of the
Empire can sleep peacefully at night. The magician of Salsburg,
a Celestial mage of great skill, uses his powers of divination to
scry the location of the lair of Festasmus. The Warriors must
track down Festasmus in his lair and slay him, thus ending this
threat permanently.
SETTING UP
Shuffle the Affliction of Nurgle Event Card into the Event Deck.
This reflects the risk the Warriors have of being exposed to
Festasmus' vile plagues, and the chance of one (or more) of
them contracting some foul illness of his creation. In between
quests the Warriors may travel to Settlements as normal
(provided that they have not contracted the Mouldering Pox
affliction).
Special Rules
The Pit of Revulsion Objective
Objective Room
When the Warriors reach the Pit of Revulsion Objective Room,
roll on the Chaos Nurgle Objective Room Monster Table to see
what the Warriors encounter there. In addition, Festasmus the
Septile will also be here. See the Festasmus the Septile Special
Card for rules.
Finishing the Adventure
When the Warriors have killed all the Monsters, including
Festasmus, they will find a concealed exit on the far side of the
chamber through which they can escape back out of the
dungeon. Once they have returned to the surface, the Warriors
will have all their afflictions cured in time for their next quest.
Anyone suffering from Mouldering Pox may still not enter a
settlement until after their next Adventure as the symptoms
take a while to clear after the cure has been administered.
Note, though, that Toughness lost through attacks from
Festasmus or Plaguebearer cannot be recovered. The Warriors
are then rewarded with 1D6x100 gold and an item of Dungeon
Room Treasure.
ORIGIN: (AB) FOUNTAIN OF LIGHT #3
OBJECTIVE
OBJECTIV E ROOM: FOUNTAIN OF LIGHT
MONSTER THEME: ANY
T he Emperor’s Wizards tell him that the mystical signs warn
of an imminent invasion, but they can see no further than
this, as dark powers cloud their vision. They have no idea if the
assault will come from the Chaos Wastes of the far North,
from the Orcs of the Dark Lands to the East, or from some
other unsuspected quarter.
The most aged Wizard Lord of the Celestial college suggests
that the answer lies in a magical pool – the Fountain of Fate
which holds the secrets of all things. While the Empire
prepares all its borders for war, a party of brave Warriors is
gathered to search for the fountain, reputed to be found
somewhere below the Middle Mountains.
Special Rules
This is a two-part Adventure: the first part is to find the
fountain, the second is to return once more to the surface, and
to safety.
The Fountain of Light Objective Room
Roll on the Objective Room Monster Table for the Monster-
theme being used to determine what Monsters the fountain
room contains.
28
Once the Monsters are defeated, the Warriors may look into
the fountain. While there are Monsters alive in the fountain
room a magical aura prevents the fountain from operating.
Each Warrior may look into the fountain once and once only,
and must be standing in a square adjacent to it to do so. When
a Warrior looks into the fountain, roll 1D6. On a 1, 2 or 3,
nothing is revealed. On a 4, 5 or 6, the fountain shimmers and
shows Orc and Goblin armies massing in the Worlds Edge
Mountains – this is where the attack will come from!
Each Warrior may also drink once from the fountain. Roll 1D6
on the following table:
1 The waters burn the Warrior from the inside,
shrivelling his innards to a crisp. With an
anguished shriek he falls down dead!
2-6 The waters heal the Warrior back up to full
Wounds and, if he is the Wizard, restore him
to his original quota of Power Tokens.
The Escape
As soon as the last Warrior who wishes to has looked into the
fountain, a door creaks open in the far wall. The Warriors must
escape through this door and fight their way to freedom.
Take another 1D6+2 Dungeon Cards and create a new
Dungeon Deck. These are the rooms the Warriors must get
through before they reach the surface.
Use them just like the normal Dungeon Deck, exploring beyond
the new doorway in the fountain room just as you would any
other, turning over the top Dungeon Card to see what lies
beyond.
When the Warriors reach the final room or corridor, they notice
light shining in from a hole in the roof. With a great deal of
effort, they scramble up and escape through the hole,
returning to the Emperor in time to warn him of the impending
attack.
If they discover the source of the impending attack, the
Warriors are richly rewarded upon their return, gaining
2D6x100 gold each. If they don’t, they get nothing.
ORIGIN: LAIR OF THE ORC LORD #6
OBJECTIVE ROOM: GORGUT’S LAIR
MONSTER THEME: ORCS & GOBLINS
W hile relaxing in a small tavern between adventures the
Warriors are approached by an anonymous Alchemist
from Altdorf. The Alchemist wishes to hire the Warriors for a
'simple job'. Rumour has reached him that an evil sorcerer
known as Gradluk the Deceiver was recently killed in a wizards'
duel in Middenheim.
A few years ago Gradluk stole something from the Alchemist
and now he wants the Warriors to get it back. Apparently
Gradluk had a secret hideaway near Peak Pass which is where
the Alchemist's property is probably hidden. The hideaway will
only be lightly guarded and the Warriors should have no
trouble in retrieving his property, which will be in a green
drawstring bag marked with a skull and crossbones. The
mysterious Alchemist tells them the bag contains valuable
items that he wants back. However, he says that there are

also four healing potions in there, which the Warriors are
welcome to if they find the bag. He also gives each Warrior a
magical amulet, said to bring luck. The bag is magically
trapped to kill anyone who touches it, but the Alchemist
provides the Warriors with a counter spell. Only a Wizard can
cast the spell!
What the Alchemist doesn't know is that soon after the death
of Gradluk, a tribe of Orcs called the Black Fangs moved into
the caves. Retrieving the bag will be by no means easy!
Special Rules
Luck
Each Warrior takes one of the 'Luck' tokens from the
Warhammer Quest game, to represent his magic amulet. At
any time in the Adventure, a Warrior may declare that he is
using his amulet. This allows him to re-roll a dice roll which has
just failed. Once he has re-rolled, he discards the Luck token,
the amulet's power is exhausted, and the Warrior must abide
by the second dice roll.
Gorgut’s Lair Objective Room
Roll on the Orcs & Goblins Objective Room Monster Table to
see what Monsters are in Gorgut's Lair. The Warriors will
notice the green bag at the back of the room and will also see
a pile of bones and skulls in the corner. Whenever someone
upset Gorgut he would make them try and pick up the bag;
the skulls are a mute testimony to the power of the protective
spell.
When all the Monsters have been killed the Wizard can retrieve
the bag from the back of the Lair. The Wizard must remember
to cast the counter spell before picking up the bag. He must be
standing in the same square as the bag. Roll 1D6, and on
anything but a score of a 1, the Wizard picks up the bag safely
- the spell worked. However, if the roll was a 1, black fire
consumes him and the flesh is flayed off his bones. His charred
skeleton collapses onto the floor.
The Way Out
No matter whether the Warriors get the bag or not, the only
way out of the lair is back the way they came and there are
still likely to be some Monsters around.
The Warriors must move back through the rooms and
corridors, but there is not an automatic event if they enter a
room. If the Wizard rolls a 1 in the Power Phase he must roll
again. If the second dice comes up with anything but a 1 take
an Event Card as normal. However, if the second roll comes up
a 1 the Warriors are attacked by Skabnoze and minions.
Skabnoze is after the bag now that it is free of its spell and
may try to steal it back more than once (depending on the
Wizard's dice rolls). The rules for Skabnoze can be found on
page 8 of the LOTOL rulebook.
Reward
Once the Warriors get out of the Orcs' lair they may go back to
see the mysterious Alchemist if they have retrieved the bag.
When the Warriors meet up with the Alchemist he checks the
bag. Roll 1D6: on a roll of 1 Gorgut has thrown out whatever
was in the bag and used it to carry his lunch. The bag now
contains some well chewed bones and a few
lumps of gristle he was saving for a snack.
The Alchemist throws the bag down in disgust
and refuses to pay the Warriors. On any other
roll he is more than happy with the return of
his property and gives the Warriors 2D6x100
gold each in addition to the four Healing
Potions from the bag. Eeach Healing Potion
may be used once and cures 2D6 Wounds.
WARHAMMER
WARHAMM ER QUEST – 2 A DANGEROUS SEARCH
ORIGIN: (AB) TOMB CHAMBER #6
OBJECTIVE ROOM: TOMB CHAMBER
MONSTER THEME: UNDEAD
T he Warriors have been employed to carry out an
apparently simple task, for which they will be well paid. All
they have to do is solve an inheritance dispute between two
Imperial Lords, by correctly identifying a body buried in a far
away tomb in the Worlds Edge Mountains.
The Tomb Chamber Objective Room
Roll on the Undead Objective Room Monster Table to
determine what Monsters the Tomb Chamber contains.
Once the Monsters are defeated, the Warriors may lift back
the lid of the tomb and determine who the body belongs to.
Roll 1D6 on the following table:
1-3 The skeleton has no teeth.
4-6 The skeleton is missing its left hand.
Having identified the body, the Warriors may make their way
to the surface. As they have killed all the Monsters in the
dungeon, the way out is clear and they may exit without even
rolling for Unexpected Events.
If the skeleton has no teeth, it belongs to the household of
Luckstein, an honourable family who reward the Warriors with
1D6x100 gold each for sorting out the inheritance question
once and for all.
If the skeleton is missing its left hand, it belongs to the
household of Bravia, whose current Lord is a scheming,
arrogant individual. When the Warriors get back, he proclaims
he has discovered the truth himself, denies any deal with the
Warriors, and refuses to pay them a penny!
ORIGIN: LAIR OF THE ORC LORD #3
OBJECTIVE ROOM: GORGUT’S LAIR
MONSTER THEME: ORCS & GOBLINS
J ust for once the Warriors find that their arrival in a village is
a cause for celebration rather than disapproval. They are
treated to a feast and entertained in high fashion. Realising
that something must be up the Warriors wait for the villagers
to make their request. Eventually, towards the end of the
evening, the village leaders tell the Warriors that for years they
have been harassed by a tribe of Orcs, called the Black Fangs,
who live in the mountains nearby. The killing and destruction
has been bad enough, but during the last raid the Orcs found
and stole a gold statue that the village treasured.
Rumour now has it that the Orcs have recently been attacked
by Dwarfs and will not be expecting a small raiding party. The
villagers believe that it should now be possible for the Warriors
to attack the Orc lair and not only get their statue back but put
paid to the nasty Orcs forever. The leader, holding his hat in
his hands, tells the Warriors that they have managed to gather
together some gold and pleads for the Warriors to help them.
Gorgut’s Lair Objective Room
Roll on the Orcs & Goblins Objective Room Monster Table to
see what Monsters are in Gorgut’s Lair.
29
WARHAMMER QUEST – 2 A DANGEROUS SEARCH
Once all the Monsters in the Lair have been killed the Warriors
can search for the statue, which they will find in the open
chest at the back of the Lair. However, just as they lay their
hands on the statue Bogoff the Snotling appears and runs off
with it! Place Bogoff at the far end of the Board Section
immediately before Gorgut's Lair. See the LOTOL reference
sheet for the rules for Bogoff. He will run between Gorgut's
Lair and the previous Board Section. As with the lantern, the
Warriors must hit Bogoff to make him drop the statue. Note
which Warrior hits Bogoff.
On the Warriors' return to the village the villagers will pay them
1D6 x 50 gold each plus an extra 100 gold to the Warrior who
got the statue back from Bogoff.
ORIGIN: (AB) TOMB CHAMBER #3
OBJECTIVE ROOM: TOMB CHAMBER
MONSTER THEME: ANY
B etween the Dwarf hold of Karak Izor and the Dwarf Sea
Fortress of Barak Varr lies a small realm, a border
principality known as Heldegrad. Normally allied to the cause
of the Dwarfs, the rulers of this small state have been thrown
into turmoil by the discovery of the ancient and long-lost tomb
of their ancestor-Kings, renowned to contain the true crown of
the realm. This labyrinthine burial ground lies near Karak Izor,
and the king demands that the crown of his forefathers is
returned to him by the Dwarfs or he will shut down all the
trade routes from Barak Varr to Karak Izor. Not wishing to
plunge the longstanding allies into bloodshed, and
acknowledging the king’s right to the ancient crown, the
Dwarf Lord of Karak Izor has allowed the Warriors to descend
into the long-forgotten tunnels in search of the ancient relic.
Special Rules
In the first dungeon room that the Warriors enter there is an
ancient chest, locked and chained to the ground. Once they
have resolved the Event Card for this room, the Warriors may
examine it. The chest bears the heraldic crest of Heldegrad on
its lid, and obviously contains the crown. Unfortunately, it
cannot be opened or shifted, even using magic. To open it the
Warriors must find the key that lies elsewhere in the dungeon
and return here with it. Put the Dungeon Card for this room to
one side to remind yourself where the chest is.
The Tomb Chamber Objective Room
Roll on the Objective Room Monster Table for the Monster-
theme being used to determine what Monsters the tomb
chamber contains.
Once the Monsters are
defeated, the Warriors may
search the chamber,
whereupon they find a key in a
small alcove in the side of the
tomb. This key will open the
chest in the first dungeon
room. The Warriors must return
to the chest, turn by turn,
testing for Unexpected Events
in the Power Phase as usual.
The chest contains the crown,
which may now be returned to
Heldegrad. Once the crown is
returned, each Warrior gets one
piece of Dungeon Room
Treasure as reward for his part
in the Adventure.
30
ORIGIN: LITTLEMONK
OBJECTIVE ROOM: VAMPIRE’S LAIR
MONSTER THEME: VAMPIRE
S outh of the Empire is a dark, dreadful place where no one
in the their right mind would ever travel to, much less
make it their place of residence. It is said that the haunted
lands of Sylvania are filled with hungry packs of wolves,
mutated and deformed villagers, flesh-eating ghouls and blood-
drinking vampires. Those that have chosen Sylvania as their
home, or who travel there routinely, are viewed with suspicion.
One such person has drawn the attention of the Witch Hunters
Guild in Stirland. Count Viktor von Bekken has recently
constructed a mansion near the Haunted Hills and the Guild
has declared an investigation into the matter. Count von
Bekken is currently away on business (building an army of
Zombie guards and Wight sentinels no doubt) and the Warriors
have been hired to gather evidence during his absence that will
confirm the existence of a Vampire presence.
Special Rules
The Vampire Counters
Counters
This Adventure uses the Vampire Counters. Each counter
represents supportive evidence of a Vampire presence. The
Warriors can gather as much evidence as they wish and can
exit the Dungeon at any time by retracing their steps.
Each Dungeon Room contains a suspicious sign that a Vampire
might be lurking in the mansion. Each time the Warriors enter
a Dungeon Room for the first time, and before drawing an
Event Card, roll 1D6 on the table below to see what evidence
of a Vampire the Warriors find:
1 Inside a strongbox is a long, black cape.
2 On the wall is a portrait of Vlad von Carstein.
3 On a bookshelf is a volume on raising the dead.
4 Under a trapdoor in the floor is a dead body
with puncture wounds on its neck.
5 On a mantle is a drinking goblet which contains
blood.
6 Hanging on the wall is a battke standard from
the Vampire Wars.
The party leader should take the Vampire Counter with the
corresponding number as the evidence rolled above and keep it
on their Record Sheet. For example, if the Warriors rolled a 2
(the portrait of Vlad von Carstein) then the party leader should
take the Vampire Counter with the #2 on it.
If the Warriors roll a number of a Vampire Counter that they
already have, then they do not receive a Vampire Counter for
that Dungeon Room.
The Vampire’s Lair Objective Room
If the Warriors reach the Vampire’s Lair Objective Room, they
must make one roll on the Vampire Objective Room Monster
Table. If the Warriors can clear the Board of Monsters and find
the secret passage, the Warriors find the most damning
evidence yet: a coffin. The Warriors may take all six Vampire
Counters. The coffin is empty at this time (fortunately) but the
Warriors can be sure that when the Count returns, he will not
be happy to find that his mansion has been disturbed.
Reward
When the Warriors return to the Witch Hunter’s Guild, they can
present any evidence that they have. For each Vampire
Counter collected, the Warriors receive 1D6x50 gold each.

ORIGIN: (WD #191) A HORROR AWAKENS #2
OBJECTIVE ROOM:
ROOM: FOUNTAIN OF LIGHT
MONSTER THEME: ANY
A n important Imperial Noble has recently been rescued
from the clutches of an evil cabal of monsters. He is, in
fact, a well known Witch Hunter who was investigating their
lair, trying to discover the whereabouts of a cruel
Necromancer. Before his capture the Witch Hunter, Duke von
Steafen, managed to learn of an ancient temple. He has asked
the Warriors to fetch some Blessed Water from the ruined
shrine, in the hope that it may help him against the foul
Necromancer (see the Blessed Water Treasure Card from
White Dwarf #191). Unfortunately, when the Warriors arrive,
they find it guarded by Monsters…
Special Rules
The Fountain of Light Objective Room
When they enter the Fountain of Light, the Warriors must roll
on the Objective Room Monster Table for the Monster-theme
being used.
To fill his water skin with Blessed Water a Warrior must spend
a whole turn next to the Fountain of Light, doing nothing.
During that turn any Monster attacking the Warrior in hand-to-
hand combat will hit automatically. Once one of the Warriors
has collected some Blessed Water, he may take the Blessed
Water Treasure Card. One of the Warriors must collect some
Blessed Water to complete the Adventure. To escape, the
Warriors must exit off the Board Section where they entered
the Dungeon.
Reward
If the Warriors manage to escape with the Blessed Water,
Duke von Steafen rewards each of them with two item of
Dungeon Room Treasure. If they manage to escape, but
haven't any Blessed Water or have used it all, he gives them
each 1D6x50 gold for trying their best...
ORIGIN: (WD #195) DOMAIN OF THE HORNED RAT #3-4
OBJECTIVE ROOM: QUIRRIK’S LABORATORY
MONSTER THEME: SKAVEN
W hile out carousing one evening, enjoying the sights of
Middenheim, your party happens to stop by the Broken
Knife tavern. Late that evening, as you enjoy the hospitable
atmosphere and share a friendly drink with the locals, you
become aware of a disturbance behind the counter. Upon
investigation, you find the body of the landlord in the beer
cellar, stabbed several times in the back. Clawed footprints in
the dank cellar lead you to a secret door, which opens up onto
the tunnels beneath the city. Everybody implores you to find
the barkeeper's murderer and you decide to follow the trail.
However, it doesn't take you long to realise that something
much more sinister is going on...
WARHAMMER
WARHAMM ER QUEST – 2 A DANGEROUS SEARCH
Special Rules
The Warriors are in fact tracking the Skaven Assassin Skreek
Deathstrike after his first abortive foray to the surface. He is
looking for another way to get above ground so that he can
follow his orders to poison the population of Middenheim. Your
Warriors must catch up with the Skaven Assassin before he
can find a more secretive route to Middenheim. To represent
this, every time you draw an event card roll 1D6. If this roll is a
1, take one of the Warpstone counters. These counters
represent Skreek's progress through the tunnels. If the
Warriors pick up all six counters, Skreek has reached the
surface and will be poisoning the wells! If Skreek is
encountered before this happens, the Warriors can return
safely to the surface (assuming that they defeat him of
course!). There is no need to go to the Objective room, unless
the Warriors feel up to it!
Reward
If the Warriors succeed in stopping Skreek they will find the
phial of toxin and guess what he planned to do. When the
Warriors' heroism is brought to the attention of Elector Count
Boris Todbringer, he rewards each of them with 1D6x150 gold
and gives them the keys to the city.
If they fail, well it's best that they leave the city as quickly and
quietly as possible (and take lots of bottled water with them).
ORIGIN: (WD #201) A GREEN AND PUSTULANT LAND #1
OBJECTIVE ROOM: FOUNTAIN OF LIGHT
MONSTER THEME: CHAOS NURGLE
T he Warriors have arrived at the town of Salsburg near the
Black Mountains, and head for the local tavern to spend
their hard-earned money. The tavern of the town seems
strangely deserted, except for a man who approaches the
Warriors and offers them a quest. The man is Johann
Mannstein, the mayor of the town. He explains that for several
months now, ever increasing numbers of inhabitants of
Salsburg have fallen ill, and suffered a painful, wasting death.
Worse, it seems that the disease is spreading at an alarming
rate. The town healer has been powerless to stop this strange
affliction, and he swears that the disease is a magical, not
natural illness and thus incurable by his talents. The foresters
of Salsburg suspect that the origin of the disease is a great
cavern complex located high in the Black Mountains. They
have witnessed many Giant Rats emerging from the forbidding
place, biting animals and men who later succumb to the
disease. Johann pleads with the Warriors to investigate the
caverns and find a way to seal or cleanse them so the disease
can be kept in check. If the Warriors agree to undertake this
dangerous mission, Johann will provide them with a map of
the surrounding area, including the mouth of the cavern that
the diseased creatures have been emerging from.
SETTING
SETTING UP
Shuffle the Affliction of Nurgle Event Card into the Event Deck.
This reflects the risk the Warriors have of being exposed to
Festasmus' vile plagues, and the chance of one (or more) of
them contracting some foul illness of his creation. In between
quests the Warriors may travel to Settlements as normal
(provided that they have not contracted the Mouldering Pox
affliction).
In order to cleanse the caverns of Giant Rats, as well as all the
other foul denizens that inhabit the place, they must be sealed
and flooded. The only way to do this is by blocking off the
outflow of a spring in the depths of the caverns. The Warriors
must then find a way to escape.
31
WARHAMMER QUEST – 2 A DANGEROUS SEARCH
Before starting you should remove the Stairway Dungeon Card
and set it aside. Then prepare the Dungeon Deck as normal,
being sure to include the Toxic Pits.
Special Rules
The Fountain of Light Objective Room
Roll on the Chaos Nurgle Objective Room Monster Table to see
what foul beasts ar lurking around the spring. After defeating
the Monsters, any Warrior may then seal off the spring by
spending a turn standing adjacent to the fountain and doing
nothing but block the outlet. This will then start the Dungeon
flooding as the spring seeks an alternate outlet.
The entrance the Warriors came in by will have already been
sealed off from the outside by the townsfolk, so they must
instead find the stairs deeper in the Dungeon that lead up to
safety, since the flood level will not get that high. Place a
Doorway at the far end of the Fountain of Light room - the
Warriors can leave through this and carry on searching for the
Stairway. Roll 1D6, and shuffle this many Dungeon Cards
together with the Stairway card.
Place these cards after the exit from the Fountain of Light. The
Warriors must search through this deck to escape.
The flood level will gradually rise as the Warriors race to find
the exit. At the end of each exploration phase, roll 1D6. On the
first result of 6 the water has reached the Warriors' knees;
subtract 1 from their Movement as they are forced to wade
through the water. On the second result of 6 the water is up to
their waists; subtract a further 1 from their Movement. On the
third result of 6 the water has reached their necks; subtract a
further 1 from their movement. On the fourth result of 6 the
Warriors must drop all their equipment and treasure to stop
themselves drowning, and they continue moving with the
above penalties. Further sixes have no more effect. Note that
the Movement penalties apply to both Warriors and Monsters.
Once all the Warriors have reached the end of the Stairway
they can leave the dungeon safely, the quest is complete.
Reward
On returning to Salsburg after completing this quest, Johann
Mannstein will reward each of the Warriors with 1D6x50 gold
and a towel.
ORIGIN: CATACOMBS OF TERROR #1
OBJECTIVE ROOM: DREAD KING’S THRONE ROOM
MONSTER THEME: UNDEAD
R umours have reached the Empire: dark tales of a
brooding evil lurking within the pyramid mountain known
as the Twisted Spire. This cursed peak lies in the far off Lands
of the Dead, amongst the shifting sands and bleached bones of
Khemri and Quatar. The Twisted Spire is said to be the time
worn remains of an ancient pyramid, the resting place of a
once powerful king. It is said that a black soul has returned to
32
haunt this tomb, who plans to blight the world with death and
pain. This evil lord of the Undead is known only as Van
Damneg the Dread King. The wizards of the Empire need time
to consider what course of action to take. While they ponder,
the power of the Dread King grows...
The Warriors are called upon to seek out the ancient Orb of
Chalcidar, as it may be powerful enough to bind the Dread
King forever in his pyramid tomb, if not destroy him outright.
This powerful magical artefact was stolen by Gunther
Laranscheld some months ago, and spirited away to his
stronghold Spine Mountain Keep, in the Black Mountains. For
the Warriors to stand any chance whatsoever of defeating the
Dread King, they must retrieve this orb from the clutches of
Laranscheld. Spine Mountain Keep is a dark and dangerous
place, and the Warriors must have quick wits and brave hearts
to survive this deadly challenge.
Special Rules
Do not include the Dread King Event Card in the Event deck for
this Adventure, as he is far off in the Lands of the Dead.
Whenever the Warriors enter a Dungeon Room, they may
search it for the lost orb. They may only do this once any event
triggered by the room has been completed, and so long as
there are no Monsters on the board. If the Warriors want to
search the room, it will take a whole turn, during which time
they may do nothing else except heal each other if they have
the means.
Searching
To search a room, place all the Catacombs of Terror Counters
in a cup. To find the orb, one of the players rolls a dice, and
another takes a counter at random from the cup. The number
on the counter is added to the score rolled on the dice. If the
total is 8 or more, then the players have found the orb.
Remember that whatever they score, a 1 is a 1 and always
fails. Each room can only be searched once per turn, and one
dice roll is made per room (not once per Warrior!). Once a
counter is out of the cup, the Warriors keep it, even if they did
not find the orb. When they next search, they add the totals of
all the counters that are out of the cup to the dice roll.
As soon as the Skull Counter is picked, their search is over for
now. The room they were searching does NOT have the orb in
it, so there is no point searching further. All the counters go
back in the cup, and the Warriors must take an Event Card
immediately - the noise of their searching has disturbed some
evil force within the catacombs. As soon as they find the orb,
each Warrior also takes a Treasure card.
If the Warriors do not find the orb by the time they come to
the Objective Room, then whatever else happens in the room,
the orb will be there.
The Dread King’s Throne Room
Use the Dread King's Throne Room, which in this Adventure is
the lair of Laranscheld the Necromancer.
Do not roll on the Objective Room Monster Table to see what
Monsters lurk inside. The Warriors will face Laranscheld,
Luthor, the Grimoire Necris, 1D3 Tomb Guardians and 2D6
Skeleton bowmen.
If the Warriors find the orb before the Objective Room, they
may make off with it without venturing any further. However,
such is the fervour within the Empire to stop this insidious
Undead menace, that the Warriors have been offered an extra
30 gold for every servant of Undeath that they destroy, on top
of whatever gold value the Monsters are worth anyway.

ORIGIN: HALL OF THE HAG QUEEN #6
OBJECTIVE ROOM: TEMPLE OF KHAINE
MONSTER THEME: DARK ELVES
I t is known that the dark caves dotted along the Old World
are numerous and, sometimes, enormous. It is also known
that their uncharted underground waterways extend from the
coast of Estalia to the coast of Kislev, emerging at hundreds of
points along the way. The coastal caverns were used decades
ago by pirates, smugglers, and traders to evade and
circumvent the authorities. When the ocean levels rose, the
caverns became all but useless. But the water levels have
receded once again and adventurers know that the caves may
be ripe with bandit gold and pirate treasure!
The Warriors have set their sights on the Old Coast Road near
Marienburg, but have come before the High Elves of
Marienburg to ask permission, for the High Elves believe that
they are the rightful occupants of Marienburg and the
surrounding area. They insist that it is written in the Three
Ancient Tomes.; ancient historical texts that detail the history
of their ancestors, the Sea Elves, during the time when they
reigned supreme. Unfortunately for them, the texts have been
missing for generations.
The High Elves, impressed with the Warriors’ respect and
courtesy have granted them permission to search for gold and
treasure within their ancestral home, but with a single
condition. The books would be very valuable to the High Elves
as it would divulge some of the missing history of their kin and
may prove the High Elves’ claim to the area. In addition, there
are many ancient Elven artefacts that have yet to be
discovered. Any Elven artefacts the Warriors find in the caves
must be returned to them. In exchange the High Elves will pay
the Warriors double the amount of each Elven object’s worth
in gold. In addition, if the Warriors find the Tomes, they will be
rewarded with a great treasure.
The Warriors will soon find that the caverns are swarming with
Dark Elves. The Hag Queen Melusina is using the caves to
conceal her Black Ark between raids on Marienburg. Like the
High Elves, she also carries out expeditions into the caverns to
search for ancient Elven artefacts.
Special Rules
The Tome counters
There are Ancient Tomes located in the Bottomless Pit, Water
Cave and the Temple of Khaine Board Sections. When there
are no Monsters on those Board Section, the Warriors may
read a tome to see if it is one that they seek.
The first time the Warriors find a Tome, put the corresponding
Tome counter into a cup with all three Skull Counters and,
without looking, the leader draws one out. If the Tome counter
that is drawn matches the one on the Board, then it is one of
the Three Ancient Tomes the Elves seek! The second time the
Warriors find a Tome, put the corresponding Tome counter into
a cup with only two Skull Counters and have the party leader
draw one out. When the Warriors come across the third Tome,
put that Tome counter in a cup with only one Skull Counter
and have the party leader draw one out.
The Temple of Khaine Objective Room
When the Warriors reach the Temple of Khaine Objective
Room, roll on the Dark Elves Objective Room Monster Table to
see who attacks the Warriors.
WARHAMMER
WARHAMM ER QUEST – 2 A DANGEROUS SEARCH
Finishing the Adventure
The last card in the Dungeon Deck contains the exit out of the
Dungeon. Use the second doorway in the Temple of Khaine
Objective Room to continue through the rest of the Dungeon
Deck if appropriate.
The Warriors can then return to Marienburg where they deliver
any treasure of Elven origin they found. As promised, the High
Elves pay twice the gold value of each of those treasures. In
addition, for every Tome they bring back that discusses the
Sea Elf history, the Warriors receive one piece of Objective
Room Treasure (re-roll any of Elven origin) to be distributed as
normal.
ORIGIN: TUNNELS OF PESTILENCE #2
OBJECTIVE ROOM: IDOL CHAMBER
MONSTER THEME: SKAVEN
T he Bretonnian Duc Andre Broussard in Carcassonne has
quietly summoned the Warriors to his castle. He reveals to
them that a company of Skaven has been detected at the old
mill just south of the settlement. Some of the farmers’ children
have gone missing and the townsfolk are scared to even leave
their houses during the evening. They demand the Duc do
something to find the missing children. He employs the
Warriors to investigate the area and remove the Skaven
presence.
SETTING UP
Deal ten dungeon cards face down. Shuffle the Collapsed
Passageway Board Section and the Dead End Board Section in
with the ten cards to make a total of twelve. Shuffle the Idol
Chamber Objective Room into the bottom half as normal to
make the Dungeon Deck.
Special Rules
Skamp the Sickly, Festid Filthblade and Rance
Throatcutter
If the Warriors encounter any of the Skaven villains as an
Event (see their Event Cards), they are merely unconscious
and scurry away after the battle to lick their wounds and eat
warpstone to regain their health. They may appear again in the
Objective Room (see rules below).
The Idol Chamber Objective Room
If the Warriors reach the Idol Chamber Objective Room they roll
on the Skaven Objective Room Monster Table. If they have not
been encountered as an Event, Skamp, Festid and Rance are
all present. If the Warriors met them as an Event and “killed”
them, then roll1D6 for each such Skaven villain. If the score is
a 3 or more, the Skaven villain did not die in their previous
meeting and has returned to battle the Warriors once again!
Do not roll for Skamp – he will always be present in the
Objective Room.
Once the room is cleared of Monsters they search the area
whereupon they find a secret chamber where the missing
children are being held. Roll 1D6+1 to determine how many
children are found.
Since the Skaven Monsters in the Objective Room contained
the leaders of the clan, any remaining Skaven flee the Dungeon
in defeat. There is no need to retrace their steps and the
Warriors have cleared the dungeon of Monsters. They may
return to surface where Duc Andre Broussard rewards them
each with 1D3 pieces of Dungeon Room Treasure and 100 gold
for each child found.
33
WARHAMMER QUEST – 2 A DANGEROUS SEARCH
ORIGIN: LITTLEMONK
OBJECTIVE ROOM: SORCERER’S FORGE
MONSTER THEME: CHAOS DWARFS
T he Warriors are summoned to a mysterious tower on the
outskirts of the Settlement. The resident is Kylo, a
powerful Wizard, who would like to hire the band of stalwarts
to collect some bones which he needs for a very important
spell. Unfortunately, the bones needed are those of a
Lammasu, a powerful mutated beast of the Chaos Dwarfs!
The only way to get Lammasu bones is from a dead Lammasu
which means that the Warriors would need to find one that
has expired or kill one themselves!
Fortunately for the Warriors, Kylo imparts the following tale:
Long ago, an ambitious (and quite mad) Chaos Dwarf Sorcerer
descended upon an Empire Knight, Magno Theodoric, and his
valiant regiment ambushing and massacring them as a pre-
invasion tactic. Magno’s corpse was impaled on a tall pole at
the outskirts of his hometown for all to see as the sorcerer’s
army marched unobstructed towards the city of Nuln.
Magno’s only surviving son, Oswin, upon seeing his father’s
body, led a surprise attack directly into the Chaos Dwarfs’
stronghold and routed the resrve forces which included a
hideous Lammasu. The awesome, mutated beast fell at the
hands of Oswin himself after a fierce and bloody battle. In an
act of revenge, Oswin placed the Lammasu upon the magical
Chaos Dwarf forge – for all to see. Unbeknownst to Oswin, his
vengeful attack upon the Chaos Dwarf stronghold would
actually save the Empire!
34
With the Empire falling, the Celestial Wizards mustered all of
their power and managed to hold off the Chaos Dwarf assault.
The Chaos Dwarf Sorcerer and a small retinue retreated to
their lair to retrieve their remaining forces in order to bolster
the ranks of their army and complete their final push into Nuln.
They found the stronghold sacked and all the inhabitants dead.
The Chaos Dwarf Sorcerer, laying his eyes upon the desecrated
forge and seeing his favourite mount slaughtered, went insane
with rage. He declared that no one should move the carcass
and proclaimed the magical forge a shrine before setting out
for a final, suicidal assault on the Empire. Thousands died on
both sides iin the ensuing conflict and the bodies of the dead
littered the lans of the Empire. It was known as the War of
Retribution and it marked one of the lowest points in history
for both the Empire and the Chaos Dwarfs alike. Eventually the
Chaos Dwarfs were finally beaten when Hogrim’s Heroes
unexpectedly arrived from the Moot with a new invention –
Halfling Hot Pots!
Kylo tells the Warriors that the Chaos Dwarf shrine and the
bones of the Lammasu remain to this day and that he knows
its whereabouts. It is lightly guarded and quite unimportant
except to Chaos Dwarfs who honour the old history once a
year by making a pilgrimage to spend time in ancient worship.
The entrance is guarded by a magical ward that keeps out
intruders, but the Wizard says he will give the Warriors a
magical scroll that will open it. The underground tunnels are
still guarded by Chaos Dwarfs, although Kylo insists that the
mighty Warriors should have no problems in the lightly
guarded shrine.
What the Warriors are unaware of is that the shrine is actually
populated with a well-armed group of Chaos Dwarfs who are
using the holy shrine as their base of operations. The shrine is
intact and the bones of the Lammasu (as well as other various
monstrous offerings) are scattered upon the forge and the
surrounding floor.
Special Rules
The Sorcerer’s Forge Objective Room
When the Warriors reach the Objective Room, roll on the Chaos
Dwarf Objective Room Monster Table. The great Lammasu
may be dead but its skeleton still sits upon the ancient and
magical forge. Elements of the raw magic that once coursed
through its body, coupled with the power emanating from the
ancient forge, create a magical aura reminiscent of the
Sorcerous Exhalation ability it once possessed. All magical
weapons carried by the Warriors, therefore, are -1 To Hit while
they are in this room.
Finishing the Adventure
Once the room is clear of Monsters, the Warrior may take
some of the bones from the shrine. As they do, the entire
chamber begins to crumble and gigantic boulders fall around
them. The Warriors manage to escape through a small tunnel
in the back of the chamber before the ceiling crashes down,
sealing off the chamber forever.
Reward
If the Warriors return to Kylo with the bones from the shrine,
roll 1D6:
1 The Warriors have returned with bones that
are not of the Lammasu but from some other
creature instead! The Wizard spits in disgust
and gives the Warriors nothing!
2-6 These are indeed bones of a Lammasu and
the Wizard gleefully rewards the Warriors
with an item of Objective Room Treasure!
 WARHAMMER
WARHAMM ER QUEST – 2 A DANGEROUS SEARCH

ORIGIN: (AB) IDOL CHAMBER #2 ORIGIN: LITTLEMONK

OBJECTIVE ROOM: IDOL CHAMBER OBJECTIVE ROOM: SHIFTING SANCTUM
MONSTER THEME: CHAOS KHORNE MONSTER THEME: CHAOS TZEENTCH

D eep in the ruined cities of the Dwarfs, now occupied by

Orcs, Goblins and even worse creatures, many of the
once noble temples and shrines have been defiled. In their
For the past seven nights, the Warriors have been awakened
by the ghostly figure of a wounded lady. The phantom woman
was part of a doomed expedition that ventured into ruins
place are crude altars set up by these evil creatures, dedicated northwest of the Stretto Pass which divides eastern Tilea and
to all manner of foul Gods. Apart from the obvious pleasure of the Border Princes. Once a valiant adventurer, the woman says
killing the invaders of their ancestral homes, and hopefully that she cannot rest until her adventuring gear, which was lost
recovering some of the long-lost treasures, the Dwarf Kings in a dungeon, is returned to her heirs.
also pay a rich reward for every evil temple destroyed.
Each visit, the tormented spirit asks the Warriors for help in
The Warriors have been charged with the task of locating one recovering her sword, helmet and shield. The sleep-deprived
of these temples that is reputed to lie deep below the ground Warriors eventually agree in exchange that she stop the
in the ruins of Karak Azgal. Kargun Skalfson, deposed Lord of nightly calls!
Karak Azgal, has allowed the Warriors into the ruins to search
for the temple, and has waived his right to a share of any
treasure they discover on the way - as long as they bring back The apparition leads the Warriors to some abandoned ruins
evidence of the destruction of the temple. where they find the entrance to an underground temple
devoted to the Chaos God of Tzeentch.
Secretly, Skalfson does not believe there is a temple, and
therefore hopes to persuade the Warriors to venture into the
most dangerous regions of Karak Azgal in search of it. If they
survive these hazardous, long-unexplored regions, they will
surely find a great deal of treasure - and as there is no temple,
he will gain his share of the treasure as usual.

The Idol Chamber Objective Room

In actual fact, Skalfson is wrong and there is a temple in the
ruins, dedicated to Khorne, the blood god. Roll on the Chaos
Khorne Objective Room Monster Table to determine what
Monsters the Idol Chamber contains. Once the Monsters are
defeated, the Warriors may destroy the temple by overturning
the idol and thus desecrating it. They may then cut off its head
as proof that they have successfully completed their mission.

To overturn the idol, all the Warriors must be standing in

squares adjacent to it. Roll 1D6 for each Warrior and add their
Strengths. If the total is equal to 24 or over, the idol topples to
the ground with a crash, and the head rolls free. If the total is
less than 24, the idol remains standing. The Warriors may
attempt to destroy the idol once per turn, during the Warriors’
Phase, as long as they do nothing else. For each turn that the
idol remains standing, the Wizard deducts 2 from his Power roll
in the Power Phase. If the modified result is 1 or less, an
Unexpected Event occurs. The Unexpected Event must be
resolved before the Warriors can try to smash the idol again.
SETTING UP
Special Rules
When the idol is smashed, a hideous scream echoes through Be sure to include the Hall of Death, the Well of Doom and the
the dungeon, causing all the Monsters for miles around to flee Monster’s Lair when preparing the Event Deck.
in terror. This means that the Warriors can find their way back
to the surface quite safely. At the end of the Adventure,
because there was an idol, Skalfson is obliged to let them keep The Apparition in Combat
all the treasure they found! Use a model to represent the Apparition. She accompanies the
Warriors taking up a space on the Board as normal although
she does not interact with any Events or Monsters. She always
remains on the same Board Section as the Party Leader if
possible and no other model may move into her space. She
moves 4 spaces per turn.

If the Warriors encounter Monsters, the Apparition will be

attacked in the first round of Combat just as if she were one of
the Warriors, following the One-on-One rule. Monsters will
target her first. At the end of the round, the Monsters realise
that she is not corporeal and will turn their attention to the
Warriors and you should remove the Apparition from the
Board. When the Combat is over, the Apparition appears on
any unoccupied space on the same Board Section as the
Leader with the Lantern.

35
WARHAMMER QUEST – 2 A DANGEROUS SEARCH
Dungeon Rooms
When the Warriors explore a new doorway in this Adventure,
the Apparition can tell the Warriors what lies beyond. When
the Warriors discover a new Dungeon Room, they may look at
the top of the Event Deck to see what awaits them should
they enter the room.
The Shifting Sanctum Objective Room
Room
In this Adventure, the first Board Section of the Dungeon is the
Shifting Sanctum Objective Room. Place it on the table and
attach a Doorway on all four wall sections. The Warriors begin
the Adventure outside one of the Doorways. Divide the
Dungeon Deck into three piles, placing one at each of the other
Doorways.
On the first turn, roll a Power Phase as normal, but no
Unexpected Event occurs if the result is a ‘1’. The Warriors
must then move from outside the Doorway and onto the
Shifting Sanctum of Tzeentch Board Section with their normal
movement after which they must roll on the Chaos Tzeentch
Objective Room Monster Table.
The Hall of Death
The Apparition’s sword lies in this Dungeon Room. As long as
there are no Monsters on the Board Section, a Warrior
standing on the space where the sword is may retrieve it.
Make a note on your Adventure Record Sheet.
The Well of Doom
The Apparition’s helmet is in this Dungeon Room. After the
Warriors resolve the Event in this room, and as long as there
are no Monsters on the Board Section, a Warrior standing on
the space where the helmet is may retrieve it. Make a note on
your Adventure Record Sheet.
The Monster’s Lair
The Apparition’s shield is in this Dungeon Room. After the
Warriors resolve the Event in this room, and as long as there
are no Monsters on the Board Section, a Warrior standing on
the space where the shield is may retrieve it. Make a note on
your Adventure Record Sheet.
Finishing the Adventure
When the Warriors find all three pieces of the Apparition’s
adventuring equipment, they must retrace their steps out of
the Dungeon, rolling for Unexpected Events along the way.
Once out of the Dungeon, the Apparition leads the Warriors
back to her heirs where they deliver her recovered belongings.
The stunned and appreciative family members reward the
Warriors with 1D6x100 gold for each item they retrieved, to
share amongst themselves.
If the Warriors recover at least two pieces of her equipment,
then the Apparition is put to rest. If they do not, the Warriors
will have to endure many sleepless nights!
36
ORIGIN: LITTLEMONK
OBJECTIVE ROOM: DEN OF DESIRES
MONSTER THEME: CHAOS SLAANESH
T he Warriors arrive in Ubersreik just in time for the annual
Boat Festival. The streets are crowded with visitors from
all around the Empire. As the Warriors stroll about looking at
the shops, Valquist Denhart, a prominent official is attacked in
broad daylight. The Warriors intervene to save the day, killing
all the attackers but one in a bloody street battle.
The lone attacker who escapes has made off with important
official documents and Denhart immediately hires the capable
Warriors to bring the papers back and bring the would-be
assassin to justice. The dead attackers all bear a tattoo of a
finger dripping with blood which Valquist says implicates a cult
of Slaanesh.
The Warriors quickly set off in pursuit of the assassin, tracking
him to an old temple in the foothills of the Grey Mountains. The
structure is in ruins but the Warriors discover fresh footprints
on steps leading downward into darkness.
Special Rules
The Den of Desires Objective Room
Roll on the Chaos Slaanesh Objective Room Monster Table to
determine what Monsters the Den of Desires contains. Once
the Monsters are defeated, the Warriors find the documents
by breaking open the chest on the third level. The cult has
been eradicated and the Warriors can retrace their steps out of
the Dungeon without having to roll for Unexpected Events.
Reward
When the Warriors return to Ubersreik they find that Valquist
Denhart has disappeared. They deliver the important
documents to the Town Council instead who are shocked at its
content. The documents reveal that Valquist Denhart is a
member of a cult of Tzeentch in a long-standing feud with the
Slaanesh sect and the two groups have been vying for control
of the area. The paper lists members of both groups, all of
them prominent citizens and officials from Ubersreik,
Bögenhafen and even Altdorf. Roll 1D6 on the table below to
see how many people were implicated and how much reward
the Warriors receive because of it:
1 The papers list 2 corrupt citizens and each
Warrior is rewarded with 100 gold.
2 The papers list 3 corrupt citizens and each
Warrior is rewarded with 1D3x100 gold.
3 The papers list 5 corrupt citizens and each
Warrior is rewarded with 1D6x100 gold.
4 The papers list 7 corrupt citizens and each
Warrior is rewarded with 1D6x150 gold.
5 The papers list 8 corrupt citizens and each
Warrior is rewarded with 1D6x100 gold and a
piece of Dungeon Room Treasure.
6 The papers list 10 corrupt citizens and each
Warrior is rewarded with 1D6x150 gold and a
piece of Objective Room Treasure.

3
· AN ELITE TASK FORCE ·
ORIGIN: LITTLEMONK
OBJECTIVE ROOM: PIT OF REVULSION
MONSTER THEME: CHAOS NURGLE
T here are reports of Chaos creatures in the Pale Sisters
mountains in the Kingdom of Bretonnia. Alarmed at the
news, the Duke of Gisoreux has hailed for able-bodied
adventurers with a thirst for gold and glory to which the
Warriors have eagerly responded. In addition to any riches they
recover in the undertaking, the Duke has promised a grand
reward for successfully eliminating this threat.
The Duke is right to be worried for the Pale Sisters mountains
are only a day’s travel from Gisoreaux and is now home to
Ungwie the Noxious, a Chaos Sorcerer of Nurgle and his
followers. Master of toxins and poison, Ungwie is brewing a
concoction that he will release in to the waterway that flows
into the River Gismerie. The entire river from Gisoreux to Athel
Loren could be in jeopardy.
As they make their departure, the local peasants lead the
Warriors to a shrine of Shallya where they bestow a blessing
and give each of them a pedant to protect them from the
suffering that they will likely endure in their mission.
SETTING UP
Make sure to shuffle the Toxic Pits in with five other cards to
make the top half of the Dungeon Deck. Prepare the rest of
the Dungeon Deck as normal.
Special Rules
Ungwie
Ungwie the Noxious Event Card
If the Warriors encounter Ungwie as an Event, do not place
him on the Board. Drawing the Event Card only means that
Ungwie is now aware of the Warriors’ presence in the Dungeon
and he will be prepared for them in the Objective Room (see
below). Keep the card off to the side as a reminder and draw
another Event Card in its place.
The Pit of Revulsion Objective Room
When the Warriors enter the Pit of Revulsion Objective Room,
Ungwie will appear at the back of the room behind his cauldron
where he prepares his deadly poisons.
If the Warriors had not encountered Ungiwe as an Event Card,
make a roll on the Chaos Nurgle Objective Room Monster Table
to see what minions accompany him. If the group has already
encountered Ungwie, he will be prepared for the Warriors and
the minions accompanying him will be the #1 result on the
Chaos Nurgle Objective Room Monster Table.
Cauldron of Poison
In this Adventure the cauldron is where the Chaos Sorcerer is
preparing his toxic concoction. The bubbling liquid in the
cauldron spews forth a cloud of noxious vapours which makes
eyes water and causes skin to blister. Any Warrior standing
adjacent to Ungwie’s cauldron at the beginning of the turn
must subtract their Strength from the Power Phase roll. The
result is the number of Wounds they take with no modifiers for
WARHAMMER
WARHAMM ER QUEST – 3 AN ELITE TASK FORCE
anything. If the Damage drops the Warriors to 0 Wounds, they
must deduct -1 from their Strength permanently. If the
Warrior’s Strength is ever reduced to 0, they are killed and
removed from the game.
Finishing the Adventure
If the Warriors clear the Objective Room of Monsters, they
discover a secret door in the back of the chamber that leads
out to the surface.
If any of the Warriors’ Characteristics were reduced due to
poison, disease or any other malady, they may revisit the
Shallya shrine to pray for healing. Roll 1D6 and if the score is a
2, 3, 4, 5 or 6, the Goddess Shallya cures them of all afflictions.
On a score of 1, however, the Goddess merely offers peace
and forgiveness and therefore the reduction is permanent.
Reward
If the Warriors thwart the evil plans of Ungwei the Noxious,
the Warriors can return to the Duke of Gisoreux, who rewards
each of them with a piece of Objective Room Treasure!
ORIGIN: (AB) TOMB CHAMBER #5
OBJECTIVE ROOM: TOMB CHAMBER
MONSTER THEME: ORCS & GOBLINS
T he Dwarf Lords of Karak Azul have recently deciphered an
ancient Dwarf scroll written in runes so old that even the
Dwarfs have taken many years to identify their true meaning.
Early on, the Dwarfs realised that it described a shrine of great
magical power located somewhere in the Worlds Edge
Mountains, beneath the tomb of a mighty Warrior. The Dwarfs
knew that to find the shrine would put them in control of the
most powerful forces they could possibly unleash upon their
foes. The exact location was a mystery until recently when,
after many years of painstaking work, it was finally pinpointed.
To the Dwarfs’ horror, they realised that the shrine was
directly below the Orc Fortress of Iron Rock.
The Dwarfs decided that the shrine had to be destroyed to
prevent it falling into Orc hands. If the Orcs should find it, who
knows what they would do? An attack by a large force would
raise the Orcs’ suspicions about the Dwarfs’ motives, so the
Dwarfs have asked the Warriors to sneak into the Orc
stronghold to destroy the shrine.
The Tomb Chamber Objective
Objective Room
The shrine is in the tomb chamber, directly beneath the tomb
itself.
Roll on the Orcs & Goblins Objective Room Monster Table to
determine what Monsters the tomb chamber contains.
Once the Monsters are defeated, the Dwarf may attempt to
destroy the tomb. Only the Dwarf may damage the tomb, as
he is the only one bearing a Dwarf axe. None of the other
Warriors can damage the tomb. As long as the Dwarf is
37
WARHAMMER
WARHAMME R QUEST – 3 AN ELITE TASK FORCE
standing in a square adjacent to the tomb he automatically hits
it. The tomb has a Toughness of 3 and has 12 Wounds.
At the start of each turn in which the tomb remains intact and
while there are no Monsters on the Board, take an Event Card.
Before the tomb can be hit again, the Event Card must be
resolved.
Once the Warriors have destroyed the tomb, and the shrine
with it, a gaping hole is revealed in the rubble, leading down
into blackness. This tunnel eventually leads out of the Dungeon
and back to Karak Azul.
Once they reach the Dwarf Citadel, each Warrior is rewarded
with a piece of Dungeon Room Treasure.
ORIGIN: LITTLEMONK
OBJECTIVE ROOM: DEN OF DESIRES
MONSTER THEME: CHAOS SLAANESH
A n older noble in Brionne, Dombert Freiburger, is not happy
with a rival who has tried to seduce his young wife. He
hires the Warriors to investigate him, suggesting that his rival
is a member of the Cult of Slaanesh.
Though motivated by jealously, Dombert is actually correct. His
rival, Lonzo Moreau, is a rich noble in Brionne and also a Chaos
Sorcerer of Slaanesh. In a pact with the dark forces of Chaos,
Lonzo lives lavishly in a beautiful castle, enjoying all the finer
things in life. He routinely seduces young women who he soon
tires of and sacrifices in tribute to his dark gods. The ladies’
disappearances haven’t gone unnoticed by the officials of
Brionne, who fearing for their careers, do little to nothing
instead of investigating the influential noble.
Dombert Feiburger has plotted his revenge. Lonzo will be
holding his famous masquerade ball celebration in just a few
days. Dombert has an invitation and wants the Warriors to join
his entourage. Since everyone will be dressed in various
costumes, the Warriors will pass without suspicion.
Lonzo is known as the Master of Illusion and performs an
amazing “trick” at each masquerade ball. Such performances
in the past have included the sudden appearance of a dragon
flying overhead in the vaulted room, a fully functioning twenty-
foot fountain appearing in the middle of the chamber as well as
a forest of blossoming vines which grew along the walls and
ceiling. All of these illusions have lasted just a few minutes and
astonished the crowd each time. During this years’ display, the
Warriors are able to slip away unnoticed and begin their
exploration. Deep within the castle they discover the secret
entrance to a dark and mysterious dungeon.
Special Rules
Lonzo Moreau, Chaos Sorcerer of Slaanesh
Lonzo is a master of illusion and when he faces the Warriors,
he will conjure five copies of himself. These five extra illusiory
copies huddle around the real Lonzo so there is no need to
represent them with any other models. The party leader
should keep track of how many copies the Warriors are facing
throughout the Adventure beginning with the number ‘5’. Each
time the Chaos Sorcerer is dropped to 0 Wounds, subtract one
from the number.
If the Warriors encounter and defeat Lonzo Moreau as an
Event, the Chaos Sorcerer disappears in a puff of smoke at it
was merely an illusory copy! The Warrior who “killed” him still
38
receives the gold value for doing so. The party leader should
change number of Lonzo copies to ‘4’. Reshuffle Lonzo Moreau
back into the Event Deck as he may appear again in the
Adventure.
The Den of Desires Objective Room
When the Warriors enter the Den of Desires Objective Room,
they must make one roll on the Chaos Slaanesh Objective
Room Monster Table. In addition to the Monsters, Lonzo will be
present. As mentioned above, there will be 5 copies of Lonzo
along with the original (4 if the Warriors had encountered and
defeated the Chaos Sorcerer as an Event). The Warriors must
fight Lonzo illusion at a time.
Each time one of the Warriors reduces one of the illusions to 0
Wounds reduce the number of Lonzo copies by 1. Next, roll
1D6 to determine if the Warrior has killed the real Lonzo or one
of the illusions.
Number of Score needed
copies remaining on 1D6
4 6
3 5+
2
1
4+
3+
0 Automatic
If the score is equal to or greater than the number listed, the
Warriors have defeated the Chaos Sorcerer. With their master
gone, the rest of the Chaos creatures in the castle flee in
terror. The Warriors may retrace their steps out of the
dungeon without having to roll for Unexpected Events.
Reward
After they successfully destroy Lonzo Moreau, the Warriors
report back to Dombert Freiburger who rewards each of them
with 1D6x100 gold pieces. As the noble’s young wife flashes a
seductive gaze at one of the Warriors (determined randomly).
Dombert ushers them coldly out of his residence.
ORIGIN: (AB) FIRECHASM #6
OBJECTIVE ROOM: FIRECHASM
MONSTER THEME: SKAVEN
T he magical flames of the Dwarf temple, the Firechasm, are
in danger of being extinguished by the foul Skaven who
now occupy the ancient Dwarf city of Karak Azgal. They plan
to fill the entire chasm with debris, hoping to stem the magma
flow and cause a pressure build up deep underground. Even
now, their engineers are channeling tunnels to send the
diverted magma spurting into the areas of the city occupied by
Orcs and other creatures, as well as hopefully burying the
Dwarf fortress occupied by Kargun Skalfson that sits at the
entrance to Karak Azgal.
If the Skaven succeed, there is a good chance that the ancient
Dwarf citadel will be sealed off forever, leaving them free to
search for the lost Dwarf treasure hoards rumoured to lie in its
deepest halls.
Spies have reported this fiendish plan to the Emperor and his
Dwarf allies, who are now mounting a frontal assault on Karak
Azgal. In reality though, this is simply a cover. They know that
the only hope of thwarting the Skaven’s plan lies with small

bands of brave Warriors who must steal unseen into the heart
of the Skaven area of the city, and kill the engineers who are
setting the plot in motion.
Other bands of Warriors will attempt to block the tunnels
created by the Skaven to channel the magma. Your band of
Warriors has been chosen to stop the damming of the
firechasm itself.
Special Rules
The Firechasm Objective Room
When the Warriors enter the Firechasm, do not roll on the
Skaven Objective Room Monster Table. Instead, the Firechasm
room is guarded by 1D6+6 Skaven Clanrats. Phlem the Skaven
Head Engineer is also present and should be placed on the far
side of the chasm, next to the dragon statue (see Phlem the
Skaven Engineer Special Card). He is the mastermind of the
foul plot.
As soon as the Warriors enter the Firechasm, roll 2D6. The
Warriors have this number of turns in which to get across the
chasm and kill Phlem.
If the Warriors fail to kill the Skaven Head Engineer in time, roll
1D6 on the following table:
1-2 Phlem operates a steel lever, and tons of debris
plunges into the magma pool. Such is the force
of the resulting explosion that all the Warriors
and Skaven are killed. The Warriors have failed!
The future of Karak Azgal now lies in the hands
of the other teams of Warriors. Let’s hope they
fare better!
3-4 Tons of debris crashes into the Firechasm,
blocking it completely. Phlem squeaks out his
triumph, and the Warriors realise that they have
failed utterly. Making good their escape, the
Warriors rapidly withdraw through a small
passageway to the outside world, from where
they can put as much distance between
themselves and the imminent eruption.
5-6 Phlem operates the lever to drop tons of debris
into the chasm, and it snaps off in his paws! The
Warriors have another 1D6 turns in which to kill
him as he fixes the lever. If he is not dead by
then, roll on this table again.
Reward
If the Warriors succeed, they may escape through a secret
tunnel at the back of the chamber, and are rewarded with
1D6x50 gold each.
WARHAMMER
WARHAMM ER QUEST – 3 AN ELITE TASK FORCE
ORIGIN: (AB) FIGHTING PIT #5
OBJECTIVE ROOM: FIGHTING PIT
MONSTER THEME: SKAVEN
D uring a recent raid on Miragliano, the Skaven took around
twenty wealthy and influential citizens as captives, and
have been making all manner of unreasonable and outrageous
threats ever since.
The Skaven know full well that their unconditional demands to
hand over all the wealth, women and children of the city will
never be agreed to, but it gives them a good excuse to send
back portions of their victims as proof that they mean
business.
The Warriors have been employed to enter the Blighted
Marshes and rescue the prisoners from the dungeons of the
Chaos ratmen.
The Fighting Pit Objective Room
The prisoners are being kept below the Fighting Pit, in a
network of cells and guard rooms. Roll on the Skaven
Objective Room Monster Table to determine the guardians of
these cells, reading any Goblins as Skaven.
When the guardians are dead, each player rolls a dice. The
number rolled is the number of prisoners that Warrior finds
alive. Every prisoner a Warrior finds gives him 1D6x20 gold for
freeing them.
At the bottom of the cell complex, there is a secret door that
leads to the marshes above and to safety. In their weakened
state the prisoners have not been able to open it, but the
Warriors have no trouble. They soon smash it down and take
the captives to freedom.
ORIGIN: LITTLEMONK
OBJECTIVE ROOM: SORCERER’S FORGE
MONSTER THEME: CHAOS DWARFS
T he fortress town of Grenzstadt near the Black Fire Pass
has a large population of Dwarfs. The settlement has a
heroic past – but a potentially grim future as news has reached
Grenzstadt that Fire Mountain is now home to Chaos Dwarfs
who are planning an attack. In order to ensure that their
information is not part of a Chaos Dwarf ruse, the town has
hired the Warriors for a reconnaissance mission of the
mountain area.
It is true that Fire Mountain is inhabited Chaos Dwarfs – led by
an evil Sorcerer, Zzuktarr Sundor. The Chaos Dwarfs dwell in a
maze of tunnels beneath the volcanic mountain where they
build their devastating weapons. More importantly, the
mountain is rich in an ore that is the main component for a
summoning spell which the Sorcerer seeks to cast. This dark
spell will summon a Great Taurus which Zzuktarr plans to use
to utterly destroy Grenzstadt.
Special Rules
Zzuktarr Sundor Event Card
If the Warriors encounter and defeat Zzhuktarr as an Event
Card, he is able to cast a spell and disappear in a dark cloud of
ash. He will appear again in the Objective Room. If he is
defeated in the Objective Room, he is killed permanently.
39
WARHAMMER
WARHAMME R QUEST – 3 AN ELITE TASK FORCE
Dafahl the Cruel Event Card
If the Warriors encounter and defeat Dafahl the Cruel as an
Event Card, he appears dead to the Warriors. However, after
they have left the Board Section, Dafahl quaffs a potion and
will appear again in the Objective Room, although he will be at
only half his normal Wounds. If he is defeated in the Objective
Room, he is killed permanently.
The Sorcerer’s Forge Board Section
When the Warriors enter the Sorcerer’s Forge they will
encounter Zzuktarr Sundor and his champion, Dafahl the Cruel.
In addition, roll on the Chaos Dwarf Objective Room Monster
Table to see who is in the room with them.
Reward
When the Warriors defeat all of the Monsters in the Objective
Room, they return to the people of Grenzstadt who are
extremely grateful for the Warriors intervention. They reward
each of the Warriors with 2D6x150 gold and a piece of
Dungeon Room Treasure.
ORIGIN: LITTLEMONK
OBJECTIVE ROOM: SPIDER’S NEST
MONSTER THEME: CHAOS DWARFS
A young stranger has a map from an adventuring group that
recently went missing. He claims that the map shows the
location of a vault which contains a chest full of valuable
treasures. Being unskilled in the ways of adventuring himself,
he offers to sell the map to the Warriors for 1D6x100 gold – a
paltry amount, he claims, compared to the riches contained
within the vault.
The map indicates that the vault is located within a cave near
the Silver Road in the World’s Edge Mountains, an which has
seen much Chaos Dwarf activity of late…
The Spider’s Nest Objective Room
When the Warriors reach the Objective Room, do not roll o
nthe Chaos Dwarf Objective Room Monster Table. Instead, the
Warriors encounter 1 Gigantic Spider and 2D6 Giant Spiders.
Stolen Treasure!
Once the Objective Room is cleared of Monsters, the Warriors
open the chest to find that it has already been plundered.
Suddenly, out of the darkness emerges a nimble Halfling who
opens her pack to display some items of treasure she just so
happens to be carrying…
Keeping them facing down, draw 1D3 items of Dungeon Room
Treasure and 1 item of Objective Room Treasure and place
them on the table. These are the items that the Halfling offers
to the Warriors.
The Halfing offers to sell these items of treasure to the
Warriors. Turn over one of the Dungeon Room Treasure cards.
Beginning at half the value of the item, the Warriors may
individually bid to purchase the item with the highest bidder
being the winner.
The Halfling auctioneer will accept gold and/or items of
treasure of the required value as payment. The only exception
to this is that she will not accept items which she may have
just sold to the Warriors. A Warrior may only bid up to what
they can afford to pay and may not borrow items or gold from
another Warrior.
40
If no one bids on an item the Halfling will put the item away
refusing to bring it back out again – the Warriors have missed
their chance at purchasing it. Repeat this process for any other
items of Dungeon Room Treasure before doing the same for
the Objective Room Treasure.
The Halfling auctioneer will accept gold or any Treasure Item
as payment. The only exception to this is that he will not
purchase any of the Treasure Items that the Warriors are
bidding on.
A Warrior will not give any of
these items to another Warrior,
although they may sell them in a
Settlement as usual.
If the Warriors attack the Halfling,
she quaffs an Invisibilty Potion and
disappears with all of the
treasure.
Once their business is completed,
the Halfling slips out through a
hidden door in the wall that leads
out of the Dungeon which the
Warriors can use to return to the
surface.
ORIGIN: LITTLEMONK
OBJECTIVE ROOM: SHIFTING SANCTUM
MONSTER THEME: CHAOS TZEENTCH
T he favorite apprentice of a Wizard at the Celestial College
of Magic has gone missing. During a recent trip to Kislev
the apprentice was abducted by one Danzig Moon, a Chaos
Sorcerer of Tzeentch. Years ago, Danzig was one the Wizard’s
students at the Celestial College but was expelled after a
series of inappropriate incidents. It seems that Danzig
arranged the recent kidnapping as part of his revenge upon his
mentor.
The Wizard has used his magic to discover that the apprentice
is being held prisoner in Danzig’s tower. Retrieving the
apprentice will take a specialized group of individuals and so
the Wizard has hired the Warriors to find and bring him back.
SETTING UP
Shuffle the Dungeon Cell in with five other random cards to
make the top half of the Dungeon Deck. Shuffle the Shifting
Sanctum Objective Room in with six other random cards to
make the bottom half of the Dungeon Deck.
The Wizard at the Celestial College gives the Warriors a magical
wand as well as a scroll to aid them in their mission. The
Warriors must decide who carries these items make a note of
it on their Adventure Record Sheets. If a Warrior who is
carrying one or both of these objects dies, another Warrior
may pick them it up and carry on with the Adventure.
Special Rules
The Magical Wand
The magical wand is the Wand of Light and is a light source
that acts exactly like the lantern. The light power of the wand
lasts for one Adventure after which it stops working. The
magical light it radiates creates an aura of protection which
gives +1 Toughness to whoever carries it. If a Warrior carrying
 WARHAMMER
WARHAMM ER QUEST – 3 AN ELITE TASK FORCE

the Wand of Light dies, another Warrior may pick up it up and Finishing the Adventure
carry on with the Adventure. Once the Warriors have carried the apprentice out of the
Dungeon Cell, the young man will awaken and the Warriors can
The Scroll give him the Journey Home Scroll which he immediately casts.
The scroll is the Journey Home Scroll. To ensure that there are All Warriors on the Board are transported back to the Celestial
College in Nuln. Remember that any Warrior left in the
no acts of cowardice upon the part of the Warriors, the Wizard
has made sure that the Journey Home Scroll can only be read Dungeon Cell will not get teleported and will be left to his own
by the apprentice. Once cast, it will transport the Warriors out fate in the Dungeon.
of the Dungeon.
Reward
Separating The Warriors are each rewarded with 2D6x100 gold for saving
the apprentice. If the Warriors manage to defeat the Chaos
To complete this Adventure, the Warriors will have to separate Sorcerer in the Objective Room, they are each rewarded with
at some point. One group will have to activate a lever in the an item of Objective Room Treasure!
Shifting Sanctum Objective Room while the other group will
need to carry the apprentice out of the Dungeon Cell. This is
due to the fact that lever will only open the door for 3 turns
before it closes again. Warriors who activate the lever will not
have enough time to enter the Dungeon Cell to the retriever
the Wizard, and if they did, the door would most likely close
while they were inside. Such Warriors would be trapped
forever! Therefore, at least one Warrior will need to be in the
Shifting Sanctum to operate the lever as needed. See rules
below.

The Dungeon Cell

The door to the Dungeon Cell is magically locked. It can only be
opened with the lever in the Shifting Sanctum Objective Room.

The Dungeon Cell has a special ward placed inside of it which

means that no spells may be cast by any model while on that
Board Section, nor do spells affect any square inside the Board
Section. The Warriors will therefore need to carry the
apprentice outside the Dungeon Cell if they are to escape the
Dungeon via the Journey Home Scroll.

When the Warriors enter the Dungeon Cell Board Section they
draw an Event Card as normal. There is only one doorway in
this room – the one that the Warriors entered through. The
apprentice will be unconscious in one of the spaces in the far
corner opposite of where the Warriors enter. The apprentice is
wiry and thin, so any Warrior with a Strength of 4 or more can
carry the apprentice out of the cell without any penalty to
Movement. A Warrior with a Strength of 3 can carry the
apprentice but suffers -1 to the Movement while a Warrior
with a Strength of 2 will suffer -2 to their Movement. (A
Warrior with a Strength of 1 will not be able to lift the
apprentice at all.) It takes an entire Warriors’ Phase to pick up
the apprentice during which time the Warrior may do nothing
else.

The
The Shifting Sanctum Objective Room
When the Warriors enter the Shifting Sanctum they roll on the
Chaos Tzeentch Objective Room Monster Table as usual. In
addition to the Monsters rolled, place Danzig Moon on the blue
Level 3 square as listed in the Shifting Sanctum Objective
Room rules. See the Danzig Moon Special Card for the Chaos
Sorcerer’s special rules.

The lever that opens door to the Dungeon Cell is located on

one of the altars in the Shifting Sanctum Sanctum Objective
Room (it happens to be the first altar space that the first
Warrior stands in). To pull the lever, a Warrior must be
standing on one of the altar squares and may do nothing else
for the rest of the Warriors’ Phase.

As mentioned, once the lever is activated the cell door will

remain open for 3 turns after which it closes again. Any
Warriors still inside will have to wait until the Warrior in the
Objective Room activates the lever again.

41
WARHAMMER
WARHAMME R QUEST – 3 AN ELITE TASK FORCE
ORIGIN: (WD #191) A HORROR AWAKENS #1
OBJECTIVE ROOM: IDOL CHAMBER
MONSTER THEME: UNDEAD
T he Warriors are staying in the small town of Kaltzburg,
near the World's Edge Mountains. After spending their
hard earned cash your party settles down for the night in a
well-stocked tavern. As the night draws in, a well dressed
young woman approaches your Warriors, begging for their
help. She is the Marchesa Claudia von Steafen and her brother,
a famous Witch Hunter, has been kidnapped by unknown
assailants. She believes him to be held in a deep and
dangerous dungeon not far from the town. The Warriors must
explore the den of foul creatures and stop anything terrible
happening to the Marchesa's brother.
Special Rules
The Idol Chamber Objective Room
As the Warriors enter the Idol Chamber they can see the
Marchesa's brother bound to a massive stone daemon.
Standing next to the statue is a dishevelled man, holding an
ornate dagger and chanting loudly (place the Necromancer
model on the board). The Warriors recognize him as an inept
Necromancer who has been an irritation to the Imperial
authorities over the last few years. In his other hand the
Necromancer holds a fist size ruby, which pulsates with a deep
inner light. This is Alberto Laranscheld, son of the malevolent
Gunther Laranscheld (see the Alberto Laranscheld Special
Card).
The Warriors have 2D6 turns to kill Alberto Laranscheld. If they
fail to do this, he finishes his ritual and plunges the knife into
the Marchesa's brother. When the Monsters are all dead (either
before or after the sacrifice is made) the Warriors can escape
through a narrow fissure in the rock face behind the Idol. The
Warrior who kills Alberto Larenscheld may take the Soulstone
Treasure Card.
If the Warriors succeed in rescuing the Marchesa's brother, she
rewards each of them with 1D6x50 gold and an item of
Dungeon Room Treasure. If they fail, but manage to escape,
she covers their expenses (10 gold for the party) and coldly
bids them farewell.
42
ORIGIN: (WD #195) DOMAIN OF THE HORNED RAT #5-6
OBJECTIVE ROOM: QUIRRIK’S LABORATORY
MONSTER THEME: SKAVEN
H aving assessed the threat posed by the Skaven beneath
his city, Boris Todbringer has ordered his troops to sweep
through the warren of caverns and corridors that riddle the
rock of Middenheim. However, before this attack can begin,
the Warpfire Generator must be eliminated, and the Warriors
have been given the task. The wizards and scientists of
Todbringer's court can only think of one way to do this and
ensure it can never be repaired. The Warriors must overload
the machine so that it blows itself to smithereens! As you
might guess, this is not without risk, but the Warriors have
been promised vast sums of gold and treasure if they can pull
it off...
The main problem lies in gathering enough warpstone to
overcharge the generator. The Warriors will have to scavenge
for the lethal substance as they make their way towards
Quirrik's Laboratory.
Special Rules
Each time the Warriors successfully complete an Event in a
Dungeon room, they may take one of the Warpstone counters.
You must decide amongst yourselves which Warrior is carrying
the potentially lethal rock.
If a warrior carrying Warpstone is reduced to zero wounds he
may suffer more long term effects. Roll 1D6 when he is healed
to one or more Wounds, on a roll of a 1 he loses -1 Toughness
or Strength to his profile. If the Warriors pick up all six
Warpstone counters they can find no more, no matter how
many Dungeon rooms they search - the Warriors must make
their way to Quirrik's Laboratory as quickly as they can.
Generate the Monsters in Quirrik's Laboratory by rolling on the
Skaven Objective Room Monster Table. The Warriors must
fight off these creatures and attempt to overload the Warpfire
Generator. A Warrior must be standing next to the Warpfire
Generator in order to throw in a piece of Warpstone. The
Warrior cannot attack in the same turn in which they do this,
but may defend himself as normal. For every piece of
Warpstone loaded into the Warpfire Generator, roll an extra
set of 3D6 when it fires. If any of the 3D6 rolls comes up with
a double or triple 1, the Generator has misfired! See the Misfire
Chart in White Dwarf Magazine #195.
Alternatively, if all the Skaven are killed before the Warpfire
Generator explodes, the Warriors can load the Warpstone at
their leisure. Roll 1D6 and add the number of Warpstone
counters the Warriors picked up (including any already used).
The Warriors can choose to put in less Warpstone if they
wish... Look up the result on the Overload Chart found in White
Dwarf Magazine #195.
Reward
If the Warriors cause the Generator to meltdown, they each
gain 1D6x100 gold. If the Warriors can make the Generator
explode (or if it happens to explode anyway...) they are each
rewarded with 1D6x100 gold and an item of Dungeon Room
Treasure.
If they fail to do either of these, the Generator is turned on the
Elector Count's attacking army and incinerates a swathe of
them before beating the Imperial soldiers back. You are
wanted in Middenheim, with a considerable price on your
heads! Best if you leave without making a fuss...

ORIGIN: LAIR OF THE ORC LORD #5
OBJECTIVE ROOM: GORGUT’S LAIR
MONSTER THEME:
THEME: ORCS & GOBLINS
D uring an Orc raid the favourite hunting hound of Duke
Harald of Talabheim was killed when his hunting party
was ambushed. Now Harald has become consumed with the
idea of revenge and has offered the Warriors a rich reward to
enter the lair of the Orc Warboss responsible and kill his
favourite Squig Hound - it's only fair, after all.
Normally, the Warriors would refuse such a foolhardy and
pointless quest, but Harald is an extremely wealthy and
powerful duke, and they were supposed to be in charge of the
hound when it was killed...
Special Rules
Gorgut's Lair Objective Room
When the Warriors reach Gorgut's Lair use the Orcs & Goblins
Objective Monster Table to roll for Monsters but also add
Growler the Squig Hound and place him on the platform level.
When all the Monsters are reduced to 0 Wounds the Warriors
can remove a tooth from the Squig Hound as proof that they
killed it and return to Talabheim through a secret passage.
Roll on the table below:
1 The Warriors lose the tooth on the way back
and get no reward as the duke doesn't believe
their story. Instead, he kicks them off his
lands, never to return. They have just made
themselves a powerful enemy!
2-3 They return with the tooth but the fickle duke
has forgotten about the arrangement. He gives
them each 1D6 x 20 gold to go away.
4-5 The duke seems happy with the result and
pays them each 1D6 x 50 gold as a reward.
6 The duke declares that he can now sleep
happy in the knowledge that he has had his
revenge. He thanks the Warriors and gratefully
pays each of them 1D6x100 gold.
WARHAMMER
WARHAMM ER QUEST – 3 AN ELITE TASK FORCE
ORIGIN: HALL OF THE HAG QUEEN
OBJECTIVE ROOM: TEMPLE OF KHAINE
MONSTER THEME: DARK ELVES
T he Warriors encounter Stephano Whitewolf, the leader of a
newly organised mercenary company in Couronne known
as the Golden Pillars, which consists of a motley group of
adventurers. The Golden Pillars are virtuous and upright, trying
to subtly direct immoral lords and foil the plans of the wicked.
To gain admission into the company and prove their worth, it
has been decided that the Warriors must eradicate the
growing presence of a Cult of Slaanesh. The faction has
recently taken up residence in the sea caves north of Couronne
and Stephano wants to remove them before they become a
nuisance. The Warriors are given a ‘Golden Pillar’ (a banner
emblazoned with the group’s gold emblem) and are told to
place it inside the cult’s temple in order to complete their
membership. Each Warrior should roll 1D6, the one with the
highest score being selected to carry the banner. Monsters are
at -1 To Hit the Warrior who carries the banner due to its
fearsome markings and bold colors. If a Warrior carrying the
banner dies, the other Warriors may roll off again to see who
gets to pick it up.
The whole initiation is merely a formality. Stephano expects
the Warriors to simply enter the caverns, run off a few cult
members, plant the flag, and return to a hero’s welcome. As
Stephano figures it, the more members that exist, the more
influence his mercenary company will possess, so he always
assigns a fairly simple task to newcomers.
Unbeknownst to the Warriors and Stephano, the caves have
already been cleansed of these cult members; by the Hag
Queen Melusina and her Dark Elf clan! Her Black Ark raids
have been instrumental in maintaining a supply of fresh blood
for her magical cauldron, which in turn bestows upon her
eternal beauty. Presently, the Black Ark has returned to
Naggaroth with slaves and sacrifices but Melusina and a Dark
Elf raiding party remain to terrorise the coast.
SETTING UP
For this Adventure, shuffle the Circle of Power card into the
top half of the Dungeon Deck.
Special Rules
Counters and Board Sections
This Adventure uses the special Hall of the Hag Queen
counters. There are books are books of interest located in the
Bottomless Pit, the Water Cave, and the Circle of Power.
Each book tells a bit of history, legend, and lore about the
Dark Elves, Black Arks, the Cauldron of Blood, and the Hag
Queens. The more books that the Warriors can collect, the
greater knowledge and understanding they will have of their
foes. For each Book that turned out to be important, you may
add +1 to the dice roll when rolling on the Objective Room
Monster Table.
If there are no Monsters on the aforementioned Board
Sections and the party leader is standing on a square that
contains a Book, he may pick it up to see if it contains
anything important. Take the corresponding Book counter and
the three Skull Counters and put all four of them into a cup.
Mix them up and have the party leader pick one from the cup
without looking. If it is the Book counter, he can put it on his
Adventure Record Sheet – they have found an ancient text of
importance! Repeat this process when the Warriors encounter
the other Board Sections, placing the corresponding Book
43
WARHAMMER
WARHAMME R QUEST – 3 AN ELITE TASK FORCE
counter and the three Skull Counters into a cup and picking
one at random, putting aside the Book counter if it gets
drawn.
If the Warriors draw a Skull Counter instead of a Book counter,
it means that the book they find is not only unimportant, but is
also a trap. The Warriors must immediately draw an Event
Card.
Finishing the Adventure
Once the Objective Room is clear of Monsters a secret passage
opens on the wall opposite the entrance. The Warriors plant
the ‘Golden Pillar’ and can leave the room by way of this exit
which leads up the surface.
The Warriors can then return to Stephano Whitewolf who
welcomes them into the organisation with an honorary gift
from the company vaults (one item of Dungeon Room
Treasure, to be distributed to a Warrior as normal.) Bretonnia
is glad to have the Dark Elf presence removed and the King
rewards the Warriors with 1D6x100 gold each.
ORIGIN: (WD #195) DOMAIN OF THE HORNED RAT #3-4
OBJECTIVE ROOM: QUIRRIK’S LABORATORY
MONSTER THEME: SKAVEN
T he recent discovery of a Skaven Assassin has led Boris
Todbringer, the Elector Count of Middenland, to organize a
hunt through the tunnels beneath Middenheim. As part of this
vast military operation, your Warriors have been hired to
venture into the Under-Empire to find out what they can of the
Skaven.
Special Rules
This Adventure uses the Warpstone counters to represent how
much information the Warriors can gather. They can exit the
dungeon at any time by retracing their steps and moving off
the section they started on. However, the more intelligence the
Warriors can gather, the greater their rewards when they
return.
The Warriors can take a Warpstone counter for each of
the following encounters:
• If the Warriors meet Skreek Deathstrike
• If the Warriors meet the Rat Golem
• If the Warriors meet Quirrik
• If the Warriors enter Quirrik's Laboratory and see
his monstrous Warpfire Generator
• If the Warriors meet a Rat Ogre
• If the Warriors explore three or more Dungeon
rooms.
If the Warriors fight their way through to the Laboratory and
then defeat all their adversaries, they find the secret passage
behind the Warpfire Generator and can make their escape
without backtracking.
Reward
When they reach the surface, the Warriors relay all that they
have discovered to the authorities, who can use their
information to devise a plan of attack. For every Warpstone
counter the Warriors possess, the party gains 1D6x100 gold to
be split evenly between them.
44
ORIGIN: LITTLEMONK
OBJECTIVE ROOM: NONE
MONSTER THEME: HAUNTED
T he people of Frugelhofen on the border of Bretonnia and
the Empire have a long memory of the wicked horrors that
have plagued their town in the past. Even the mere whisper of
ghosts or wights is enough to send shivers up the spines of
the townsfolk there. When rumours began of a haunting in an
abandoned keep near the town, the Duke of Parravon
immediately launched an investigation into the matter. The
haunting, he feels, is a mere symptom of the bigger problem,
which is that the keep is vacant. As the Duke knows all too
well, an empty keep is the perfect breeding ground for spirits
and monsters.
To solve the matter, the Duke has hired the Warriors to
cleanse the keep and declares that if they can rid the place of
the evil spirits, the Warriors can have the keep as their own!
SETTING UP
In this Adventure, there is no Objective Room. The Dungeon
Deck should be comprised of 6 Dungeon Rooms and 7
corridors.
Special Rules
The Warriors must find all six Dungeon Rooms and complete
the Events they encounter in them in order to successfully
cleanse the keep of evil spirits.
Finishing the Adventure
Once the Warriors complete the events in the six Dungeon
Rooms, the keep has been cleansed. There is no longer a need
to roll for Unexpected Events. They Warriors can claim the
keep as their own. See Littlemonk’s Strongholds rules for the
benefits and maintenance costs of a keep.
ORIGIN: (AB) FIRECHASM #2
OBJECTIVE ROOM: FIRECHASM
MONSTER THEME: ORCS & GOBLINS
T he great Wizards of the Empire have scried out a powerful,
brooding power that is growing below the ancient Dwarf
hold of Karak Azgal. As yet, they believe the presence to be
relatively weak and therefore probably bound to some material
artefact such as a statue while it gathers strength.
Although they do not know its purpose, they suspect that it
may be a lesser daemon of the Chaos Powers, trapped in the
rocks below the earth in ages past, and freed by the incessant
digging of the Goblins and Orcs as they search for the lost
treasure of the Dwarfs who once inhabited the city. The truth
is that the daemon has escaped the prison of rock that held it
for so long, and is now resident in a statue of a great fire
dragon in an ancient temple (the Firechasm). Soon it will fully
awaken, and walk the world once more. The Wizards have
employed the Warriors to destroy the daemon and ensure that
this never happens.
Special Rules
Each Warrior has been given a magic sword, which can only be
used once. Each Warrior should take a corresponding Daemon
Sword Equipment Card. These blades are the only weapons
that can damage the daemon. Against other Monsters the

magic swords will hit automatically, and kill whatever their
wielder attacks.
The Firechasm Objective Room
To determine the Monsters that are guarding the Firechasm,
roll once on the Orcs & Goblins Objective Room Monster Table.
The magic swords that the Warriors have been given are the
only things that will kill the daemon. To destroy the daemon,
the Warriors must simply stand next to the stone dragon at
the far end of the firechasm and strike it.
For each blow made by one of the swords on the dragon, roll
1D6. On a score of 5 or 6, the dragon and the daemon are
destroyed. After one blow, each sword is destroyed. If the
Warriors kill the daemon, the Adventure is over. The Warriors
are rewarded with 1D6 x 100 gold each for their part in the
Adventure.
If the daemon is not killed, it becomes enraged by the
Warriors’ puny attacks and animates the statue. Each Warrior
suffers 4D6 Wounds, modified for Toughness and armour, as
the dragon breathes fiery, superheated liquid over them.
Fortunately, the gouts of flame scorch an ancient tapestry
hanging on one of the walls, revealing a passageway leading
out to daylight.
The Warriors may have failed in their quest, but at least any
survivors can make good their escape without further harm.
If the Warriors decide to stay and fight the dragon they will be
killed, as only the magic swords had any effect on it, and it is
simply a matter of time before they are burnt to a crisp.
However, the daemon’s efforts to animate the dragon have
sapped its strength, so the Empire’s leaders might just have
enough time to mount a second expedition before it rouses to
full power...
ORIGIN: (AB) FIGHTING PIT #3
OBJECTIVE ROOM: FIGHTING PIT
MONSTER THEME:
THEME: ANY
I n the dungeons below Karak Azgal, a gate has been opened
by evil sorcery. The gate leads to the plains of the Dark
Lands, and monsters are continually spewing out of its black
depths into the bowels of Karak Azgal. The more Monsters
that gather in the depths of the ruined Dwarf city the greater
the threat to the Old World, so a party of brave Warriors must
venture into the city and seal the gate.
The Fighting Pit Objective Room
The gate is located in the Fighting Pit. When the Warriors enter
the Objective Room, consult the Objective Room Monster Table
for the Monster-theme being used to determine what
Monsters are in it. The Monsters are placed at the far end of
the pit, next to the gate, but will swarm out to engulf the
Warriors during the first Monsters’ Phase. The Monsters may
climb out of the pit with no Movement penalty. Of course,
there may be so many Monsters coming through the gate that
they spill out of the pit anyway!
Sealing the
the Gate
Once the Warriors kill the Monsters, they must try to seal the
gate permanently. This can only be done with a complex
invocation that only the Wizard can perform.
WARHAMMER
WARHAMM ER QUEST – 3 AN ELITE TASK FORCE
At the start of the Warriors’ Phase, the player controlling the
Wizard may roll between 1 and 6 dice. If one or more of the
dice comes up as a 6 and none of the dice comes up as a 1, the
gate is sealed and the Warriors have succeeded in their quest.
If any of the dice come up as a 1 the gate remains open this
turn, no matter how many 6’s are rolled. The Wizard may try
and seal the gate once per turn. At the start of each Monsters’
Phase that the gate is open, and while there are no Monsters
on the board, draw an Event Card. Monsters will continue to
appear until the gate is closed.
Reward
If the Warriors seal the gate and escape alive they are each
rewarded with one piece of Dungeon Room Treasure.
ORIGIN: (WD #204) ROOM FOR IMPROVEMENT
OBJECTIVE ROOM: IDOL CHAMBER
MONSTER THEME: CHAOS SLAANESH
A dark stormy night, the Warriors sit around the tavern
fire, telling tales of their recent exploits. They know a
quest will turn up soon. A quest always turns up when they go
to tell tales in the tavern on a dark and stormy night. And
they're not to be disappointed. A mysterious, hooded man
approaches them, offering a great reward if they will help him.
It seems his daughter has been kidnapped by a cult dedicated
to the Chaos god of pleasure, Slaanesh. She is to be sacrifice
unless the Warriors can rescue her. A frontal attack on the
Slaanesh palace would be fruitless - it is just too heavily
guarded. Instead, the Warriors will have to find an entrance
into the foul tunnels beneath the palace, battle their way
through these sewers, and emerge right in the middle of the
domain of the Slaanesh cultists. Once there, they can slay the
Sorcerer who leads the cult, and with its members in disarray
at the death of their leader, they can rescue the hooded man's
sister. The only problem is that the caves leading to the
sewers, as well as the sewers themselves, are inhabited by all
manner of foul and evil creatures, who will be all too intent on
devouring the Warriors (or worse!).
SETTING UP
The first stage in preparing for this scenario is to assemble the
Dungeon Deck. This is done as normal, using the Sewer Board
Section as the Objective Room. Once the Warriors reach the
Sewer, they must exit it to reach their final objective, the Idol
Chamber. This is where the hooded man's daughter is to be
sacrificed.
Special Rules
The Idol Chamber Objective Room
When the Warriors enter the Idol Chamber, roll on the Chaos
Slaanesh Objective Room Monster Table, but in addition you
should also include Marius the Sufferable, the leader of the
Slaanesh cult (see Marius the Sufferable Special Card).
The Well of Doom
If the Warriors come across the Well of Doom before reaching
the Sewer, then they are able to peer down the Well and see
what is happening in the Sewer. Forewarned of any danger,
the Warriors need not draw an Event Card when they enter
the Sewer Board Section.
The Torture Chamber
If the Warriors find the Torture Chamber before they reach the
Sewer, then they may rescue the ragged prisoner who has
been captured and tormented by Marius the Sufferable. After
completing any events in the room, the Warriors may cut the
45
WARHAMMER
WARHAMME R QUEST – 3 AN ELITE TASK FORCE
prisoner free from his shackles. Grateful to his rescuers, he will
help show the Warriors the way into Marius' palace. To
represent all this extra information, you may look at the top
card in the Dungeon Deck and discard it if you wish – unless
it’s the Sewer Board Section!
The Guard Room
The Guard Room is particularly heavily manned at this time,
due to Marius' concerns about a possible rescue attempt on his
sacrificial victim. Draw two Event Cards, instead of the usual
one, when the Warriors enter the Guard Room.
Event Cards
You can shuffle in the new Event Card, Fascination of
Slaanesh, to your Event deck if you want to get a bit more of
an appropriate feel for the Adventure. Use the Chaos Slaanesh
Monster Cards to see what Monsters the Warriors encounter.
Reward
Once the Warriors have killed Marius, all the other Monsters
will become disheartened and flee. The Warriors may then grab
the girl and leave by a secret entrance in the back of the
chamber. Returning back to the hooded man, each surviving
Warrior is rewarded with a piece of Dungeon Room Treasure
for rescuing his daughter.
ORIGIN: LITTLEMONK (REALM OF SAVAGES)
OBJECTIVE ROOM: MUNK’S RESIDENCE
MONSTER THEME: SAVAGE ORCS
S ome areas of the gloomy Drakwald forest are so densely
wooded that light barely penetrates through the trees
creating a state of perpetual darkness. Even the local militia
refuses to set foot in those parts, believing them to be
haunted or cursed. A few of the locals from the town of
Grossfurre swear that they have seen spooky, flickering lights
in the nearby woods and many inhabitants are convinced that
an ancient evil is loose.
The officials of Grossfurre have sent for the fearless Warriors
for help, for they need a group who are brave enough to probe
the mysterious forest of flickering lights.
The lights are actually coming from a band of Savage Orcs who
have recently moved into the secluded forest. The Savage Orc
leader, a Shaman named Munk, uses the eerie woods as a
base to practice his dark magic which serves to aid in his
attacks upon the surrounding villages.
SETTING UP
This Adventure uses the special Realm of Savages Board
Sections. These exquisite boards were created by Sebastian
Stuart (www.eastern-empire.com) and have been modified
especially for this scenario.
Additionally, an entire set of Savage Orc Events have been
designed especially for this Adventure as well as Special Cards
for Savage Orc Magic and Minions.
Put the new Dungeon Room Treasure Cards off to the side for
now.
46
Special Rules
Dungeon Rooms & Unexpected
Unexpected Events
When the Warriors enter an Orc Residence Dungeon Room
draw an Event Card until it reveals Monsters, reshuffling any
‘E’ Events back into the deck. Likewise, if an Unexpected
Event occurs while the Warriors are in the Orc Residence it will
always be Monsters that appear. Follow the same rules for
drawing an Event Card as listed above. Therefore, ‘E’ Events
will only occur on the forest Board Sections.
Doorways
Each time a new Forest Path Board Section has been revealed
roll 1D6 on the following table to see how many doorways it
contains:
1-3 The Forest Path is normal.
4-5 The Forest Path has one additional doorway.
6 The Forest Path has two additional doorways.
Place the new doorway(s) on any unused side(s) of the Board
Section, dividing the deck if appropriate.
Note: The extra doorways may only occur on a Forest Path
Board Section and not on the Glade, the Forest Bend or a
Forest Junction Board Section.
Treasure
Whenever the Warriors would receive a Dungeon Room
Treasure for any reason, roll 1D6. On a score of 1-4 they
receive a Dungeon Room Treasure as normal. If the score is a
5 or 6, draw one of the new Treasure Cards that accompany
this Adventure instead.
Axmudd the Savage Orc Boss
If the Warriors encounter and defeat Axmudd as an Event, his
special tattoos kept him alive and he was merely rendered
unconscious. He will appear again in the Objective Room,
attacking the first Warrior who enters the final Board Section.
Munk the Savage Orc Shaman
If the Warriors encounter Munk as an Event, he will be
accompanied by his minions. See the Munk’s Minions & Rules
Special Card to see who they are. Munk will cast one spell at
the beginning of each turn. See the Munk’s Savage Orc Magic
Special Card to see which spell he casts.
Munk’s Dwelling Objective
Objective Room
When the Warriors enter Munk’s Dwelling, put the Savage Orc
Shaman on the throne, even if the Warriors had encountered
and defeated him in an Event. Munk had concocted and drunk
a magical potion which enabled him to survive even the most
grievous wounds.
Roll on the Savage Orcs Objective Room Monster Table (see
Special Card) to see which minions are in the room with him. If
Munk is defeated in the Objective Room, he is killed
permanently.
Reward
If the Warriors rid the woods of the Savage Orc presence, they
can return to Grossfurre where they are rewarded with
2D6x50 gold each.

WARHAMM ER QUEST – 4 A DUTIFUL UNDERTAKING
4
· A DUTIFUL UNDERTAKING ·
ORIGIN: (AB) FOUNTAIN OF LIGHT #4
OBJECTIVE ROOM: FOUNTAIN OF LIGHT
MONSTER THEME: ANY
It is claimed that an ancient sword holds the secret of the
kingship of one of the small realms of the Border Princes.
When immersed in water of unparalleled purity, it is said that it
reveals the name of the true king of the realm. Unfortunately,
no water save that of the legendary Fountain of Light is pure
enough to cause the sword to reveal the name. The Warriors
must therefore take the sword and journey to the Middle
Mountains to find the fountain. Once there, they can determine
which of the three princes who claim the kingship – Bardin,
Rudin and Gredin – is the rightful heir.
Special Rules
Before the Warriors embark on the Adventure, each player
must secretly choose the prince whom they believe to be the
true king and write his name down on their Adventure Record
sheet.
Nominate one Warrior to carry the sword. This Warrior takes
the Sword of True Kingship Equipment Card. If the Warrior
decides to wield it in combat rather than his own weapon, it
causes 1 extra Wound when it hits.
The Fountain of Light Objective Room
Roll on the Objective Room Monster Table for the Monster-
theme being used to determine what Monsters the fountain
room contains.
Once the Monsters are defeated, the Warriors may put the
sword in the fountain, at which point the name of the true king
is magically engraved in its blade. Roll 1D6:
1-2 Bardin
3-4 Rudin
5-6 Gredin
As the sword is plunged into the waters, revealing the name,
there is an earth-shattering roar and the ceiling of the chamber
begins to collapse inwards.
Each player must roll 1D6 and add his Warrior’s Initiative to
the score. If the total is 7 or more, the Warrior manages to
avoid the falling rubble. If the total is less than 7, the Warrior
takes 3D6 Wounds, modified by Toughness and armour. As the
dust clears, light pours into the chamber revealing a route to
the outside world. The Warriors may now return to crown the
new king!
Warriors that chose the correct prince get 500 gold for
supporting the new monarch and helping him to his rightful
throne. Warriors that chose to support the wrong prince get
1D6 x 30 gold for their part in the Adventure.
WARHAMMER
ORIGIN: LITTLEMONK
OBJECTIVE ROOM: FIGHTING PIT
MONSTER THEME: ANY
The King of Bretonnia has recently fallen ill and the Royal
Healer is missing one ingredient for his healing salve: the
purple petals of the Mousillon Rose.
Normally, no one in their right mind would dare go near
Mousillon for any reason. Although the dukedom of Mousillon
was once a beautiful and thriving land, ever since the death of
the previous Duke it has fallen into a poor, dilapidated and
cursed state. Marshes, bogs and swamps now fill the region
and those that still live there are horribly mutated and
diseased. It is common knowledge that the cursed dukedom is
haunted by Undead who do not revert to normal corpses when
they become uncontrolled, continuing instead to obey their last
order until destroyed in combat.
The Warriors are among many brave heroes that have
volunteered to obtain the petals of the Mousillon Rose which
lies on the other side of the dangerous swamps of Mousillon.
An above ground trek through the swamps has proven by
others to be impossible. The Warriors are privy to a little
known underground tunnel complex beneath the dukedom.
Although it is likely filled with many foul creatures, it gives the
Warriors a fighting chance to reach the hills where the rose
grows.
SETTING UP
Shuffle the Circle of Power in with eleven other Dungeon Cards
to make the Dungeon Deck. Prepare the rest of the deck as
normal; shuffling the Fighting Pit Objective Room in with the
bottom six cards.
Special Rules
The Circle of Power
If the Warriors find the Circle of Power before they reach the
Objective Room, they will find a book on the floor. After
completing any events in the room the Warriors can read the
book which is actually a journal from a very recent, doomed
expedition. It describes in detail the many creatures guarding
the Objective Room. To represent this, the Warriors may add
+1 to their dice roll when rolling on the Objective Room
Monster Table – but remember that a 1 is always a 1!
The
The Fighting Pit Objective Room
When the Monsters enter the Fighting Pit, they must roll on
the Objective Room Monster Table for the Monster-theme
being used. Once they are defeated, the Warriors can leave the
Dungeon through the large wooden door at the far end of the
Fighting Pit.
47
WARHAMMER QUEST – 4 A DUTIFUL UNDERTAKING
Finishing the Adventure
Once they pass through the Fighting Pit door, the Warriors will
emerge onto the hills where the flowers grow. Each Warrior
must collect enough purple petals for the healing salve. This is
a dangerous process which must be done carefully for the
stem of each Mousillon Rose is quite poisonous. Each Warrior
must roll 3D6. If any of the dice come up a ‘1’ it means that
the Warrior has brushed against a poisonous stem while
collecting the petals. For every ‘1’ that was rolled he must
subtract -1 from his Starting Wounds score permanently. If all
three dice come up a 1, the Warrior is instantly killed and
removed from the game. The other players (carefully) take his
collection of petals and continue on with the Adventure.
Once collected, the Warriors must trek back through the
Dungeon the way they came, rolling for Unexpected Events
along the way until they reach the entrance. Once out of the
underground tunnels, the Warriors return to Bretonnia where
they are each rewarded with 2D6x100 gold and a piece of
Objective Room Treasure.
ORIGIN: LITTLEMONK
OBJECTIVE ROOM: ALTAR OF KHORNE
MONSTER THEME: CHAOS KHORNE
A wave of extremely talented minstrels and bards from
Bretonnia has moved into to the Empire, drawing huge crowds
and followers. Their long hair and outlandish clothing are
identified with a youthful and rebellious counter-culture.
Rioting, looting, violence and illegal drugs (such as the Fendrix
Mushroom and Jifterspirit) accompany every musical
performance and advisors to the Emperor suggest that Chaos
might be at work.
Rather than upset the masses with a ban on the extremely
popular musicians (a phenomena which has been dubbed the
“Brettish Invasion”), the Emperor has appointed the Warriors
to investigate the visitors.
The Warriors quickly discover that the four most popular
groups each have links to a Cult of Chaos. The Needles, whose
hits include “Twist and Change” are a sect of Tzeentch. The
Gimme Fendrix Experience, whose popular ballads include
“Purple Daze” are a sect of Slaanesh. Stink Floyd, whose
songs include “I Can Smell That For Miles” are a sect of Nurgle.
And lastly, The Rolling Bones, a sect of Khorne have been
singing the ditty “Empathy For the Devil” in over a dozen
towns and cities across the Empire.
The Emperor selects The Rolling Bones as his first target and
the Warriors are ordered to infiltrate the group’s base of
operations and slay their leaders.
The Rolling Bones are made up of three minstrels: Mick
Jagged, Sheath Rychurds, and Kill Wyman. The group plays in
underground caverns to exclusive audiences. The lyrics contain
subliminal, violent messages that affect the weaker-willed
individuals, eventually luring them into the Cult of Khorne.
SETTING UP
Include the Dungeon Cell and the Guard Room when setting up
the Dungeon Deck. Then shuffle the Hall of Death from the
Catacombs of Terror Adventure Pack into the top six cards of
the Dungeon Deck.
48
The Dungeon Cell
If the Warriors find the Dungeon Cell before reaching the
Objective Room, they will find a devoted fan of the Rolling
Bones. After the Warriors resolve all Events in the room, the
Warriors convince him to show them the way toward the
Objective Room. The Warriors may look at the next 1D3
Dungeon Cards of the Dungeon Deck. If the Dungeon Deck has
been split, the Warriors may look at 1D3 Dungeon Cards from
each deck, rolling a separate dice for each one to see how
many cards are revealed.
The Altar of Khorne Objective Room
When the Warriors enter the Objective Room, roll on the Chaos
Khorne Objective Room Monster Table to determine what
Monsters the room contains.
The Rolling Bones are placed first and will be standing at the
top of the steps on the upper platform (the stage) where they
are belting out a rousing chorus of “Bloody Tuesday.” This
gives every other Monster on the Board +1 Attacks for the
first round of Combat. After the first round, the three Chaos
Champions will dive off of the stage and attack the Warriors
(determine at random). Place them adjacent to their targets,
moving other models if necessary. See the Mick Jagged,
Sheath Rychurds and Kill Wyman Special Cards for their special
rules.
Finishing the Adventure
If the Warriors defeat the Monsters in the Objective Room,
they may have cleared the Dungeon of Monsters. They may
return to the Emperor with the minstrel’s instruments and
weapons; clear proof of their devotion to Khorne, the Lord of
Murder. They are rewarded with 1D6x100 gold each.
ORIGIN: LITTLEMONK
OBJECTIVE ROOM: SORCERER’S FORGE
MONSTER THEME:
THEME: CHAOS DWARFS
A wandering mystic has gone before the King of Bretonnia
and declared that she knows the location of the fabled
Book of Knowledge. Legend states that the magical tome will
reveal the answers to any question one could ask.
The clairvoyant speaks of a hidden entrance to an elaborate
tunnel system in World’s Edge Mountains just south of Peak
Pass. The Book of Knowledge, she claims, is inside a secret
chamber just passed the “Room of Liquid Fire.” With closed
eyes and a shaky hand, the mystic draws a picture on a piece
parchment: the hidesous face of a Chaos Dwarf Sorcerer.
“Beware the wicked one who dwells within!”
The King is only half convinced that the woman’s words are
true. If she is simply mad, it would be a public embarrassment
to the throne, so rather than launch a proper expedition, the
King quietly sends the Warriors to fetch him the fabled book
instead.
SETTING UP
Remove the Circle of Power Dungeon Card for this Adventure.
In all other respects, prepare the Dungeon Deck as normal.

WARHAMM ER QUEST – 4 A DUTIFUL UNDERTAKING
Special Rules
The Sorcerer’s Forge Objective Room
When the Warriors enter the Sorcerer’s Forge, they must roll
once on the Chaos Dwarfs Objective Room Monster Table. If
they have not encountered and defeated Zzuktarr Sundor or
Dafahl the Cruel as Event Cards, then they are here as well.
Once there are no Monsters on the Board, the Warriors may
search the Sorcerer’s Forge for the secret chamber where the
Book of Knowledge lies. In order of Initiative, each Warrior may
spend one turn searching by rolling 2D6. If either of the dice
comes up a 5 or 6, then they have discovered a secret door in
one of the walls. Place a Doorway on any unused wall and
attach the Circle of Power Board Section.
When the Warriors enter the Secret Chamber (Circle of Power),
they will see a golden chest resting inside the center circle of
the room. Draw an Event Card as usual and once the Warriors
resolve it, the chest lid opens magically, offering the heroes its
contents: the Book of Knowledge. The manual is magically
sealed and can only be opened with the proper incantation.
If any of the dice comes up a 1, it indicates that, despite an
extensive search of every inch of the room, the Warriors find
nothing. Their search is over (even if other Warriors had not
yet rolled). The mystic is simply crazy and the Warriors must
return to the King empty-handed.
Finishing the Adventure
If the Warriors do not find the secret chamber (and therefore
the Book of Knowledge), then the party must retrace their
steps out of the Dungeon, rolling for Unexpected Events as
normal.
If the Warriors find the secret chamber and the book, then a
panel opens in the wall at the back of the room and the
Warriors make their way out of the tunnels and back up to the
surface.
Reward
If the Warriors did not find the book, the King is furious and
has the mystic hanged. The Warriors are spared his wrath, are
given 1D6x25 gold in traveling compensation and are sumarrily
dismissed.
If they found the Book the Warriors return hastily to the King
of Bretonnia to deliver the item and receive their reward. The
King eagerly calls upon his mages to unseal the book so he can
read from its pages. Surprisingly, the book has no pages at all!
Inside is simply a mirror. Roll 1D6 on the table below to see the
King’s reaction:
1 The King does not understand the
introspective meaning. He is furious and
refuses to reward the Warriors – they
obviously found the wrong book! They each
receive twenty lashes of the whip for their
incompetence. Each Warrior must deduct -1
from their Starting Wounds score
permanently.
2-6 The King laughs and nods his head. He
understands the contemplative message and
gives the Warriors the highest reward they
could possibly ever receive – the chance to
read from the Book! He then compensates
them 1D6x100 gold each for their heroic
journey and sends them on their way.
WARHAMMER
ORIGIN: (AB) IDOL CHAMBER #6
OBJECTIVE ROOM: IDOL CHAMBER
MONSTER THEME: ANY
One of the long-lost swords of the Elector Counts of the
Empire, missing for centuries, has been found by a band of
warriors in the Worlds Edge Mountains, near the Dwarf Hold of
Mount Grimfang.
Unfortunately, before they could return the blade to safety, all
but one of the warriors was killed. The one warrior who
survived, although tortured and badly mutilated, managed to
escape and get back to the Emperor to tell his story.
The Warriors have been requested to seek out this extremely
important sword and return it.
The Idol Chamber Objective Room
The sword is being kept in the Idol Chamber, clasped in the
hand of the stone idol.
Roll on the chosen Objective Room Monster Table for the
Monster-theme being used to determine what Monsters the
Idol Chamber contains.
Once the Monsters have been defeated, the Warriors may try
and retrieve the sword. Each Warrior may make one attempt
to get the sword each turn. To do so, a Warrior must stand in
one of the squares adjacent to the idol. Roll 1D6 and add the
Warrior’s Strength. If the total is 7 or more, he has succeeded
and wrenches the sword free. If the total is less than 7, the
idol suddenly animates and strikes the Warrior. The attack
automatically hits and does 3D6 Wounds, modified for
Toughness and armour. The idol then becomes immobile once
more. The same Warrior cannot try again until all the Warriors
have attempted the task.
If the Warriors retrieve the sword, they are rewarded with
1D6x50 gold each.
ORIGIN: TUNNELS OF PESTILENCE #6
OBJECTIVE ROOM: VARIOUS
MONSTER THEME: SKAVEN
A messenger on horseback desperately gallops through the
Bretonnian Capital of Couronne. He storms through the streets
nearly knocking over pedestrians in his hurry. Into the great
castle of the King he goes as the citizens fill in the space
behind him wondering what urgent matter is being brought
before their sire. It isn’t long before the Warriors are
summoned before the King himself where they are assigned
an important but dangerous task.
Reports have surfaced that an extremely large band of
Skaven, led by three diabolical ratmen are preparing a
powerful strike against the city. The most powerful and
influential is Skamp the Sickly, an evil Warlock Engineer who is
currently constructing his most terrible device; the
Deathhammer. If completed, the Deathhammer will enable the
Skaven to break through the defences in the southern city of
Carcassonne leaving it vulnerable to a more powerful
secondary attack.
49
WARHAMMER QUEST – 4 A DUTIFUL UNDERTAKING
Festid Filthblade, a powerful Stormvermin Champion with
unmatched fighting prowess will command the Skaven forces
in this first assault. Rance Throatcutter, the deadly Skaven
Assassin, will carry out secret strikes and assassinations
against commanders and leaders with his vicious band of
assassins.
The King designates the Warriors as an independent strike
force against the new Skaven clan. The task is a tall order:
penetrate the Skaven stronghold, locate the whereabouts of
the three leaders, and assassinate them. If possible, the
Warriors are also to find and destroy the Deathhammer Device
before it reaches completion. The King hopes that the
Warriors’ attack will give Bretonnia enough time to mount a
defence against the rest of the Skaven hoardes. If their leaders
are vanquished and if the Deathhammer project can be
disrupted, the Bretonnian forces can sweep in and destroy the
remaining ratmen with very few losses.
A scouting report has discovered that the Skaven leaders are
plotting their attack in a labyrinth of tunnels in the mountains
just north of the Blighted Marshes. With little time to waste,
the Warriors leave Couronne post-haste.
SETTING UP
Do not include the Skamp the Sickly, Festid Filthblade or Rance
Throatcutter Event Cards in this Adventure.
Special Rules
The Objective Rooms
First, put the Fountain of Light, the Fighting Pit, and Quirrik’s
Laboratory Objective Rooms and all 3 T-Junctions off to one
side (6 total cards).
Next, pick seven random Dungeon Cards and shuffle them in
with the Objective Rooms and T-Junctions (13 total cards).
Finally, put 2 more random dungeon cards on top of the deck,
making one large stack of 15 cards (this is a large labyrinth of
tunnels indeed!)
If the Warriors reach the Fighting Pit, they will enter from large
wooden door on the bottom level. When the first two Objective
Rooms are reached, there will most likely be more cards
beyond it so place a doorway on the opposite side of the room
where the Warriors can continue their mission.
When the Warriors enter an Objective Room, consult the chart
below to see which Skaven Leader occupies that room. If the
Monsters are defeated, the Warriors receive a piece of
Dungeon Room Treasure. In addition, the Warriors find a
potion upon the Skaven Leader that was slain. It counts as a
Treasure Item and is distributed as normal. Roll 1D6 to see
which potion it is.
Objective Room Skaven Leader
Fountain of Light Rance Throatcutter
Fighting Pit Festid Filthblade
Skaven Laboratory Skamp the Sickly
D6 Potion Found on Leader
1 Heals 1 Warrior to full Wounds
2-4 Heals 1D6 Wounds (4 doses)
5-6 Heals 2D6 Wounds (4 doses)
In addition to the Skaven Leader, roll once on the
Monster Table to see which minions are also in the
room. See the skaven leader’s Special Card for their
rules.
50
Reward
If the Warriors manage to defeat any of the Skaven Leaders,
they may return to Couronne and receive their reward,
although the city officials will be none too pleased to hear that
the threat of the device has not been removed.
If the Warriors They each receive…
defeated…
1 Skaven Leader 1D6x50 gold.
2 Skaven Leaders 1D6X50 gold & one piece of
Dungeon Room Treasure.
3 Skaven Leaders 1D6X50 gold & one piece of
Dungeon Room Treasure and one
piece of Objective Room
Treasure.
If the Warriors defeat all three leaders, they find and destroy
the Deathhammer Device in a secret room located in the final
Objective Room. In the back of the last Objective Room is a
secret tunnel that leads up and to the surface.
If the Warriors should leave the Dungeon without defeating
any of the Skaven Leaders, they must leave the area
immediately in embarrassment! From now on when they reach
a Settlement, roll 1D6. On a 1, news has quickly spread of their
cowardice and they are not allowed entry. They must proceed
immediately into the next Dungeon! Make a note on your
Adventure Record Sheet.
ORIGIN: CATACOMBS OF TERROR #6
OBJECTIVE ROOM: DREAD KING’S THRONE ROOM
MONSTER THEME: UNDEAD
After an exhausting journey through the mountains, the
Warriors are told by the wizards of the Empire that they must
return to Twisted Spire and the Catacombs of Terror to deal
the death blow to the Dread King before his power
overwhelms the world. Despite all attempts to destroy him,
the Dread King's spirit has returned once more to his ancient
haunts. Rumours abound that he seeks to awaken Nagash
himself once he is restored to power, and this must be
prevented at all costs. After much research, it has been
discovered that the means to achieve this are kept deep in the
Twisted Spire itself – the Dread King cunningly possesses the
only weapons powerful enough to destroy him. The Warriors
must find these weapons before facing the Dread King.
Special Rules
Before playing this Adventure, remove the Dread King Event
Card from the Event deck, and place the special Catacombs
Counters in a cup or mug. Whenever the Warriors finish a
combat, then as well as any treasure and gold they gain, the
leader takes a counter from the cup for every Event Card of
Monsters that was involved in the combat. If he finds the Skull
Counter, then the Warriors have found one of the legendary
Death Dealer swords of Malach the Cruel. These are the only
weapons capable of harming the Dread King.
The leader then places all the counters back in the cup, ready
for the next combat, when the Warriors can try to find another
sword. There will only ever be four swords, and without one a
Warrior will be able to inflict no damage on the Dread King
whatsoever. With a Death Dealer sword, a Warrior may fight
the Dread King as usual, inflicting damage as normal.

WARHAMM ER QUEST – 4 A DUTIFUL UNDERTAKING
Reward
If the Warriors manage to defeat the Dread King, at the end of
the Adventure they are richly rewarded - each Warrior gains
two item of Dungeon Room Treasure. Not only that, but they
have the choice of plundering the Dread King's ancient tomb if
they wish. Any Warrior who wishes to plunder the gold from
the tomb may roll as many dice as he likes, adding up the
totals rolled and multiplying the result by 100, to see how
much gold he has found. If any dice he rolls come up as a 1,
then as the Warrior packs the gold into his bag, he fails to
notice the huge stone blocks sliding into place behind him. He
has triggered the ancient defences, and will be sealed into the
Twisted Spire forever, a rich, yet very dead Warrior. Otherwise,
he may escape with the gold intact. Warriors are not allowed
to use Luck or any other abilities to re-roll this result.
ORIGIN: LITTLEMONK (REALM OF SAVAGES)
OBJECTIVE ROOM: MUNK’S DWELLING
MONSTER THEME: SAVAGE ORCS
T he Emperor’s favorite animal has escaped from the
Imperial Menagerie and the Warriors are selected to bring
it back alive. It has fled deep into the forest. For this
Adventure the animal is (the party leader rolls 1D6):
A Bird. Each Warrior will receive 1D6x50 to
for returning this feathered pet.
A Cat Each Warrior will receive 1D3 Items of
Dungeon Room Treasure if they can reunite
this feline with the Emperor.
A Dog. Each Warrior will receive 1D6x100
gold if they can find this pure-bred canine and
bring it to the Emperor.
A Horse. Each Warrior will receive 2D6x100
gold upon this beautiful stallion’s return.
A Huge Snake. Each Warrior will receive an
item of Objective Room Treasure and
1D6x100 gold if they can bring this exotic
serpent back safely.
A Tiger. Each Warrior will receive an item of
Objective Room Treasure and 2D6x100 gold
upon the safe return of this majestic animal.
This roll cannot be affected by
Luck, Faith or other abilities.
The Warriors track the animal to a hidden Savage Orc
encampment deep in the forest. Unfortunately, the animal has
been captured by the Savage Orcs and been presented to
Munk, the Savage Orc Shaman who leads the tribe. The
Warriors will have to comb through the dangerous
encampment to find and free the animal.
WARHAMMER
SETTING UP
This Adventure uses the special Realm of Savages Board
Sections. These exquisite boards were created by Sebastian
Stuart (www.eastern-empire.com) and have been modified
especially for this scenario.
Additionally, an entire set of Savage Orc Events have been
designed especially for this Adventure as well as Special Cards
for Savage Orc Magic and Minions.
Put the new Dungeon Room Treasure Cards off to the side for
now.
Special Rules
Dungeon Rooms & Unexpected Events
When the Warriors enter an Orc Residence Dungeon Room
draw an Event Card until it reveals Monsters, reshuffling any
‘E’ Events back into the deck. Likewise, if an Unexpected
Event occurs while the Warriors are in the Orc Residence it will
always be Monsters that appear. Follow the same rules for
drawing an Event Card as listed above. Therefore, ‘E’ Events
will only occur on the forest Board Sections.
Doorways
Doorways
Each time a new Forest Path Board Section has been revealed
roll 1D6 on the following table to see how many doorways it
contains:
1-3 The Forest Path is normal.
4-5 The Forest Path has one additional doorway.
6 The Forest Path has two additional doorways.
Place the new doorway(s) on any unused side(s) of the Board
Section, dividing the deck if appropriate.
Note: The extra doorways may only occur on a Forest Path
Board Section and not on the Glade, the Forest Bend or a
Forest Junction Board Section.
Treasure
Whenever the Warriors would receive a Dungeon Room
Treasure for any reason, roll 1D6. On a score of 1-4 they
receive a Dungeon Room Treasure as normal. If the score is a
5 or 6, draw one of the new Treasure Cards that accompany
this Adventure instead.
Munk the Savage Orc Shaman
If the Warriors encounter Munk as an Event, he will be
accompanied by his minions. See the Munk’s Minions & Rules
Special Card to see who they are. Munk will cast one spell at
the beginning of each turn. See the Munk’s Savage Orc Magic
Special Card to see which spell he casts.
Munk’s Dwelling Objective Room
When the Warriors enter Munk’s Dwelling, put the Savage Orc
Shaman on the throne, even if the Warriors had encountered
and defeated him in an Event. Munk had concocted and drunk
a magical potion which enabled him to survive even the most
grievous wounds.
Roll on the Savage Orcs Objective Room Monster Table (see
Special Card) to see which minions are in the room with him. If
Munk is defeated in the Objective Room, he is killed
permanently.
51
WARHAMMER QUEST – 4 A DUTIFUL UNDERTAKING

Finishing the Adventure

When the Warriors clear the Objective Room of Monsters they
find the animal in a cage in the back. The animal’s condition is ORIGIN: LITTLEMONK
as follows (the party leader rolls 1D6): OBJECTIVE ROOM: VAMPIRE’S LAIR
MONSTER THEME: VAMPIRE

Eaten! It seems that the poor animal was the

Savage Orc Shaman’s last meal as there are
only bones left. The Warriors receive nothing
A fter the Warriors receive an urgent letter about a friend in
dire need, they travel post-haste to Stirland where they
meet with the local Witch Hunter’s Guild. Their friend, Witch
from the Emperor although he agrees to Hunter Brunson von Armbruster, an austere but upright
spare their lives. The Warriors decide to leave fellow, once came to the Warriors’ aid when a paranoid mob
before he changes his mind… wanted to burn them at the stake. With a commanding voice
and piercing eyes, the Witch Hunter subdued the angry
Mutilated. The animal has been abused and townsfolk. The grateful Warriors promised him that they would
disfigured by the cruel Savage Orcs and even kindly return the favour should the Witch Hunter ever need
the best healers in the Empire cannot cure it. them.
The Emperor is stricken with grief and then
anger. He vows to remove every Savage Orc
Brunson von Armbruster was last reported chasing a Strigoi
encampment in the Empire. The Warriors do
Vampire into the Zombie Marshes in Sylvannia. Unfortunately,
not escape his wrath either, receiving only
Brunson was torn limb from limb by the creature and the
half (round down) of what was promised.
Witch Hunter’s head is now a commemorative decoration in
Sick. The animal has been severely neglected the Vampire’s Lair. In the brief battle, Brunson inflicted a
and is in poor health. There is no possible way significant wound upon the creature. The Vampire retreated to
that the creature will be able to endure the its coffin where it entered a dormant state to recuperate. It is
journey back. If the Warriors have a Healing in this state that the creature presently exists and the Witch
Potion, they may use it to nurse the animal Hunter’s Guild feels that this is the most opportune time to
back to health and can return to the Emperor slay it. The Warriors are commissioned by the Guild to enter
(see result #5 below). If they do not have a the Zombie Marshes and destroy the Vampire once and for all.
Healing Potion, then see result #2 above. To aid them in their mission, one of the Warriors (determined
randomly) has been given a Blessed Hammer & Stake (see the
Traumatized.
Traumatized. The animal has suffered an Blessed Hammer & Stake Treasure Card).
enormous amount of shock and distress since
being captured by the Savage Orcs. It will The Warriors quickly journey to a swampland graveyard in the
take a few months for the animal to return to Zombie Marshes where they stand before the opening of an
its normal demeanor. The impatient Emperor underground crypt.
is none too pleased. He docks the Warriors
one-third of what was promised to them
(rounded down). If the Warriors were to
receive both treasure and gold, the Emperor
withholds the treasure and gives them only
the gold instead, although it is the maximum
amount possible.
Well. The animal is in good health and the
Warriors have no trouble bringing it back to
the Emperor. He rewards the Warriors as
promised and bestows upon each of them the
title of Imperial Menagerie Defender. From
now on, if the rules ever state that the
Warrior is thrown out of a Settlement, the
Warrior may announce their title by rolling
1D6 (the player must actually say, “I am
[Warrior’s name], Imperial Menagerie
Defender!”). If the result is a 6, then the
authorities reconsider and allow them to stay
instead.
Thriving!
Thriving! The animal is in perfect condition! In
fact, the whole ordeal seems to have done
the creature some good as the animal is
healthy, more vibrant and has a better
temperament than when the Emperor saw it
last! His majesty is so elated that he gives SETTING UP
each Warrior an extra item of Objective Room Mix the Vampire Counters in a cup and put them off to the
Treasure! side for now. Put the Enchanted Garlic Treasure Card off to the
side for now. Whenever the Warriors are instructed to receive
This roll cannot be affected by Luck, Faith or other a Dungeon Room Treasure, roll 1D6. If the result is a 5 or 6,
abilities. the treasure they receive is the Enchanted Garlic.

The Vampire’s Lair Objective Room

When the Warriors find the Vampire’s Lair, make one roll on
the Vampire Objective Room Monster Table to see who guards
the Library. The Strigoi is inside the Hidden Resting Chamber
healing from his battle with Brunson von Ambruster. Place the
model on its side on top of the coffin.

52

WARHAMM ER QUEST – 4 A DUTIFUL UNDERTAKING
The Vampire Counters
When the Warriors enter the Vampire’s Lair, and after
Monsters have been placed, draw a Vampire Counter at
random. The number on the counter represents how many
turns (not including this one) that the Warriors have to slay the
sleeping Strigoi before he wakes.
Slaying the Strigoi Vampire
If there are no Monsters on the Board, and if the Vampire is
sleeping, the Warrior carrying the Blessed Hammer & Stake
may attempt to pound it into the Strigoi’s heart. He does this
by standing in a space adjacent to the coffin and doing nothing
else that turn. The Warrior must roll 1D6 as stated on the card,
but is successful on a score of 2 or more.
If the Strigoi awakens from its deep slumber, it attacks the
nearest Warrior (see the Wounded Strigoi Vampire Special
Card). The Warrior carrying the Blessed Hammer & Stake can
use it as listed on the card during the Combat. But if the
Warriors knock the Vampire to 0 Wounds, lay the model on its
side to indicate that it is unconscious. Put all the Vampire
Counters back and redraw another at random. Once again this
is the number of turns the Vampire will stay unconscious. The
Warrior carrying the Blessed Hammer & Stake can attempt to
slay the Vampire as listed above during this time.
If the Warrior rolls a 1 when trying to kill the Strigoi while he is
sleeping or unconscious, or if the Vampire wakes a second
time, then the Strigoi escapes in a puff of black smoke. The
Warriors have failed in their mission to kill the Vampire…
Reward
When they avenged the death of their old ally, Brunson
Armbruster by slaying the Wounded Strigoi Vampire, the
Warriors return to the Witch Hunter’s Guild where they are
rewarded with 1D6x100 gold each.
If they return unsuccessful, the Warriors receive nothing, and
must return the Blessed Hammer (discard it).
WARHAMMER
ORIGIN: LITTLEMONK
OBJECTIVE ROOM: VAMPIRE’S LAIR
MONSTER THEME: VAMPIRE
There are tales of creatures that roam the land as half-man
and half-wolf, cursed by witches or gypsies as retribution for
misdeeds against them. Lupines, or Werewolves, lie
somewhere between living and dead with an insatiable hunger
for fleash for blood.
In a previous adventure, the Warriors unwittingly freed such a
creature that was bound by an Elven spell. The Werewolf, now
free to roam, has gone on a bloody killing spree and the
Warriors know that it is their fault. They feel obligated to stop
the creature before it kills again. The task will not be easy
since the Werewolf has fled high into the Grey Mountains to
the fortress-monastery known as the Blood Keep. It knows
that it is being pursued and it flees instinctively to the dark
energy of the ruins.
Hundreds of years ago the Blood Keep was home to the most
noble of the Knightly Orders of the Empire. How unfathomable
it was when a vampiric curse infected the keep and turned the
knights against those who they vowed to protect. The
Vampires were eventually destroyed after an epic battle but
the crypts below the Keep are rumoured to still be the resting
place for many fallen warriors from both sides. It is said that
some of the Vampire knights may have even survived the
conflict and still make the Blood Keep their home.
SETTING UP
Shuffle the Large Wolf Event Card into the Event Deck.
Mix the Vampire Counters in a cup and put them off to the
side for now.
Special Rules
Large
Large Wolf
Fortunately for the Warriors, when they encounter the
Werewolf, it will be in wolf form, which will give them a chance
to defeat the terrible creature. If the Warriors encounter the
Large Wolf as an Event, draw another Event Card until it
reveals Monsters. They attack together with the Werewolf.
The Stalking Vampire
Residing inside the Blood Keep crypts is a Blood Dragon
Vampire. As the Warriors track the Werewolf through the
crypts, the Vampire follows them, watching in amusement.
The Vampire will not reveal himself to the Warriors as he feels
that they are not worthyfoes of such an encounter although
there are times where he cannot resist drinking their blood.
Whenver the Warriors enter a Dungeon Room for the first time
or roll a ‘1’ in the Power Phase, they draw an Event Card as
normal. In addition, starting with the party leader and following
in order of Initiative, each Warrior must draw a Vampire
Counter.
If the Vampire Counter the Warrior picks is the same number
as the Power Phase roll, it means that the Blood Dragon
Vampire lunges out of the shadows and bites the Warrior
before quickly disappearing. The Warrior is immediately
drained of 1D6 Wounds with no modifiers for anything. If the
Damage reduces him to 0 Wounds, the Warrior must deduct 1
point from his Strength permanently. If his Strength should
ever reach 0, the Warrior is dead and cannot be resurrected by
any means. He is removed from the game.
53
WARHAMMER QUEST – 4 A DUTIFUL UNDERTAKING
When the Warriors encounter the Large Wolf, whether as an
Event or in the Objective Room, the Warriors must pick a
Counter EVERY turn until the Large Wolf is dead, after which
the Vampire issues a stern warning: leave immediately or
perish!
The Warriors must retrace their steps out of the Dungeon,
rolling for Unexpected Events as usual although the Vampire
will no longer attack them if they draw an Event Card.
The Vampire’s Lair Objective Room
If the Warriors have not found the Large Wolf by the time they
reach the Objective Room, the beast is there. Roll on the
Vampire Objective Room Monster Table to determine what
other Monsters accompany it.
Lycanthropy
If the Large Wolf caused damage to a Warrior during combat,
that Warrior must roll 1D6 at the end of the Adventure. If the
score is a 1, the Warrior has been infected with lycanthropy
and irreversibly transforms into a Werewolf. They attack any
townsfolk in the vicinity and then dart off into the nearest
forest with Witch Hunters in pursuit. The Warrior is removed
from the game.
Reward
There is really no reward for this Adventure seeing as it was
the Warriors who let the Werewolf escape in the first place.
However, if the Warriors found the Hidden Resting Chamber,
then the Witch Hunter’s Guild and the Cult of Sigmar are both
very interested and concerned to learn of a Vampire presence
at the Blood Keep. They pay each Warrior 1D6x25 gold for the
information.
ORIGIN: LITTLEMONK
OBJECTIVE ROOM: THE DEN OF DESIRES
MONSTER THEME: CHAOS SLAANESH
I n Altdorf, one of the Warriors (determined randomly)
reunites with an old friend from Magritta who has become a
rich merchant. The successful trader travelled to Altdorf to
purchase a very beautiful and expensive sceptre. A week into
his journey back to Magritta, the sceptre mysteriously
vanished from inside a secure strongbox. With the locked box
having never left his sight and with no signs of tampering, the
merchant is completely perplexed as to how the item was
taken. He has returned to Altodorf but the seller of the sceptre
has also vanished without a trace. The merchant has asked
the Warriors to recover the item for him.
The Warriors immediately suspect that dark magics are at
play. Their extensive inquiry into the theft leads them to a
wealthy estate and reveals that the owner, Elixa Abasheena, is
not only responsible for the theft but is also the leader of a cult
of Slaanesh. Vain and self-admiring, Elixa was gifted the
sceptre by the Lord of Pleasure. With this weapon she is
beautiful and alluring. Without it she soon becomes old and
haggard. Elixa’s Sceptre can never be lost and materilises into
her hand at will.
Elixa uses the power of the sceptre as a means of revenue.
She sends a servant to sell the item to a wealthy, travelling
merchant outside of Altdorf. When the merchant returns to his
town or city, he discovers that the sceptre is gone. Suspecting
thieves, the merchant has no recourse to retrieve the item
Unknown to all, the sceptre has reappeared in Elixa’s hand.
(See the Elixa Abasheena Special Card for her special rules).
54
Special Rules
The Den of Desires Objective Room
In addition to rolling on the Chaos Slaanesh Objective Room
Monster Table to see who guards the room, Elixa Abasheena
will be present and attack one of the Warriors (determined
randomly).
Finishing the Adventure
If the Warriors defeat all of the Monsters in the Objective
Room, they may take Elixa’s Sceptre. Without the life force of
the Chaos Champion to connect with, the power of the sceptre
is no more, although its beauty and value remain.
The Warriors discover a staircase behind a secret door that
leads up to the city of Altdorf. The Warriors return to their old
friend from Magritta where he rewards each of them with
1D6x100 gold.
ORIGIN: LAIR OF THE ORC LORD #4
OBJECTIVE ROOM: GORGUT’S LAIR
MONSTER THEME: ORCS & GOBLINS
T he king of Bretonnia claims that his knights have finally rid
the Grey Mountains of Orcs and Goblins once and for all.
His people may now pass safely through the mountains
without fear. A banquet is held to celebrate this great day,
marred only by the arrival of a deputation from the
surrounding villages saying that there seem to be more Orcs
than ever!
The king of course has the villagers whipped soundly and sent
away, but just in case there is some truth in the preposterous
story he sends the Warriors off to scout around and find out
what's going on.
In fact, the truth is that a new Warboss called Gorgut had
decided to move his tribe, the Black Fangs, from their home
near Mount Gunbad. One night he took all his followers and
some friendly Night Goblins and went in search of a new lair.
After many months of travelling, always by night, they found
their new home. Unfortunately Skabnoze, the Shaman who
guided them, had a very poor sense of direction. Instead of
finding a nice quiet cave complex to the south, say near the
Broken Teeth, he headed west, then north and ended up in the
Grey Mountains!
The Warriors are walking into very dangerous territory, but
they have to follow the orders of the king!
SETTING UP
To set the Dungeon Deck for this Adventure, follow the
procedure on page 5 of the Lair of the Orc Lord rulebook. The
Warriors will not know where the Shaman's Den or Gorgut's
Lair are.
When the Warriors leave the first Board Section the portcullis
drops in the doorway. The Warriors cannot get out of the Orcs'
lair without the key! The key can be found in the Shaman's
Den. If the Warriors find Gorgut's Lair before they find the
Shaman's Den, place a door at the back of the Lair. The
Warriors must continue with the remaining Board Sections
once they have finished in Gorgut's Lair.

WARHAMM ER QUEST – 4 A DUTIFUL UNDERTAKING
Special
Special Rules
The Shaman's Den
Draw an Event Card for the Shaman's Den as normal. Once all
the Monsters are dead the key for the portcullis will be found
under one of the stools.
Gorgut’s Lair Objective Room
Roll on the Orcs & Goblins Objective Room Monster Table. By
the time the Warriors reach Gorgut's Lair they will have
realised that there are both Goblins and Orcs here.
After killing all the Monsters in the lair they will have plenty of
proof to take back to the king for their reward, but they
cannot leave the lair unless they have found the key to the
portcullis!
To claim their reward they journey to Couronne to see the king
once more. Upon presenting their evidence, the king makes his
judgement. Roll a dice and consult the table below.
1 The proof is ignored and the Warriors are
ridiculed as mendacious simpletons. They are
paid nothing, and sent packing.
2-3 The king and his court refuse to believe that
there could be any more Orcs and Goblins this
far west. However, the Warriors told a jolly
tale, and are paid 1D6 x 30 gold each just to go
away.
4-5 The king's advisors see the truth in the
Warriors' words and evidence. The Warriors are
paid 1D6+6x50 gold each as a reward for their
heroic quest, and knights are once more
dispatched to wipe the Orcs from the Grey
Mountains.
6 The king deems the Warriors conquering
heroes for finding the Monsters and defeating
them. They are made honorary knights of the
realm, with the right to wear the king's colours.
They are also each given an item of treasure
from the king's treasure chamber. Each
Warrior gets an item of Dungeon Room
Treasure.
ORIGIN: (AB) FIGHTING PIT #4
OBJECTIVE ROOM: FIGHTING PIT
MONSTER THEME: CHAOS KHORNE
T he Warriors must repay a debt that they incurred in an
earlier adventure. The Wizard Vestigkalass rescued them
from certain death in the dungeons below Crookback Mountain
some months ago, in exchange for 10 years of their memories,
which he has stored in a cursed mirror.
The only way the Warriors can regain those memories is to pay
him 2,000 gold per Battle-level, or kill the pets of his arch rival,
the evil Sorcerer Grachnach. The only problems for the
Warriors are that they don’t have the gold with which to pay
the ransom, and that Grachnach’s ‘pets’ are two blood-crazed
Minotaurs...
Grachnach lives in a carefully concealed labyrinth close to Mad
Dog Pass, and is away on some evil errand at the moment.
Now is the time for the Warriors to strike!
WARHAMMER
Special Rules
The Warriors’ main objective is to enter the dungeon and kill
Grachnach’s Minotaurs, who are kept chained up in the
fighting pit. Of course, if they find treasure totaling over 2.000
gold per Battle-level between them en route, they may leave
immediately and pay the ransom instead.
To complicate matters, while the Warriors are in the Dungeon
there is a chance that Grachnach will catch them. Every time
an Unexpected Event that reveals Monsters occurs, roll 1D6. If
you score a 1 or 2, Grachnach has returned!
Grachnach has been scouring the mountains for Monsters to
join his warband, and has returned with his new followers. He
will not fight the Warriors himself, preferring to send his
servants to crush them while he waits a safe distance away.
Roll on the Chaos Khorne Objective Room Monster Table to
determine what Grachnach has recruited. Place them on the
Board along with the Monsters generated by the Unexpected
Event. This event only happens once, as Grachnach can only
return once!
Of course, even if the Warriors beat off this attack they must
still complete the Adventure, unless they have 2.000 gold to
pay Vestigkalass.
The Fighting Pit Objective Room
When the Warriors reach the Objective Room, do not roll to see
what lies within, as the following rules apply.
When the Warriors enter the Objective Room, place the two
Minotaurs in any squares in the pit. The Minotaurs will not
climb out of the pit unless attacked by a Warrior with missile
weapons or magic. The Minotaurs will attack in the Monsters’
Phase as normal.
Once the Minotaurs are defeated, the Warriors may escape
through the trapdoor at the bottom of the fighting pit. On their
return Vestigkalass gives them their memories back, as
promised. The only problem is, he isn’t sure whose memories
are whose. Each player should take a Warrior Counter to see
which l0-year chunk of memories his Warrior regains.
Eventually Vestigkalass sorts it all out, but any Warrior who
did not draw their own counter is -1 Willpower for the next
Adventure!
ORIGIN: LITTLEMONK
OBJECTIVE ROOM: GOBLIN KING’S CAVE
MONSTER THEME: GOBLINS
A s the Warriors travel through the province of Hochland,
they discover that a Goblin King has been extorting the
village of Koerin at the base of the Middle Mountains. When
the payment is missed, the Goblins steal food, destroy homes
and kidnap inhabitants in retaliation. The payment demanded
each month has been increasing and the villagers are finding it
more and more difficult to comply. The Elector Count tried on
various occasions to send military aid, but the cunning Goblins
retreated into the mountain tunnels until the soldiers departed.
The Goblin King’s payment is due again but the village has
nothing left to pay with. The angry Warriors have volunteered
to end the extortion from the Goblin King once and for all.
The Warriors arrive at the entrance to a mountain cave under
the guise of delivering the payment and slay the surprised
guards before venturing within.
55
WARHAMMER QUEST – 4 A DUTIFUL UNDERTAKING
Special Rules
Finishing the Adventure
Once the Warriors defeat all of the Monsters in the Objective
Room, the Warriors find a hoard of gold that the Goblin King
had been collecting from the village of Koerin. The village pays
the Warriors 4D6x50 gold which they share evenly amongst
themselves.
ORIGIN: TUNNELS OF PESTILENCE #3
OBJECTIVE ROOM: QUIRRIK’S LABORATORY
MONSTER THEME: SKAVEN
The King of Bretonnia has been unable to sleep through the
night for the past two weeks. He has had recurring dreams in
which ratmen plan to swarm the capital from an underground
headquarters somewhere near the city. The King’s dream
shows vivid images of this Skaven base; a complex maze of
tunnels where, deep inside, a Skaven Engineer toys with a
strange machine as well as an ancient Elven necklace of great
power. The dream has concluded with the Skaven tunnels
being heroically overrun by a small band of Warriors just before
the leader completes his wild experiment.
The King awakens each night in a cold sweat. The longer the
dreams continue the more fearful and unnerved he becomes.
The King is convinced that the dreams are a prophecy of
things to come and that he will not be able to get a night’s rest
until the vision is realised.
He decrees that whoever finds this Skaven base and retrieves
the necklace will be awarded with gold and land as well as an
honorary title.
The Warriors have come to Bretonnia, as have others, with
hopes of fulfilling the prophecy as they are certain that it is
they who are in the King’s dream. While other groups of
adventurers have made their way to the nearby mountains,
the Warriors believe the Skaven tunnels in the dream are
actually the ruins of the ancient Elven palace that sit directly
below the King’s castle! With his permission, they will venture
below the great fortress to satisfy their destiny!
The dream is indeed a prophecy of things to come and the
Warriors are correct: a Skaven Engineer, Skamp the Sickly, and
his clan have accidentally tunneled into the ancient Elven
palace below the King’s castle. Although currently oblivious to
this fact, it is only a matter of time before the vermin figure it
out and wreck havoc throughout the King’s castle and all of
Couronne.
To make matters worse Skamp has found, by sheer luck, a
magical necklace inside the sarcophagus of a great Elven hero.
Skamp wears the necklace because it makes him feel
important and because the Skaven under his command are
impressed by it. Little does he know that it has a powerful
magical aura.
Skamp has completed his Warpfire Generator although it
doesn’t always seem to work correctly. When he wears the
necklace and stands far away from the Warpfire Generator it
works properly. If Skamp and the necklace move too close, the
Generator seems to build up a dangerous overload. Skamp is
becoming frustrated trying to figure out why his Generator
does not always function properly.
SETTING UP
Make sure to include the Sewer and the Collapsed Passage
Board Sections when preparing the Dungeon Deck.
56
Special Rules
Skamp the Sickly, Festid Filthblade and Rance
Throatcutter
If the Warriors encounter any of the Skaven villains as an
Event (see their Event Cards), they are merely unconscious
and scurry away after the battle to lick their wounds and eat
warpstone to regain their health. They may appear again in the
Objective Room (see rules below).
Quirrik’s Laboratory Objective Room
If the Warriors reach Quirrik’s Laboratory Objective Room they
roll on the Skaven Objective Room Monster Table. If they have
not been encountered as an Event, Skamp, Festid and Rance
will all be present. If the Warriors met them as an Event and
“killed” them, then roll1D6 for each such Skaven villain. If the
score is a 4 or less, the Skaven villain did not die in their
previous meeting and has returned to battle the Warriors once
again! Do not roll for Skamp – he will always be present in the
Objective Room.
Reward
If the Warriors defeat Skamp (see Skamp the Sickly Special
Card for his rules) and bring back the necklace the King
rewards them each with 2D6x100 gold pieces and a small
portion of land in Couronne. Each of them is bestowed an
honorary title (posthumously if appropriate) by separately
rolling on the tables below:
D6 First roll Second roll
1 Subordinate of… …the People.
2 Consultant of… …Dreams.
3 Supporter of… …Couronne.
4 Emissary of… …the Realm.
5 Protector of… …the Royal Family.
6 Champion of… …the King.
ORIGIN: LAIR OF THE ORC LORD #2
OBJECTIVE ROOM: GORGUT’S LAIR
MONSTER THEME: ORCS & GOBLINS
A s the Warriors are returning from a dungeon adventure
near Mount Gunbad they are forced to take shelter in a
cave during a terrible storm. The cave walls are etched with
strange, vaguely familiar symbols and there are signs that a
fire has been lit here before. The next morning the storm
subsides and the Warriors prepare to continue their journey. A
noise of metal on stone alerts them that they have company,
but nothing has prepared them for look of anger on the faces
of the Dwarfs now surrounding them.
Apparently the cave is a sacred site and the Warriors have
defiled it. The Dwarfs are very angry indeed, but there is a
possible way for the Warriors to atone for this terrible
sacrilege. The Dwarfs know that an Orc lair near Mount
Gunbad is the resting place not only of a sacred amulet said to
have belonged to Azhag the Slaughterer, but also the actual
skull of the Warlord himself. To atone for defiling the Dwarfs'
territory, the Warriors must enter the lair and bring back both
the amulet and Azhag's skull.
Special Rules
To play this Adventure, you will need to prepare the Dungeon
Deck slightly differently from normal. You will need 10
Dungeon Cards, plus the Collapsed Passage, Shaman's Den and
Gorgut's Lair cards from the Lair of the Orc Lord.

WARHAMM ER QUEST – 4 A DUTIFUL UNDERTAKING
Put the Gorgut's Lair Objective Room card and the Shaman's
Den Dungeon Room card to one side, and shuffle the
remaining 11 cards. Deal out six cards face-down, then shuffle
in the Gorgut's Lair card. Shuffle the Shaman's Den in with the
remaining cards, and put these six cards on top of the other
seven cards. This completes the Dungeon Deck for this
Adventure (phew!).
The Warriors must get the amulet from the Shaman's Den and
the skull from Gorgut's Lair.
The Shaman’s Den
Take an Event Card for this room as normal, but also include
Skabnoze in the room. Once Skabnoze has been sent packing
and the other Monsters have been killed, the Warriors may
pick up Azhag's amulet which is on the keg on the platform in
the Den.
Gorgut's Lair Objective Room
Roll on the Orcs & Goblins Objective Room Monster Table to
see what Monsters the Warriors encounter in Gorgut's Lair.
Once all the Monsters in the Lair are dead the Warriors may
attempt to retrieve the skull, which is set in a niche in the wall.
This niche is concealed in the corner of the room, above a pile
of bones and skulls.
The skull of Azhag has been magically protected by Skabnoze.
Any turn that there are no Monsters in the Lair draw a Warrior
counter to see who tries to take the skull. This Warrior must
roll 1D6 + his Initiative and score 7 + (remember that a 1
always fails). If the Warrior fails, a sheet of flame shoots out
from the eyes of the skull causing 2D6 Wounds on the Warrior.
Each turn continues as normal until a Warrior successfully
picks up the skull.
Once the Warriors get the skull the warding spell is broken and
in the niche they will also find a lever for opening a secret
passage to the surface. The Warriors can then take the skull
back to Karaz-a-Karak where the Dwarfs will judge that they
have atoned for their wrong doing and reward them with a an
item of Dungeon Room Treasure each.
ORIGIN: HALL OF THE HAG QUEEN #5
OBJECTIVE ROOM: FIGHTING PIT & TEMPLE OF KHAINE
MONSTER THEME: DARK ELVES
The Bretonnian King’s nephew was among the latest victims
taken away in a Black Ark raid on the coast of Brionne. The
King has demanded that the Warriors rescue his nephew!
Although there is no conceivable way to penetrate the magical
barrier that surrounds the Black Ark as it sails back to
Naggaroth, the King has a heroic plan. Unfortunately, the
details of the rescue reveal a quite absurd and ill-conceived
scheme concocted by the King’s desperate advisors: After the
royal Enchantress renders the Warriors’ weapons invisible by
way of magic spell, the Warriors will allow themselves to be
captured by a Dark Elf raiding party. Once inside and the
invisibility spell wears off, they will be able to locate the royal
nephew and lead him safely back to Bretonnia. The only real
choice the Warriors have is whether to die at the hands of a
misguided King or murderous Dark Elves! After careful thought
the Warriors opt for the more heroic option...
The reluctant Warriors are escorted to a volatile coastal area
where they make camp. As expected they are captured by a
Dark Elf raiding party, taken deep into the heart of a Black
Ark’s caverns and finally into a holding cell. The Warriors
WARHAMMER
grimly realise that their best chance at locating the royal
nephew and actually surviving this entire ordeal would be to
initiate a slave revolt.
SETTING UP
Prepare the Dungeon Deck as normal with one exception:
shuffle the Fighting Pit Objective Room into the top seven
cards and the Temple of Khaine Objective Room into the
bottom four cards to form a total of 13 cards for the Dungeon
Deck.
Demona Ryme, Beastmaster
Put the Demona Ryme Beastmaster Event Card aside for now.
Special Rules
Beginning the Adventure
The first Board Section is the Warriors’ dungeon cell where the
invisibility spell wears off. Draw an Event Card until it revelas
Monsters, reshuffling any ‘E’ Event Cards back into the deck.
The Warriors receive the equivalent of an Ambush Attack on
their astonished captors (i.e. take an extra Warriors’ Phase in
the first round of Combat). If the Warriors defeat their captors
they receive an item of Dungeon Room Treasure as normal.
There is only one exit in this room.
The Fighting Pit Objective Room
When the Warriors enter the Fighting Pit Objective Room they
will be attacked by Beastmaster Ryme, Julong the Wardog, 1
Ogre (slave), 1D6+3 Hobgoblins (slaves), and 1D6 Dark Elves
w/Crossbows (Strength 4). If Demona Ryme is killed before the
Ogre, then the Ogre receives the Break Ability.
If the Warriors manage to clear the Fighting Pit of Monsters,
the Warriors can attempt to break down the huge wooden
door (Toughness 3, Wounds 7) and free the captives inside
who rush out in droves. The royal nephew is not among them
and has been taken to the Temple of Khaine where he will be
sacrificed.
The Temple of Khaine Objective Room
When the Warriors discover the Temple of Khaine Objective
Room in the Exploration Phase, roll 2D6. This is how many
turns they have to kill the Hag Queen before she finishes her
ritual by plunging a wicked-looking dagger into the royal
nephew.
Finishing the Adventure
Once the Warriors clear the Objective Room, they find a
passage out of the Black Ark that leads to the outside world.
They leap into the ocean where they are soon rescued by a
passing ship. If they have saved the royal nephew they can
return to the King of Bretonnia and roll 1D6 on the following
table:
1-4 The King is shocked that the Warriors actually
completed the mission since it was he that had
arranged for the nephew’s disappearance in
the first place! He concocted the impossible
scheme to avert any suspicion upon himself. He
grudgingly rewards the Warriors with 1D6x100
gold each for their incredible rescue.
5-6 The King is elated and knew that his rescue
plan would succeed! He rewards each Warrior
with 1D6x100 gold and an item of Objective
Room Treasure!
57
WARHAMMER QUEST – 4 A DUTIFUL UNDERTAKING

If they were unsuccessful in saving the royal nephew, the

Warriors decide a long sabbatical is in order, away from vicious
monsters, dangerous dungeons and irrational rulers with
guillotines…

ORIGIN: LITTLEMONK
OBJECTIVE ROOM: GORGON’S GROTTO
MONSTER THEME: CHAOS KHORNE / SKAVEN

As the Warriors walk the streets of Bastonne, they are

intrigued by a minstrel’s song that highlights the remarkable
history of the Dukedom. Standing before a life-size statue of a
Grail Knight in the center of town, the minstrel sings of the
many deeds of the hero Jaquet Dampierre. The ballad ends
with Dampierre’s mysterious disappearance, and presumed
death, forty years ago in the Black Chasm south of Bastonne.

Just as soon as the minstrel’s song ends, the statue of the

Grail Knight begins to suddenly change. To the amazement and
horror of the crowd, the statue of Jaquet Dampierre suddenly
comes to life! The hero almost immediately collapses feebly to
the floor and the Warriors rush over to offer assistance. The
Warriors carry him into the local infirmary where he retells the
tale of Volga, a monstrous Gorgon who turned him to stone
decades ago.

In an act of cruelty and disdain, the Gorgon sent Dampierre (in

stone form) back to his hometown. The inhabitants were
unaware that it was actually Dampierre and placed the staute
in the town square in remembrance of the great hero.

Spending forty years as a statue has left the Grail Knight

permanently weak. As he will never be able to swing a sword
again, he asks the Warriors to seek out the Gorgon and
restore his honour by killing her.
Dampierre’s return to flesh form indicates that the Gorgon has
begun to weaken. The power of her gaze is beginning to wear
off, thus giving the Warriors a real chance at defeating her. In
addition, the town Wizard gives the Warriors a magic scroll to
aid them in their dangerous expedition.
SETTING UP
The Warriors begin the game with the Flesh Scroll Treasure
Card. Decide which Warrior is going to carry the scroll and they
should make a note on their Adventure Record Sheet.
(Note:
Note: if the Warrior carrying the scroll dies, then the scroll is
lost forever.)
Shuffle the Chasm of Despair, the Water Cave, the Crystal
Cave and the Bottomless Pit with 8 other Dungeon Cards to
create the Dungeon Deck.
Shuffle the Spiral Staircase Dungeon Card into the top half of
the Dungeon Deck. Shuffle the Gorgon’s Grotto Objective
Room card into the bottom half of the Dungeon Deck.
Special Rules
The Spiral Staircase
The Black Chasm is rife with creatures of the Blood God as
well as Skaven. In this Adventure, Skaven occupy the upper
level of the Black Chasm. When instructed to draw an Event
Card the Warriors should draw from the Skaven Event Deck.
When the Warriors find the Spiral Staircase, they may descend
into the lower level of Black Chasm. In this case, when they
are instructred to draw an Event Card, the Warriors should
draw from the Chaos Khorne Event Deck instead.
The Crystal Cave
The first time the Warriors enter the Crystal Cave Board
Section, in addition to the normal rules for that Board Section,
all of the Wizard’s Power Tokens that have been used in the
Adventure so far are restored to their original quota.
The Gorgon’s Grotto Objective Room
Volga will be present when the Warriors enter the Gorgon’s
Grotto Objective Room (see Volga the Gorgon Special Card).
She is placed liked a missile troop, in the far upper right
squares. The Warriors must then roll on the Chaos Khorne
Objective Room Monster Table to see what creatures are
guarding her.

Finishing the Adventure

When the Warriors defeat Volga the Gorgon and clear the
Board of Monsters, they discover a secret passage that leads
out of the Dungeon. They can return to Bastonne and Grail
Knight Jaquet Dampierre who rewards each of them with
items from his previous exploits: a Dungeon Room Treasure
and an Objective Room Treasure!

58
 WARHAMMER
WARHAMM ER QUEST – 5 A TERRIBLE TRIAL

5
· A TERRIBLE TRIAL ·
ORIGIN: CATACOMBS OF TERROR #5 ORIGIN: LITTLEMONK
OBJECTIVE ROOM: DREAD KING’S THRONE ROOM OBJECTIVE ROOM: VAMPIRE’S LAIR
MONSTER THEME: UNDEAD MONSTER THEME: VARIOUS

T he Warriors are travelling back from an adventure in Spine

Mountain Keep. One night, as they sleep fitfully in the
mountains, they are set upon by a large Undead horde.
Outnumbered and surprised, the Warriors have no chance, and
are knocked unconscious. They awake to find themselves in a
dank cell, chained up beside another prisoner. The prisoner
tells them he has a way to escape, but they will have to leave
through the throne room of the Dread King himself. The next
day he is taken from the cell and led to the sacrificial altar of
the Dread King.
It seems that the blood of mortals is being used to free the
Dread King from the realm of death, and even now he is close
to overcoming the magic which holds him prisoner in his dark
halls far away in the Lands of the Dead. The Necromancer
Gunther Laranscheld and many of his minions are scouring the
area for more victims.
The Warriors manage to break free of their bonds and regain
their equipment from the Zombie guards. They must hurry to
reach the throne room before the Dread King appears. If they
dawdle, however...
Special Rules
Generate the Dungeon as usual, the Warriors start just outside
their cell. This Adventure uses the special Catacombs
Counters. Take all six counters and put them in a mug or other
opaque container, just like the Warrior Counters.
Every time an Unexpected Event occurs, as well as drawing
the next Event Card, take one of the Catacombs Counters and
place it, without looking, to one side. Place the Catacombs
Counters red face down next to the board.
B attle lesions from a previous adventure reopen upon each
of the Warriors’ bodies and no healer can seem to
understand why it is happening. If they can’t find someone to
mend the bizarre wounds, the Warriors will surely die.
An old, wise healer in the Settlement knows of only one person
who has ever cured such a condition: the Warlock of Mousillon.
The Warriors make haste to the cursed dukedom and the
Warlock’s tower. Regrettably they find that in order to meet
with him they must traverse through the rooms in his tower
which are full of traps, guardians and surprises – for only the
most courageous, crafty and brave heroes can meet with him
face to face…
SETTING UP
This Adventure uses the Pits & Traps Expansion Pack and the
Vampire’s Lair as the Warlock’s Study Objective Room. All the
normal rules for these Board Sections apply. Randomly include
4 of the 6 Dungeon Rooms when preparing the Dungeon Deck.
As usual, the Objective Room should be shuffled in with the
bottom 6 cards.
The Dungeon Deck
This Adventure requires a variety of Monster types. You can
combine your Dungeon Decks (although if you’ve been using
all of the new Event Decks from Littlemonk, that might be
quite a large deck of cards to shuffle!). Alternatively, you can
use multiple Monster-themed decks. Each time you are
required to draw an Event Card, roll D66 on the table below to
decide which deck to draw from:

The Dread King’s Throne Room Objective Room

When the Warriors enter the Dread King's Throne take all the MONSTER GENERATION TABLE
Catacombs Counters that have been selected and turn them
over. If any of them is the Skull Counter the Warriors are too D66 Event Deck
late - Van Damneg has awoken!
11 Chaos Carnival
If the Skull Counter has not been picked take the next two 12 Haunted
Event Cards to see what is in the Dread King's Throne Room. If 13-16 Chaos Dwarfs
the Skull has been picked then roll on the Undead Objective
Room Monsters Table as normal. 21-22 Chaos Khorne
23-24 Chaos Nurgle
Finishing the Adventure 25 Chaos Slaanesh
If the Warriors manage to kill all the Monsters in the Dread 26 Chaos Tzeentch
King's Throne Room they each snatch something valuable 31-36 Dark Elves
before making their escape. Every Warrior gets a single piece
of Dungeon Room Treasure. 41 Goblins
42-45 Orcs & Goblins
Even though the Warriors have struck a blow to his gathering 46 Savage Orcs
physical form, they know that they do not have the weapons 51-56 Skaven
to banish the Dread King forever! They must return to the
Empire and gather magical weapons powerful enough to 61-64 Undead
banish the Dread King once and for all. 65-66 Vampire
Bandages

59
WARHAMMER QUEST – 5 A TERRIBLE TRIAL

The healer has given each Warrior 1D6+3 Bandages to help

their condition. (There is no need to fret about them spoiling at
the end of the Adventure, because your Warrior won’t be
around to use them anyway if they fail in this quest!) Each
player should make note of them on their Adventure Record
Sheet.

Special Rules
The Warlock of Mousillon
If the Wizard rolls a ‘1’ in the Power Phase, after drawing an
Event Card and after Monsters have been placed on the Board,
or after ‘E’ Events have been resolved, the reclusive Warlock
will appear. With red glowing eyes he points at the Warriors
whilst shouting out a peculiar word. Roll D66 to see what word
he calls out and what happens as a result. Play then proceeds
as normal.

D66 Word/Result
11-12 THENCE! The Warrior realizes he is not in the same place as he was a moment ago…
One random Warrior (other than the party leader) is teleported to a random square adjacent to the Warrior with the
lantern, moving any other models as necessary.
13-14 THICK! The Warrior’s body suddenly feels more resilient…
One random Warrior gains +1 Toughness for the next 1D6 turns.
15-16 THIEF! The Warrior’s pack feels lighter…
One random Warrior loses one item at random (which they recover at the end of the Adventure – should they
survive!).
21-22 THIN! The Warrior suddenly feels feeble.
One random Warrior is -1 Strength for the next 1D6 turns.
23-24 THINK! A deep sense of knowledge and understanding overcomes the Warrior…
One random Warrior gains the ability to cast one random spell from the Spell Deck. It may be cast at any time
although the ability is gone once the Warriors leave this Dungeon.
25-26 THIRD! The Warrior feels as if he is being watched…
During the next combat, the Warrior who is third in the Iniative order will be attacked by the most powerful Monster.
31-32 THIRL! The faint glow of a doorway can momentarily be seen…
One random Warrior finds a secret door. Place a Doorway on any unused wall on this Board Section and split the
Dungeon Deck as normal.
33-34 THIRST! The Warrior is overcome with the sensation of thirst…
One random Warrior is -1 Toughness for the next 1D6 turns.
35-36 THORN! Thorny plants grow out of the walls, ceiling and floors, wrapping themselves around the Warriors before
they disappear suddenly…
Each Warrior takes 1D6+Dungeon-level Wounds.
41-42 THRALL! The Warrior finds himself unable to move from the space he is in…
One random Warrior is encased in a magical barrier for the next 1D6 turns during which he may do nothing but heal
himself. The encased Warrior cannot be attacked by any means.
43-44 THRAVE! The enemy’s ranks continue to fill up the room.
If the Warriors have just placed Monsters, place enough to reach the maximum number in the Monsters entry.
45-46 THRASH! The Warrior’s muscles bulge…
One random Warrior gains +1 Strength for the next 1D6 turns.
51-52 THRIVE! A sense of vigour overcomes the Warrior…
One random Warrior heals 1D6 Wounds.
53-54 THROB! All the Warriors feel a pounding pain in their heads…
Every Warrior is -1 To Hit for the next 1D6 turns.
55-56 THRUST! A sense of aggression overtakes the Warrior…
One random Warrior gains +1 Attack for the next 1D6 turns.
61-62 THUNDER! The entire Dungeon shakes violently like an earthquake and debris comes crashing down…
Each Warrior suffers 2D6 Wounds.
63-64 THUMBS! The Warrior fumbles around with his weapon, unable to secure a fine grip…
For the next 1D6 turns, one random Warrior only hits an opponent if he scores a natural To Hit roll of ‘6’.
65-66 THJMP! An unseen force pounds down upon the Warrior’s head sending him to the ground…
One random Warrior is knocked unconscious for the next 1D3 turns.

The Dungeon Rooms

60

When the Warriors discover a Dungeon Room in this
Adventure, they must enter as soon as they are able to. If they
linger outside, then they automatically fail the Warlock’s test.
Instead of drawing an Event Card when the Warriors enter a
Dungeon Room, follow the rules for each room below:
In the Circle of Power is a Puzzle…
Exactly four Warriors must be in this room at the same time
and they must decide where they are going to stand.
Each turn, after the Power Phase roll, and if there are no
Monsters on the Board, the party leader may roll 1D6 to see
what happens:
1 One of the Warriors (determined randomly)
suffers 1D6 Wounds with no modifiers for
anything.
2 If all four Warriors are on the outer circle
squares, the puzzle has been solved!
3 If three of the Warriors are on an outer circle
square, the puzzle has been solved!
4 If two of the Warriors are on an outer circle
square, the puzzle has been solved!
5 If one of the Warriors is on an outer circle
square, the puzzle has been solved!
6 Each Warrior heals 1D6 Wounds.
In the Dungeon Cell is a Trap…
When the Warriors enter this room, they are immediately
plunged into a void of darkness. Their bodies become light,
their limbs feel sinewy and their minds are dizzy. As the
Warriors fumble around in the void, a voice mocks them, “Can
you find the way out?”
To escape the void, each Warrior must declare a number from
1 through 6 and then roll a dice. If the number is the same as
the one they declared, then they are transported out of the
room (put the model aside for now). If they do not roll the
same number as the one they declared, then they immediately
suffer 1D6 Wounds with no modifiers for anything.
Once the last Warrior has escaped the void (or died), they
reappear anywhere on the Dungeon Cell Board Section. The
opening they came through is no longer there, but a new one
has appeared on any unused wall space on the Board Section.
The Warriors receive one Dungeon Room Treasure to be
distributed as normal. The Warriors may continue their quest
but can no longer retrace their steps to the exit the Warlock’s
Tower.
In the Guard Room is a Puzzle…
Place four statues (represented by any Monster with a normal
base) on any squares inside the room, making sure they are
not adjacent to one another
Only one Warrior may enter the Guard Room to solve this
puzzle, beginning outside the room at the Doorway (entrance).
The Warrior will act as a life-sized chess piece and has 6 turns
to capture the four statues. The second Doorway (exit) will
appear after all four statues have been captured.
The other players take turns rolling 1D6 to determine what
chess piece the Warrior will move like this turn:
WARHAMMER
WARHAMM ER QUEST – 5 A TERRIBLE TRIAL
1 Pawn 4 Bishop
2 King 5 Rook
3 Knight 6 Queen
The Wizard must still roll a Power Phase each turn as normal,
but any Monsters that appear are not placed in the Guard
Room. Monsters will not enter the Guard Room although they
will still attack the Warrior inside if possible (via an adjacent
square in the doorway or with missile weapons).
In the Monster’s Lair is a Guardian…
After the Warriors enter this room, a door slams shut behind
them and they catch something moving in the dark shadows.
Roll on the following table to see what Monster is summoned.
It is placed on the Board Section immediately and follows all
the normal rules for placing Monsters:
1 A Screamer of Tzeentch
2 A Fiend of Slaanesh
3 A Bull Centaur
4 A Rat Ogre
5 A Minotaur
6 An Ogre
If the Warriors defeat the Monster, they receive 1D6 items of
Dungeon Room Treasure which may be distributed as normal.
A Doorway appears opposite from where they entered and
they may continue on in their quest to see the Warlock.
In the Torture Chamber is a Trap…
When the Warriors enter the Torture Chamber they are
overcome by feelings of pain and suffering from every part of
their bodies.
Each Warrior must each roll 9D6. For every ‘1’ that is rolled,
the Warrior suffers 1D6 Wounds with normal modifiers (add all
of the Damage together and then subtract for Toughness,
Armour, etc.). This is Fatal Damage (see the Roleplay Book
page 81).
Any Warrior that survives receives an item of Dungeon Room
Treasure and may continue on their quest to see the Warlock.
In the Well of Doom is a Guardian…
When the Warriors enter the Board Section a River Troll is
magically summoned. Place it on the Board Section according
to the normal rules for placing Monsters. See the River Troll
Special Card for rules. If they defeat the River Troll, the
Warriors receive an item of Dungeon Room Treasure to be
distributed as normal.
The Temple of Khaine Objective Room
When the Warriors find the Warlock’s Study, roll on the
Objective Room Monster Table as normal. Once the Board is
clear of Monsters the Warriors may try to solve the final
puzzle: finding the secret lever that opens the bookcase (see
the Vampire’s Lair rules). Once the bookcase is open, the
Warrior may descend into the secret chamber where the
Warlock awaits. The Warriors may ask for his help by
prostrating before him. To do this, there must be no Monsters
on the Board and every Warrior must be standing in a space in
the lower level. If these conditions are met, the Warrior may
roll 1D6 on the table below:
61
WARHAMMER QUEST – 5 A TERRIBLE TRIAL
1 The Warlock refuses to listen to the Warriors’
pleas. Over the next few months they all die a
slow and horrible death…
2-3 The Warlock reluctantly helps the Warriors. He
heals them of their grievous wounds but there
are lasting effects from the injuries. Each
Warrior must subtract -1D3 Wounds from their
Starting Wounds score permanently. The
Warlock gives each of them 1D6x25 gold in
pity and sends them on their way.
4-5 The Warlock is delighted and eager to help the
Warriors, finding much entertainment in their
trek through his devious lair. He has high
expectations for their future escapades and
bestows each one with +1D3 to their Starting
Wounds scores permanently! He funds each
Warrior 1D6x100 gold for future endeavours
that they might partake in.
6 The Warlock is so impressed with the Warriors’
abilities to survive his tower of cunning traps
and formidable guardians that he
enthusiastically agrees to heal the Warriors of
their strange wounds. In addition, he rewards
each of them with 1D6x100 gold and grants
them +1 to a Characteristic of their choice:
Weapon Skill, Ballistic Skill, Strength,
Toughness, Initiative or +1D3 to their Starting
Wounds score permanently.
Whatever the result, the Warlock quickly grows tired of the
Warriors and teleports them out of his tower and onto an open
road. The nearest Village is only 1 week’s journey, a Town only
2 weeks and a City just 3 weeks.
ORIGIN: (AB) FOUNTAIN OF LIGHT #5
OBJECTIVE ROOM: FOUNTAIN OF LIGHT
MONSTER THEME: ANY
T he city of Praag, which lies close to the border of the
Chaos Wastes, has been struck with the dreaded Nurgle’s
Rot, a disease spread by the foul Power of pestilence and
decay. The death toll is mounting but the physicians in the city
are powerless unless they can find a cure. There appears to be
only one hope.
In the ancient myths and songs of Kislev, a fountain is
described that has waters so pure and so cold that any
creature harbouring any evil nature is frozen to death as soon
as it touches the waters. The doctors of Praag believe that this
may provide a cure for the disease.
The fountain is said to lie in the mountains north of the High
Pass. The Warriors must seek it out and return with some of
the precious liquid. They are given a special container in which
to carry the water.
SETTING UP
Randomly determine which Warrior is carrying the special
container.
The Fountain of Light Objective Room
Roll on the Objective Room Monster Table of the Monster-them
being used to determine what Monsters the Fountain Room
contains.
62
Finishing the Adventure
Once the Monsters are dead, the Warrior carrying the
container may attempt to take the waters. To do so he must
stand in a square adjacent to the fountain. Roll 1D6. If the
result is a 1, the Warrior attempting to take the water isn’t
deemed pure enough of spirit and is killed. On any other result
the water is safely transferred to the special container. If the
attempt fails, another Warrior may try.
As the first Warrior tries to take the waters he leans on one of
the stone gargoyles’ heads surrounding the fountain. As he
does so, it makes a soft click and an ominous creaking is heard
from the far wall. With a groan of stone on stone, an ancient
door slides open, leading to the outside world. The surviving
Warriors may now take the water back to Praag. The Warrior
bearing the water gets a 500 gold reward, while all the other
Warriors get 100 gold each.
ORIGIN: (AB) IDOL CHAMBER #5
OBJECTIVE ROOM: IDOL CHAMBER
MONSTER THEME: ANY
A s a final test of their courage and bravery before being
accepted into the official Warriors’ Guild of Bretonnia, the
Warriors must fulfill a challenging task. They must descend
into the labyrinthine tunnels of the Cursed Pit, which lies below
Cripple Peak near the Dark Lands, and place a staff in the hand
of an idol hidden deep underground. The staff has magical
properties, and if left anywhere other than in the hand of the
idol, it will eventually return to the throne room of Bretonnia.
The Idol Chamber Objective Room
Roll on the Objective Room Monster Table of the Monster-
theme that is being used to determine what Monsters the Idol
Chamber contains. In addition, take the next Monster Event
Card from the Event Deck and add those Monsters to those
rolled. This is a particularly hazardous chamber!
Finishing the Adventure
Once the Monsters are defeated, the Warriors may place the
staff in the hand of the idol, completing their Adventure. As
they have killed all the Monsters in the vicinity already, they
may now escape from the dungeon without danger. Upon their
return to Bretonnia, the king rewards them with one item of
Dungeon Room Treasure each.
ORIGIN: LITTLEMONK
OBJECTIVE ROOM: PIT OF REVULSION
MONSTER THEME: CHAOS NURGLE
T he Settlement that the Warriors are in exiles a leper who
attempts to enter through the gates. Before he departs
the leper declares a curse upon the town and it is only a
matter of hours before some residents begin to exhibit signs
of a terrible illness. The entire Settlement (including the
Warriors) and the surrounding area are immediately
quarantined pending an investigation. Since the Emperor feels
that anyone going near the Settlement will contract the blight,
the Warriors offer to find the leper and end the curse.
The Leper is actually Anton the Hideous, a Sorcerer of Nurgle
who has taken up residence in an abandoned cave a few miles
from the Settlement (see the Anton the Hideous Special Card).
The magical plague he has afflicted the Settlement with is
merely a test of his growing power as his ultimate goal to
 WARHAMMER
WARHAMM ER QUEST – 5 A TERRIBLE TRIAL

unleash it upon the entire Empire. The only way to end the
plague is to kill the Sorcerer.
SETTING UP
Shuffle the Toxic Pits in with the five other cards to create the
top half of the Dungeon Deck.
Special Rules
At the beginning the Adventure, each Warrior must roll 1D6.
On a score of 1 the Warrior has been affected by the curse and
must lose either one point of Strength or Toughness. If ever
the Warrior’s Strength or Toughness is reduced to 0, they die
horribly with no chance for resurrection.
The Pit of Revulsion Objective Room
When the Warriors enter the Pit of Revulsion Objective Room,
they will encounter Anton the Hideous. Make a roll on the
Chaos Nurgle Objective Room Monster Table to see who is
guarding him.
Finishing the Adventure
If the Warriors find and defeat Anton the Hideous, the curse is
lifted. All symptoms of the curse disappear and any reductions
which the Warriors suffered to their Characteristics are
undone.
RPG: If the Warriors do not find Anton the Hideous
If the Warriors finish the Adventure without finding Anton the
Hideous (e.g. if they flee or leave the Dungeon without killing
him), then they may continue to try and locate the Sorcerer in
the next Adventure. From now on, shuffle the special Anton
the Hideous Event Card into the Event Deck. If the Warriors
draw the Event Card, it means that they have crossed paths
with the sinister sorcerer again. If he is defeated, the curse is
lifted as mentioned above.
The sheriff of the town is wary of interrogating the influential
Baroness and has therefore hired the Warriors to investigate
the mysterious disappearances instead. He insists the Warriors
keep the matter completely confidential so as not to frighten
the locals.
Meeting with Esmelda Fraust is impossible – the Baroness has
hidden herself in a labyrinth of secret tunnels that lie beneath
the manor. The Warriors, having found themselves in the midst
of a vampire hunt, have armed themselves with stakes and
hammers. They must find and kill the Baroness before her
vampiric powers manifest and before she can flee to Sylvannia.
Special Rules
The Vampire Counters
Each time the Warriors enter a Dungeon Room, draw one
Vampire Counter and put it on the Party Leader’s Adventure
Record Sheet. This represents the Warriors getting closer to
finding the Baroness.
The Vampire’s Lair Objective Room
When the Warriors enter the Objective Room, they must roll on
the Vampire Objective Room Monster Table to see what lies
within. Once the Board is clear of Monsters, the Warriors can
search for the Secret Chamber and then look inside the coffin
to see if the Baroness Esmelda Fraust is in it by rolling 1D6. If
the result is the same number as any of the Vampire Counters
that they have drawn, then the Baroness is asleep in the
coffin. The Warriors drive a stake through her heart and put
her to rest for eternity. They find a secret door in the wall
which leads them back up to the surface.
If the number rolled is not one of the Vampire Counters
they’ve drawn, then they notice a secret door in the wall that
leads back up to the surface. The Baroness has made good her
escape.

Between Adventures the Warriors may only return to the Reward

previous Settlement (since the entire area has been
quarantined). However, each time they revisit, they must
deduct -1from all stock rolls. The effect is cumulative, meaning
that on their second revisit to the Settlement they are -2 to all
their stock rolls.
Until they locate the Sorcerer the Warriors may only roll on the
Immediate Adventure Table, since they are trapped to the
quarantined region.
The Warriors return to the sheriff to relay the development of
their investigation. If the Warriors found the Vampire’s Lair but
the Baroness escaped, the sheriff pays the Warriors 1D6x50
gold for their efforts and the Old World now has a new
vampire to contend with. If the Warriors were able to slay the
Baroness, the sheriff rewards each of them with 2D6x100
gold.

Any Wariror still affected by the curse at the end of this

Adventure must roll 1D6 at the beginning of each subsequent
Adventure with the results as listed in the Special Rules above.

ORIGIN: LITTLEMONK
OBJECTIVE ROOM: VAMPIRE’S LAIR
MONSTER THEME: VAMPIRE

E ver since the death of her husband a month ago,

Baroness Esmelda Fraust has drastically changed. The
noblewoman is sickly pale, has stopped eating and rarely goes
outside the manor except at night. It is Rumoured that
Esmelda Fraust has been bitten by a vampire and is now
becoming one herself, although the commoners in the area are
notorious for their superstitious and exaggerated gossip.
But now some of the manor staff mysteriously vanished and
one young maid swears she saw no reflection when the
Baroness passed by a mirror.

63
WARHAMMER QUEST – 5 A TERRIBLE TRIAL
ORIGIN: LITTLEMONK
OBJECTIVE ROOM: SPIDER’S NEST
MONSTER THEME: DARK ELVES
A Halfling Chef who helped the Warriors in the past (an
escapade much too embarrassing and unbelievable to
detail here) now wants the debt repaid. He requests that the
Warriors gather ingredients for his new pie. Most of the items
on the list are found in a matter of hours, except for one final
ingredient: Golden Mushrooms. The caverns where the fungus
grows are a half day’s journey from the Settlement and the
Warriors make haste.
The caverns, however, are filled with Dark Elves as well as
carnivorous plants. To make matters even worse, the Golden
Mushroom is located in the nest of a Giant Spider!
Special Rules
Each time the Warriors roll a ‘1’ in the Power Phase, it means
that the bizarre vegetation around the Warriors lashes out at
them. Before drawing an Event Card, each Warrior must
immediately roll 1D6 below:
1 The Warrior is bitten by a carnivorous plant and
suffers 1D6 Wounds with no modifiers. In
addition, he must roll on the table below:
1 The Warrior is injected with a fast-
working poison. He must drink a
healing potion or be healed by a
magic spell by the end of the turn
or he is dead and out of the game!
2 The plant is poisonous! If the
Damage just inflicted takes the
Warrior to 0 Wounds, he must lose
1 point of Strength. If his Strength
is ever reduced to 0 in this manner,
he is removed from the game.
3-4 The Warrior is paralysed and can
do nothing until the next Warriors’
Phase. While paralysed, Monsters
hit the Warrior automatically.
5-6 Nothing else happens.
2 The Warrior is bitten by a carnivorous plant and
suffers 2D6 Wounds.
3 A nearby plant entangles the Warriors legs and
begins to pull him toward its gaping maw. The
Warrior must roll 1D6 and add his Strength. If
the total is 7 or more, he disetangles himself and
may move and fight as normal. If he is
unsuccessful, then at the end of the turn he will
take 1D3 Wounds with no modifiers for anything
as the plant slowly chews on the Warriors’ legs.
Monsters attacking the Warrior are +2 To Hit.
At the beginning of the next turn he may try to
break free again.
4-6 The Warrior manages to avoid the lethal foliage
around them.
Monsters that live in the caverns are used to the plants and
have learned to avoid them.
The Spider’s Nest Objective Room
When the Warriors find the Objective Room they must roll on
the Dark Elves Objective Room Monster Table to see who
occupies the room. In addition, a Gigantic Spider will also be
present. Once the Objective Room has been cleared of
Monsters, the Warriors may collect a Golden Mushroom.
64
The Chest
Once the Objective Room is cleared of Monsters, roll 1D6 for
each Warrior. The Warrior with the highest score may open the
chest and keep any treasure they find inside for themselves.
Roll 1D6 below to see what the chest contains:
1
2-3
Empty.
1D6x50 gold.
4 One item of Dungeon Room Treasure.
5 1D3 items of Dungeon Room Treasure.
6 One item of Objective Room Treasure.
Finishing the Adventure
The Warriors must retrace their steps back to the entrance,
rolling for Unexpected Events as usual. Once outside they can
return to the Halfling Chef who rewards them with 1D6x25
gold each and a hot slice of Wild Mushroom Custard Pie!
ORIGIN: (WD #201) A GREEN AND PUSTULANT LAND #2
OBJECTIVE ROOM: IDOL CHAMBER
MONSTER THEME: CHAOS NURGLE
D espite the Empire’s best efforts, diseases of Nurgle are
spreading and soon the entire southern Empire will be in
grave danger unless something is done quickly. The healers
and herbalists are not able to find a cure, but luckily a learned
priest of Sigmar has found an answer from one of his arcane
tomes: according to legend, during bygone ages Sigmar
himself blessed a brazier deep in a dungeon located in the
Black Mountains. The flame now burns eternally and its
warmth will cure any disease of Nurgle. Johann Mannstein
promises a sizeable reward if the Warriors bring back the
flame so that it can be used to combat the plagues. The
Warriors probably also have a personal reason to seek the
cure. The chances are that one or more of them may have
already been infected with some of the dreaded diseases and
plagues themselves!
SETTING UP
Shuffle the Affliction of Nurgle Event Card into the Event Deck.
This reflects the risk the Warriors have of being exposed to
Festasmus' vile plagues, and the chance of one (or more) of
them contracting some foul illness of his creation. In between
quests the Warriors may travel to Settlements as normal
(provided that they have not contracted the Mouldering Pox
affliction).
Special Rules
The Idol Chamber Objective Room
The Warriors must get to the sacred flame, located at the
brazier in front of the daemon statue, and recover it. However,
the only way that the Warriors can carry it is to use it to light
their lantern.
Roll on the Chaos Nurgle Objective Room Monster Table when
the Warriors find the Idol Chamber to determine its guardians.
Once all the Monsters are dead, the Warrior carrying the
lantern may take the sacred flame by spending a turn standing
next the brazier. The Warriors must then escape the Dungeon
the same way they came in. However, if the Warrior carrying
the lantern is reduced to zero Wounds, the flame will flicker
and go out. The Warriors must then return to the Idol Chamber
to re-light the lantern with the sacred flame.
 WARHAMMER
WARHAMM ER QUEST – 5 A TERRIBLE TRIAL

Finishing the Adventure Reward

If the Warriors complete the quest and return to the surface
successfully, then they will each be rewarded with 1D6x100
gold. In addition, any afflictions already caught by Warriors will
be cured in time for the next Adventure.
However, until then the results still apply, so any Warriors
suffering from the Mouldering Pox affliction will not be
admitted to any settlements until the end of the next
Adventure.
ORIGIN: LITTLEMONK
OBJECTIVE ROOM: VAMPIRE’S LAIR
MONSTER THEME: VAMPIRE
If the Warriors survive the dungeon and return with the goblet,
the Merchants’ Guild has the item identified and appraised.
Draw a Vampire Counter to see exactly what goblet the
Vampire was using. Match up the number on the Vampire
Counter to the number on the table below:
Vampire
Counter The goblet is…
1 …a simple, metal cup worth 1 gold.
2 …the Goblet of Vitality worth 200 gold.
3 …the Chalice of Fate worth 200 gold.
4 …the Chalice of Vigour worth 300 gold.
5 …the Chalice of Sorcery worth 700 gold.
6 …the Chalice of Battle worth 1000 gold.

F or the past few months the Warriors have been the

targets of several failed assassination attempts.
Apparently, selling unwanted treasures in the marketplace
without a permit in Bögenhafen is quite illegal and carries a
stiff penalty. The Merchants’ Guild is seeking compensation for
the felonious act and has agreed to settle the matter if the
Warriors agree to a task. They demand that the Warriors
“acquire” a goblet from a particular noble. They will pay the
Warriors 5x the appraised gold value of the goblet. Because
the last attempt on their lives was a bit too close for comfort,
and because the Warriors can never turn down the chance to
earn a big chunk of gold, they agree.
The goblet resides in the mansion of a noble who holds a
terrible secret: he is a vampire. To make matters worse, he
uses the goblet as his blood drinking cup!
The only chance the Warriors have of retrieving the goblet is to
take it while the Vampire sleeps during the day…
SETTING UP
Prepare the Dungeon Deck as normal, making sure that the
Spider’s Nest is shuffled in as one of the top six cards.
The Merchant’s Guild holds up their end of the agreement. All
is forgiven and they pay 5x the amount of the goblet’s gold
value, which the Warriors split evenly. Of course the Warriors
may now have a new and worse problem on their hands: an
angry Vampire who is missing his favorite cup!
RPG: If the Warriors Fail to Return the Goblet
Goblet
If the Warriors do not return with the goblet by the end of the
Adventure, the Merchants’ Guild will consider the matter still
open. Each time the Warriors enter a Settlement the group
must roll 1D6. If the score is a 1, then one of the Warriors
(determined randomly) is the victim of an assassination and is
removed from the game. If the score is a 6, then it means that
chasing after the Warriors has proven to be a much too
expensive investment. The Merchants’ Guild decides to cut its
losses and has dropped the matter (if the Warriors visit
Bögenhafen in the future, however, they would be wise to
watch their backs!).

The Spider’s Nest

When the Warriors enter the Spider’s Nest, they must draw
two Event Cards instead of one. If they clear the room of
Monsters, then they receive four items of Dungeon Room
Treasures instead of two.

The Vampire’s
Vampire’s Lair Objective Room
When the Warriors reach the Vampire’s Lair Objective Room
they must one roll on the Vampire Objective Room Monster
Table to see what creatures are protecting the slumbering
Vampire. The Warriors must overcome the defenders and then
find the Hidden Resting Chamber before they can take the
goblet, which sits on a table across from his coffin.

Once there are no Monsters on the Board, a Warrior standing

in a square adjacent to the goblet may take it on their turn by
rolling 1D6 below:

1 As the Warrior reaches out to grasp the goblet,

the sun disappears below the horizon! The lid
to the coffin bursts open and the Vampire
lashes out and grabs the Warrior by his throat
before ripping him limb from limb. The other
Warriors have no choice but to roll on the
Escape Table or they will suffer the same fate!
2-6 The Warrior takes the goblet in his hand and
the Warriors make haste out of the Dungeon.

65
WARHAMMER QUEST – 5 A TERRIBLE TRIAL
ORIGIN: LITTLEMONK
OBJECTIVE ROOM: SORCERER’S FORGE
MONSTER THEME: CHAOS DWARFS
T he Warriors are the victims of mistaken identity (unless of
course the Outlaw Warrior is with them, in which case
they are guilty of complicity). They are to be hung by their
necks until dead!
The Warriors’ lives are spared by a generous official who
believes in leniency. They are sent to the mines for 10 years of
hard labour instead.
Upon arrival at the mines, the officials find the operation has
been overrun by Chaos Dwarfs. The Warriors offer to rid the
mines of the Chaos Dwarfs in exchange for their freedom. With
the local militia preoccupied with a marauding Orc Tribe the
authorities are pressed to agree to the deal. The Warriors have
their Starting Equipment returned to them although any items
of treasure remain confiscated as collateral until they complete
the mission.
SETTING UP
Add the Dwarf Mine Event Cards into the Chaos Dwarfs Event
Deck for this Adventure.
Special Rules
The Sorcerer’s Forge Objective Room
When the Warriors reach the Sorcerer’s Forge, they must roll
once on the Chaos Dwarfs Objective Room Monster Table to
see who is guarding the room. Regardless of the result, a
Chaos Dwarf Sorcerer will be present and is placed in a square
between the Anvil and the upper fire pit. As long as he lives
and is not engaged in hand-to-hand combat, the Chaos Dwarf
Sorcerer will cast 1 spell per turn.
Reward
As promised, any surviving Warrior regains their freedom (and
their reputation) and has all of their Treasure returned to
them. In addition, whichever Warrior landed the fatal blow
against the Chaos Dwarf Sorcerer receives an item of Objective
Room Treasure from the generous official. Every other Warrior
receives a reward of 100 gold pieces.
66
ORIGIN: HALL OF THE HAG QUEEN
OBJECTIVE ROOM: TEMPLE OF KHAINE
MONSTER
MONSTER THEME: DARK ELVES
I t had been days since the Warriors had slept and the weary
party spent the night in a grove just a few miles from
Bordeleaux. They awoke in chains, being whipped and beaten,
and forced to march through a dank underground tunnel by
their Dark Elf captors. An encounter with trolls allowed them
to break their bonds and escape. They have now made tracks
back to Bordeleaux where they plan bloody retribution!
SETTING UP
Take the Dungeon Cell Dungeon Room card and shuffle it in
with five other cards to make the top half of the Dungeon
Deck. Shuffle the Water Cave Dungeon Room and the Temple
of Khaine Objective Room in with five other cards to make the
bottom half of the Dungeon Deck.
Special Rules
Beginning the Adventure
The Warriors begin the Adventure stripped of all of their
Weapons, Armour, gold and other items although they have
each managed to locate one hand-to-hand weapon of their
choice. They may choose a sword, axe, spear, mace,
warhammer, flail or halberd to begin this Adventure (see the
Weaponsmith Equipment Table on page 30 of the Roleplay
Book).
The Warriors’ Weapons, Armour and Gold
If the Warriors defeat the first Monsters they encounter, they
find their lost Weapons. If the Warriors find the Dungeon Cell
and clear the Board of Monsters, they find their lost Armour. If
the Warriors find the Water Cave and clear the Board of
Monsters, they find their lost Gold. If the Warriors find the
Temple of Khaine Objective Room and defeat all the Monsters
inside, they will find the rest of their missing items.
If the Warriors happen to discover the Temple of Khaine
Objective Room before they find the Water Cave, then place
the second doorway on the Temple of Khaine so that the
Warriors can continue their search for their gold.
Warrior Wrath
Wrath
Place the three Skull Counters and one of the Book Counters
into a cup. The Warrior’s quest for revenge is strong, which
means that each Warrior receives +1 Attacks per turn. But
each time they reveal a new Board Section (in the Exploration
Phase), each Warrior, starting with the party leader, must
draw a counter from the cup. The counter must be returned to
the cup before the next Warrior draws. If a Warrior draws a
Skull Counter, it means that her wrath is still at its peak and
she continues to get +1 Attacks per turn. If a Warrior draws a
Book counter instead, then her wrath has waned and she no
longer receives the bonus.
Finishing the Adventure
The last Board Section in the Dungeon Deck leads out of the
Dungeon and up to the surface. The Warriors have completed
their quest and can bask in the glorious satisfaction of
revenge.
 WARHAMMER
WARHAMM ER QUEST – 5 A TERRIBLE TRIAL

ORIGIN: LITTLEMONK
OBJECTIVE ROOM: ALTAR OF KHORNE
MONSTER THEME: CHAOS KHORNE

S ome of the inhabitants in the town of Grimminhagen are

having all-too-real nightmares, awakening with terrible
scratches and bloody wounds. The nightmares coincide with
the erection of an unusual shrine in a dilapidated area of the
town and the authorities suspect that the dark forces of Chaos
are present.

The shrine’s subsequent removal does nothing to quell the

nightmares although the demolition of the structure reveals a
vast labyrinth of passageways underneath it.

The Warriors are commissioned to eradicate the source of the

evil presence that’s causing the violent nightmares.

The Altar of Khorne Objective Room

When the Warriors enter the Altar of Khorne roll on the Chaos
Khorne Objective Room Monster Table to see who occupies
the room. Once the Board is clear of Monsters the Warriors
must desecrate the underground sanctum in order to weaken
ORIGIN: (AB) FOUNTAIN OF LIGHT #6 the dark powers’ hold over Grimminhagen.
OBJECTIVE ROOM: FOUNTAIN OF LIGHT
MONSTER THEME: ANY A Warrior can spend a turn attempting to topple a skull column
if they are standing next to it by rolling 1D6 and adding their
Strength. If the total is 8 or more, the column topples. If two
A mighty Sorcerer, resident in Marienburg, wishes to find
the Burning Fountain, a mythical place rumoured to exist
somewhere in the caves below the Dragonback Mountains.
Warriors attempt to topple the same column at the same time,
they can add their dice rolls together.
Scrying its exact location has proven to be of no use, but he
has managed to obtain a picture of the fountain itself in his Reward
sorcerous mirror, confirming that it does indeed lie somewhere
Once the Warriors topple all four columns, they can return to
under the mountains, and is guarded by ferocious monsters.
the Settlement where they are each rewarded with 1D6x50
gold and one piece of Dungeon Room Treasure.
No matter how much gold he offers, no one can be found to
venture that far afield, so he has cunningly entrapped the four
Warriors under a curse, capturing their souls in glowing gems.
Using powerful magic, he has reached through his mirror and
dropped these gems into the fountain.
ORIGIN: TUNNELS OF PESTILENCE #1
The Warriors have no choice but to find the fountain and
OBJECTIVE ROOM: FIGHTING PIT / SEWER
retrieve their lost souls. The gems must be returned to the
Sorcerer before he can reunite the Warriors’ ethereal bodies MONSTER THEME: SKAVEN
with their physical bodies. He is apologetic about this
underhand trick, but does promise rich rewards if the Warriors
succeed in capturing some of the waters in a specially
prepared container while they are there.
O ver the past few days, the Warriors have increasingly
noticed the unmistakable stench of raw sewage
throughout the Settlement. The entire town has begun to reek
of waste and the locals are none too happy. The local Lord,
The Fountain of Light Objective Room Durand du Bourg, immediately sent a group of engineers down
below to see what was wrong with the sewers but only one
This Adventure uses the Fountain of Light as the Objective member of the team returned alive, reporting that a Skaven
Room. Once the Warriors enter, roll on the Objective Room Clan ambushed them.
Monster Table of the Monster-theme being used to determine
what Monsters the fountain room contains.
Lord Durand du Bourg has hired the Warriors to enter the
Once the Monsters are defeated, the Warriors may attempt to sewers and rid the town of the foul Skaven so that the city
take the gems from the fountain. Roll 1D6 for each Warrior engineers can determine what is wrong with the sewers and
and add his Toughness. If the result is 6 or over, the Warrior fix it. They have been promised a handsome reward – anything
survives the burning waters and retrieves his soul. If the to return the city to its normal odor!
number is 5 or less, the Warrior is consumed by the power of
the water and dies in agony. While getting his gem, a Warrior The Warriors suspect that the Skaven have somehow clogged
may collect some of the water for the Sorcerer. the pipes to the city’s sewage system in a twisted, but
brilliant, plot to cause havoc and infest the town with its own
If the Warriors return to the Sorcerer with some of the water waste.
he reunites their souls and bodies and gives each of them
2D6x50 gold.

67
WARHAMMER QUEST – 5 A TERRIBLE TRIAL
SETTING UP
Put the Sewer Board Section aside for now but do not include
the card in the Dungeon Deck. It will be required later.
Special Rules
In this Adventure, each time the Warriors roll a 1 in the Power
Phase, in addition to drawing an Event Card, a wall of sewage
water comes rushing at the Warriors and each Warrior must
roll an additional 1D6. On a roll of 1, the Warrior is overcome
by the stench and is -1 To Hit for that turn. On the following
turn, the Warrior returns to normal (unless the Power Phase is
a 1 and he rolls a 1 again!).
Skamp, Festid and Rance
If the Warriors encounter any of the Skaven villains as an
Event (see their Event Cards), they are merely unconscious
and scurry away after the battle to lick their wounds and eat
warpstone to regain their health. They may appear again in the
Objective Room (see rules below).
The Fighting Pit / Sewer Objective Room
Set up both the Sewer and the Fighting Pit as one Board
Section in this Adventure (see picture below).
When the Warriors find the Objective Room, they enter
through the large wooden door inside the Fighting Pit, which is
also filled with foul smelling sewer water. While inside the
bottom of the Fighting Pit, the Warriors should use the Sewer
Table special rules each time they move into a new square.
The Warriors must roll on the Skaven Objective Room Monster
Table to see what Monsters are inside. If they have not been
encountered as an Event, Skamp, Festid and Rance are all
present. If the Warriors met them as an Event and “killed”
them, then roll1D6 for each such Skaven villain. If the score is
a 3 or more, the Skaven villain did not die in their previous
meeting and has returned to battle the Warriors once again!
Do not roll for Skamp – he will always be present in the
Objective Room.
The Sewer and the Fighting Pit
are considered one large multi-
level room and are placed side
by side as shown below. Notice
that one Doorway connecting
the Sewer and Fighting Pit is
on the bottom level while the
other Doorway is on the upper
level. The Warriors do not have
to explore through the
adjoining Doorways since they
are merely archways of one
large Objective Room.
If the Warriors defeat all the Monsters in the Objective Room,
they may attempt to figure out how the Skaven sabotaged the
pipes by standing adjacent to the pipes inside the Sewer
(rolling on the Sewer Table as normal). Starting with the party
leader, and then continuing in order of Initiative, each Warrior
may make one attempt to solve the pipe problem by rolling
1D6. If they score a 6, they have figured out the problem and
how to repair it (a Dwarf may add +1 to his dice roll). Any
other roll leaves the Warrior dumbfounded as to the method of
sabotage.
The Warriors may remove the grate and leave through the
sewer exit where they return to the surface emerging in the
city’s bath house. They must wash themselves repeatedly
before they can report to Lord Durand du Bourg whereupon
they each receive 1D6x150 gold for ridding the sewers of
Skaven.
68
In addition, if they have repaired the pipes, the smell begins to
dissipate almost immediately and the Settlement begins to
return to normalcy. If one of the Warriors solved the pipe
problem (which saves the Lord from having to send down his
engineers), a feast is held in the Warrior’s honor and he is
regarded as a hero! A statue of the Warrior is commissioned to
be erected in the town center but more importantly, Durand du
Bourg rewards the Warrior with a piece of Objective Room
Treasure!
ORIGIN: HALL OF THE HAG QUEEN #3
OBJECTIVE ROOM: TEMPLE OF KHAINE
MONSTER THEME: DARK ELVES
S trolling about the streets of Hargendorf in-between
adventures, the Warriors inadvertently insult an old wretch
begging in the streets. She gives them an evil stare and curses
them in a foreign tongue before shuffling off. Not soon
afterward bad luck follows the Warriors like an animal stalking
its prey.
The Warriors have no choice but to seek out the old woman,
whom they find in a craggy cave overlooking the sea. As if
expecting them, she welcomes them into her hovel, declaring
that she will remove the hex if the Warriors bring her the blood
of a Dark Elf Hag Queen. Following a pointing finger out
toward the ocean, the Warriors can see the vague outline of a
dark fortress floating on the water. The Hag Queen awaits
deep within the cavernous holds of the foreboding vessel…
Special Rules
Hex Roll
Roll
Until the hex is removed any Warrior who rerolls any dice that
successfully alters consequences in their favor must make a
Hex Roll immediately afterward by rolling 1D6. This includes
Luck Points, Faith Points, the Wizard’s Staff, re-rolling dice due
to Magic Items, Magic Weapons, Skills, etc.). If the result of the
Hex Roll is a 1 or 2, the old woman’s curse has raised its ugly
head once again and negated the roll as if it never happened.
This Hex Roll cannot be re-rolled by any means. This could
indeed prove to be a dangerous quest for the Warriors!
The Temple of Khaine Objective Room
When they enter the Objective Room, the Hag Queen will be
there screaming at the Warriors, “So the Cursed Ones have
come! It is not MY blood that will be spilled. It will be yours!!”
To the Warriors’ surprise (and horror), the Hag Queen Melusina
and the old wretch that hexed them in Hargendorf are one and
the same! Melusina did indeed have one of her Sorcerers place
a magic spell on the Warriors as part of an elaborate scheme
to lure the Warriors into her clutches.
Melusina needs to constantly fill her cauldron with blood so
that she may rejuvenate her beauty. Without it, she becomes a
wrinkled, ugly old crone. Whilst she is in her haggard state,
Melusina poses as an old beggar, making strangers believe
that they have accidentally insulted her in order to seek her
out. She usually has them killed upon entering the cave, but
the Warriors’ confidence and weaponry caused her to delay
that until they were aboard the Black Ark and surrounded by
her minions. Only killing her will end the hex.
Because she was expecting the Warriors, subtract -1 when the
Warriors roll on the Dark Elves Objective Room Monster Table.

Finishing the Adventure
If the Warriors manage to clear the Objective Room, a secret
recess opens on the cavern wall opposite the entrance. The
small chamber contains captured treasure from various Dark
Elf raids as well as a passage to the surface. As the Warriors
pass through the doorway, they may each take one random
item of Objective Room Treasure before making their way
back to shore.
ORIGIN: (AB) FIGHTING PIT #1
OBJECTIVE ROOM: FIGHTING PIT
MONSTER THEME: GOBLINS
C aptured by the Goblin Warlord Ugrul Headsticka while
exploring the ruins of Karak Azgal, the Warriors have been
given a chance to escape and, in the process, provide
entertainment for the Goblins.
The Warriors must fight their way to freedom without
weapons or armour! And as if that were not enough, their only
way out is through the Minotaurs’ lair.
Special Rules
No Armour,
Armour, No Weapons
The Warriors start this Dungeon stripped of any Armour and
weapons they may have, and must fight with their bare hands.
While they are without armour the Warriors may only deduct
their Toughness from any blows that hit them.
The Warriors start with no weapons at all (even missile
weapons), and must therefore fight in hand-to-hand combat
using their fists. While fighting unarmed, each Warrior does
1D6 Wounds when he hits, with no modifiers for Strength.
Events
When the first Monster Event Card is triggered, the Warriors
notice that their assailants are carrying (but not using) their
weapons! If the Warriors kill all these Monsters, they may
retrieve their weapons.
When the second Event Card that reveals Monsters is
triggered, the Warriors see that their assailants are guarding
their Armour. If the Warriors kill all these Monsters, they may
retrieve their Armour.
The Fighting Pit Objective Room
When the Warriors reach the Objective Room do not roll on the
Goblins Objective Room Monster Table, as the following special
rules apply.
The only way for the Warriors to escape the Dungeon is
through the trapdoor at the bottom of the Fighting Pit.
However, the Fighting Pit has had a powerful curse laid upon
it, and for every Warrior, up to a total of three, who jumps into
the pit a Minotaur appears next to him and will fight him to the
death. As soon as a Warrior moves into one of the Fighting Pit
squares for the first time, place a Minotaur model in any
adjacent square in the pit. The Minotaurs will attack in the
Monsters’ Phase as normal. See the Minotaur Event Card for
rules and statistics, including the gold for defeating it.
If all four of the Warriors jump into the pit use the rule of One-
on-One to determine which Warriors the three Minotaurs
attack. Any Warriors that stay out of the Fighting Pit may help
defeat the Minotaurs if they can – by firing bows, etc. –
WARHAMMER
WARHAMM ER QUEST – 5 A TERRIBLE TRIAL
without causing another Minotaur to appear. When the first
Minotaur is killed, it and all the other Minotaurs who magically
appeared immediately vanish and the combat is over.
Reward
Once the Warriors defeat the Minotaurs, they each find one
item of Dungeon Room Treasure in the bottom of the pit.
Clutching their new-found wealth, the Warriors may now
escape the Dungeon through the trapdoor at the bottom of the
Fighting Pit.
ORIGIN: (AB) FIRECHASM #4
OBJECTIVE ROOM: FIRECHASM
MONSTER THEME: ANY
T he Warriors are being pursued through the Worlds Edge
Mountains, via tunnels deep below ground, by the
inhabitants of the dark under-realms. With them, the Warriors
have the long-lost crown of the ancient Dwarf Kings of Mount
Silverspear (now known as Mount Grimfang), which has been
retrieved from the evil creatures that stole it. The Warriors
have a final obstacle to overcome before they reach safety.
The dangerous route that they follow leads to the firechasm,
across which lies a slender bridge. If they can cross the bridge
and destroy it before their pursuers arrive in great numbers,
they will gain precious time and will probably escape from the
mountains alive. If not, they will surely perish as the evil
hordes overwhelm them.
The Firechasm Objective Room
When the Warriors reach the firechasm, they must fight
whatever Monsters are there before crossing the bridge. To
determine what is in the room, roll once on the Objective Room
Monster Table of the Monster-theme being used.
Once the Warriors have crossed the bridge, they must break it
to prevent pursuit. Any Warrior who is in the square at the end
of the bridge, directly between the ropes that hold it up, may
attempt to destroy the bridge during the Warriors’ Phase
instead of Attacking. Roll 1D6 and add the Warrior’s Strength
to the score. If the total is 8 or over, the bridge is destroyed.
At the start of each turn in which the bridge is not destroyed,
take an Event Card (in addition to any Unexpected Events that
occur). Any Monsters that are generated by these Event Cards
must be placed on the side of the chasm next to the door, as
they represent the Monsters who are pursuing the Warriors
through the dungeon. If a Minotaur appears, it may leap the
chasm without using the bridge, taking two squares of its
Movement to do so. Once the bridge is destroyed, the Warriors
may escape through a small tunnel to the rear of the cave,
behind the dragon statue.
Reward
At the end of the Adventure, each surviving Warrior is
rewarded with 1D6x50 gold.
69
WARHAMMER QUEST – 5 A TERRIBLE TRIAL
ORIGIN: LITTLEMONK
OBJECTIVE ROOM: TAVERN
MONSTER THEME: CHAOS TZEENTCH
T he Warriors are relaxing in Altdorf between adventures
when they hear the news that a wizard at the Celestial
College has just been assassinated. Originally thought to have
been vanquished in his tower fortress, The Chaos Sorcerer
Danzig Moon has surfaced in Altdorf and has extracted
revenge on his previous mentor.
Danzig has retreated into the old sewers of Altdorf which is
connected to a series of unfinished aqueducts and
passageways. The underground area has become the base of
operations for Danzig and his Tzeentch followers.
The Warriors quickly enter the sewers in pursuit of the Chaos
Sorcerer.
SETTING UP
Include the following Dungeon Cards when you create the
Dungeon Deck:
• The Sewer
• The Shaman’s Den
• The Flames of Khazla
• The Landing
Now shuffle the Stairs Board Section into the bottom six cards
of the Dungeon Deck for a total of 13 cards.
Special Rules
The Shaman’s Den
In this Adventure, the Shaman’s Den represents the abode of a
mystical hermit who dwells below the streets of Altdorf. When
the Warriors enter the Board Section they must draw an Event
Card as normal. A strange energy is present in the Hermit’s
Cave and the amount of power available to the Wizard is
opposite of what the Power Phase dice indicates:
Power Phase Wizard’s Power this turn
6 1
5 2
4 3
3 4
2 5
1 6
Once there are no Monsters on the Board, each Warrior finds a
potion which they may take with them. When a Warrior drinks
one of the potions they may add 1D6 to their Strength for 1
turn. Each potion has enough liquid for one drink and each is
worth 300gp if unused.
The Stairs
When the Warriors reach the Stairs Board Section, they begin
at the bottom. Beyond the Doorway at the top of stairs is the
Conniving Chameleon Tavern. This is Danzig’s true base of
operations whilst the tunnels beneath allow him to come and
go freely whilst avoiding the authorities.
The Tavern Objective Room
When the Warriors enter the Tavern, they have caught up to
Danzig Moon and his minions. Place the Chaos Sorcerer at the
far end of the balcony (see the Danzig Moon Special Card for
his rules). Make one roll on the Chaos Tzeentch Objective
Room Monster Table to see who accompanies Danzig.
70
Tavern brawls are not uncommon in this part of the city so the
Watch tend not to bother getting involved. The patrons are
likewise accustomed to such disturbances and take cover
wherever possible until the fracas dies down.
Danzig’s Last Trick
The first time one of the Warriors reduces Danzig Moon to 0
Wounds, he surprises the Warriors with one final, dirty trick.
Roll 1D6 on the table below to see what he does:
You can’t kill me!
me! Danzig quaffs a potion that
heals him up to half of his Starting Wounds.
I’ll kill you all! Before the Warrior can land the
fatal blow, Danzig goes out in a blaze of glory
(literally). A gigantic fireball erupts from the
Chaos Sorcerer’s body, burning him to a crisp
and each Warrior on the Board Section suffers
3D6 Wounds.
Get them!
them! The Warrior slays Danzig but with
the Sorcerer’s last breath, he calls forth a
bodyguard to attack! Draw an Event Card
until it reveals Monsters, although only 1 will
appear. It attacks the Warrior who killed
Danzig and receives an immediate Ambush
Attack when it is placed on the Board and
then attacks again as normal in the Monsters’
Phase.
Take that! The Warrior slays Danzig but the
Sorcerer releases a hidden trap upon the
Warriors! Each Warrior takes 1D6 Wounds
with no modifiers for anything.
You’ll never take me alive! Before the Warrior
can deliver the final blow, Danzig swallows
poison and drops dead on the spot. The
Warrior receives no gold for his death.
Don’t move or I’ll kill her!
her! Danzig takes a
hostage, using them as a shield! The Warrior
who brought the Sorcerer to 0 Wounds gets a
chance to hit him. As it is quite difficult with
the hostage in the way, the attack is -1 To
Hit. If the Warrior hits, then Danzig is killed
permanently. Once the Board is cleared of
Monsters, the hostage rewards the Warrior
with 1D6x100 gold for rescuing them.
If the Warrior misses, Danzig throws the
victim at the Warriors and uses the
distraction to escape and the Warriors receive
no gold for defeating him. If the Warrior rolls
a ‘1’ To Hit, it means that he has accidentally
killed the hostage instead! Danzig uses the
opportunity to escape and at the end of the
Adventure, the Warrior must compensate the
victim’s family with 2D6x100 gold, selling off
items of treasure if necessary.
Finishing the Adventure
When the Warriors clear the Tavern of Monsters, they return
to the Celestial College who reward each Warrior with
2D6x100 gold and a piece of Objective Room Treasure for
driving the Sorcerer away.
Because of the powerful magic and the incredible abilities used
by both sides of the battle, minstrels and bards will sing heroic
songs of the legendary Conniving Chameleon Tavern in Altdorf.
 WARHAMMER
WARHAMM ER QUEST – 6 A WARRIOR QUEST

6
· A WARRIOR QUEST ·
This section is currently unavailable.

For now, if a Warrior rolls a 6 on the Adventure Category Table, he may choose the category of
the Adventure. Roll D66 on the Adventure Category to see what Adventure the Warriors partake
in.

71
WARHAMMER QUEST – SPECIAL RULES

· SPECIAL RULES ·
This section contains special Adventure rules compiled from various sources
sources that that were either
not originally addressed or not easily found. They have been listed here for convenience.

ESCAPING THE DUNGEON (Adventure Book)

Book)

S ometimes the Warriors might find themselves in a situation that can only mean certain death for them all. In these cases, it is best
that the party abandons its adventure and heads for the safety of the surface as quickly as possible.

At any time during the Adventure, any player may decide that his Warrior has had enough, and can try to escape from the dungeon. If
the Warrior carrying the lantern decides to leave the dungeon prematurely he either has to give the lantern to the other Warriors, or
they must all leave the Dungeon at once. If your Warrior takes flight and tries to escape from the dungeon, roll 2D6 on the following
table:

Within ten yards your Warrior is engulfed by blackness and falls down a bottomless pit to his death.

Your Warrior trips in the first doorway and falls flat on his face. Place the Warrior face down in one of the squares
adjacent to the entrance doorway on the same Board Section as he started. The Warrior wastes an entire turn
getting back up and may then stay or try to flee again. Whilst prone, he may be hit automatically.
Your Warrior vanishes into the depths after what seems like an eternity of wandering through twisty caves and
tunnels, he sees a light in the distance and rushes headlong towards its welcoming glow. He has lost half of his
gold, and has suffered 2D6 wounds, modified for Toughness and armour at the hands of the Dungeon’s denizens.
If he does not have that many Wounds left, he is dead!
If he survives and the rest of the Warriors are still alive, wait far three turns then place your Warrior anywhere on
the same Board Section as the leader. Your Warrior has been round in a great circle, and the light he saw came
from the lantern the others are carrying.
If he survives and the rest of the Warriors are dead, or if all the surviving Warriors are fleeing with your Warrior he
emerges at a dimly-lit junction. Roll again on this table to see exactly where your Warrior ends up, adding +1 to the
dice roll every rime you have to re-roll.
The way to freedom is a bitter struggle against what seems like hundreds of foul creatures. Your Warrior loses
2D6 Wounds, modified for Toughness and armour. If he does not have that many Wounds left he is dead! If he
survives, he manages to fight his way out, bleeding from a dozen injuries. He has escaped!
Lost for hours. your Warrior eventually finds his way out to the surface and freedom Unfortunately the exit is
through a very small tunnel, and he must leave one item of treasure and half his gold behind.
After a few nasty encounters, your Warrior manages to escape. However he is attacked on the way, and suffers
1D6 Wounds, with no deductions for Toughness or armour. If he does not have that many Wounds left, he is dead!
With unerring accuracy your warrior retraces his steps and finds the entrance with no problem, circumnavigating
any problems he encounters on the way.

The Barbarian takes on the Dread King in Mike McVey’s

McVey’s incredible Warhammer Quest Diorama!
Diorama!

72
 WARHAMMER
WARHAMM ER QUEST – SPECIAL RULES

if not completing the Adventure would result in the death of

BLOCKED ROUTES (Roleplay Book) one of the Warriors).

Y ou will have noticed that sometimes the Warriors take

the wrong turn in a Dungeon, and end up being blocked
in by a portcullis or a cave-in. In the Basic Game, this
FEARLESS!
does not matter much, as you can always start a fresh
Adventure with new Warriors, leaving the others to a grisly (White Dwarf #193)
fate in the darkness! Excerpt about Level 1 Warriors and Fear using Minotaurs as
esample:
esample:
When you are playing with the Roleplay rules, however, you
will be devoting a great deal of time and effort to the
development of your Warriors. They gain their own unique
I simply used the profile from the Roleplay Book, noting that
they roll two dice for damage and ignoring the rules for Fear,
since Battle-level 1 Warriors are so full of fiery youthfulness
collection of skills, weapons and equipment as a result of many they aren't scared of anything (it's only as you gain experience
hours of gameplay. You cannot simply let them be doomed to that you truly learn what terror is!).
die just for taking a wrong turn. After all, they are mighty
heroes and should be able to cope with such minor set-backs.

From now on, if you find a T-junction and end up down a blind LEAVING THE DUNGEON
alley, with a cave-in and perhaps a portcullis behind you, never (Roleplay Book)
fear! You will have to carry on down the route you chose, until
you reach the end of the ‘sub-deck’. The last card always leads
out of the Dungeon. You may now play the whole Adventure
T he Dungeon Entrance leads into the Dungeon – it also
leads out! If the adventurers wish to retrace their steps
and leave via the Dungeon Entrance they can do so, provided
again from scratch, or go back down the Dungeon that is
of course that their way is not blocked by a cave-in or a
already laid out. The Warriors move through the passageways
portcullis. Note that usually the Warriors’ objective will provide
and rooms as usual, looking out for Unexpected Events. When
an alternative (and often easier) way out, so it’s rarely
you get to the fateful T-junction you will know better than to
necessary for them to retrace their steps.
take your original route, and go down the other path instead.
This should ensure that your Warriors don’t end their glorious
career trapped behind a pile of fallen rocks.

Littlemonk note: For simplicity, I recommended that the

Adventure is over once the Warriors leave the Dungeon due to
a blocked route. The Warriors have failed and can now travel
to a Settlement as usual, where they can generate a new
Adventure. Repeating a Dungeon in the way suggested above
should only be reserved for the most essential cases (such as
RETRACING THEIR STEPS
(Main Rulebook, Adventure Book)
T here are several Adventure that require the Warriors to
exit the Dungeon via the Dungeon Entrance. The Warriors
should continue to roll for Unexpected Events as usual,
however, no Events are triggered upon re-entering a Dungeon
Room that had previously been explored.

The Ultimate Adventure Book

73
WARHAMMER QUEST – EXTRA RULES & SCENARIOS
· EXTRA RULES & SCENARIOS ·
This section highlights Adventure ideas that were presented in various Warhammer Quest
publications. They offer creative and exciting alternatives to additions to the main rules.
BURIED TREASURE
(White Dwarf #189)
T he Warriors have managed to get their hands on a
treasure map. Whether it’s real or a forgery they don’t
know, but it has led them to a series of caves which they
intend to explore. One of the Warriors has the Treasure Map
Equipment Card (if you can’t decide who, draw a Warrior
Counter!). Generate and play an Adventure as normal.
However, in any Exploration phase the Warrior with the
Treasure Map can declare he is going to become the leader.
Roll on the table on the Treasure Map and apply the results
immediately. Whatever happens, the Warrior with the Treasure
Map will become the Leader from the start of the next
Warriors’ Phase and for the rest of the Adventure. This does
not mean that the Warrior with the Treasure Map gets the
Lantern, but overrides the normal rules as he bullies his way
into showing the Warriors where to go! The map can only be
used again if a roll of 2 to 5 was made.
When the table on the Treasure Map indicates Treasure Ahead!
It will be found in the next Dungeon Room. When the warriors
next explore a Dungeon room, place one of the treasure chest
counters from the Warhammer Quest box in the room. Any
Warrior may spend a whole turn next to the chest to open it.
Inside there are 1D6 items of Dungeon Room Treasure! This
must be split between the Warriors just like any other
Treasure.
DARK SECRETS
(White Dwarf #190)
D ark Secret cards give some of the Warriors ulterior
motives for adventuring! These cards provide extra
background for the Warriors, explaining a little more about
why they descend into the cavernous depths of the
underworld, facing death and adversity at every turn.
Once you are ready to start an Adventure, follow the steps
below to see how many Warriors have a Dark Secret:
DARK SECRETS
Setting Up
1. Shuffle and deal out two Dark Secret Cards,
face down, on the table. Next, shuffle those
two in with the six “blank” Dark Secret Cards.
2. Beginning with the Party Leader and following
in order of Initiative, deal one Dark Secret Card
to each Warrior.
The Warriors are under no obligation to tell the
others what they have drawn, especially those
who actually drew a Dark Secret. After all, it
wouldn’t be a “secret” if everyone knows what
it is!
3 Some of the Dark Secret Cards involve rolling
1D6. So as to not give away who has a Dark
Secret, EVERY Warrior should roll 1D6 after
they draw their card, whether their card
indicates to or not.
74
THE DEATHTRAP
(White Dwarf #189)
T o triumph against overwhelming odds is the most
satisfying victory you can achieve. If you are feeling
particularly suicidal (or just fancy your chances) you could have
a Dungeon that includes every Dungeon Card and Event Card
you have. This means there’ll be five or more Objective Rooms
(each filled with an appropriate number of Monsters and an
extra Doorway to leave through) and miles of rooms and
corridors to explore. If you survive, you’ll probably end up rich
enough to buy a large part of the Empire and retire!
Littlemonk note: Alternatively, instead of just wandering
through the Dungeon with no aim other than to just explore,
you could even generate an Adventure as normal, complete
with a dastardly villain, but then shuffle the ‘true’ Objective
Room into the bottom six cards of an enormous Dungeon
Deck. This would truly be an Ultimate Adventure!
HIDDEN PASSAGES
(White Dwarf #185)
S ometimes the Dungeon may contain a secret door or
concealed corridor. If the Warriors finish their Adventure
(either by completing it or by being cut off in a dead end) or
you have decided to play a special type of Adventure, they
may look for a Hidden Passage. The Warriors cannot search for
a Hidden Passage if the Adventure description says they have
to escape immediately.
Searching for Hidden Passages is simple. Searching is the
Warrior’s action for that turn and he may do nothing else. Each
Warrior may only search a particular Board Section once per
Adventure, and only the Board Section he is standing on at the
time. At the end of the Warriors’ Phase, roll 1D6 for each
Warrior who is searching and consult the table below:
HIDDEN PASSAGES TABLE
1 Collapse! The Warrior’s searching
causes a part of the Dungeon ceiling
to fall down. The Dungeon isn’t
blocked, but each Warrior on the
same Board Section suffers 1D6
Wounds (with no deductions) from
the falling rocks.
2-4 Solid Rock! The Warrior cannot find
any secret doors on this Board
Section.
5-6 Found it! Attach a Doorway to the
Board Section and place the remaning
Dungeon Deck behind it to be
explored as normal. Each Dungeon
will only ever have one Hidden
Passage so there is no point
searching again once one has been
found.
 WARHAMMER
WARHAMM ER QUEST – EXTRA RULES & SCENARIOS

IN AT THE DEEP END

(White Dwarf #189) THE LABYRINTH TABLE

A really fun, and sometimes very difficult game, is

attempting two different Adventures at the same time! At
the start of the game generate two Adventures as normal.
These should feature two different Objective Rooms as the
destination. When you are sorting out the Dungeon Deck,
shuffle both Objective Rooms into the bottom part of the pile.
The Warriors must complete both the Adventures to be
successful. They will get no reward at all if they fail in either of
the Adventures. If they do manage to complete the Adventure
though, each Warrior is entitled to a hefty pat on the back and
a bonus piece of Dungeon Room Treasure!
You can even try three Adventures at once, or try attempting
two Adventures in the same Objective Room. One or two of
the Adventures may be incompatible with each other, in which
case just re-roll the inappropriate result.
THE LABYRINTH
(White Dwarf #189)
1-3
4
The room is normal.
The room has an extra door to the left.
5 The room has an extra door to the right.
The room has extra doors both to the left
6
and right.
NEVER ENOUGH ROPE...
(White Dwarf #194)
T he problem here is that these Warriors have no rope, or
Levitation spell. so if someone falls in a pit trap, there is no
way of getting him out. This is actually an obstacle common
with all groups which have neither a Dwarf nor a Wizard, but it
only applies during the first Adventure they embark upon.
Once the Warriors finish their first quest, they can head back
into town and spend as much of their ill-gotten gains on rope
as they like! You can either take the risk that someone is going
to fall down a pit in the first adventure or you could just take

T he Dungeon is a massive maze of doorways and tunnels,

which lead off in all directions. The Dungeon only contains
one Objective Room shuffled into the bottom six cards as
the Dwarfs rope along whatever.

normal, but all of your other Dungeon Cards should be
included. Every time the Warriors explore a Dungeon Room,
roll on the table to the right:
On the other hand, you could allow the Warriors 1D6x10 gold
each and pay a visit to town before the first Adventure they
ever play! Actually, if one of` the Warriors does fall into a pit
you can always create an Adventure where the Warriors have
to go back and rescue him. You can bet that you will never
ever venture into a Dungeon without a rope again!

SPECIAL QUESTS (Intro from White Dwarf #185, rules expanded by Littlemonk)

S ometimes a straightforward Adventure gets a bit more complex than it first seemed. Warriors may get lost or be ambushed and
captured before they reach the Dungeon. The Warriors may even decide to go on a quest which they know will be more perilous
than normal. The rewards for such bravery are great, and because of this some Warriors make a special effort to seek out impossible
odds to face (these parties often include a large number of Dwarf Troll Slayers!).

Special Quests can be used to introduce an unexpected twist to your games or new areas to explore.

Once you are ready to start an Adventure, roll 1D6 on the table to the right to see if you’ve generated a Special Quest. Alternatively,
you can choose to set out on a Special Quest, eager for the greater rewards to be gained. If you decide to do this, simply pick one of
the Special Quests and consult the following pages to find out what the Warriors have found themselves embroiled in.

SPECIAL QUEST SPECIAL QUEST TABLE

If you have generated a Special Quest, roll 1D6 on the table below to
GENERATION TABLE see which Special Quest you should add to your Adventure:
1-5 No Special Quest. 1 The Flames of Khazla 4 Sinjin’s Statue
6 A Special Quest! 2 The Gaol 5 The Crypt of Majeem
3 The Anvil Chamber 6 Pits & Traps

Note: The original rules for generating a Special Quest have been modified from the original. – Littlemonk
Note

Now look up the appropriate Special Quest on the following pages to see exactly what scenario the Warriors will face.

If you are performing a Special Quest you must also find out which Adventure you were on when circumstances changed. This is done
as normal by generating an Adventure as explained in this book. For example, you may be playing adventure type 5 A Terrible Trial
number 31-32: Golden Mushrooms, when you become mixed up in Gaol Special Quest 5-6: The Slavers.

Completing a Special Quest

Unless otherwise noted in the Special Quest description, the Warriors play out their Adventure exactly as written in the Ultimate
Adventure Book. The main difference is the bonus rewards that you get for completing the Special Quest. This may be extra gold or
additional treasure – the details are noted in each Special Quest description.

75
WARHAMMER QUEST – EXTRA RULES & SCENARIOS

SPECIAL QUEST #1 – THE FLAMES OF KHAZLA

(White Dwarf #186)
#186)
The catacombs beneath the Old World are full of monstrous creatures and fabulous treasures. Other mysteries also
abound: strange temples to forgotten gods and magical shrines that can help or hinder the Warriors in their quest for
riches and fame.

The Warrior thrusts his hands into the flames. If he succeeds in

Just ahead of the Warriors the
corridor turns sharply, and nestled
in the corner is a small shrine. An
ornate brazier burns continuously
with multi-coloured flames that
occasionally leap up to the ceiling.
SETTING UP
passing the test he can bring forth an item of great worth
from the flames. If he fails the flames will burn him. To see if
your Warrior passes or fails roll 1D6 and add his Toughness.
On a score of 6 or less he is deemed unworthy and suffers 2D6
Wounds with no deductions for Armour. If he scores a 7 or
more he passes the test and removes his hands unburnt by
the flames and clutching an item of treasure. Your Warrior
gains an item of Dungeon Room Treasure. This card does not
count towards your total for the Dungeon so keep it to one
side. This means you may still be given a Treasure card
normally even if you have more treasure than the other

M any rumours abound concerning the fabled Flames of

Khazla. The origins of these small shrines are lost in the
mists of ancient history. However, many bold adventurers
Warriors. Each Warrior can only attempt the test once,
whether they pass or fail.

claim that they do indeed exist and your Warriors have heard a
rumour that one of these mythical sanctuaries is within the
dungeon they are heading for. Shuffle the Flames of Khazla
Dungeon Card in with the rest of the Dungeon Deck. Roll 1D6
to see which of the Flames of Khazla Special Quests is
rumoured to be found within the Dungeon. T he Warriors are approached by an old hermit while on the
way to the Dungeon. He gives one of them some holy
incense which he says will bring great health and strength if
the Warriors can burn it in the Flames of Khazla as an offering
to the gods. Before the Warriors can ask him any more about
the incense, the Hermit disappears into the gloomy woods.

T he Task of Khazla is a magical trial by combat, created to

allow only the most worthy to venture further into the
Dungeon. If the Warriors wish to proceed past the Flames of
Special Rules
Decide which Warrior has the incense. That Warrior can throw
Khazla they must each complete the Task. the incense onto the Flames of Khazla if he is standing next to
the brazier at the start of the Warriors' Phase. Roll 1D6 to see
what happens. On a roll of 1 the Warriors have been tricked
Special Rules and a huge gout of flames rushes over them. Each Warrior
Only one Warrior can stand on the Flames of Khazla Board suffers 1D6 Wounds with no deductions at all. On a roll of 2 or
Section at a time. As soon as the first Warrior enters the Board more the air is filled with a pungent, sweet smoke and the
Section a shimmering wall of magic prevents any other model Warriors feel uplifted and whole. Each Warrior immediately
from entering. In the next Monsters' Phase turn over the next heals 2D6 Wounds.
Event Card. If this has an 'E' in the top corners shuffle the card
back into the deck and keep drawing Event Cards until you get
Monsters. The Warrior must fight one of the indicated
Monsters. The other Warriors cannot help in any way at all. If
the Warrior kills the Monster he gains double the normal
amount of gold. Shuffle the Event Card back into the deck
once the Monster is defeated.

This happens every time a new Warrior first enters the Board
Section, and so each must fight a Monster before they can
continue. Unexpected Events cannot affect a Warrior while he
is undergoing the Task of Khazla, so they will always affect
one of the other Warriors instead.

Remember the rules for being Lost in the Dark!

T he Gifts of Khazla are a test of a Warrior's strength and

courage. If he is found to have true bravery he will be
rewarded. If he is found wanting he will be hideously burnt and
may even die!

Special Rules
scurries
Bogoff the Snotling scurr ies away with the
One Warrior may attempt to earn a Gift of Khazla each turn.
The Warrior must be standing next to the Flames and may do Lantern with the Elf in hot pursuit in Mike
nothing else that turn. A Warrior may not attempt to gain a McVey’s Warhammer Quest Diorama!
Gift of Khazla if there are Monsters anywhere in play.

76
 WARHAMMER
WARHAMM ER QUEST – EXTRA RULES & SCENARIOS

It is said that the Flames of Khazla can grant visions of the

future to those who dare to stare into their depths. If the
Warriors risk this ordeal they may gain vital information about
the Dungeon ahead.

Special Rules
One Warrior may stare into the Flames of Khazla each turn.
The Warrior must be standing next to the Flames and may do
nothing else that turn. A Warrior may not do this if there are
The Flames of Khazla have the magical property of Monsters anywhere in play. Roll on the following table.
transforming the Warriors' treasure into something else.
However, if the Warrior is unlucky he may well end up with a
pile of useless, molten metal!
WARNING OF KHAZLA TABLE
Special Rules 1 Your Warrior is temporarily blinded! For the
One Warrior may place a piece of treasure in the Flames of next 1D6 turns he may do nothing except
Khazla each turn. The Warrior must be standing next to the defend himself against Monsters' attacks,
Flames and may do nothing else that turn. A Warrior may not and counts as having a Weapon Skill of 1.
do this if there are Monsters anywhere in play. 2-4 Your Warrior gains a vision of the future.
Any time in this Adventure your Warrior
may ignore the effects of any one
You must give up an item of Treasure, discard it immediately. successful attack, as he is forewarned and
Roll a dice and look up the result below to see what your takes no damage at all.
Warrior gains in return. Each Warrior can only make one
offering of treasure to the Flames of Khazla. 5-6 Your Warrior is shown startling images
from the future. He gains the ability for the
result above.
In addition for the duration of one whole
RENEWAL OF KHAZLA TABLE turn in this Adventure, your Warrior may
add +1 to all of his dice rolls. A roll of one
1 The Warrior is deemed a coward and a still counts as a one despite this bonus.
rogue and all he gets is the molten
remnants of his treasure, which is worth
nothing at all.
2-4 Your Warrior gains a single item in return.
Draw the next Treasure Card. If you are
playing the Roleplay rules, a Warrior gains
an item of equal value to the one he gave
up. For example, if you offered a Dungeon
Room Treasure you gain a Dungeon Room
Treasure.
5-6 Your Warrior gains two pieces of Treasure
in return; take the next 2 Treasure Cards. If
you are playing the Roleplay rules, a Warrior
gains items of equal value to the one he
gave up. For example, if you offered an
Objective Room Treasure you gain two
Objective Room Treasures.

The Flames of Khazla are guarded by a powerful beast which

must be overcome if the Warriors wish to pass. Even so, the
rewards for such valour are great as the Flames of Khazla hold
many treasures and secrets.

Special Rules
In the Monsters' Phase after the Flames of Khazla are
discovered the Warriors will be attacked by a Minotaur. This
horrific beast is placed on the board as usual, however, it is
much more powerful than a normal Minotaur since the Flames
of Khazla protect it. Any Warrior who tries to hit this Guardian
with a non-magical weapon is at -1 to their To Hit roll. Warriors
using magical weapons and spells affect Guardian Minotaur as
normal. The Guardian is worth 440 gold and if the Warriors
defeat it they gain one item of Dungeon Room Treasure. In
addition, each of the Warriors gain a piece of Dungeon Room
Treasure from the Flames of Khazla themselves.

77
WARHAMMER QUEST – EXTRA RULES & SCENARIOS

SPECIAL QUEST #2 – THE GAOL

(White Dwarf #185)
adventures
Occasionally, among their perilous adven tures and heroic deeds, a party of Warriors will be caught up in a
really unusual series of events. They may get lost or imprisoned – anything could happen.

The Gaol is a very small and dark

dungeon cell. A noxious smell rises
from the open drain and the straw
is infested with all kinds of
unpleasant life. It is used by the
Monsters for imprisoning people
they want to forget about...

A t some point during each of the Gaol Special Quests, the

Warriors will probably want to get into or out of the Gaol.
Unfortunately, the thick iron gates of the Gaol are locked and
cannot be passed until they have been opened. Hand-to-hand
attacks may not be made through the gates but missile
attacks will pass through the bars without hindrance.

Opening the Gaol

The Warriors may either try to smash the gates with brute
force and ignorance, or attempt to pick the lock with stealth
and cunning. Whichever method they choose, a Warrior must
be standing adjacent to the gates to try to open them. Only
one Warrior may attempt to open the gates each turn, and he
may not move or attack while he does so. To see if the Warrior
is successful, roll 1D6. On a roll of 1 the unfortunate Warrior
has set off a hidden trap which springs a poisoned spike into
his arm or causes a guillotine blade to drop from the ceiling. As
a result of this wound, the Warrior will remain at -1 Strength
for the rest of the Adventure. Otherwise add either the
Warrior's Strength (for brute force) or Initiative (for picking the
lock) to your dice roll. On a total of 7 or more the Warrior has
overcome the locks and the gates have swung open. Any other
result means that the gates stay firmly shut.
Roll 1D6 to see which of the Gaol Special Quests the Warrors
find themselves involved in.
The second way that the Warriors can meet the Minotaur is if
they discover the Gaol before the Event Card is turned over. In
this case you should place the Minotaur inside the Gaol. The
Warriors will be able to attack it with spells and missile fire (Or
hand-to-hand attacks if they're foolhardy enough to try and
open the gates to let it out!). If the Minotaur is on the board
and in the Gaol when the Minotaur Event Card is turned over,
then the beast lets out a tremendous bellow and smashes the
gates aside! From that point on, the Minotaur will move
towards and attack the Warriors just like any other Monster.
Also, like other Monsters, the Minotaur is removed from play if
it is cut off from the Warriors by a Cave-in, Portcullis or similar
obstruction.

Wherever it is encountered, the Minotaur is so crazed that it

T he Goblins in this dungeon have trapped a mad Minotaur.
The Chaos Gods have tainted the beast's mind and it is
now totally insane. When the Warriors first enter the dungeon
the Minotaur is safely under lock and key inside the Gaol, but
the Minotaur is trying very hard to escape...
can ignore wounds which would normally kill other creatures.
To represent this, roll 1D6 each time the Minotaur is hit. On a
roll of 1, 2 or 3 resolve the Damage as normal, but on a roll of
4, 5 or 6 the Minotaur simply shrugs off the blow and takes no
Damage at all! If the Warriors manage to kill the crazed
Minotaur it is worth 750 gold instead of the normal 440.

Special Rules
Create the dungeon as normal, but as well as the Objective
Room shuffle the Gaol Dungeon Card into the bottom portion
of the Dungeon Deck. The mad beast itself is represented by a
single Minotaur Event Card that you should shuffle into
whichever Monster-theme Event Deck you are using. Ignore
instructions on the card to draw another Event Card, the
insane Minotaur is always alone when the Warriors meet it.

There are two different circumstances in which the Warriors

will encounter the Minotaur. If the Minotaur card is turned over
before the Gaol has been discovered the mad beast has
already escaped. The Warriors hear a fearsome roar and the
crash of twisted metal echoes down the corridors. Suddenly a
massive shape hurtles out of the darkness! The Minotaur is
placed on the board as normal and fights like any other
Monster.

78
 WARHAMMER
WARHAMM ER QUEST – EXTRA RULES & SCENARIOS
T he Warriors were caught in a trap last night, and have
found themselves the prisoners of the Night Goblins! The
Warriors have been locked in the Gaol until the Night Goblin
Warlord returns from his raid. Standing guard outside the Gaol
are six cruel Night Goblin Archers.
THE GUARDS SET-UP
GAOL
Special Rules
To start the Adventure, set up the Board Sections as shown
above. The Warriors start the Adventure in the Gaol and you
should place six Night Goblin Archers as shown on the
diagram. The Night Goblin Archers will start shooting in the
first Monsters' phase after one of the Warriors tries to open
the gates, cast a spell or make any type of attack! However,
until the Warriors have opened the gates of the Gaol, a roll of 1
in the Power Phase does not trigger an Unexpected Event.
Instead of gaining a single item of Dungeon Room Treasure for
killing all the Night Goblin Archers, the Warriors find the
guards' stash of loot and each one of them gets an item of
Dungeon Room Treasure.
T he Monsters in this Dungeon are raiding the local area for
slaves, who they hope to take back to their powerful
masters. An unlucky Warrior may find himself dragged off into
the darkness and imprisoned.
Special Rules
Shuffle the Gaol Dungeon Card into the top half of the
Dungeon Deck (remember to make sure that the Objective
Room stays within the bottom seven cards).
Any Warrior who is reduced to zero Wounds while there are
Monsters on the Board must immediately roll 1D6. On a roll of
1, 2 or 3 the Warrior is dragged off by the Monsters (if he was
carrying the Lantern, he drops it as he disappears into the
darkness!). All of the Monsters on the Board are removed from
play, together with the unconscious Warrior. The players do
not get any gold for Monsters that slink off in this fashion. Any
captured Warriors should be placed inside the Gaol when it is
found, and will have D6 Wounds left. Each captured Warrior
will also have had one randomly determined item of Treasure
stolen from him if he was carrying any. In this Adventure, the
Warriors must find the key to open the Gaol, they cannot try to
pick the lock or force open the gates. The key is held by one of
the Monsters in the Dungeon, but the Warriors do not know
which one. To find the key, roll 1D6 every time the Warriors
finish an Event involving Monsters. On a roll of 6, one of the
Monsters was carrying the key. Give the Dungeon Gaol Key
Equipment Card to one of the Warriors. The party can start
searching for the key even if a Warrior hasn't been enslaved
yet.
The Warriors must return to the Gaol if they want to free any
prisoners. It takes a Warrior one turn to open the lock, during
which time he may do nothing else while he sorts out the keys.
Although he cannot attack, the Warrior can still defend himself
as normal.
If the Warriors have not found the Gaol before they reach the
Objective Room, place a Doorway on any unused wall section
in the Objective Room. Once the Board is cleared of Monsters,
the Warriors may explore the new Doorway, beyond which is
the Gaol.
Luckily for the Warriors, the Monsters' slaving parties have
been very successful and their hoard of stolen treasure is
growing rapidly. Every time the Warriors receive an item of
Dungeon Room Treasure from an Event, roll 1D6. On a roll of a
4, 5 or 6 the Warriors get two pieces of Treasures instead.
79
WARHAMMER QUEST – EXTRA RULES & SCENARIOS

SPECIAL QUEST #3 – THE ANVIL CHAMBER

(Board Section from White Dwarf #200, rules by Littlemonk)
Littlemonk)
Dwarf Runesmiths possess the secrets o off how to forge magic runes and how to make weapons, armour
and other items of incredible power. They fashion these items on special anvils that can imbue even more
might and ability into their creation. Like their kin, the Chaos Dwarfs also retained this knowledge knowledge and,
using ancient anvils of ev evil, unholy
il, can create unh oly objects of death and destruction. Many old Dwarf settlements
lie in ruins, scattered throughout the Old World’s mountains and now occupied by Monsters. Likewise, many
Chaos Dwarfs outposts have been eradicated and the Chaos Dwarfs forced back to the east. Some of the
anvils
ancient anvil fortresses,, waiting to be discovered once again…
s still lie buried in outposts, mines and fortresses

The Runesmith’s Hammer

Hot lava flows into a pit in
the middle of the room. At Some of the Anvil Chamber Adventures require the Warriors to
find the Runesmith’s Hammer. To see which room in the
the far end of the chamber Dungeon the hammer is located in, roll on the Runesmith’s
sits an ancient anvil of Hammer Location Table below:
Dwarven craftsmanship.

RUNESMITH’S HAMMER
LOCATION TABLE
1 The Objective Room
2 The Well of Doom
3 The Torture Chamber
SETTING UP
4 The Guard Room
T he Dungeon the Warriors are about to enter might contain
one such extraordinary Dwarf anvil. Shuffle the Anvil
Chamber Dungeon Card into the Dungeon Deck.
5
6
The
The
Monster’s Lair
Dungeon Cell

Special Rules
The Warriors always enter the Anvil Chamber Board Section
from the Doorway opposite the anvil and always exit the
Board Section from the Doorway to the left of the Anvil (see
diagram below).
Make sure that the five basic Board Sections listed in the table
are actually in the Dungeon Deck or else there might be a
chance that the Warriors will not be able to find the
Runesmith’s Hammer.

The lava is so hot in this room that the Warrior may not step
on any area that contains the scorching liquid, which includes
the bottom left corner square (see diagram below). This
means that the Warirors must trek around the entire Board
Section single-file in order to get from one Doorway to the
other. Warriors can still use flying potions, magical spells and
skills that allow them to cross over such squares.
Once the Warriors locate the room and
resolve any Events within it, they should
take the Runesmith’s Hammer Equipment
Card. They can then return to the Anvil
Chamber to finish their Special Quest. See
the description in the Adventure for full
details.

The anvil the Warriors have come across can be used to

inscribe a magical rune upon any Weapon, Armour, Shield, or
Helmet. The rune will confer +1 Strength to the Warrior who
wields or wears the item. In addition, the item will be
considered magical.

The writing on the pillar indicates that the magic of the anvil
can be activated by placing the Runesmith’s Hammer on one
side of the anvil and the item to be inscribed on the other side
of the anvil.

The Warriors can attempt to invoke the magic of the anvil by

If the Warriors locate and enter the Anvil Chamber, they can
examine the writing on the pillars. One of the Warriors must be
standing in a space in front of a pillar after which they can roll
1D6 to reveal the magical nature of the anvil they have come
across.
placing the Runesmith’s Hammer upon it (once they have the
hammer). Each Warrior may make one attempt to invoke the
power of the anvil by placing the item they wish inscribed on
the other side of the anvil and then rolling 1D6. On a score of
1, the rune does not inscribe and the item disappears! Discard
it immediately. On a score of 2 or more, the attempt is
successful and the item now bears the ancient Dwarven rune!
The rune is permanent.

80
 WARHAMMER
WARHAMM ER QUEST – EXTRA RULES & SCENARIOS
The anvil the Warriors have discovered is used to inscribe
powerful protection runes. These runes may be inscribed upon
a Weapon, a Shield, a Helmet, or a piece of Armour. The rune
will confer +1 Toughness to the Warrior who wields or wears
the item. In addition, the item will be considered magical.
The writing on the pillars indicates that the magic of anvil can
be activated by striking the anvil with the Runesmith’s
Hammer.
If the Warriors locate the hammer, they can return to the Anvil
Chamber where each Warrior may make one attempt to invoke
the magic of the anvil. To do so, a Warrior must suspend the
item they want inscribed on the metal bar above the lava pit.
They must then strike the Runesmith’s Hammer upon the
anvil. Attaching the item to the bar above the lava pit is
extremely dangerous and if a Warrior attempt to do so, he
must roll on the table below:
1 The Warrior loses their footing and
plummets into the lava pit. The Warior is
dead and removed from the game.
2 As the Warrior attempts to hang the item,
flames shoot up from the lava pit, burning
and searing him. He suffers 1D6 Wounds
with no modifiers for anything and can
make the attempt again next turn.
3-6 The Warrior successfully hangs the item on
the metal bar and can strike the
Runesmith’s Hammer on the anvil on the
next turn.
Once a Warrior strikes the Runesmith’s Hammer upon the
anvil, the rune automatically appears on the item. Removing
the item is far easier than hanging it up and so there is no
need for the Warrior to roll to get it down. The rune is
permanent.
The anvil the Warriors have discovered is the key to opening a
secret passage behind it. The writing on the pillars indicates
that if the Warriors place particular items on the anvil, a secret
door will open behind it with great treasure waiting beyond.
Roll 1D6 to see what item the Warriors must place on the
anvil:
1-2 The Warriors must place a total of three
Dungeon Room Treasure items on the anvil.
3-4 The Warriors must place a total of two
Dungeon Room Treasure items on the anvil.
5-6 The Warriors must place one Dungeon
Room Treasure item on the anvil.
Once the Warriors place the necessary amount of Dungeon
Room Treasure items on the anvil, a small tremor shakes the
chamber and the wall behind the anvil slides open revealing a
passageway beyond. Place a Doorway behind the anvil and
shuffle 2D3 unused Dungeon Cards, putting an unused
Objective Room at the bottom. Stack them face down in front
of the new Doorway. This deck represents a new, unexplored
area of the Dungeon. When the Warriors reach the new
Objective Room, they should draw two Event Cards from the
Chaos Dwarfs Event Deck and resolve them immediately. If the
Warriors successfully clear the room of Monsters, they each
receive an item of Objective Room Treasure.
The anvil the Warriors have discovered is used to fuse
weapons and Armour together to make them more powerful.
The writing on the pillars indcates the magical Runesmith’s
Hammer is needed to merge two weapons or two pieces of
armour together. If the Warriors locate the hammer, they can
return to the Anvil Chamber and each of them may make one
attempt to use the magical anvil. To merge a weapon or
Armour, a Warrior must stack both items on the anvil, placing
the type of item he wishes to merge them into on top. For
example, if the Warrior is merging a helmet and sword, and
wishes to merge them into a new sword, he should place the
sword on top of the helmet. If he wishes to create a new
helmet instead, then he should place the helmet on top.
Once he decides which weapon is on top, the Warrior then
strikes the pile with the hammer by rolling 1D6. If the score is
a 1, the items explode into a fiery ball and the Warrior takes
2D6 Wounds. If the score is a 2, the items merge. If the score
is 3, the items merge, but the final result is the item on
bottom. If the score is 4, 5 or 6, then the items merge and the
final result is the item on top. The new item retains the ability
of both of the merged items.
As the Warrior reads the writing on the pillars, they realise that
entering the Anvil Chamber has unleased a terrible curse!
Almost immediately the Warriors can tell that all of the
weapons and armour they are carrying and wearing are
becoming brittle and worn.
Until the curse is lifted, each time a Warrior rolls a natural ‘1’
To Hit during combat, the Warrior must roll an additional 1D6.
If the score is also a 1, then the Warrior’s weapon has broken
and is useless. Discard it immediately. Likewise, if a Monster
hits a Warrior wearing Armour with a natural ‘6’ To Hit, then
roll another 1D6. If this score is also a 6, then a piece of
Armour the Warrior is wearing is destroyed and must be
discarded immediately. The Warrior may decide which piece of
Armour is destroyed.
If the Warriors can find and return the Runesmith’s Hammer,
they can atone for encroaching upon the Anvil Chamber.
Additionly, once they return the Hammer, each of the Warriors
can place one of their weapons upon the anvil whereupon it
will become magical.
Examing the writing on the pillars reveals that the anvil in front
of the Warriors is of immense evil and it must be destroyed.
In order to destroy it, the Warriors will have to throw it into the
pool of lava. Once per turn, if there are no Monsters on the
Board Section and if two Warriors are standing adjacent to the
anvil, they may attempt to lift it. The two Warriors must each
roll 1D6 and and add their Strength. If the combined total is 15
or more, then they are successful in lifting the anvil. In the next
Warrors’ Phase, they may throw the anvil into the lava. If
Monsters appear before they can throw the anvil into the lava,
the Warriors must drop the anvil immediately. Once there are
no Monsters on the Board Section, the Warriors can attempt to
lift the anvil again.
Once the anvil is thrown into the lava pool, it is destroyed
forever. Each Warrior receives 1 Luck Point Counter which
they may use once per Adventure.
81
WARHAMMER QUEST – EXTRA RULES & SCENARIOS
SPECIAL QUEST #4 – SINJIN’S STATUE
(Board Section by unknown author, modified and redesigned by Littlemonk. Rules and cards by Littlemonk)
Sinjin Akahm was an amazing sculptor and sorcerer from Araby who specialised in large, earthen statues.
Sinjin used strange magic to animate his creations, designating them to special tasks and duties. After Sinjin
Akahm’s death, these magnificent figures were deactivated or destroyed by distrusting rulers.
In the corner of the room, is a
massive statute. This
imposing clay figure with its
life-like features is
undoubtedly the work of a
master craftsman.
SETTING UP
I t is well known that some of these impressive statues were
smuggled into the Old World by evil nececromancers,
powerful warlords or rich nobles. Most of the Golems that
were brought into the Old World were sought out and
destroyed, although legends abound that some of these
statues were hidden away far from the public eye.
One of the Warriors (determined randomly) has heard a
rumour that one of Sinjin’s Golems may very well be located in
the Dungeon that the Warriors are about to explore. Shuffle
the Sinjin’s Statue Dungeon Card in with the rest of the
Dungeon Deck. Roll 1D6 to see which of the Sinjin’s Statue
Special Quests the Warrior may encounter.
T his Statue was once used to store battle knowledge. In
order to activiate the statue, the Warriors must find the
Artisan’s Gem. The gem is being held by one of the Monsters
in the Dungeon (the Monsters have not yet figured out what
the gem is for). The next Dungeon Room the Warriors enter
contains the Artisan’s Gem. However, upon entering the
Dungeon Room the Warriors must draw two Event Cards
instead of the normal one. After resolving the Events, the
Warrior who had heard the rumour of Sinjin’s Statue being in
the Dungeon takes the Artisan’s Gem Equipment Card.
If there are no Monsters on the Board, the Warrior who has
the Artisan’s Gem may activate the Statue by standing next to
it and inserting the gem into a cavity in the Statue’s chest.
Once activated, each Warrior may ask a question about the art
of battle by rolling 1D6. If the score is a 1, the Statue has no
special knowledge of that area of combat. If the score is 2 or
more, then, placing the Warrior into a semi-hypnotic state, the
Statue transfers knowledge to the Warrior. The transfer
confers one of the following (the Warrior may choose): +1
Weapon Skill, +1 Ballistic Skill, -1 to Escape Pinning or the
Warrior may cause an extra Wound when determining
Damage. This bonus lasts for the rest of the Adventure.
RPG: The battle knowledge is fleeting and the Warriors all
strain to retain the hypnotic connection to the Statue. Roll 1D6
at the beginning of each Adventure. If the score is a 1 or 2,
then the Warrior does not retain the information and any
bonuses granted by the statue are lost.
82
Littlemonk)
statues.
T his massive Statue is blocking the Doorway behind it. The
Warriors must destroy the Statue if they wish to continue
in this direction.
After each Warriors’ Phase in which a Warrior attacks Sinjin’s
Statue, the Statue animates and responds in kind during the
Monsters’ Phase. Unlike other Monsters, Sinjin’s Statue
receives one attack against any Warrior who attacked it in the
same turn. See the Sinjin’s Statue Special Card.
The Statue takes up roughly a 2x2 square on the Board
Section. It will not move from the space (so there is no need to
use a model to represent it) and no models may move onto
those squares until the Statue is destroyed. Once the Statue is
brought to 0 Wounds, the way is clear for the Warriors to
explore and move through the Doorway as normal.
Once all of the Warriors have left the Sinjin’s Statue Board
Section, the Sentinel will magically reform. Should the Warriors
wish to pass back through this Board Section, they will have to
defeat the Sentinel once again.
T his Statue was used to store items. In order to activiate
the statue, the Warriors must find the Artisan’s Gem and
insert it into one of the Statue’s eye socket. The gem is being
held by one of the Monsters in the Dungeon (the Monsters
have not yet figured out what the gem is for). Anytime the
Warriors defeat a group of Monsters in this Adventure, roll
1D6. If the score is a 4, 5 or 6, then the Artisan’s Gem is on
one of the Monsters. Give the Artisan’s Gem Equipment Card
to the Warrior who had heard the rumour of Sinjin’s Statue
being in the Dungeon.
The Warrior who has the Artisan’s Gem may activate the
Statue by standing next to it and inserting the gem into a
cavity in its chest. Once activated, the Statue produces
something it has been storing inside its body. Roll 1D6 on the
table below:
SINJIN’S VESSEL TABLE
1-2 Gold! The Statue is storing 4D6x100 gold
pieces which the Warriors distributue evenly
amongst themselves.
3-4 Map!
Map! The parchment reveals the layout of
the Dungeon. The Warriors may turn over
the next 1D6 Dungeon Cards and lay out
the corresponding Board Sections. They are
unexplored as usual.
5 A healing salve! The salve has four
applications and each application will
restore a single Warrior to full Wounds.
6 A rare treasure!
treasure! The Statue has been
guarding 1D3 items of Objective Room
Treasure which the Warriors may distribute
as normal.
 WARHAMMER
WARHAMM ER QUEST – EXTRA RULES & SCENARIOS

SPECIAL QUEST #5 – THE CRYPT OF MAJEEM

(Board Section by Talion, rules and cards by Littlemonk)
Littlemonk)
famous
Many fam ous heroes found their riches exploring the dangerous dungeons of the Old World, but very few
them.. Legends abound of warriors who were buried in the very dungeons they
lived long enough to enjoy them
possessions..
explored, often with their most coveted possessions

Directly ahead is a stone

coffin. Its lid shattered upon
the floor. Something has either
broken in, or broken out.
Another stone coffin here sits
T he Warriors discover that Monsters have recently broken
into and desecrated Majeem’s crypt. The Warriors hear the
angry roar of the ancient Warrior ringing through the Dungeon.
seemingly untouched.
From now on, each time the Warriors encounter Monsters, roll
1D6. If the score is a 6, then it is the group responsible for the
desecration. If the Warriors defeat the Monsters, they will have
SETTING UP performed retribution for the vandalism. If the Warriors return
to Majeem’s tomb after defeating the responsible group of
Every fortune-hunter knows the tale of Prince Majeem, the son Monsters, they discover a secret alcove has mysteriously
of a peasant who became an adventurer extraordinaire. appeared in the crypt. In it, each Warrior finds an item of
Throughout his long years of dungeon exploration, Majeem had Dungeon Room Treasure.
amassed a huge fortune. Despite the ability to safely live out
his life in the lap of luxury, the Prince continued his love for
adventuring even into his old age. After his death, it was Until the Warriors find and defeat the responsible group of
rumoured that Majeem’s body was buried in a secret Monsters, an Unexpected Event will occur on a Power Phase
underground crypt, where the Prince could continue his roll of both 1 and 6.
passion into the afterlife. Many adventurers have since dreamt
of finding the hero’s lost tomb, sure that it contains fantastic
treasures and heaps of gold.

It is possible that the Dungeon the Warriors are about to

explore contains the legendary Crypt of Majeem. Shuffle the
Crypt of Majeem Dungeon Card in with the rest of the
Dungeon Deck. If the Warriors discover and enter the Crypt of
Majeem Board Section, then roll 1D6 to see which Special
Quest they have found. In some of the Special Quests, you will
need a model to represent Prince Majeem.
T he Warriors enter the Crypt and discover the stone coffins
empty. Majeem’s body has mysteriously vanished.
From now on, at the end of each Combat in which all Monsters
have been defeated (but before they receive any gold or
Treasure for killing the Monsters), the Warriors must roll 1D6.
If the result is a 1, then the Warriors are attacked by the
skeletal remains of Majeem. See the Prince Majeem Special
Card. If the Warriors defeat him, they can return his bones to
the coffin in the Crypt so that he can rest in peace.

As long as there are no Monsters on the Board, the Warrior

carrying the bones need only end his Movement adjacent to
the open coffin. He may do nothing else except return
Majeem’s remains whereupon each Warrior receives an item of
Dungeon Room Treasure.

If the Warriors do not encounter Majeem before they find the

Objective Room, then he automatically appears after they

W hen the Warriors enter the Crypt of Majeem, they

discover two stone coffins. The closed one contains
Majeem’s skeletal remains while the other is empty; it’s lid
defeat all of the Monsters (but before they receive any gold or
Treasure for killing the Monsters).

overturned and in pieces upon the ground.

One of the Warriors (determined randomly) immediately

senses that the empty coffin is not quite what it seems.
Examining the bottom the Warrior’s hand disappears into a
magical hole. He swears that he felt something in there
although he also feels slightly fatigued.

If a Warrior reaches into one of the stone caskets, roll 1D6. If

the result is a 1 or 2, the Warrior’s hand reaches into a void of
darkness but grasps nothing. If the score is a 3 or 4, he
extracts an item of Dungeon Room Treasure. If the score is a 5
or 6, then he pulls out an item of Objective Room Treasure.
Regardless of the dice roll, each time the Warrior reaches into
a casket, a cackling laugh echoes through the Dungeon and
the Warrior loses 1 Wound permanently. A Warrior may reach
into the casket as many times as he wishes.

83
WARHAMMER QUEST – EXTRA RULES & SCENARIOS

M ajeem’s crypt has been placed in the only dungeon

where he was forced to flee. His spirit now guards the
area (if he couldn’t be successful in this dungeon, then Majeem
wants to make sure that nobody can!).

The Warriors discover that the door opposite to the one they
entered through is magically warded shut, which may mean
that they will not be able to complete their objective. However,
their examination of the room reveals a secret door.

Place a new doorway on any usued wall section in the Crypt of

Majeem. Shuffle 1D6 unused Dungeon Cards and place them at
this new Doorway. Once the Warriors enter the last Board
Section in this new deck, they will encounter the skeletal figure
of Majeem. See the Prince Majeem Special Card. In addition to
Majeem, roll on the Haunted Objective Room Monster Table to
see who accompanies Majeem. Once they are defeated, each
Warrior receives 1D3 items of Dungeon Treasure. In addition,
the magically warded door will be open and the Warriors can
continue their quest.

W hen the Warriors step inside Majeem’s tomb, they

discover a map of the Dungeon which reveals all of the
places that Majeem hid his treasure.

Chaos
The Halfling Thief maneuvers behind the Ch aos From now on, each time the Warriors enter a new Board
Sorcerer for a surprise attack in Mike McVey’s Section roll 1D6. If the score is a 4, 5 or 6, then the Warriors
Diorama!!
Warhammer Quest Diorama recognise the area from the map and know that there is a
secret niche of stashed treasure. In each such instance the
Warriors find an item of Dungeon Room Treasure to be
distributed as normal.

A s they step into the Crypt of Majeem, one of the Warriors

(determined randomly) is confronted by a battle-clad
skeleton. Place Majeem in a space adjacent to the chosen
Warrior. It is Prince Majeem and he challenges the Warrior to a
duel.

Note: Prince Majeem always moves next to the chosen Warrior

if his movement allows, moving other models out of the way if
necessary.)

Even if the other Warriors attempt to assist in the battle, they

find it impossible to damage Majeem. Additionally, the dead
adventurer is unaffected by magic, blessings, magical items,
etc. used or cast by other Warriors. Only the confronted
Warrior can seem to wound Majeem. The Warrior in combat
with Majeem, however, can be healed and can benefit from
any magic cast upon him by other Warriors as usual.

If the Warrior loses the combat, each Warrior on the Board

feels a searing pain throughout their body. They each must
deduct -1D3 Wounds permanently from their Starting Wounds
score as Majeem does not consider them worthy of exploring
the area of his final resting place.

If the Warrior defeats Majeem, the ancient hero’s body

crumples to the ground and turns to dust. An echoing voice
congratulates and thanks the victorious Warrior. Majeem is
now able to rest peacefully knowing that able-bodied
adventurers have taken his place. An item of Objective Room
Treasure appears in the open stone coffin that only the Warrior
who defeated Majeem can pick up (he must end his turn in an
adjacent square next to the coffin to retrieve the treasure). With enemies closing in, the Trollslayer is about to
become the victim of a fiendish trap in Mike
McVey’s Warhammer Quest Diorama!

84
 WARHAMMER
WARHAMM ER QUEST – EXTRA RULES & SCENARIOS

SPECIAL QUEST #6 – PITS & TRAPS

(GW Mail Order,
Order, cards by Littlemonk)
Littlemonk)
Traps
Pits & Tra ps is a Warhammer Quest supplement that allows any party of adventurers that is bold enough to
add two new areas to any Dungeon they explore. While the new areas are dangerous, they offer rich
rewards to those brave enough, or foolhardy enough, to venture into them.

W hen you use the Pits & Traps Board Sections it is

assumed that the builder of the Dungeon has decided to
protect his lair (i.e. the Objective Room) with an additional
ante-chamber protected by some of his fiercest warriors. He
has also built in a short-cut to the Objective Room, concealed
by secret doors, which leads to another part of the Dungeon
closer to the exit. Obviously only a great, powerful and, above
all, rich individual could afford such safe-guards, so the
rewards you expect to find at the end of the Dungeon are
somewhat greater than they would normally be.
USING THE PITS & TRAPS BOARD SECTIONS
Warhammer Quest Pits & Traps includes two new areas for
you to explore: The Crossroads of Doom, and the Bridge of
Despair. The rules for each are different and are described
later on. First of all, however, the Warriors will need to know
how to discover the new areas.
Finding the Crossroads Of Doom
As noted earlier, the Crossroads of Doom are part of a secret
passageway that leads to the Objective Room. There is a
secret door leading to the passageway hidden in a dungeon
room. If the Warriors wish they can search in Dungeon Rooms
during the Exploration Phase to see if they can find the secret
entrance. Obviously they can only do this before they discover
the Objective Room in the normal way! To search a room for
secret doors the leader must be touching the wall of a
Dungeon Room that does not contain a normal door. He may
only search if there are no Monsters on the same Board
Section, just as if he were exploring normally. The leader then
rolls 1D6; on a roll of 1-5 he finds nothing and has wasted his
time, but on a roll of 6 he finds the secret entrance to the
Objective Room. Place a Doorway next to the square occupied
by the leader, leading to the Crossroads of Doom. The
Objective Room is beyond the crossroads.

Finding the Bridge Of Despair

When playing this version of the game, when you discover the
Objective Room you must first battle your way across the
Bridge of Despair. Place the Bridge of Despair Board Section so
that the entrance connects to the doorway you have just
opened, as shown below. The Objective Room is through the
doorway (shown here in red) on the far side of the room. Refer
to the Bridge of Despair rules section later on for details of
how to place Monsters and cross the bridge.

OTHER WAYS TO USE THE BOARD SECTIONS

There are a number of other ways you can incorporate the
new Board Sections into your games of Warhammer Quest
other than that described above.

The Death-
Death-Trap Dungeon Option
There is no secret passageway leading to the Objective Room
if you decide to use this option. Instead when you find the
Objective Room you must first traverse the Crossroads of
Doom. Once you get to the door at the end of the Crossroads
of Doom, however, instead of finding the Objective Room you
are greeted by the Bridge of Despair! The Objective Room is on
the far side of the bridge as described above.

The Dungeon Card Option

To play this option you will need to use the Crossroads of
Doom and the Bridge of Despair Dungeon Cards. Just shuffle
the cards into the Dungeon Deck and use them as normal. If
Blessed are the curious, you come across the card then lay out the appropriate Board
for they shall have Adventures! Sections as described above. However, instead of the Objective
Room being on the other side of them, draw a Dungeon Card
as you would normally when you pass through a Doorway.

85
WARHAMMER QUEST – EXTRA RULES & SCENARIOS

The Roleplay Option

All of the previous options assume you are playing the
standard version of the game, as opposed to the full role-play
version. However GM's of a Roleplay game should find it very
easy (and extremely entertaining) to add the new areas to
their games too.

THE BRIDGE OF DESPAIR RULES

Set up the new Bridge of Despair Board Sections as shown in
the diagram below. Then the leader must roll once on the
Objective Room Monster Table of the Monster-them that is
being used. These Monsters are placed in the squares to the
left and right of the bridge, as shown in the diagram. All the
Warriors need to do in order to get past this room is cross the
bridge and go through the door on the far side - the problem
with this is that the bridge is fixed to a turning mechanism,
and every now and then it rotates round! How exactly this
works, and what the Warriors can do about it, is described in
the special rules below.

Jumping Over the

the Pit
Adventurers can, if they wish jump over a pit square, generally
in order to get from the bridge to a ledge or vice-versa. The
Monsters are far too sensible to try this kind of thing, which is
why all of the bodies at the bottom of the pit belong to
adventurers!

To make a jump the Warrior must have at least two squares of

movement remaining and be adjacent to a pit square. Roll 1D6.
On a roll of 2-6 the Warrior may make the jump; place him on
any empty bridge or ledge square next to the pit square that
he jumped over. The jump 'costs' two squares of movement,
and the Warrior can keep on moving if he has any movement
remaining and would otherwise be allowed to do so. On a roll
of 1, however, something has gone wrong... roll again on the
table below:

Turning the
the Bridge
Take turns as you would normally. However, at the start of
each Exploration Phase, before doing anything else, the leader
must roll 1D6: on a roll of 1-2 the bridge will rotate 90 degrees
anticlockwise, on a roll of 3-4 it will stay where it is, and on a
roll of 5-6 it will rotate 90 degrees clockwise. Obviously any
models that are on the bridge will rotate with it when it turns,
while those on the ledges to either side will stay where they
are.
1 Oh dear... The Warrior mistimes his jump
and falls into the pit, landing with a
sickening thump at the bottom. He is killed
dead as a door-nail.
2-3 The Warrior lands badly and twists his
ankle. He makes the jump, but his move
ends and he may not do anything else this
turn. In addition he loses 1 Wound.
4-5 The Warrior lands in a heap. He makes the
jump, but his moves ends and he may not
do anything else this turn.
6 The Warrior realises that he won't make the
jump and skids to a halt. His move ends in
the square he is in, but he can fight or
perform other actions this turn.

Moving the
the Monsters
The Monsters will move as described in the Warhammer Quest
Main Rulebook. If it is impossible for them to move so they can
reach the Warriors, then they will move to get as close to them
as they can. They will not try and jump over pit squares to get
at the Warriors. Note that Monsters on the ledges can shoot
missile weapons at Warriors on the bridge, in which case they
stay as far away from the Warriors as possible.

86
 WARHAMMER
WARHAMM ER QUEST – EXTRA RULES & SCENARIOS

Exploring While On the

the Bridge
If the leader is next to the door on the far side of the bridge in
the exploration phase, then he can open it as long as there are
no Monsters on the bridge Board Section. This replaces the
normal rule that the leader cannot explore unless the entire
Board Section is clear of Monsters.

Assuming the leader opens the door and reveals the next
section then the Warriors can start moving through the door in
subsequent turns. As soon as there are no Warriors left on the
Bridge of Doom room section, all of the Monsters still in play
are removed, and the bridge is returned to its starting position.
If the Warriors ever return to the Bridge of Doom board, then a
new set of Monsters must be generated in the Monster Phase,
just as if the Warriors had entered a new room.

THE CROSSROADS OF DOOM RULES

Set up the new Crossroads of Doom Board Sections as shown
earlier. Then the leader must roll once on the Objective Room
Monster Table of the Monster-them that is being used. These
Monsters are placed in the squares in the two short corridor
sections to the left and right of the dead end Board Section
that has the levers on it.
The leader should place the Monsters, one per square in these
areas, splitting them as evenly as possible between the two
corridors. Any Monsters that will not fit are not used (the
leader can choose which to ignore). Note that the normal rules
for placing Monsters next to the Warriors are not used. The
Monsters will not get to move or fight until they are confronted
by the Warriors as described below.
When (or if!) all of the Monsters are slain, then the leader can
pull the levers again, just as described above (i.e. roll 1D6 to
see if the platform rotates clock-wise or anti-clockwise). If the
leader is lucky then the platform will turn round to face the
opposite way to that the Warriors came in, but if they are
unlucky they will end up facing the corridor where they
started. The leader can keep on pulling the levers like this as
often as he likes, but no more than once per Exploration
Phase, until he finally gets it to face the right way. He can even
keep on pulling the levers after the dead-end is facing the right
way if he desires!

Because of the random way that the platform moves there is a

fairly good chance that at some point it will turn to face the
corridor section that is occupied by the remaining Monsters.
Should this happen then the Warriors must fight them as
described above. However, in this case, once all the Monsters
have been slain, they will be replaced after the leader next
pulls the levers in the dead-end. This happens in the
exploration phase after the leader pulls the levers and the
platform rotates. Roll again on the Objective Room Monster
Table and place the Monsters as described above.

TREASURE CARDS
If the Warriors complete an Adventure that includes either the
Bridge or Despair or the Crossroads of Doom then they will
each receive an extra piece of Treasure in addition to the
normal reward they would receive completing the Adventure.
If they manage to get past both the Bridge of Despair and the
Crossroads Of Doom then they will each receive two extra
items of Treasure in addition to the normal reward they would
receive for completing the Adventure.

In order to get to the far door the Warriors must move onto
the platform Board Section that has the levers on it. If the
leader is on this Board Section in The exploration phase then
he can pull the levers, causing the platform to start turning
round.

When the leader pulls the levers, roll 1D6; on a roll of 1-3 the
dead-end rotates 90 degrees clockwise, and on 4-6 it goes 90
degrees anti-clockwise. This means that the first time the
levers are used the dead-end will turn 90 degrees to face the
Monsters either to the right or left, depending on what was
rolled on the dice. Whichever group of Monsters are revealed
are 'activated', and will start moving and fighting just as if they
had been discovered normally in that exploration phase.

87
WARHAMMER QUEST – BOARD SECTION RULES

· BOARD SECTION RULES ·

Some Board Sections in Warhammer Quest have special rules and they have been reprinted here
for quick reference.
reference. Some of them have also been expanded for use with the new material from
Littlemonk and the Ultimate Adventure Book. The section has been divided up into Special Rules,
Objective Rooms and Corridors & Dungeon Rooms.
Rooms. When new Board Sections are introduced,
introduced,
their rules will be presented here as well.

THE FIRST BOARD SECTION

(Main Rulebook)

I t is possible for the first Board Section of the Dungeon to be a Dungeon Room as depicted in the various examples in
the Main Rulebook.

Each Warrior model can start in any square in the entrance Board Section.

MULTI-
MULTI-LEVEL ROOMS
(Lair of the Orc Lord Rulebook)
1. Models may only move from one level to another via the stairs.
2. If a Warrior or Monster attacks a target on a higher level, they get a -1 modifier on their roll To Hit. If a Warrior or
Monster attacks a target on a lower level, they get a +1 modifier To Hit. Being on the stairs counts as being up on
the next level.
3. Models on higher levels cannot be pinned by models on lower levels, and vice-versa. This means, for example, that
archers on the platform level can shoot at Warriors on the floor level even if they seem to be standing right next to
them.

Littlemonk note: Some Board Sections or Adventures may have specific rules regarding how Warriors can move from level to level
within a room. The Fighting Pit, for example does not contain nor require the Warriors to use any stairs. It is assumed that the Warriors
are jumping into the pit

88
 WARHAMMER
WARHAMM ER QUEST – BOARD SECTION RULES

· OBJECTIVE ROOMS ·
ENTERING THE OBJECTIVE ROOM (Main Rulebook)

I n most Adventures, the Warriors’ goal is to find the Objective Room and complete the special event that occurs there.
Do not take an Evfent card as you would normally. Instead refer to the description of the Adventure you are playing.
The Objective Room will always be defended by a large number of Monsters.

Unless the rules say otherwise, you must always roll 1D6 on the Objective Room Monster Table appropriate to the
Monster-theme as instructed in the Adventure to see which Monsters defend the Objective Room. This is done in the
Monsters’ Phase as the Warriors enter the room and replaces taking an Event Card.

THE ALTAR OF KHORNE

(Original designer unknown, modified and redesigned by Littlemonk)
A blood-soaked altar looms at the end of this chamber. Blood… blood is everywhere.

The following rules apply to all the adventures that use the Altar of Khorne Objective Room, unless the
rules specify otherwise. The Altar of Khorne Objective Room follows all the rules for multi-level rooms.

Monster Placement in the Altar Room

In the Monster’s Phase after the Warriors enter the Altar of Khrone Objective Room, they will encounter
the Chaos Sorcerer and Champion of Khorne. Roll on the Objective Room Monster Table to see what other
Monsters accompany them, and then place the Monsters according to the following rules:
1 The Chaos Sorcerer is placed on the platform level, behind which ever pillar puts him
out of the “Line of Sight” of the majority of the Warriors. Unless the rules state
otherwise, the Chaos Sorcerer will prefer to stay behind the pillars and cast spells.
During the Monsters’ Phase he will move behind the other pillar if he is not pinned
and if it puts him out of the “Line of Sight” of the majority Warriors.
2 Any Monsters with missile weapons are placed on the platform level, wherever
possible. They will guard the Chaos Sorcerer if one is present and will never move off
the platform or stairs unless the Sorcerer is defeated.
3 The Champion of Khorne attacks the first Warrior to enter the room. As soon as a
Warrior moves between the first set of pillars into the room their movement ends.
Place the Champion of Khorne in front of that Warrior. If no Warrior move between
the first set of pillars, the Champion of Khorne will randomly attack any Warrior in
the middle entrance spaces.

THE ARENA (Littlemonk)

Rules to be announced…

89
WARHAMMER QUEST – BOARD SECTION RULES

THE DEN OF DESIRES

This exquisite hall is lavishly furnished and sweet, arousing fragrances fill the air. Soft,
soothing music reaches the Warriors’ ears and they momentarily forget that they are in
imminent danger.

What the Warriors are seeing is an illusion. The true state of this room is dilapidated,
grimy and filled with misery. The air is stuffy and reeks of sweat and the furniture is
splintered and broken. But as long as Monsters occupy the room, the imagcial illusion
will remain. The following rules apply to all the Adventures which use the Den of
Desires, unless the rules specify otherwise. The Den of Desires Objective Room follows
all the rules for multi-level rooms.

Monster Placement in the Den

In the Monster’s Phase after the Warriors enter the Den of Desires, they will come face-to-face with the Sorcerer of Slaanesh and the
Champion of Slaanesh. Roll on the Chaos Slaanesh Objective Room Monster Table to see what other Monsters accompany them, and
then place the Monsters according to the following rules:
1 The Sorcerer of Slaanesh is placed on one of the two sofa spaces on Level 3, from where they casts spells against the
Warriors, preferring to stay out of hand-to-hand combat if possible.
2 Any Monsters with missile weapons are placed on Level 2, evenly distributed on each side, and as far away from the
Warriors as possible.
3 The Champion of Slaanesh is placed on one of the spaces next to a burning brazier on Level 3. He attacks the first
Warrior to climb one of the stair spaces which lead to to Level 2. As soon as a Warrior moves onto a stair space, place
the Champion at the top of the stairs in front of him.

Special Rules
Temptation of Slaanesh
If a ‘1’ is rolled in the Power Phase, in addition to drawing an Event Card, the great, seductive power of Slaanesh fills the room. Visions
of their most appealing desires appear in front of the Warriors.

Each Warrior must make a Temptation Roll. The amount of dice a Warrior must roll is dependent upon where they are in the Den. A
Warrior on the Bottom or Middle Level must roll 1D6 and a Warrior on the Upper Level must roll 2D6. If any of the dice come up a 1, the
Warrior succumbs to the overwhelming temptation of Slaanesh. They are led away by a small group of Slaanesh cultists to fulfill their
deepest desires. Place the surrendered Warrior in one of the chairs in the corner of the Den. They may no longer participate in the
combat, nor can they flee the Dungeon.

At the beginning of each turn, a Warrior who has succumbed to the temptation of Slaanesh may attempt to break free of the Slaanesh
enticement by rolling 1D6. If the result is a 6, the Warrior overcomes the allure and may move and act normally. If the Warriors are
successful in clearing the Objective Room, any Warrior who had surrendered reverts back to normal. If the Warriors flee the Dungeon
or if they are defeated, any Warrior who had surrendered to the Slaanesh temptations must be left behind and are permanently
removed from the game.

DREAD KING’S THRONE ROOM (Catacombs of Terror)

This vaulted chamber is a most fearful and terrifying place. The silence of the dead fills the air with a
tangible aura of menace, and the all-pervading stench of age and death chokes the Warriors’ faltering
breath.

The following rules apply to all the Adventures which use the Dread King’s Throne Room, unless the
rules specify otherwise. The Dread King’s Throne Room Objective Room follows all the rules for multi-
level rooms.

The Warriors will enter this chamber up the ramp, between the two raised platforms on either side.
Where possible, Monsters with missile weapons will occupy these spaces, from where they can fire
down at the Warriors, and the Warriors will be unable to attack them back except with their own
missile weapons. The only way to attack Monsters on these areas is to get up the ramp and around
the side, advancing square by square along the ramparts.

At the top of the ramp, two squares split into three, making a block of five squares in total. Any
model can move between these five squares as usual, and any model in one of these squares can
attack (and be pinned by!) any model in a square which is even partly adjacent to their square. Where
possible, any Monsters who are guarding the throne and who do not have missile weapons will form a
line in these three squares first, blocking the Warriors off from getting to the Dread King himself.

The Dread King sits atop the dais at the end of the hall, in the far square. The Grimoire Necris stands in the square in front of him.
Models may move up and down the steps just as if they were normal squares – the steps are not very steep, and provide no obstacle
to a determined Warrior.

90
 WARHAMMER
WARHAMM ER QUEST – BOARD SECTION RULES

THE FIGHTING
FIGHTING PIT (Adventure Book)
The dim light of a single lamp suspended from the ceiling barely penetrates the shadows of this dark and
forbidding room.

The following rules apply to all the adventures that use the Fighting Pit, unless the rules specify otherwise:
1 The Fighting Pit follows all the normal rules for multi-level rooms.
2 The Warriors always enter the Fighting Pit Objective Room from the
upper level side of the Board Section.
3 Missile troops are placed on the highest level possible.
4 Models may move to and from the pit using normal movement.

Optional Special Rules

Moving Into and Out Of the Pit
Anytime the Warriors enter the pit, it is assumed that they are using the rope as pictured in the Board
Section. Just as with the Rope Equipment Card, each time a Warrior uses the rope in the Fighting Pit to climb
up or down they must roll 1D6 to see if the rope breaks.

If they have no rope, or if they wish to, a Warrior may jump into the pit by rolling 1D6. If the score is a 1, the
Warrior has landed harshly and takes 1D6 Wounds with no modifiers for anything. If the rope in the Fighting
Pit has broken and the Warriors do not have a rope or the Levitation spell, any Warrior at the bottom of the pit is trapped unless the
Adventure indicates that there is an exit there.

THE FIRECHASM (Adventure Book)

A deep red light seeps out from this room, suffusing the area with a burning glow. The air is almost too
warm to breathe and the walls are hot to the touch.

The following rules apply to all the Adventures which use the Firechasm, unless the rules specify otherwise.

Special Rules
Crossing the Chasm
The rope bridge is on the only way across the chasm, and is equivalent to 2 squares of Movement. For each
Warrior that attempts to cross the bridge roll 1D6 on the following table:

1-2 The Warrior slips on the ancient bridge. Roll 1D6 on the Firechasm Hazard Table.
3-6 The Warrior makes it safely across.

FIRECHASM HAZARD TABLE

1 The Warrior falls into the chasm and is killed.
2-3 The Warrior slips, dangling into the flames. He is badly burnt, taking 1D6 Wounds
with no deductions for Toughness or armour, but manages to haul himself across
to the opposite side of the chasm.
4 The Warrior slips, losing his grip on any one item of treasure or equipment.
Determine which item is lost in the abyss randomly.
5-6 The Warrior grips on to the bridge as it starts to swing violently. No other Warriors
may attempt to cross the bridge this turn. At the end of the turn, roll 1D6 for the
Warrior on the bridge to see which side of the chasm he ends up on:
1-3 The far side.
4-6 The near side.

Monsters have no such problems in cross the bridge, as they do it all the time.

91
WARHAMMER QUEST – BOARD SECTION RULES

THE GOBLIN KING’S CAVE (Littlemonk)

Rules to be announced…

THE GORGON’S GROTTO (Littlemonk)

The light of the lantern reveals columns and statues. The sound of dripping water echoes through this room.

The following rules apply to all the Adventures which use the Gorgon’s Grotto, unless the rules specify otherwise. The Gorgon’s Grotto
Objective Room follows all the rules for multi-level rooms. The Warriors always enter from the Doorway as shown on the diagram
below.

Monster Placement in the Grotto

In the Monster’s Phase after the Warriors enter the Gorgon’s Grotto, you will find out what evil Monsters they meet. Roll on the Chaos
Khorne Objective Room Monster Table to see what creatures are there, and then place them according to the following rules:

1 Some squares cannot be occupied by models as shown on the diagram. The pillars
and statues in those squares are considered to be blocking the Line of Sight in the
room and no models may see past them. In addition, a model may not move
diagonally into a square adjacent to a pillar or statue as it is considered a “Blocked
Diagonal” space.
2 Place the Gorgon in the corner as shown on the diagram. The Gorgon will remain
on the Upper Level, moving among the three spaces there to get a Line of Sight
against any Warrior she is attacking.
3 Missile troops are placed on the Middle Level as far from the Warriors as possible.

92
 WARHAMMER
WARHAMM ER QUEST – BOARD SECTION RULES

GORGUT’S LAIR (Lair of the Orc Lord)

This huge room has an air of menace. Facing the Warriors is a deep, spiked pit. Beyond the pit the
Warriors can see a dimly-lit platform upon which stands an imposing throne.

The following rules apply to all the Adventures which use Gorgut’s Lair, unless the rules specify
otherwise. The Gorgut’s Lair Objective Room follows all the rules for multi-level rooms.

Monster Placement in the Lair

In the Monster’s Phase after the Warriors enter Gorgut’s Lair, you will find out what evil Monsters
they meet. Roll on the Objective Room Monster Table to see what Monsters are there, and then place
the Monsters according to the following rules:

1 Monsters are never placed on the entrance level. If there are

too many Monster to place them all on the floor or platform
levels the extra Monsters are not placed at all. Monsters can
of course move onto the entrance level once they have
appeared on the Board.
2 Gorgut is placed on the platform, from where he bellows
commands to his minions. However, he attacks the first
Warrior to climb the stairs from the entrance level to the
floor level by leaping off the platform into the fray. As soon
as a Warrior moves up the stairs, place Gorgut next to him,
ready for battle.
3 Goblins, Orcs, Big’Uns, Gubbinz and Growler are placed on
the floor level.
4 Missile troops are placed are placed on the platform level,
wherever possible.

5 Skabnoze is placed on the Orc symbol in the centre of the

platform.

Special Rules
Spiked Pit
Fighting near the pit at the entrance to the Lair is particularly dangerous. If any Warrior standing in a
square adjacent to the pit gets a natural 1 when rolling To Hit he loses his balance and falls into the
pit. Roll on the table below:

1 The Warrior falls straight into the pit. All nearby Monsters
scream with delight as the Warrior plunges to his death in
the fires below. Now would be a good time to use that Luck
counter!
2-3 The Warrior desperately makes a grab for the edge of the
pit, cutting himself on the spikes. The Warrior takes 1D6
Wounds, with no modifiers. During the next Warrior’s Phase
he may wing over to an empty entrance level square if there
is one. If not, he is left hanging in the pit. Swinging to an
empty square takes a whole turn, but in the next Warriors’
Phase the Warrior may move and fight as normal.
4-6 The Warrior turns his fall into a leap and lands safely in an
empty entrance level square, if there is one. In the next
Warriors’ Phase he may move normally. However, if there
isn’t an entrance level square empty the Warrior falls into the
pit just as in result 2-3 above.

No Monster will attack a Warrior while he is hanging in the pit.

93
WARHAMMER QUEST – BOARD SECTION RULES

THE PIT OF REVULSION (Design by Littlemonk, artwork

artwork by Seb Stuart)
It takes all of your willpower not to vomit due to the repulsive stench which permeates this room. At the
bottom of filthy stairs you can see a large, bubbling cauldron filled with a strange liquid.

The following rules apply to all the Adventures which use the Pit of Revulsion, unless the rules specify
otherwise. The Pit of Revulsion Objective Room follows all the rules for multi-level rooms.

Special Rules
The Acid Pit
Just inside the entrance, a pit bubbles and boils, splashing out an acid substance into the surrounding area.
Any Warrior who begins their turn in a square adjacent to the Acid Pit must subtract their Toughness from
the Power Phase roll. That is the number of Wounds they take with no modifiers for anything. If the
Damage reduces the Warrior to 0 Wounds, they must deduct -1 from their Toughness permanently. If the
Warrior’s Toughness is ever reduced to 0, they are killed and removed from the game.

Monster Placement in the Pit

In the Monsters’ Phase after the Warriors enter the Pit of Revulsion, roll on the Chaos Nurgle Objective
Room Monster Table to discover what creatures attack them. Place the Monsters with the following rules:

1 Place the Chaos Sorcerer of Nurgle on one of the spaces behind the cauldron.
2 Place any Guards on any unoccupied around the Sorcerer. They will Guard the Sorcerer and
will never move away from him unless the Sorcerer is defeated.
3 Missile troops are placed on the highest level squares possible and as far from the Warriors
as possible.

QUIRRIK’S LABORATORY (White Dwarf #195)

Due to the intricate and extensive rules, see White Dwarf Magazine Issue #195 (Domain of the Horned Rat
article) for how to use Quirrik’s Laboratory.

94
 WARHAMMER
WARHAMM ER QUEST – BOARD SECTION RULES

THE SHIFTING SANCTUM (Littlemonk)

The powerful magic of Tzeentch, the Changer of Ways, courses through this room
causing many transformations and alterations. The floor here expands and contracts
and the Winds of Magic flow backward.

The following rules apply to all the Adventures which use the Shifting Sanctum, unless
the rules specify otherwise. The Shifting Sanctum Objective Room follows all the rules
for multi-level rooms. When the Warriors find the Shifting Sanctum Objective Room,
you will randomly determine how to attach the Board Section, by rolling 1D6 and
consulting the table below:

D6 Roll Doorway
1-3 A (choose one of two options)
4-6 B (choose one of two options)

Each turn, one group of tiles in the Shifting Sanctum will randomly rise up or sink
down. This means that there are many possible board layouts that can occur (see
diagrams). When the Warriors first enter the Shifting Sanctum, the floor starts in the
elevated position. Therefore, the yellow and blue tiles should be placed as shown in the
diagram to the right.

Special Rules
The Power Phase Roll
The Power Phase Roll each turn determines two things. As usual, it determines the amount of power available to the Wizard. However,
the magic available is the opposite of what the dice indicates. Secondly, the Power Phase Roll determines the sections of the room that
change according to the table below.

Power Wizard’s Power Tile Section

Phase this turn that moves
6 1 Middle Square
5 2 L Squares
4 3 I Squares
3 4 I Squares
2 5 L Squares
1 6 Middle Square

If the tile was in the up position, it lowers (remove the tile piece from the Board). If it was in the down position, it raises (add the tile to
the Board).

Level 1 is symbolized by the red squares, Level 2 by the yellow squares and Level 3 by
the blue square. If a model was standing on a square that raises or lowers, the model
still occupies the square but he is now a level higher or lower than he was previosly. His
attacks and defence bonus or penalty should be adjusted accordingly this turn. For
example, a Chaos Sorcerer is standing on the blue platform and is, therefore, +1 To Hit
against Warriors standing on the stairs. If he is standing on the blue platform and is
using a ranged weapon, then he is +2 To Hit against Warriors in a red square.

No Warrior may ever move onto the Eye of Tzeentch for they would be killed instantly
by the corrupting power of Chaos.

Monster Placement in the Sanctum

In the Monsters’ Phase after the Warriors enter the Shifting Sanctum of Tzeentch, roll
on the Chaos Tzeentch Objective Room Monster Table to discover what creatures
attack them. Place the Monsters with the following rules:

1 Place the Chaos Sorcerer of Tzeentch on the blue Level 3

platform. Other Monsters are never placed there as only a
Sorcerer of Tzeentch can occupy the center platform.
2 Place any Guards are placed on the stairs first. They will
Guard the Sorcerer and will never move off the stairs unless
the Sorcerer is defeated.
3 Missile troops are placed on the yellow Level 2 platforms in
the corners of the room, following all rules for lines of sight.

95
WARHAMMER QUEST – BOARD SECTION RULES

THE SORCERER’S FORGE (Littlemonk)

This huge room has an air of menace. Facing the Warriors is a deep, spiked pit. Beyond the pit the
Warriors can see a dimly-lit platform upon which stands an imposing throne.

The following rules apply to all the Adventures which use the Sorcerer’s Forge, unless the rules
specify otherwise. The Sorcerer’s Forge Objective Room follows all the rules for multi-level rooms.

Monster Placement in the Forge

In the Monster’s Phase after the Warriors enter the Sorcerer’s Forge, you will find out what twisted
Monsters they meet. Roll on the Objective Room Monster Table to see what Monsters are there, and
then place the Monsters according to the following rules:

1 Monsters are never placed on the entrance level. If there are too many Monster to place
them all on the floor or platform levels the extra Monsters are not placed at all.
Monsters can move onto the entrance level once they have appeared on the Board.
2 Place the Chaos Dwarf Sorcerer in the square between the Anvil and the upper fire pit.
3 Place any Guards on the Level 4. They will Guard the Sorcerer and will never moe off the
Upper Level unless the Sorcerer is defeated
4 Any missle troops are placed on the Level 3.
5 If a Chaos Dwarf Champion is present he is placed on the stairs leading from Level 2 to
Level 3. He will not move unless he is attacked with a ranged weapon or spell,
whereupon he attacks the nearest Warrior.

Special Rules
The Grates
The Chaos Dwarfs have taken steps to protect their leader by placing metal grates over certain areas of the room. These areas are
where lava erupts up out of the grate, searing anyone who passes over them. Any Warrior who steps on a Fire Grate below:

1 A jet of lava erupts through the grate and the Warrior is engulfed in flames! He suffers 2D6 Wounds.
2-3 A stream of lava shoots upward and the Warrior suffers 1D3 Wounds with deductions for anything.
4-5 A burst of lava splashes up upward and scalds the Warrior for 1 Wound with no modifiers for anything.
6 No lava erupts out of the grate this turn.

Monsters never have to roll when stepping on the grates and they are well aware of when the lava will erupt.

THE SPIDER’S NEST

(Designed by Littlemonk, artwork by Seb Stuart)
A golden fluorescence radiates dimly from beyond a thick veil of cobwebs.

The following rules apply to all the Adventures which use the Spider’s Nest, unless the rules
specify otherwise.

Special Rules
Anytime a Warrior steps into this Board Section, he must stop his Movement and roll 1D6 on the
Web Table:

WEB TABLE
1-2 The Warrior is webbed (put a Web Counter next to him). At the
start of each turn, a webbed Warrior rolls 1D6 and adds his
Strength. If the total is 7 or more, he frees himself and may act
normally.
3-4 The Warrior becomes partially entangled in the web this turn. The
rest of his Movement is halved (round down) and his attacks are
-1 To Hit. At the start of each turn, a webbed Warrior rolls 1D6
and adds his Strength. If the total is 7 or more, he frees himself
may act normally. If not, he is still partially entangled.
5-6 The Warrior manages to fight through the veil of cobwebs without
getting stuck and may continue his Movement.

96
 WARHAMMER
WARHAMM ER QUEST – BOARD SECTION RULES

THE TAVERN (Original Board from White Dwarf #223,

modified and redesigned
redesigned by Littlemonk)
Low lights in this room illuminates tables and chairs. The smell of food,
ale and sweat hangs in the air.

The Tavern Objective Room follows all the rules for multi-level rooms. The
Tavern Objective Room follows all the rules for multi-level rooms. The
tables, bar and stairs are considered Level 2 squares. The balcony is
considered Level 3 squares.

The Warriors enter from a Doorway on the top, left side of the Board
Section by the landing. The Tavern exit Doorway is placed on the bottom
side of the Board Section (see diagram).

Monster Placement in the Tavern

In the Monsters’ Phase after the Warriors enter the Tavern, roll on the
Objective Room Monster Table of the Monster-them being used to
discover what Mosnters assault them. Place the Monsters with the
following rules:

1 The Chaos Sorcerer is placed at the end of the balcony, as

far away from the stairs as possible.
2 Missile troops are placed on the highest level possible.
3 The table is considered one large square and only one
model may stand on a table at one time.
4 The Chaos Champion guards the Tavern front entrance
Doorway.

A Warrior may exit the Dungeon by moving through the Tavern Exit (although they must break from pinning if applicable). If any
Warrior exits in this manner, they receive no reward for the Adventure. If all of the Warriors exit in this manner, then another more
capable band of heroes storm the Tavern and bring down all of the Monsters. The Warriors receive no reward for their efforts.

THE TEMPLE OF KHAINE (Hall of the Hag Queen)

The statue of Khaine greets you as you enter this shrine. At the top of the stairs is
a glowing cauldron dripping with blood.

The following rules apply to all the Adventures which use the Temple of Khaine,
unless the rules specify otherwise. The Temple of Khaine Objective Room follows
all the rules for multi-level rooms.

Choose one option for placing a Doorway (see diagram to the right). Sometimes an
Adventure will instruct you to place the second doorway as well.

Monster Placement in the Hall

In the Monsters’ Phase after the Warriors enter the Temple of Khaine, roll on the
Dark Elves Objective Room Monster Table to discover what merciless Dark Elves
assault them. Place the Monsters with the following rules:

1 Regular Monsters are never placed on the Upper platform

where the Cauldron is located (they aren’t allowed near it).
Only the Hag Queen and her Guardians Griselda and
Brunhilda are placed there.
2 The Hag Queen is placed on the space directly behind the
Cauldron.
3 Griselda and Brunhilda are placed on the steps of the Upper
platform.
4 Missile troops are placed on the Middle platform, as far
away from the Warriors as possible.
5 Raith Darkfoot, if present, is placed behind the Warrior he
targets.

97
WARHAMMER QUEST – BOARD SECTION RULES

THE VAMPIRE’S LAIR

LAIR (Littlemonk)
Candles burning inside this room reveal a cozy chamber, although you can feel that an evil
presence is close by.

The following rules apply to all the Adventures which use the Vampire’s Lair, unless the rules
specify otherwise. The Vampire’s Lair Objective Room follows all the rules for multi-level
rooms.

One Lair,
Lair, Two Areas
You will notice that, in addition to the main Board Section, there is also a Bookcase piece.

When you set up the Vampire’s Lair Objective Room Board Section, begin with the Bookcase
piece laid across the fifth row of the Main Board (see bottom diagram). This signifies that the
entire bottom floor area is inaccessible at this time, blocked off by the bookcase.

This bookcase divides the Vampire’s Lair into two areas: the Library and the Hidden Resting
Chamber. In order for the Warriors to find the Hidden Resting Chamber, the Warriors will need
to clear the Library of any Monsters.

Models can occupy any space in this room, however note that there are only four squares
available at the entrance.

Monster Placement in the Vampire’s Lair

In the Monsters’ Phase after the Warriors enter the Vampire’s Lair, roll on the Vampire
Objective Room Monster Table to discover what foul creatures assault them. Place the
Monsters with the following rules:

1 Until the Warriors discover the Hidden Resting Chamber, no

models may be placed in that part of the Board.
2 Place any Spellcaster as far away from the Warriors as
possible.
3 Missile troops are placed on the highest level possible.
4 No models may occupy the three Vampire Coffin squares.

Special Rules
Finding the Secret Lever
At the end of each turn that there are no Monsters on the Board Section, the Warriors may
search the room for a hidden passage or secret door by rolling 1D6 on the table below (make
one roll for the group):

1 Trap! A fireball engulfs the room and every Warrior

on the Board Section suffers 3D6 Damage!
2-4 Trap! One of the Warriors (determined randomly) is
struck by a bolt of magical energy. They suffer 1D6
Wounds with no modifiers for anything.
5-6 Found it! The Warriors discover a secret lever! The
bookcase separates in the middle and both ends retract
into the walls, revealing stairs leading down into a
secret chamber below!

When the secret lever is found, remove the Bookcase piece from the Board.

The Warriors should continue rolling for Unexpected Events each turn as usual until they have
completed their Dungeon objective.

If an Unexpected Event occurs after the Wariors discover the Hidden Resting Chamber,
Monsters may now be placed in the Hidden Resting Chamber area.

98
 WARHAMMER
WARHAMM ER QUEST – BOARD SECTION RULES

· CORRIDORS & DUNGEON ROOMS ·

THE ANVIL CHAMBER THE BRIDGE OF DESPAIR
(White Dwarf #200) (Pits & Traps)
Hot lava flows into a pit in the See the Special Quest section of this Rulebook (page 85)
middle of the room. At the far for details of the Bridge of Despair.
end of the chamber sits an
ancient anvil of Dwarven
craftsmanship.

See the Special Quest section of

this Rulebook (page 80) for
details of the Anvil Chamber.

THE BOTTOMLESS PIT

(Hall of the Hag Queen)
When this Board Section is first
discovered, it is placed so that CHASM OF DESPAIR
the Warriors enter from the side
of the bridge that contains only (Catacombs of Terror)
two squares. The slender bridge that spans the Chasm
of Despair is very narrow and any
Warrior or Monster who is clumsy may
There are three “squares” on end up toppling down into the darkness.
the bridge consisting of two
planks in each square. The
middle “square” is quite Any Monster or Warrior that rolls a
precariously held together and natural 1 to hit with a hand-to-hand
any Warrior who steps on it attack while standing on the bridge will
must immediately roll 1D6, lose their balance and fall down into the
deducting -1 for every other depths of the catacombs and is quite,
model that is also on the bridge at the same time. If the quite dead. The Warriors do not get gold
result is a 1 it means that the entire bridge has given for Monsters who die in this way. The
way. All models on the bridge plummet into the darkness Warriors may save themselves with the
below (the bottom of which has never been reached) and Dwarf's Rope Equipment Card, which stops them falling
are removed from the game. Warriors get no gold for in. but may break as written on the card. Otherwise,
Monsters killed in this way. In addition, if a Warrior events only happen in the Chasm of Despair if a 1 is
begins their turn on the middle “square” they must roll rolled in the Power Phase.
1D6 to see if it gives way (this is not a good place to be
stopping!).

To repair a collapsed bridge, a Warrior must spend a turn

shooting an arrow (or bolt) with a Rope attached to it
across the chasm by rolling on his Ballistic Skill as if THE CROSSROADS OF DOOM
shooting an enemy. If that is successful, the Warriors can
repair the bridge which takes another 1D3 turns. If they (Pits & Traps)
don’t have a rope or arrow/bolt, the Warriors must turn See the Special Quest section of this Rulebook (page 85)
back. for details of the Crossroads of Doom.

Monsters are agile and cross the bridge regularly so they

never need to make a roll when stepping on the middle
square. Note that flying Monsters, in addition to
attacking the Warriors from the various squares, can also
attack the Warriors from the empty spaces (bottomless
pit) on either side of the bridge. Flying Monsters never
plummet if the bridge gives way.

The Bottomless Pit is a Corridor and will be empty unless

an Unexpected Event is rolled in the Power Phase.

99
WARHAMMER QUEST – BOARD SECTION RULES
THE CRYPT OF MAJEEM
(Board by Talion, Rules by
Littlemonk)
Littlemonk)
Directly ahead is a stone coffin. Its
lid shattered upon the floor.
Something has either broken in, or
broken out. Another stone coffin
here sits seemingly untouched.
See the Special Quest section of this Rulebook (page 83)
for details of the Crypt of Majeem.
THE CRYSTAL CAVE
(Hall of the Hag
Hag Queen)
The first time a Warrior enters
the Crystal Cave Board Section
she rolls 1D6 and adds that
number to the Power Phase roll.
The total is the number of
Wounds she heals, up to her
Starting Wounds score.
The Crystal Cave is a Corridor and will be empty unless
an Unexpected Event is rolled in the Power Phase.
THE DEAD END
(White Dwarf #192)
The Warriors have come to a complete
Dead End and must either retrace their
steps or dig their way through the
rubble. You cannot dig through while
there are Monsters on the same Board
Section.
Digging
Up to two Warriors may dig through at any one time,
and both must standing at the collapsed end of the
passage. For each turn a Warrior spends digging, roll
1D6 and add their Strength. Keep track of the score (or
scores if more than one Warrior is digging). When the
total reaches 30 or more the Warriors break through
and may continue exploring as normal. However, if two
Warriors are digging at the same time and both dice
rolls come up the same (i.e. a double) then the roof
collapses again and any work they have done is ruined –
reduce their digging total by the score rather than
adding it!
Cunning Monsters
Monsters
The Monsters that lurk within this dungeon know that
bold Warriors frequently spend a lot of time near the
Dead End. For this reason they regularly patrol the area
and set traps to catch the unwary. The Dead End is a
corridor, so only Unexpected Events will occur here.
However, while a Warrior is standing on the Dead End
Board Section a Power roll of 1 or 6 will trigger an
Unexpected Event.
100
THE FLAMES OF KHAZLA
(Catacombs of Terror)
Terror)
Where the corridor turns a corner, the
Warriors come across a small shrine of
multi-coloured flames.
The first time a Warrior enters this
Board Section, he regains 2D6 Wounds,
up to his Starting Wounds score. Each Warrior may only
be healed once in this way, The Flames of Khazla is a
corridor, not a Dungeon Room, so entering it will not
trigger an Event Card. Note that Warriors may not move
through the square that contains the shrine.
Because the room is so small, only three squares
effectively, the Warriors will have to be careful when they
pass through it. If the leader moves onto the new Board
Section the turn after exploring, the fourth party
member, stuck on the previous Board Section, will
immediately become lost in the dark! It is a good idea for
the leader to stay in the Flames of Khazla Board Section
until any players who are on the previous Board Section
have moved into the Flames of Khazla, or out onto the
new Board Section.
THE FLAMES OF KHAZLA
(White Dwarf #186)
#186)
Just ahead of the Warriors the corridor
turns sharply, and nestled in the corner is
a small shrine. An ornate brazier burns
continuously with multi-coloured flames
that occasionally leap up to the ceiling.
See the Special Quest section of this
Rulebook (page 76) for details of the Flames of Khazla.
THE GAOL
(White Dwarf #185)
#185)
The Gaol is a very small and dark dungeon cell. A noxious
smell rises from the open drain and the straw is infested
with all kinds of unpleasant life. It is used by the
Monsters for imprisoning people they want to forget
about...
See the Special Quest section of this Rulebook (page 78)
for details of the Gaol.
 WARHAMMER
WARHAMM ER QUEST – BOARD SECTION RULES

THE HALL OF DEATH (Catacombs of Terror)

Terror)
The bone-filled Hall of Death is a source of dark magic and draws evil power from the surrounding
area. This power acts like a beacon to the fell creatures of Undeath.

The Hall of Death is rather like a T-junction in some ways, in that it has many possible exits. Have a
look at the Dungeon Card and you will see that there are four doorways to be clipped on when this
room comes into play. This includes the door the Warriors enter the Hall of Death by, but this still
leaves three other exits. The remaining Dungeon Cards are split between the possible exits, just like
a normal T-junction.

The Hall of Death does not trigger events when the Warriors enter the hall, the foul magic in the
loom instead tries to prevent them leaving its grim walls. As soon as the Warriors enter the Hall of
Death, take the top three Event Cards in the Event deck without looking at them. Place one by each
door out of the hall face down.

When the Warriors explore through a doorway leading from the Hall of Death, turn over the card in the Dungeon Deck as normal
and place the relevant Board Section down. Next, turn over the Event Card for that door. If it is an 'E' card resolve it immediately.
If it is Monsters place them on the board straight away. The Monsters will get to fight in the next Monsters' Phase as normal.

Otherwise, events only happen in the Hall of Death if a 1 is rolled in the Power Phase.

THE SEWER (White Dwarf #204)

#204)
The rancid stench of noxious vapours assails the Warriors’ nostrils as they reach this intersection
with an effluent channel.

On entering the Sewer you should draw an Event Card, just as if it were a Dungeon Room.

The Warriors emerge in the sewer itself, on the left hand side of the Board Section as pictured. They
must climb out and work their way round to the exit. To move around in the water filled sewer
section of the board, you'll have to imagine that it is divided into six “squares”. It's actually fairly
obvious where the lines should be, but if you're having any trouble, remember the room is six squares
long by three wide. Every time a Warrior enters a new square in the water, you should roll 1D6. On a
roll of 2-6 the Warrior may continue moving as normal. However, on a roll of a I the Warrior has
encountered something unexpected (and probably horrible and slimy) beneath the sludge. Roll a dice
on the following table to find out what happens to him:

1-2 The Warrior feels something brush up against his ankle. Something is definitely moving
through the water. Before he has time to react, a tentacle wraps itself around his leg,
grabbing hold and pulling the victim down beneath the surface of the sludge. The Warrior
suffers 1D6 Wounds with no modifiers for Toughness or Armour, before managing to fight
the creature off.
3-4 Suddenly the floor gives way beneath your Warrior, as he steps into a sink hole. By the time
he regains his footing, he realises that he has dropped something down the hole. Discard
one random item of Dungeon Room Treasure.
5-6 Beneath the surface of the sludge, years of slime have built up, making the floor extremely slippery. The
Warrior is unable to keep his footing, and slips beneath the surface, taking in mouthfuls of extremely
unpleasant effluent. He may do nothing further until the end of the next Warriors phase, as he is too busy
retching.

To climb out (or indeed in), a Warrior must spend an entire Warriors phase climbing. Move the Warrior from the square he is
standing on in the sewer, to any adjacent square on the path (or vice versa, if the Warriors want to climb back down).

However, if the Warriors try climbing the wall from which the two pipes can be seen emerging, then there is a chance they
will be knocked back down by a sudden gush of effluent rushing out of the pipes. Roll 1D6 for any Warrior trying to climb
past the pipes. On a roll of 1-3 they manage the climb before the pipes wash them back down. However, on a roll of 4-6 they
are caught by a sudden and unexpected gush of effluent, which throws them back down into the sewer. Roll immediately on
the table above to see what happens as they land in the sewer.

101
WARHAMMER QUEST – BOARD SECTION RULES

THE SHAMAN’S DEN (Lair of the Orc Lord)

Lord)
The Warriors can feel the magical power in the room, but the poor light of the lantern is not enough to show what
might lurk within. Crumbling sandstone steps lead up into the darkness.

Power
Al the magical energy in the room has a strange effect on the Wizard. Roll 1D6 when he enters
the room:

1 While he is in the Shaman’’s Den, the Wizard may cast no spells at all!
2-4 The Wizard finds that one of his spells does not work in the Shamans’ Den.
Randomly determine which spell does not work.
5-6 The Wizard is suffused with power and adds +2 to his Power Phase roll each
turn he is in the Shaman’s Den. This does not affect the chance of Unexpected
Events – you always get an Unexpected Event if the actual dice roll was a 1.

Treasure
The Warriors may find extra treasure in the Shaman’s Den.

When the Warriors enter the Shamans’ Den, there will be an Event as usual. This may reveal Monsters, or it may be some
cunning trap or other event. Once this Event is over, as well as following any other instructions on the card, the Warriors
may quickly search the Den. Roll 1D6 and consult the table below to see what they find:

1 The Warriors find no extra Treasure, but they make a heck of a noise searching. Take another Event Card now.
In addition to what the card says, place Skabnoze the Shaman in the Den too. He has returned to see what the
noise is all about. See the Skabnoze Special Card and Lair of the Orc Lord for rules (page 8).
2-4 The Warriors find an iron flask chained to the ground, which contains a potent healing potion. Each Warrior may
take one drink which cures 2D6 Wounds. Orc potions have a very limited shelf-life, so they must use the potion
immediately before it goes off.
5-6 Each Warrior finds a glittering Talisman, obviously magical, and possibly of Elven design. Once per Adventure a
Warrior may stop a single attack against him by use of his magic Talisman. A Talisman is worth 250 gold.

SINJIN’S STATUE THE SPIDER’S NEST

(Original designer unknown, modified and (Design by Littlemonk,
Littlemonk,
redesigned by Littlemonk)
Littlemonk) artwork by Seb Stuart)
Stuart)
In the corner of the room, is a massive statute. This A golden fluorescence
imposing clay figure with its life-like features is radiates dimly from beyond
undoubtedly the work of a master craftsman. a thick veil of cobwebs.

See the Special Quest section of this Rulebook (page 82) The first time a Warrior
for details of the Sinjin’s Statue. finishes their Movement on
this Board Section, he must
roll 1D6 and add his
Strength to the score. If the
result is less than 7, then
the Warrior is webbed (put
a Web Counter next to him).
Monsters attacking a
webbed Warrior hit
automatically.

At the start of each turn, a webbed Warrior rolls 1D6 and

adds his Strength. If the total is 7 or more, he frees
himself and may act normally.

102
 WARHAMMER
WARHAMM ER QUEST – BOARD SECTION RULES

THE SPIRAL STAIRCASE (White Dwarf

Dwarf #192)
A set of ancient stairs descends into the depths of the Dungeon.

Into the Dark

Imagine this Board section is roughly divided into four squares around the stairwell itself (like the Gaol and Flames
of Khazla Board Sections). The Warriors may ignore the steps and skirt around the top, or they can descend
downwards into the very bowels of the Dungeon.

No Monsters will move onto the stairs, and whilst the Warriors are on this Board Section no Unexpected Events will occur.
However, the area is saturated with dark sorcery and no Warrior may use any magic whilst at least one of their numbers remains
on this Board Section.

The procedure for the Spiral Staircase is simple to use, but is a bit difficult to put into words because it involves shuffling the cards
around. Here goes. Once all the Warriors are on the stairs, roll 1D6. Take that number of Dungeon Cards from those not in play,
not including Objective Rooms. Now take the remaining Dungeon Deck (those that represent the rooms ahead which haven’t been
explored yet) from the direction the Warriors were heading. Shuffle these and the spare cards into one pile and replace the
unexplored Dungeon Cards with the same number of cards from this new deck. The remaining cards in your hand are placed next
to the stairwell and represent the rooms down the spiralling stairs.

Example: The Warriors come across the spiral stair towards the end of their Adventure. Behind them is a single T-Junction with
four cards still unexplored. Two Dungeon Cards remain ahead of them. Rolling 1D6, the Warriors score a 5, and take five spare
Dungeon Cards. These are shuffled with the two ahead of them, giving a pile of seven in total. Two of these are dealt out to
replace the cards they were heading for, while the remaining five represent the Dungeon at the bottom of the stairwell. The cards
by the T-Junction are not affected.

Further Movement
If the Warriors decide to move on as normal, they must explore and move off the spiral stair just as with any other Board Section.
If they descend into the depths, turn over the top card of the stairs’ Dungeon Deck and place the Warriors at the near end, as if
they had started a new dungeon. Warriors can go back up the stairs by moving off the end of the Board Section. At the start of
the next Warriors’ phase place the Warrior model on the spiral staircase section.

The Perils of the Dark

The Dungeon below the stairs is dangerous indeed, the very heart of the Monsters’ domain. Whenever an Unexpected Event
occurs while below the stairs, the Warriors should take 1D3 Event Cards instead of just one. Alternatively, if you are using the
Monster tables from the Roleplay Book, roll on the table one Battle-level higher than normal. Any ‘E’ type Events should be
resolved before Monsters are placed on the Board.

This Board Section forces the Warriors to make a hard choice. Firstly, they must consider where the Objective Room is, and
secondly, how strong they feel. It may turn out that they will have to head into the darkness to reach the Objective Room
regardless of their wishes, but nobody ever said life was fair.

The Ultimate Adventure Book

103
WARHAMMER QUEST – BOARD SECTION RULES

THE TOXIC PITS (Nurgle)

(Design by Littlemonk, artwork by Seb Stuart)
Four shallow pits radiate a green glow. Engraved upon the stone floor is the symbol of Nurgle.

The Pits The Mark of Nurgle

If a Warrior rolls a natural ‘1’ during combat must
roll 1D6 on the following table:
1 The Warrior suddenly loses his
footing and falls into the pit! The
toxic green sludge makes his skin
feel like it is on fie and he suffers
2D6 Wounds with no modifiers for
Toughness or Armour.
The Warrior can only exit the pit via
a rope, Levitation Spell, or similar.
In addition, one item the Warrior is
carrying is destroyed by the toxic
sludge (determined at random).
For every turn the Warrior spends
in the pit he suffers an additional
1D6 Wounds with no modifiers for
anything and he loses one more
random item that they are carrying.
2 The Warrior loses his footing on the
slippery floor and falls toward the
dark, green, bubbling liquid. She
manages to catch onto the ledge,
hanging by her fingertips. Any
adjacent Warrior who has not yet
moved may spend their turn pulling
the Warrior up from the ledge.
A Warrior who is dangling from the
ledge cannot attack nor will she be
attacked by Monsters. A dangling
Warrior can spend the entire next
Warriors’ Phase pulling herself up to
an adjacent empty space.
3 Green, burning liquid splashes out
of the nearest pit covering the
Warrior with the thick goo. The
Warrior suffers 1D3 Wounds with
no modifiers for anything.
4-6 The Warrior begins to slip on the
wet floor, but manages to regain
his balance.
Each time a Warrior steps on the centre
square of this Dungeon Room, they must
roll 1D6. If the score is a 3, 4, 5 or 6,
nothing happens. But if the score is a 1
or 2, the power of Nurgle manifests and
the Warrior must roll on the
Manifestation of Nurgle Table below:
MANIFESTATION OF NURGLE TABLE
1 Infection. The Warrior suddenly feels deathly ill. He suffers
1D6 Wounds with no modifiers for anything and is -1
Toughness for the rest of the Adventure. If the Warrior’s
Toughness is ever reduced to zero he is dead and removed
from the game.
2 Retching. The Warrior’s stomach churns and stirs violently
causing her to double over and cough up brownish-green
fluid. She suffers 1D6 Wounds with no modifiers for
Toughness or Armour and the Warrior is -1 Strength for the
rest of the Adventure. If the Warrior’s Strength is ever
reduced to zero she is dead and removed from the game.
3 Lethargy. The Warrior feels sluggish and has trouble
moving his legs. He suffers 1D3 Wounds with no modifiers
for Toughness or Armour and for the rest of the Adventure
the Warrior is either -1 to Movement or -1 Initiative (your
choice). If the Warrior’s Movement or Initiative is ever
reduced to zero he is dead and removed from the game.
4 Dizzy.
Dizzy. The Warrior feels faint and the room begins to spin.
For next 1D6 turns he suffers -1 To Hit.
5 Fever. The Warrior begins to sweat profusely and her knees
buckle momentarily. She suffers 1 Wound with no modifiers
for anything.
6 Nausea
Nausea.
sea. The Warrior begins to feel slightly nauseous but
the sensation soon passes.

THE WATER CAVE

(Hall of the Hag Queen)
Dark, murky water gently flows past large, jutting rocks.

This Water Cave follows all the rules for multi-level rooms. The five large rocks that sit
above the water are considered to be on the Upper level and a model on any other square is
considered to be waist deep in water on the Lower level.

The Water Cave is dark, wet and slippery. Warriors in the Water Cave move at half their
normal Movement (rounded down), are -1 to their Initiative and are -1 to Escape Pinning.
Monsters are used to moving in the dark caverns and so are not affected.

104
 WARHAMMER
WARHAMM ER QUEST – BASIC MONSTER TABLES & PROFILES

· BASIC MONSTER TABLES & PROFILES ·

For those who prefer not to use the new Monster-
Monster-themed Event Cards, the following pages
contain Monster-
Monster-themed Tables appropriate for Warriors who are starting their first Adventure.
Any new Special Rules for Monsters or Villains are listed under the corresponding Monster Table. Some of the
Villains are guarded by Minions and some villains cast spells. Since the Minions Tables and Magic Spells are not included here, you will
want to print the various Minions Special Cards and various Magic Special Cards to use as refernce sheets.

· CHAOS CARNIVAL ·
· LEVEL 0 MONSTER TABLE ·
11-12 1D3 Minotaurs
13-
13-14 1 Fiend of Slaanesh
15-
15-16 2D6 Ghouls
21-
21-22 1D6 Beastmen
23-
23-24 2D3 Chaos Hounds
25-
25-26 2D3 Nurglings
31-
31-33 2D6 Giant Rats
34-
34-36 1D6+3 Chaos Thugs with Bows
41-
41-43 2D6 Giant Spiders
44-
44-46 2D6 Giant Bats
51-
51-52 1D6 Blue Horrors of Tzeentch
53-
53-54 2D3 Warhounds
55-
55-56 1D3 Centaurs
61-
61-62 1D6 Plaguebearers of Nurgle
63-
63-64 1D3 Ogres
65-
65-66 1 Daemonette of Slaanesh

· PROFILES ·
Monster Type M WS BS S T W A Gold Arm. Dam. Special Rules
Beastmen 4 4 - 3 4 6 1 100 - 1 Throw Spears.
Blue Horrors of Tzeentch 4 3 - 3 3 4 1 100 - 1 Daemonic; Magic Resistance 6+.
Centaurs 8 3 3+ 3 4 12 2 300 - 2 Armed with Bows (Strength 4).
Chaos Hounds 6 4 - 4 4 8 2 160 2 1 Ambush 5+; Gang Up.
Chaos Thugs 4 4 4+ 3 3 6 1 70 - 1 Armed with Bows (Strength 3).
Daemonettes of Slaanesh 4 6 - 4 3 15 3 300 - 1 Ambush 5+; Daemonic; Magic
Resistance 6+.
Fiends of Slaanesh 6 3 - 3 3 8 3 250 - 1 Aura of Slaanesh; Daemonic.
Ghouls 4 2 - 3 4 4 2 80 - 1 Break.
Giant Bats 8 2 - 2 2 1 1 15 - 1 Ambush.
Giant Rats 6 2 - 2 3 1 1 20 - S Deathleap.
Giant Spiders 6 2 - S 2 1 1 15 - 1D3 Web.
Minotaurs 6 4 - 4 4 15 2 440 - 2 -
Nurglings 4 3 - 3 3 2 2 50 - 1 Ambush; Gang Up; Plague.
Ogres 6 3 - 4 5 13 2 400 - 2(5+) -
Plagubearers of Nurgle 4 5 - 4 3 9 2 200 - 1 Daemonic; Plague.
Warhounds 5 4 - 3 3 6 1 130 - 1 Ambush 5+; Gang Up; Break.

105
WARHAMMER QUEST – BASIC MONSTER TABLES & PROFILES

· CHAOS DWARFS ·
· LEVEL 0 MONSTER TABLE ·
11-
11-12 Zzhuktarr Sundor Chaos Dwarf Sorcerer
13-
13-14 1 Bull Centaur
15-
15-16 1D6+1 Hobgoblin Sneaky Gits
21-
21-22 2 Chaos Dwarf Blunderbusses
23-
23-24 2D6 Hobgolin Archers
25-
25-26 2D3 Black Orcs
31-
31-32 1D6 Sneaky Gits
33-
33-34 1D6 Hogbolin Axemen & 1D6 Hobgoblin Archers
35-
35-36 1D3 Chaos Dwarf Warriors
41-
41-43 2D6 Giant Scorpions
43-
43-46 1D3 Chaos Dwarf Blunderbusses
51-
51-52 2D6 Giant Spiders
53-
53-54 1D6 Black Orcs
55-
55-56 2 Chaos Dwarf Warriors
61-
61-62 2D6 Hobgoblin Axemen
63-
63-64 1D3 Ogre Mercenaries
65-
65-66 Dafahl the Cruel Chaos Dwarf Champion & Minions

· PROFILES ·
Monster Type M WS BS S T W A Gold Arm. Dam. Special Rules
Black Orcs 4 4 - 4 4 7 1 90 1 1 -
Bull Centaurs 8 4 - 4 4 12 2 410 2 2(5+) Magic Resistance 6+.
Chaos Dwarf 3 4 4+ 3 4 8 1 140 1 2(6+) Armed with Blunderbuss; Magic
Blunderbusses Restistance 6+
Chaos Dwarf Warriors 3 4 - 3 4 8 1 140 1 2(6+) Magic Restistance 6+
Dafahl the Cruel Chaos 3 4 - 4 4 12 2 450 1 2 Armed with Scimitar of Cruelty;
Dwarf Champion Helm of Scorn; Magic Resistance
6+.
Giant Scorpions 6 2 - 2 3 1 1 25 1 1 Sting 1D3.
Giant Spiders 6 2 - S 2 1 1 15 - 1D3 Web.
Hobogblin Archers 4 3 4+ 3 3 4 1 50 1 1 Ambush, Magic A; Armed with
Bows (Strength 3); Break.
Hobgoblin Axemen 4 3 - 3 3 4 1 50 1 1 Ambush, Magic A; Break.
Hobgoblin Sneaky Gits 4 3 - 3 3 4 1 75 - 1 Ambush; Break, Curved Daggers.
Ogre Mercenaries 6 3 - 4 5 13 2 400 - 2(5+) -
Zzuktarr Sundor 3 4 - 3 4 8 1 500 1 2(6+) Armed with Black Hammer of
Death; Magic Restistance 6+;
Sceptre of Aarton.

Special Rules
DAFAHL THE CRUEL
Scimitar of Cruelty. Dafahl wields the Scimitar of Curelty. After calculating the Damage from this scimitar, the target suffers 1 extra point of
Damage with no modifiers for anything.
Helm of Scorn. Dafahl wears the Helm of Scorn. Roll 1D6 for any strike that hits the wearer of this helmet. On a score of 6, the helmet absorbs
the full ipact of the blow and the wearer suffers no Damage.

ZUKTARR SUNDOR
Black Hammer of Death. Zzuktarr wields the Black Hammer of Death. If the To Hit roll against a Warrior is a 6 and the Damage roll is doubles,
in addition to normal damage, the Warrior must also deduct -1 from his Starting Wounds score permanently.
Sceptre of Aarton. Zzuktarr carries the Sceptre of Aarton. While Zzuktarr has the Sceptre, each time a Warrior rolls a 1 To Hit against him, the
Warrior must subtract -1 from his Movement. If the Warrior’s Movement ever reaches 0, he has turned to stone and Is removed from the game.
If Zzuktarr is killed, the Warrior’s movement returns to normal.

106
 WARHAMMER
WARHAMM ER QUEST – BASIC MONSTER TABLES & PROFILES

· CHAOS KHORNE ·
· LEVEL 0 MONSTER TABLE ·
11-12 1D3 Minotaurs
13-
13-14 1D3+1 Chaos Warriors of Khorne
15-
15-16 Vorl the Chaos Sorcerer
21-
21-23 1D6 Beastmen
24-
24-26 2D6 Giant Scorpions
31-
31-33 2D6 Ungors
34-
34-36 1D6 Chaos Thugs of Khorne
41-
41-43 2D3 Chaos Hounds
44-
44-46 1D6+2 Hobgoblin Archers
51-
51-52 1D6+1 Chaos Thugs of Khorne
53-
53-54 2D6 Giant Spiders
55-
55-56 1D6+6 Ungors
61-
61-62 2D3 Warhounds
63-
63-64 Malmsteem Blackfog the Chaos Champion of Khorne
65-
65-66 1D3 Centaurs

· PROFILES ·
Monster Type M WS BS S T W A Gold Arm. Dam. Special Rules
Beastmen 4 4 - 3 4 6 1 100 - 1 Throw Spears.
Centaurs 8 3 3+ 3 4 12 2 300 - 2 Armed with Bows (Strength 4).
Malmsteem Blackfog the 4 5 - 4 4 15 2 600 1 1 Armed with Sword of Murder;
Champion of Khorne Breastplate of Tortured Souls.
Chaos Hounds 6 4 - 4 4 8 2 160 2 1 Ambush 5+; Gang Up.
Chaos Thugs of Khorne 4 4 4+ 3 3 4 1 70 - 1 -
Chaos Warriors of Khorne 4 4 - 4 4 8 2 150 1 1 -
Giant Scorpions 6 2 - 2 3 1 1 25 1 1 Sting 1D3.
Giant Spiders 6 2 - S 2 1 1 15 - 1D3 Web.
Hobogblin Archers 4 3 4+ 3 3 4 1 50 1 1 Ambush, Magic A; Armed with
Bows (Strength 3); Break.
Minotaurs 6 4 - 4 4 15 2 440 - 2 -
Ungors 4 3 - 3 3 2 1 35 - 1 Ambush; Break; Armed with
Spears (Fight in Ranks).
Vorl the Chaos Sorcerer 4 5 - 4 3 9 1 500 2 1 Magic Resistance 6+; Minions.
Warhounds 5 4 - 3 3 6 1 130 - 1 Ambush 5+; Gang Up; Break.

Special Rules
MALMSTEEM BLACKFOG THE CHAMPION OF KHORNE
Sword of Murder
Murder
Malmsteem carries the Sword of Murder which ignores all non-Magical Armour and causes 1 extra Wound.

Breastplate of Tortured Souls

Malmsteem also wears the Breastplate of Tortured Souls which increases his Toughness by 1. In addition, any time Malmsteem is hit,
there is a chance that the Chaos Gods will grasp deep into the attacker’s soul. Roll 1D6 each time a Warrior hits Malmsteem
successfully. On a roll of 1 the Warrior must take a Skull Counter. If a Warrior collects a total of three Skull Counter, he is corrupted by
the power of Chaos and is removed from the game. If Malmsteem is killed the Warrior may discard any Skull Counters collected.

107
WARHAMMER QUEST – BASIC MONSTER TABLES & PROFILES

· CHAOS NURGLE ·
· LEVEL 0 MONSTER TABLE ·
11-12 1D3 Ogre Mercenaries
13-
13-14 Spewz the Chaos Champion of Nurgle
15-
15-16 Chaos Sorcerer of Nurgle
21-
21-23 2D6 Giant Spiders
24-
24-26 1D6 Beastmen
31-
31-32 1D6 Chaos Thugs of Nurgle with Bows
33-
33-34 1D6 Skaven Plague Censer Bearers
35-
35-36 1D6+2 Hobgoblin Archers
41-
41-42 1D3 Chaos Warriors of Nurgle
43-
43-44 2D6 Giant Rats
45-
45-46 1D6+2 Plaguebearers
51-
51-52 2D6 Skaven Clanrats
53-
53-54 2D3 Nurglings
54-
54-56 1D6+1 Skaven Plague Monks
61-
61-62 1D6 Chaos Thugs of Nurgle
63-
63-64 1D3+1 Chaos Warriors of Nurgle
65-
65-66 1 Minotaur

· PROFILES ·
Monster Type M WS BS S T W A Gold Arm. Dam. Special Rules
Beastmen 4 4 - 3 4 6 1 100 - 1 Throw Spears.
Chaos Thugs of Nurgle 4 4 4+ 3 3 6 1 70 - 1 Armed with Swords or Bows
(Strength 3).
Chaos Sorcerer of Nurgle 4 4 - 4 4 12 1 630 1 1 Magic Resist 6+; Minions,
Nurgle’s Foul Odour.
Chaos Warriors of Nurgle 4 4 - 4 4 8 2 150 1 1 -
Giant Rats 6 2 - 2 3 1 1 20 - S Deathleap.
Giant Spiders 6 2 - S 2 1 1 15 - 1D3 Web.
Hobogblin Archers 4 3 4+ 3 3 4 1 50 1 1 Ambush, Magic A; Armed with
Bows (Strength 3); Break.
Minotaurs 6 4 - 4 4 15 2 440 - 2 -
Nurglings 4 3 - 3 3 2 2 50 - 1 Ambush; Gang Up; Plague.
Ogre Mercenaries 6 3 - 4 5 13 2 400 - 2(5+) -
Plagubearers of Nurgle 4 5 - 4 3 9 2 200 - 1 Daemonic; Plague.
Skaven Clanrats 5 3 - 3 3 3 1 40 - 1 -
Skaven Plague Censer 5 4 - 4 4 4 1 150 - 1 Armed with Plague Censers.
Bearers
Skaven Plague Monks 5 3 - 3 3 5 2 60 - 1 Frenzy 4+.
Spewz the Chaos 5 4 - 4 4 16 2 550 - 1 Facets -1; Fly.
Champion of Nurgle

Special Rules
CHAOS
CHAOS SORCERER OF NURGLE SPEWZ THE CHAOS CHAMPION OF NURGLE
Nurgle’s Foul Odour Facets
The horrible stench that surrounds the Chaos Sorcerer means Each of Spewz’s eyes contains 4,000 facets, or lens-like visual
that anyone attacking him suffers a -1 penalty To Hit for all of units, which allow him to sense movement in all directions.
their hand-to-hand attacks. This makes him extremely hard to hit therefore any Warrior
attacking Spewz is -1 To Hit.

108
 WARHAMMER
WARHAMM ER QUEST – BASIC MONSTER TABLES & PROFILES

· CHAOS SLAANESH ·
· LEVEL 0 MONSTER TABLE ·
11-12 1 Fiend of Slaanesh
13-
13-14 1D6 Chaos Thugs of Slaanesh
15-
15-16 Mara Xall the Chaos Sorceress of Slaanesh
21-
21-23 1D6+2 Hobgoblin Archers
24-
24-26 1D6 Beastmen
31-
31-33 1D3 Chaos Warriors of Slaanesh
34-
34-36 2D3 Warhounds
41-
41-43 1D6 Chaos Thugs of Slaanesh with Bows
44-
44-46 1D3 Harpies
51-
51-53 2D6 Giant Spiders
54-
54-56 2D6 Giant Scorpions
61-
61-62 Kolos the Masochist the Chaos Champion of Slaanesh
63-
63-64 1D3 Ogre Mercenaries
65-
65-66 1 Daemonette of Slaanesh

· PROFILES ·
Monster Type M WS BS S T W A Gold Arm. Dam. Special Rules
Beastmen 4 4 - 3 4 6 1 100 - 1 Throw Spears.
Chaos Thugs of Slaanesh 4 4 4+ 3 3 6 1 70 - 1 Armed with Swords or Bows
(Strength 3).
Chaos Warriors of 150
4 4 - 4 4 8 2 1 1 -
Slaanesh
Daemonettes of Slaanesh 4 6 - 4 3 15 3 300 - 1 Ambush 5+; Daemonic; Magic
Resistance 6+.
Fiends of Slaanesh 6 3 - 3 3 8 3 250 - 1 Aura of Slaanesh; Daemonic.
Giant Scorpions 6 2 - 2 3 1 1 25 1 1 Sting 1D3.
Giant Spiders 6 2 - S 2 1 1 15 - 1D3 Web.
Harpies 5 4 - 4 4 8 2 200 - 1 Ambush.
Hobogblin Archers 4 3 4+ 3 3 4 1 50 1 1 Ambush, Magic A; Armed with
Bows (Strength 3); Break.
Kolos the Masochist 4 4 - 5 3 13 2 575 - 2 Armed with Flail of Anguish;
Chaos Champion of Ignore Pain 2; Minions.
Slaanesh
Mara Xall the Chaos 4 4 - 4 4 8 1 600 - 1 Allure of Slaanesh; Magic Resist
Sorceress of Slaanesh 5+; Minions; Slaanesh Magic 1.
Ogre Mercenaries 6 3 - 4 5 13 2 400 - 2(5+) -
Warhounds 5 4 - 3 3 6 1 130 - 1 Ambush 5+; Gang Up; Break.

Special Rules
MARA XALL THE CHAOS SORCERESS OF SLAANESH
Allure of Slaanesh
Mara Xall’s presence is so captivating and alluring that any Warrior who attacks her in combat is -1 To Hit.

KOLOS THE MASOCHIST THE CHAOS CHAMPION OF SLAANESH

Flail of Anguish
Kolos wields the Flail of Anguish. If his To Hit roll is a natural 6, Kolos causes 3D6 Wounds instead of 2D6 modified for Toughness and
Armour as usual.

109
WARHAMMER QUEST – BASIC MONSTER TABLES & PROFILES

· CHAOS TZEENTCH ·
· LEVEL 0 MONSTER TABLE ·
11-12 1 Screamer of Tzeentch
13-
13-14 1D3 Ogre Mercenaries
15-
15-16 1D6 Chaos Thugs of Tzeentch
21-
21-22 1D3 Centaurs
23-
23-24 2D3 Chaos Hounds
25-
25-26 1D3 Chaos Warriors of Tzeentch
31-
31-33 1D6 Chaos Thugs of Tzeentch with Bows
34-
34-36 2D6 Giant Spiders
41-
41-43 1D6+2 Hobgoblin Archers
43-
43-46 1D6 Blue Horrors of Tzeentch
51-
51-52 1 Minotaur
53-
53-54 Zenndo Galt the Chaos Champion of Tzeentch
55-
55-56 1D3 Harpies
61-
61-62 1D3+1 Chaos Warriors of Tzeentch
63-
63-64 1D6 Beastmen
65-
65-66 Valk Noosen Chaos Sorcerer of Tzeentch

· PROFILES ·
Monster Type M WS BS S T W A Gold Arm. Dam. Special Rules
Beastmen 4 4 - 3 4 6 1 100 - 1 Throw Spears.
Blue Horrors of Tzeentch 4 3 - 3 3 4 1 100 - 1 Daemonic; Magic Resistance 6+.
Centaurs 8 3 3+ 3 4 12 2 300 - 2 Armed with Bows (Strength 4).
Chaos Hounds 6 4 - 4 4 8 2 160 2 1 Ambush 5+; Gang Up.
Chaos Thugs of Tzeentch 4 4 4+ 3 3 6 1 70 - 1 Armed with Swords or Bows
(Strength 3).
Chaos Warriors of 4 4 - 4 4 8 2 150 1 1 -
Tzeentch
Giant Spiders 6 2 - S 2 1 1 15 - 1D3 Web.
Harpies 5 4 - 4 4 8 2 200 - 1 Ambush.
Hobogblin Archers 4 3 4+ 3 3 4 1 50 1 1 Ambush, Magic A; Armed with
Bows (Strength 3); Break.
Minotaurs 6 4 - 4 4 15 2 440 - 2 -
Ogre Mercenaries 6 3 - 4 5 13 2 400 - 2(5+) -
Screamer of Tzeentch 6 3 - 4 4 13 1 370 - 2 Daemonic; Fly.
Valk Noosen Chaos 4 5 - 4 3 9 1 650 2 1 Magic Resist 5+; Minions;
Sorcerer of Tzeentch Tzeentch Magic 1.
Zendo Galt Chaos 4 5 - 4 4 15 2 700 1 2 Magic Resist 5+.
Champion of Tzeentch

110
 WARHAMMER
WARHAMM ER QUEST – BASIC MONSTER TABLES & PROFILES

· DARK ELVES ·
· LEVEL 0 MONSTER TABLE ·
11-12 Raith Darkfoot Dark Elf Assassin
13-
13-14 1D3 Ogre Mercenaries
15-
15-16 1D3+1 Witch Elves
21-
21-22 1D6+2 Dark Elf Crossbowmen
23-
23-24 2D3 Warhounds
25-
25-26 2D6 Hobgoblin Axemen
31-
31-33 1D6+2 Shades
34-
34-36 1D6+2 Black Ark Corsairs
41-
41-42 1D6 Witch Elves
43-
43-44 1D6 Beastmen
45-
45-46 1D6 Naggaroth Black Guards
51-
51-52 1D6 Dark Elf Warriors
53-
53-54 1D6+2 Dark Elf Crossbowmen
55-
55-56 1D3 Harpies
61-
61-62 1 Ogre Mercenary
63-
63-64 1D6 Dark Elf Warriors & 1D6 Dark Elf Crossbowmen
65-
65-66 Demona Ryme the Beastmaster

· PROFILES ·
Monster Type M WS BS S T W A Gold Arm. Dam. Special Rules
Beastmen 4 4 - 3 4 6 1 100 - 1 Throw Spears.
Black Ark Corsairs 5 4 - 3 3 6 1 120 1 1 Dodge; Dragon Cloak; Hate Elves.
Dark Elf Crossbowmen 5 4 3+ 3 3 6 1 100 1 1 Armed with Crossbow (Strength
4); Dodge; Hate Elves.
Dark Elf Warriors 5 4 3+ 3 3 6 1 100 1 1 Dodge; Hate Elves.
Demona Ryme the 300 Armed with Whip of Obedience;
5 4 - 3 3 6 1 1 1
Beastmasater Beast Handler; Hate Elves.
Harpies 5 4 - 4 4 8 2 200 - 1 Ambush.
Hobgoblins 4 3 - 3 3 4 1 50 1 1 Ambush, Magic A; Break.
Naggaroth Black Guards 5 5 - 4 3 6 1 150 2 1 Armed with Halberd (Fight in
Ranks); Hate Elves.
Ogre Mercenaries 6 3 - 4 5 13 2 400 - 2(5+) -
Raith Darkfoot Dark Elf 5 6 - 3 3 7 1+1 370 - 1 Ambush, Magic 6+; Assassinate
Assassin 6+; Disappear 6+; Dodge 5+;
Hate Elves; Never Pinned.
Shades 5 3 - 3 3 4 1 75 - 1 Ambush, Magic A; Armed with
Repeater Crossbow (Strenght 3);
Break; Dodge 6+.
Warhounds 5 4 - 3 3 6 1 130 - 1 Ambush 5+; Gang Up; Break.
Witch Elves 5 4 - 3 3 11 1 140 - 1 Frenzy 4+; Hate Elves.

Special Rules
DEMONA RYME
Whip of Obedience. Demona wields the Whip of Obedience and is placed as a missile troop. She may make as many Attacks as listed
in her profile, can attack up to 3 squares away (passed models or obstacles and around corners) and causes 1D6+5 Wounds.
Beast Handler. Demona is always accompanied by the Guardian Wardog. (See Julong the Guardian Wardog Special Card for more
details).

RAITH DARKFOOT
Disappear. Roll 1D6 at the end of each turn. If the result is a 6, then temporarily remove Raith off the Board. He will reappear at the
beginning of the next Monsters’ Phase, where he attacks as normal.

111
WARHAMMER QUEST – BASIC MONSTER TABLES & PROFILES

· GOBLINS ·
· LEVEL 0 MONSTER TABLE ·
11-12 1D6 Wild Cave Squigs
13-
13-14 1D3+1 Goblin Wolf Riders
15-
15-16 4 Goblin Netters & 4 Goblin Clubbers
21-
21-23 1D6 Goblin Archers & Sloop the Goblin Fanatic Boss
24-
24-26 Jutter the Goblin Shaman & Minions
31-
31-33 6 Goblin Spearmen
34-
34-36 1D6+6 Snotlings
41-
41-43 1D6 Goblin Swordsmen & 2D6 Snotlings
44-
44-46 6 Goblin Archers
51-
51-53 1D3 Squig Hunters with Cave Squig
54-
54-56 6 Goblin Swordsmen
61-
61-62 1D6 Goblin Spearmen &1D6 Goblin Archers
63-
63-64 3 Goblin Fanatics
65-
65-66 Klonk the Goblin Boss & Minions

· PROFILES ·
Monster Type M WS BS S T W A Gold Arm. Dam. Special Rules
Giant Spiders 6 2 - S 2 1 1 15 - 1D3 Web.
Goblin Fanatics 4 2 - 3 3 2 S 300 - 1 Goblin Fanatic Attack.
Goblin Squig Hunters & 4 2 - 3 3 2 1 25 - 1 Herd Squigs; Never Pinned.
Cave Squigs S 4 - 5 3 3 2 200 - 1 Never Pinned.
Goblin Archers 4 2 5+ 3 3 2 1 20 - 1 Armed with Bows (Strength 1).
Goblin Netters & 1 25 S Armed with Nets.
4 2 - 3 3 2 -
Goblin Clubbers 1 20 1 Armed with Clubs.
Goblin Spearmen 4 2 - 3 3 2 1 20 - 1 Armed with Spears (Fight In
Ranks).
Goblin Swordsmen 4 2 - 3 3 2 1 20 - 1 -
Goblin Wolf Riders & 4 4 - 3 3 2 1 20 - 1 Armed with Spears; Rider.
Giant Wolves 9 2 - 3 3 4 1 70 - 1 -
Jutter the Goblin Shaman 4 2 - 3 4 3 1 280 - 1 Goblin Magic 1.
& Minions
Klonk the Goblin Boss & 4 3 - 4 3 6 2 150 2 1 Magic Weapon.
Minions
Sloop the Goblin Fanatic 4 2 - 3 3 2 S 300 - 1 Goblin Fanatic Attack.
Boss
Snotlings 4 1 - 1 1 1 1 10 - 1 Ambush; Gang Up.
Wild Cave Squigs S 4 - 5 3 3 2 200 - 1 Never Pinned; Wild Squig Attack.

GOBLIN MAGIC
1 FAILURE
2 WAAAGH!: Roll 1D6 for each Warrior and 1D6 for Shaman. If Warrior’s roll is equal to or less than Shaman, Warrior is knocked to the
ground for 1 turn, during which time he may do nothing. Monsters are +2 To Hit Warrior.
3 ‘ERE WE GO: 1 Monster gets +1 Attacks this turn, another Monster gets +1 Toughness next turn.
4 FIST OF GORK: 1D3 hits at Shaman’s Strength +2
5 DA KRUNCH: Warrior suffers 1D6+5 Wounds
6 MORK SAV UZ!

112
 WARHAMMER
WARHAMM ER QUEST – BASIC MONSTER TABLES & PROFILES

· HAUNTED ·
· LEVEL 0 MONSTER TABLE ·
11-12 Molvar the Wraith Lord
13-
13-14 Vyktrina the Wailing Banshee
15-
15-16 1 Carrion
21-
21-23 1D6 Skeletons Archers
24-
24-26 2D6 Giant Bats
31-
31-33 2D6 Ghouls
34-
34-36 1D6 Skeleton Spearmen
41-
41-43 1D6 Dire Wolves
44-
44-46 2D6 Spirit Hosts
51-
51-53 1D6 Skeleton Swordsmen
54-
54-56 1D6 Fell Bats
61-
61-63 1D6+3 Zombies
64-
64-66 2D6 Giant Spiders

· PROFILES ·
Monster Type M WS BS S T W A Gold Arm. Dam. Special Rules
Carrion 8 3 - 3 3 10 3+ 450 - 1 Carrion Attack; Fly.
Dire Wolves 6 3 - 3 3 7 1 120 - 1 Ambush; Gang Up.
Fell Bats 4 2 - 3 3 3 1 50 - 1 Blood Suck; Fly.
Ghouls 4 2 - 3 4 4 2 80 - 1 Break.
Giant Bats 8 2 - 2 2 1 1 15 - 1 Ambush; Fly.
Giant Spiders 6 2 - S 2 1 1 15 - 1D3 Web.
Molvar the Wraith Lord 4 4 - 3 4 16 2 475 - S Ambush; Ethereal 1.
Skeleton Archers 4 2 5+ 3 3 5 1 80 - 1 Armed with Bow (Strength 3);
Regenerate 1.
Skeleton Spearmen 4 2 5+ 3 3 5 1 80 - 1 Armed with Spear (Fight in
Ranks); Regenerate 1.
Skeleton Swordsmen 4 2 5+ 3 3 5 1 80 - 1 Regenerate 1.
Spirit Hosts 4 2 - 3 3 2 1 30 - 1 Ethereal 1.
Vyktrina the Wailing 4 3 - 3 4 9 1 400 - 1 Deathly Howl; Ethereal 1.
Banshee
Zombies 4 2 - 3 3 5 1 40 - 1 -

Special Rules
FELL BATS
Blood Suck. If a Fell Bat’s attack is successful, it casues an extra Wound with no modifiers for anything. If this causes a Warrior to
drop to zero Wounds, then he is dead and removed from the game.

MOLVAR THE WRAITH LORD

Special Attack. If both of Molvar’s regular attacks hit in a single turn, combine the Damage into a single Attack. Movlar ignores an
opponent’s Armour when determining Damage.
Note: If the Warriors encounter Molvar as an Event and “kill” him, he will reappear in the Ojbective Room.

VYKTRINA THE WAILING BANSHEE

Deathly Howl. At the start of the Monsters’ Phase, before she makes her regular attacks, roll 1D6 for Vyktrin’as Deathly Howl. Each
Warrior must subtract their Toughness from the score, with the difference being the amount of Wonds the Warrior takes with no
modifiers for anything. A Warrior who suffers any Wounds must roll another 1D6. If the result is a 1, he must subtract -1 from his
Starting Wounds score permanently.

113
WARHAMMER QUEST – BASIC MONSTER TABLES & PROFILES

· ORCS & GOBLINS ·

· LEVEL 0 MONSTER TABLE ·
11-13 1D6 Wild Cave Squigs
14-
14-16 1D6 Orcs & 1D6 Night Goblin Archers
21-
21-23 Skabnoze the Shaman with Minions
24-
24-26 1D6 Black Orcs
31-
31-33 3 Gorgut’s Big’Uns
34-
34-36 4 Goblin Netters & 4 Goblin Clubbers
41-
41-46 1D6 Goblin Archers & 1 Goblin Fanatic
51-
51-53 1D3+1 Goblin Wolf Riders
54-
54-56 2 Squig Hunters with Cave Squig
61-
61-63 Gogut & Minions
64-
64-66 3 Goblin Fanatics

· PROFILES ·
Monster Type
Type M WS BS S T W A Gold Arm. Dam. Special Rules
Black Orcs 4 4 - 4 4 7 1 90 1 1 -
Goblin Fanatics 4 2 - 3 3 2 S 300 - 1 Goblin Fanatic Attack.
Goblin Wolf Riders & 4 4 - 3 3 2 1 20 - 1 Armed with Spears; Rider.
Giant Wolves 9 2 - 3 3 4 1 70 - 1 -
Gorgut & Minions 4 4 - 4 4 12 2 400 1 1 Minions; Ring of Magical
Protection.
Gorgut’s Big’Uns 4 4 - 4 4 5 1(1) 100 1 1 Extra Attack; ‘Eadbutt.
Night Goblin Archer 4 2 5+ 3 3 2 1 20 - 1 Armed with Bows (Strength 1).
Night Goblin Netters & 1 25 S Armed with Nets.
Night Goblin Clubbers 4 2 - 3 3 2 -
1 20 1 Armed with Clubs.
Orcs 4 3 - 3 4 3 1 55 - 1 -
Squig Hunters & 4 2 - 3 3 2 1 25 - 1 Herd Squigs; Never Pinned.
Trained Cave Squigs S 4 - 5 3 3 2 200 - 1 Never Pinned.
Skabnoze the Shaman & 4 3 - 3 5 7 1 300 - 1 Minions; Ring of Invisibility.
Minions
Wild Cave Squig S 4 - 5 3 3 2 200 - 1 Never Pinned; Wild Squig Attack.

Special Rules
GORGUT & MINIONS
Gorguts always travels around with 3 Big”uns (see Big’Uns rules below and a bodyguard of minions – see Orcs & Goblins Minions
Special Card. gorgut wears armous that give him +1 Toughness and a magical ring.
Ring of Magical Protection. During any Power Phase that Gorgu is around and alive, the Wizard rolls for Power as normal then one
of the other players rolls 1D6 and subtracts the score from the Power roll. This is now the amount of Power the Wizard can use. An
Unexpected Event, still only occurs if a 1 was rolled in the Power Phase.

SKABNOZE THE SHAMAN

Ring of Invisibi
Invisibility. Once he gets to 0 wounds, Skabnoze will put on the ring and vanish – his minions will fight on. Remove Skagnoze
from the Board and roll 1D6. On a score of 1, shuffle this card back into the Event deck; he may turn up again! Otherwise, he may turn
up in the Objective Room. 300 gold for knocking Skabnoze to zero Wounds.

GORGUT’S BIG’UNS
These Big’Uns have been specially trained to protect Gorgut. They wear iron armour, giving them +1 Toughness. If Gorgut is on the
same Board Section as the Big’Uns they each get an extra Attack.
‘Eadbutt. If a Big’Un rolls a natural 6 when rolling To Hit with its sword, it gives the Warrior an ‘Eadbutt as well for a further 1D6
Damage!

114
 WARHAMMER
WARHAMM ER QUEST – BASIC MONSTER TABLES & PROFILES

· SAVAGE ORCS ·
· LEVEL 0 MONSTER TABLE ·
11-12 Axmudd – Savage Orc Boss
13-
13-14 Gigantic Spider
15-
15-16 1D6 Savage Orc Archers
21-
21-23 2D6 Giant Spiders
24-
24-26 1D6 Forest Goblins & 1D6 Savage Orc Archers
31-
31-33 2 Savage Orc Boar Boyz
34-
34-36 1D6 Savage Orcs
41-
41-43 1D3+1 Goblin Wolf Riders
44-
44-46 4 Goblin Netters & Clubbers
51-
51-53 1D3 Savage Orcs & 1D3 Savage Orc Archers
54-
54-56 2D6 Snotlings
61-
61-62 1D6 Savage Orcs & 1D6 Forest Goblin Archers
63-
63-64 2D3 Savage Orc Archers
65-
65-66 Munk – Savage Orc Shaman

· PROFILES ·
Monster Type M WS BS S T W A Gold Arm. Dam. Special Rules
Axemudd the Savage Orc 4 4 4 4 4 15 2 475 - 2 Tattoos 5+.
Boss
Forest Goblins 4 2 5+ 3 3 2 1 20 - 1 Armed with Axe or Sword.
Giant Spiders 6 2 - S 2 1 1 15 - S Web (1D3).
Gigantic Spiders 5 3 - S 4 20 2 450 - S Web (1D6).
Goblin Netters & 25 Armed with Nets.
4 2 5+ 3 3 2 1 - 1
Goblin Clubbers 20 Armed with Clubs.
Goblin Wolf Riders & 4 2 5+ 3 3 2 20 - 1 Armed with Clubs; Riders.
1
Giant Wolves 9 4 - 3 3 4 70 - 1 -
Munk the Savage Orc 4 3 4+ 3 5 12 550 - 1 Magic Restistance 6+; Minions;
Shaman w/Minions Munk Magic 1; Tattoos 5+.
Savage Orc Archers 4 3 4+ 3 3 5 1 65 - 1 Armed with Bows (Strength 4).
Savage Orc Boar Boyz 4 3 4+ 3 3 5 1 65 - 1 Armed with Swords; Riders.
& War Boar 7 4 - 3 3 10 1 20 -
Savage Orcs 4 3 4+ 3 3 5 1 65 - 1 Armed with Clubs.
Snotlings 4 1 - 1 1 1 1 10 - S Ambush; Gang Up.

115
WARHAMMER QUEST – BASIC MONSTER TABLES & PROFILES

· SKAVEN ·
· LEVEL 0 MONSTER TABLE ·
11-12 1 Rat Ogre
13-
13-14 1 Skaven Warlock & Minions
15-
15-16 1D6 Plague Monks
21-
21-23 1D6+2 Gutter Runners
24-
24-26 2D6 Clanrats
31-
31-33 1D3+1 Poison Wind Globadiers
34-
34-36 1D6 Clanrats & 1D6 Giant Rats
41-
41-43 1D6 Plague Censer Bearers
44-
44-46 1D6+3 Stormvermin
51-
51-53 1D6 Gutter Runners
54-
54-56 2D6 Giant Rats
61-
61-63 1D6+2 Plague Monks
64-
64-66 1 Assassin

· PROFILES ·
Monster Type M WS BS S T W A Gold Arm. Dam. Special Rules
Assassins 6 5 - 4 3 7 2 275 - 1 Ambush; Asassinate 6+.
Clanrats 5 3 - 3 3 3 1 40 - 1 -
Giant Rats 6 2 - 2 3 1 1 20 - S Deathleap.
Gutter Runners 6 4 - 4 3 5 1 120 - 1 Ambush 4+.
Plague Censer Bearers 5 4 - 4 4 4 1 150 - 1 Armed with Plague Censers.
Plague Monks 5 3 - 3 3 5 2 60 - 1 Frenzy 4+.
Poison Wind Globadiers 5 3 - 3 3 4 1 200 - 1 Armed with Poison Wind Globes.
Rat Ogre 6 4 - 5 5 20 2 500 - 2 -
Stormvermin 5 4 - 4 3 5 1 95 1 1 Armed with Halbers (Fight in
Ranks).
Warlock 5 3 - 3 4 15 1 450 - 2 Minions (Guards); Skaven Magic 1.

Special Rules
ASSASSINS
Assassinate
An Assassin ignores Armour when calculating Damage and ignores Toughness if the To Hit roll is a 6.

116
 WARHAMMER
WARHAMM ER QUEST – BASIC MONSTER TABLES & PROFILES

· UNDEAD ·
· LEVEL 0 MONSTER TABLE ·
11-13 Van Damneg the Dread King
14-
14-16 1D6+3 Skeleton Archers
21-
21-23 1D3 Tomb Guardians
24-
24-26 1D6 Skeleton Spearmen & 1D6 Skeleton Archers
31-
31-33 Gunther Laranscheld Evil Necromancer
34-
34-36 1D6+3 Zombies
41-
41-43 1 Tomb Guardian
44-
44-46 1D6 Skeleton Spearmen
51-
51-53 2D6 Ghouls
54-
54-56 1D6+3 Skeletons
61-
61-63 Luthor, Laranscheld’s Hunchback Servant
64-
64-66 1 Carrion

· PROFILES ·
Monster Type M WS BS S T W A Gold Arm. Dam. Special Rules
Carrion 8 3 - 3 3 10 3+ 450 - 1 Carrion Attack; Fly.
Ghouls 4 2 - 3 4 4 2 80 - 1 Break.
Gunther Laranscheld Evil 4 4 - 4 3 15 2 550 - 1 Grimoire Necris; Minions;
Necromancer Necromantic Magic 1.
Luthor, Laranscheld’s 4 3 - 5 5 3 1 300 - 1 Ignore Blow 6+;
Hunchback Servant
Skeleton Archers 4 2 5+ 3 3 5 1 80 - 1 Armed with Bow (Strength 3);
Regenerate 1.
Skeleton Spearmen 4 2 5+ 3 3 5 1 80 - 1 Armed with Spear (Fight in
Ranks); Regenerate 1.
Skeleton Swordsmen 4 2 5+ 3 3 5 1 80 - 1 Regenerate 1.
Tomb Guardians 4 3 - 3 3 15 1 110 1 1 Regenerate 1.
Van Damneg the Dread - 5 - 4 4 18 1 700 - 2 Minions; Necromantic Magic 1.
King
Zombies 4 2 - 3 3 5 1 40 - 1 -

Special Rules
LUTHOR, LARANSCHELD’S HUNCHBACK SERVANT
Special Attack
Whenever you draw the Luthor Event Card, determine who Luthor attacks as normal. Luthor makes his attacks immediately, as soon
as he is placed on the board. After resolving Luthor's attacks roll a dice. On a roll of 1 Luthor stays and fights as normal. On a roll of 2
or more Luthor vanishes into the darkness and is removed. If Luthor disappears put his Event Card to one side for the moment. From
now on, any time an Unexpected Event occurs, Luthor will attack as well, using the rules above. If Luthor's card is in play when you
come across Gunther Laranscheld, the hunchback has fetched his master.

Place Luthor on the board next to Laranscheld. He will stay and fight automatically there is no chance he will run off into the darkness.

TOMB GUARDIANS
Tomb Guardians do not leave the Board Section they are placed on.

VAN DAMNEG THE DREAD KING

If you roll Van Damneg as an Unexpected Event, re-roll this result. If the Warriors have just entered a room, place the Dread King in a
corner as far away from the Warriors as possible, then place his minions.

117
WARHAMMER QUEST – BASIC MONSTER TABLES & PROFILES

· VAMPIRE ·
· LEVEL 0 MONSTER TABLE ·
11-13 1D6 Dire Wolves
14-
14-16 1D6 Skeletons Archers
21-
21-23 2D6 Giant Bats
24-
24-26 2D6 Ghouls
31-
31-33 1D6 Skeleton Spearmen
34-
34-36 Anastazia the Banshee
41-
41-43 1 Carrion
44-
44-46 1D6 Skeleton Swordsmen
51-
51-53 1D6 Fell Bats
54-
54-56 1D6+3 Zombies
61-
61-63 2D6 Giant Spiders
64-
64-66 Ricardo Mendiola the Singing Maestro

· PROFILES ·
Monster Type M WS BS S T W A Gold Arm. Dam.
Dam. Special Rules
Anastazia the Banshee 4 3 - 3 4 9 1 400 - 1 Deathly Howl; Ethereal 1.
Armand Vespin the Wight 4 3 - 3 4 12 1 500 1 1 Armed with Axe of Dominion.
Lord
Carrion 8 3 - 3 3 10 3+ 450 - 1 Carrion Attack; Fly.
Dire Wolves 6 3 - 3 3 7 1 120 - 1 Ambush; Gang Up.
Fell Bats 4 2 - 3 3 3 1 50 - 1 Blood Suck; Fly.
Ghouls 4 2 - 3 4 4 2 80 - 1 Break.
Giant Bats 8 2 - 2 2 1 1 15 - 1 Ambush; Fly.
Giant Spiders 6 2 - S 2 1 1 15 - 1D3 Web.
Ricardo Mendiola the 4 4 - 5 4 16 2 750 - 1 Ambush; Maestro Magic 1; Magic
Singing Maestro Resistance 6+; Minions; Fly.
Skeleton Archers 4 2 5+ 3 3 5 1 80 - 1 Armed with Bow (Strength 3);
Regenerate 1.
Skeleton Spearmen 4 2 5+ 3 3 5 1 80 - 1 Armed with Spear (Fight in
Ranks); Regenerate 1.
Skeleton Swordsmen 4 2 5+ 3 3 5 1 80 - 1 Regenerate 1.
Zombies 4 2 - 3 3 5 1 40 - 1 -

Special Rules
ARMAND VESPIN THE WIGHT LORD
Axe of Dominion.
Armand carries his family’s powerful axe. Inscribed upon the blade is a rune of power. Each time Armand is hit in Combat, roll 1D6. On
a 5+ the Axe of Dominion causes double Damage.

If the Warriors do not encounter and defeat Armand Vespin as an Event, then he will appear in the Objective Room.

ANASTAZIA THE BANSHEE

Deathly Howl.
At the start of the Monsters’ Phase, before she makes her regular attacks, roll 1D6 for Vyktrin’as Deathly Howl. Each Warrior must
subtract their Toughness from the score, with the difference being the amount of Wonds the Warrior takes with no modifiers for
anything. A Warrior who suffers any Wounds must roll another 1D6. If the result is a 1, he must subtract -1 from his Starting Wounds
score permanently.

If the Warriors do not encounter and defeat Anastazia as an Event, then she will appear in the Objective Room.

118
Seven years after its conception, the
Ultimate Adventure Book has finally
come to fruition!

The Ultimate Adventure Book brings

together Adventures from
Warhammer Quest and its expansion
packs as well as the pages of White
Dwarf magazine and presents them
in an easy to use format. There are
also more than 45 new Adventures,
new Special Quests, a collection of
Special Rules and foe-specific
Monster Tables with which to
enhance your games of Warhammer
Quest.

With the accompanying PDF files, the

Ultimate Adventure Book is loaded
with new event cards to add unique
atmosphere to your dungeons, new
equipment and treasure cards with
which to outfit and reward your
Warriors, as well as new villains and
monsters for them to encounter.

Several new, highly detailed board

sections were commissioned for this
project to add new elements to your
dungeon finales!

Although written for Warriors

starting out on their very first quest,
the framework of the Ultimate
Adventure Book was designed to be
easily customised to accommodate
any level of Warriors.

Go forth, heroes - adventure awaits!

SETTLEMENT EVENTS – LITTLEMONK (Revision 2.0)

26

SETUP
Each player chooses the Warrior he is going to play and takes
the appropriate Warrior card, an Adventure Record sheet, the
Warrior model, and the warrior’s starting equipment: the Lantern
for the Barbarian, the Rope for the Dwarf, the Healing Potion for
the Elf and the Hand of Death Scroll for the Wizard.
Each player rolls their Starting Wounds (their maximum for the
game) and writes the number on their Record. A 1 may be rolled
again, but the second result must be kept.
The Wizard shuffles the Spell cards into their 3 decks (Attack,
Defense and Healing) and chooses 1 card randomly from each
deck. Then roll D6 and take that many Power Tokens. A 1 may
be rolled again, but the second result must be kept.
Sort the board sections into 3 piles: dungeon rooms, objectives
and corridors. Take the 3 card decks (Dungeon, Event and
Treasure), remove the 5 objective room cards from the Dungeon
deck, shuffle each deck and place them face down on the table.
Pick 1 objective room card at random; the rest are not used.
Roll D6 to select an adventure from among those featuring that
room in the Adventure Book.
Draw 6 Dungeon cards and shuffle in the objective room card,
then deal 6 more Dungeon cards on top of these. The remaining
Dungeon cards are not used.
Turn the top card from this 13 card Dungeon deck and place
the corresponding board section in the middle of the table with
the doorways attached as indicated. Place the leader model
on any square and the rest on the board, on any square, in
Initiative order from highest to lowest.
The Rule of 1 and 6: When making a dice roll, despite any
modifiers, a natural 1 always fails and a natural 6 always
succeeds.
SEQUENCE OF PLAY
1. Power Phase
The Wizard rolls for his Power level that turn.
Unexpected Events may occur.
2. Warriors’ Phase
Warriors can move, fight monsters, and explore.
3. Monsters’ Phase
Monsters on the board may move and fight.
4. Exploration Phase
Warriors may try to see what is beyond an unexplored doorway.
1. POWER PHASE
Wizard’s Power
The Wizard player rolls 1D6 to determine his Power level for the
turn, indicating it with a small red die in the Current Power box
on his card. At the end of a turn any used Power is lost.
Unexpected Events
If the Wizard player rolls a 1, turn over the top card of the Event
deck and follow the instructions. If the Wizard is dead, another
player rolls this die to see if there is an Event.
Events (E) are resolved immediately.
Monsters (M) mean the warriors have been attacked: take the
indicated number of monsters and put them on the board.
Placing Monsters
The first time monsters appear the leader places them; then the
player to his right, and so on.
A group of monsters must always be shared equally as possible
among the warriors. Position each model facing the warrior it is
attacking. Different types of monsters must be shared evenly as
well. If there are monsters that cannot be divided equally, draw
Warrior counters randomly to allocate them. If there are no spaces
left next to warriors, place remaining ones as close as possible on
empty spaces on the same or an adjacent board section.
If the warriors have split up onto different board sections, draw
a Warrior counter to determine where the monsters appear and
place them on that board section.
Monsters armed with missile weapons are placed as far away
as possible from the warriors on the same or adjoining section,
but still able to see their target. Models with missile weapons
can only shoot at targets to which they have line of sight (LOS).
Determine LOS by drawing a line between the centres of the
firer’s and target’s squares – if this passes through a wall, the
LOS is blocked. Monsters and warriors do not block LOS.
2. WARRIORS' PHASE
Beginning with the Warrior and followed by the Elf, Wizard and
Dwarf (leader followed by descending Initiative order), each
player takes a turn.
If the players are missing the Barbarian, one of the other warriors
must carry the lantern and be the party leader. If the Barbarian
is killed another warrior takes it and becomes the leader.
The lantern illuminates the section the leader is on and all
adjacent sections. Any warrior moving beyond this is lost and
removed from the game.
Moving and Fighting
A warrior may move a number of squares in any direction up to
his Move (M), and then attack a monster in an adjacent square.
He may not move through another model or obstacle, and may
not move diagonally between squares if one of the adjacent
squares between them is a wall.
Warriors must halt when they move next to a doorway that leads
to another section. When a warrior moves onto a new section for
the first time and completes his movement, his turn ends. The
warriors may leave the dungeon via the entrance if they wish.
A warrior may not fight a monster in an adjacent square and
shoot at it in the same turn.
Pinning
A warrior is pinned and may not move if there is a monster in
an adjacent square at the start of the Warriors’ phase. A warrior
may not use a missile weapon while pinned. He may however
turn to face any direction.
To escape from pinning and move normally a warrior must roll a
die and score at least his pinning value (only one roll is required
no matter the number of pinning monsters).
3. MONSTERS' PHASE
When a new dungeon room (objective rooms have special rules)
is entered for the first time, draw a card from the Event deck.
Events (E) are resolved immediately. If monsters (M) are
revealed, take the indicated number of monsters and put them
in the room (even if the warriors are split up).
If there is not enough space, leftover monsters may be placed
in adjoining board sections. Share monsters equally among
warriors as usual.
Once they have been placed, their turn is over and they cannot
move or fight until the Monsters’ phase of the next turn.
Monsters placed in the Power phase of the current turn can
move and fight, however.
Moving and Fighting
Monsters always attack the warriors.
– if pinned, a monster stays where it is and fights.
– if it has a missile weapon and can see a target, it shoots.
– if it has a missile weapon but cannot see a target, it moves to
see one and then shoots.
– if it does not have a missile weapon or has one but cannot
move to see a target, it moves toward a warrior, and attacks
him if it can.
Monsters move and attack by dividing up among the warriors
as equally as possible, the same as for initial placement. They
move in the same way as warriors and are pinned in the same
way, but cannot escape from pinning.
The First Attack Rule
Monsters placed to attack a warrior will always try to fight that
warrior when they make their first attack. If the warrior has
moved away, the monster will follow and attack if it possibly
can. Once this first turn is over, the normal rules are used for
determining who a monster attacks.
4. EXPLORATION PHASE
Only the leader can explore, and only if there are no monsters
on the board section the leader is on, and the leader is next to a
doorway leading to an unknown part of the dungeon.
The leader player declares he is exploring and takes the top
card of the Dungeon deck. Take the appropriate board section
and clip it to the doorway. Warriors are not obligated to enter
the new section.
Dividing Ways
If you find a T-junction, place it as normal, then divide the
Dungeon deck, dealing out one card at a time to each corridor
from the bottom of the deck until you have 2 separate decks.
If the warriors run out of cards or reach the end of one route
without finding the Objective room, they must retrace their
steps or abandon their quest.
COMBAT
Combat may last several turns; work through the Power, Warriors’
and Monsters’ phases as normal until the monsters are killed.
Hand-to-Hand Combat
A model may fight any opponent in an adjacent square; turn the
models to face each other.
If a model has multiple Attacks (A) he may strike several times
in a turn. A warrior may split the atacks between 2 or more
enemies. A monster must use all of them against one warrior.
Roll 1D6 and score equal or over the number shown on the
model’s combat table versus the enemy’s WS.
If the strike is a hit, roll 1D6, add the attacker’s Strength, and
subtract the opponent’s Toughness.
Some weapons and monsters cause extra damage, and armour
may add to an opponent’s Toughness.
Shooting
A model with a missile weapon may only shoot if he is not
adjacent to (and therefore not pinned by) an enemy. He must
have LOS to the target and can only shoot once a turn.
Roll 1D6 and score equal or over the model’s Ballistic Skill (BS)
value, or the value on the monster’s Event card.
If the shot is a hit, work out Wounds the same way as for hand-
to-hand combat, but use the Strength of the weapon.
When more than one monster shoots, work out how many hits
there are before dividing them equally amongst eligible targets,
drawing warrior counters for any odd hits.
Death and Unconsciousness
When a monster is killed, place it on the Adventure Record
sheet of the warrior who slew it. Record Wounds on monsters
still alive by using a small die next to the model.
When a warrior’s Wounds are reduced to 0 he is unconscious;
place the model on its side. If he is not healed by the end of
that turn, he dies and the player is out of the game.
Deathblow
If a warrior kills a monster with a single blow and there is another
monster standing adjacent to it and still in attack range, roll to
hit and wound the second monster as normal. If it is killed the
blow can carry on to another monster, and so on.
SPELLCASTING
The Wizard may cast any of his spells any time in a turn by
expending Power equal to the spell’s Casting Number.
Attack spells can only be cast during the Warriors’ phase (but
even during another player’s turn). You may never interrupt a
hit however.
A Wizard’s Power Tokens can be used for extra Power, but once
used they are gone for the rest of the game.
GOLD AND TREASURE
Once the combat is over, players can trade in the monsters they
killed for their value in Gold (as indicated on the Event card).
Once all outstanding Events are completed, the warriors receive
a Treasure card for each event, unless otherwise indicated on
the card. Treasures must be shared out equally. Any left at the
end of the adventure can be traded in for their value in gold.
When a warrior is killed all his gold and treasure cards ar lost.
His starting equipment card may be taken by another player.
EQUIPMENT AND TREASURE
The items of starting equipment that each warrior carries may
be used at any time. To use an item on another warrior, the
models do not have to be next to each other or even on the
same section.
Warriors can also find and use Treasure cards during the game.
Armour, a shield or weapons can be used immediately. Armour
or weapons cannot be lent to other warriors, but they can
be given to other warriors at the end of a turn if there are no
monsters on the board.
A warrior can carry as many items as desired, but only one set
of armour, shield, and weapon can be used during any one turn.
WINNING
The Objective room is the final goal of the warriors; do not take
an Event card, but follow the instructions in the Adventure Book.
Once the adventure is complete, players cash in any Treasure
cards they have left for gold, and count their treasure. All the
warriors win by completing the adventure, but the amount of
gold won by each warrior is the measure of individual success.

Setup
One player is the Imperial Army player and the
other is the Forces of Chaos player. The Imperial
player takes the 10 Mighty Cannon cards. The
Chaos player takes the 6 Ogre Champion cards.
Lay out the Battle mat. One player sets up as
many or as few of the terrain features as he
wishes (one item per space), and the other player
chooses on which side of the mat he will deploy
his army. Players deploy their troops on opposite
sides of the mat.
Beginning with the Chaos player, players take
turns placing units on the map along the 2 rows
of spaces along their side of the map and any
partial spaces on the very edge of the mat. Units
may be placed onto any space, except those that
already contain a unit, or a terrain space that
cannot be moved into.
Shuffle the Battle cards facedown.
Terrain Features
River: No unit may enter a river space.
Ford: You may only cross the river at a ford. The
ford tile may be placed in any river space.
Hedges: These may be placed on any side of a
hexagonal space, except where they would block
a road.
Marsh: No unit may enter a space that contains
a marsh. The marsh tile may be placed in any
space, except one that contains a road.
Ditch: No unit may move across a ditch. Units
can move into a ditch tile as long as they
approach from an unbroken side. The ditch tile
may be placed in any space, except one that
contains a road or a river.
The Tower: The tower may be placed in any
space, except one that contains a road or a river.
Playing the Game
On a player’s turn, he turns over the top card of
the Battle deck.
Units shown on the card may move and then
attack. Units do not have to move, but must move
before they attack. Archers and Crossbowmen may
only move or attack.
If the card shows different units, they may be
moved in any order. Each resolves its movement
and attack before the next. If one of the units
shown has been eliminated, the surviving unit(s)
may continue to do battle.
When all the cards have been turned over,
reshuffle the Battle deck. If a card is drawn and
the unit shown is no longer in play, discard the
card completely.
Movement
Units may move 1 space into any adjacent space,
but may not cross an obstacle.
Only 1 unit may occupy a space at a time, and
units may not move through other units.
Wold Riders Double Move Card The Wolf Riders
may move 2 spaces before attacking.
Whole Army Move Card You may move and attack
with all your units (except the Imperial player’s
Cannon and the Chaos player’s Ogre).
Combat
Attacking
Only units shown on the Battle card may attack,
but only once per turn.
All units except Archers and Crossbowmen may
only attack opponents in an adjacent space.
The number of Combat dice the attacker rolls is
shown on its base (its Combat value).
Each unit has 3 lives. For each skull that the
attacker rolls, the opponent’s unit receives 1
skull token; once it has 3, it is removed from the
battlefield.
Defending
All units can defend themselves against an
attack by rolling a number of Combat dice equal
to their Combat value. Each separate attack can
be defended against.
Each shield that the defender rolls cancels out
one of the skulls rolled by the attacker.
Any unit (including the one standing on the
ditch) that attacks another across a ditch rolls 1
Combat die less, and the defending unit rolls 1
Combat die more. This does not apply to attacks
by Archers and Crossbowmen.
Archers and Crossbowmen
Archers and Crossbowmen may only move or
attack, not both.
They may attack any unit within their range:
2 spaces for Archers and 3 spaces for
Crossbowmen.
Roll Combat dice as normal; units may defend
themselves as normal.
Charge Cards
When one of these cards is drawn, the unit(s)
shown move as normal, but they may roll 1 extra
Combat dice for any attack they make that turn.
The Mighty Cannon
When a Mighty Cannon Battle card is turned
over, the Imperial Army player may either move
the cannon 1 space or fire it.
The Cannon defends against attack as normal,
rolling 2 Combat dice in defence.
To fire, choose a target and mark the target by
placing the Target tile on it.
If it is a space adjacent to the cannon, the target You must eliminate the unit inside the tower to
is automatically destroyed. If it is further afield, take possession of it; only one unit may occupy
shuffle the 10 Cannon tiles and turn them over the tower.
one at a time, placing them faceup in the next
Cannon tiles affect units inside the tower as
adjacent space of your choice (as long as each
normal. However, any Explosion hit on a unit
tile keeps heading in the direction of the target).
in the tower damages the tower as well. Each
Flying Cannon Ball: No effect, continue placing time it is hit by a Explosion, it receives 1
tiles. Rubble token. When it is hit for a third time,
it is removed from the game. The tower is not
Bouncing Cannon Ball: Any unit in the space is
damaged by a Bouncing Ball tile.
dealt 1 skull token. Continue placing tiles.
Explosion: Any unit in the space is destroyed. No The Battle Scenarios
more tiles can be placed. There is no effect in an
empty space. The scenarios are played using the normal rules,
and may be played in any order.
If the Imperial player successfully lays a path
of tiles to the target, the Target tile is flipped to Play the scenarios in sequence for a campaign.
reveal an Explosion: the target unit is removed After playing each scenario, the winner is
from the battlefield. If an Explosion tile is placed awarded a number of campaign points. At the
before reaching the target, the attempt has end of the campaign, the player with the most
failed. points is the overall winner.
After resolving the attack, remove all the Cannon When fighting a campaign, any unit that survives
tiles from the battlefield. a battle becomes an elite unit and is awarded
an elite unit token (place the token in the slot in
Exploding Cannon the unit’s base). An elite unit which survives a
If the first Cannon tile turned over is an
second battle does not get a second token.
Explosion, eliminate any unit in the space,
then shuffle the remaining tiles, draw one, and Elite units roll 1 extra Combat die when
attacking and defending.
place it into the space with the Cannon. If it is
a Bouncing Ball, the cannon receives 1 skull
token. If it is a Flying Ball, nothing happens. If Adding Reinforcements
it is an Explosion, the cannon is destroyed and
Before deploying forces, both players agree on
removed from the battlefield. In any case, the
the maximum number of points they will use to
Cannon’s turn is over.
make up each army. Player assemble their armies
using the point values given.
The Ogre Champion
The two armies don’t have to have exactly the
When an Ogre Battle card is turned over, draw
same total points value, but they should be as
Ogre Champion cards one at a time. When a
close as possible.
Move card is drawn, he may move 1 space;
when an Attack card is drawn, he may attack an
Imperial Army Point Values
opponent in an adjacent space. He attacks and
defends as normal. Men-At-Arms 4
When the last Ogre Champion card has been Crossbowmen 5
drawn, the next Battle card can be drawn from Archers 6
the deck. Imperial Knights 8
For every skull token the Ogre gets, he draws 1 Lord Knights 9
less Ogre Champion card. Once he has 6 tokens, Mighty Cannon 10
he is removed from the battlefield.
Reinforcements
Imperial Lord 8
The Tower
A unit that moves into the Tower space is placed Chaos Army Point Values
on top of the tower. Only standard infantry units
(5 miniatures) may occupy the tower. Goblins 4
Beastmen 4
The first player to reach the tower may take
possession of it. The Imperial player may only Chaos Bowmen 4
take the tower with Men-At-Arms, Crossbowmen, Orcs 5
and Archers. The Chaos player may only take the Chaos Warriors 5
tower with Chaos Warriors, Chaos Bowmen, Orcs, Wold Riders 5
Goblins and Beastmen.
Ogre Champion 8
Units inside the tower may roll 1 extra Combat Champions of Chaos 9
die when attacking or defending. All units that
attack units inside the tower roll 1 less Combat Reinforcements
die than normal. Chaos Lord 8
 Setup
Buy your Fleet, a Wizard and Man O’War cards, A
normal game is 1,000 points per side. Fleet purchasing
requirements vary for each race. Ships are either Man
O Wars (MOW), Independents (IND) or squadrons of 3
Ships of the Line (SOL).
Draw the appropriate number of Magic cards per Wizard.
The college colour of a Wizard is chosen randomly.
Man O’ War cards cost 25 points and are dealt randomly
and allocated to Man O’ War ships. No Man O’ War may
have more than one card with the same symbol on it.
You do not get points back for cards you cannot use.
Place an Admiral counter on each player’s command
ship (must be a MOW). That ship is also dealt one free
Man O’ War card.
Place Crew counters equal to a ship’s Crew Strength on
each ship template.
Divide the player area into 2' square sections and roll a
die for each:
Roll Number of Terrain Features
1-2 None
3-4 1 1 on a d6 roll always means failure despite modifiers.
5 2
6 3
Beginning with a random player each player takes a
piece of terrain and places it in the section of his choice
until all terrain features are placed.
Decide which table edge is North and roll a dice: on 2,
4 or 6 the wind is blowing North; otherwise South. Place
the Wind Compass to indicate wind direction.
The highest rolling player chooses to set up on the East
or West sides, and begins by placing a single MOW, IND
or SOL squadron. Players alternate taking turns placing
a single MOW, IND or SOL squadron within 9" of their
table edge and 9" from the North and South edges.
Squadrons
One ship from each squadron is nominated as the
flagship; place a flagship counter on its template. If a
flagship is sunk or cannot move another ship may take
over as flagship.
All actions for each ship are performed individually.
Each ship moves, shoots and then performs any
boarding action before moving on to the next ship in the
squadron (or passing play to your opponent if you moved
a MOW or IND). Once a player touches a ship he is
committed to finishing its move.
You cannot pass on a turn but may select a squadron
and perform no actions with it.
If a SOL ever ends a turn more then 6” from its flagship
it becomes a straggler and subject to the rules for
stragglers until it rejoins its squadron.
Turn Sequence
1. INITIATIVE Phase
Roll a d6 to determine who goes first. On a double
the wind changes one position; clockwise for evens,
counter-clockwise for odds. Re-roll to win initiative.
House Rule: On double 5’s or 6’s the wind changes 2
positions.
2. MAGIC Phase
Starting player casts a spell and opponent may attempt
to dispel it, then vice-versa.
3. BATTLE Phase
Starting with the player with the Initiative, players take
turns moving and fighting with a single MOW, IND or
squadron of SOL ships.
4. END Phase
Record keeping, replenish magic cards, check for fires
spreading and move stragglers.
The rule of one
6 on a d6 roll always means success when rolling for
saves despite modifiers.
Magic
Roll the Casting number or higher to successfully cast
or dispel a spell.
The spell colour a spell can dispel is shown on the
bottom of the card. If a spell allows you to move an
enemy ship you may not move it off the table.
Unless stated on the card, spells last for a single turn.
Spells are discarded once attempted or used.
A Wizard Lord adds +1 to his roll when casting or
dispelling a spell. Once per turn, if he fails to cast or
dispel a spell of his own college colour he may re-roll
the dice.
House Rule: no spell may be cast on the first game turn.
Movement
Ship templates give the ship’s maximum speed in
inches. Speed can be affected by damage and the wind
as noted. Use the Turning Template when turning; each
turn must use 2 inches of movement.
Movement under sail
Check the wind direction by placing the Turning
Template against the ship. If a straight line from the
wind to the ship’s bow passes through the template you
are not sailing into the wind.
Some ships move faster with the wind astern. Place
the template so it is facing the stern and use the same
procedure.
Once the direction of the wind is found the ship is
considered to be at that angle to the wind for the whole
of its turn.
All ships under sail which turn to face the wind must
finish moving immediately after the turn.
A ship under sail that starts its movement against the
wind may only make a single turn to face out of the wind.
Movement with oars
Ships using oars are not affected by the wind.
They may turn 90º on the spot by expending half
their move and 180º by expending all; and may row
backwards up to 2” instead of a normal move.
You may only move at Ramming speed if you make no
turns.
Ramming
Ships with oars and rams may ram. The ship must move
at least 3” in a straight line to the target.
Damage is inflicted immediately according to the
ramming chart for that vessel, and then the ship may
fire its cannons and initiate a boarding action.
Obstructions
Any ship moving over a sandbank, rocks, terrain etc
ends movement, runs aground and must make a below
the waterline saving throw. If failed the ship takes 1-3
points of below the waterline damage.
If starting the Battle Phase aground, roll 4+ to move
away or be stuck until the next turn’s attempt.
Collisions
If a ship touches another, movement ends. A ram
or boarding action may take place. If starting a turn
in contact a ship may push clear at a cost of half
movement, moving along the side of the other ship.
Any ship that sails off the table edge has left the battle
and may not return.
Combat & Damage
Choose your target and measure the range using the
Range Template, with the centre mark touching the
centre of the front or side of the firing ship.
Cannons are the standard weapons and have a range of
9” and each can fire once per Battle Phase.
A ship can be in close range, medium range or long
range. A shot hits the first obstacle that is under the
range template.
Declare if you are aiming high or low if required (you
cannot split cannons firing in the same direction) and
roll a d6. The number rolled indicates the hit location on
the target’s template.
The target can make a saving throw for each hit location,
modified by the shooting weapon’s range (if applicable).
Other weaponry may have different specifics and
requirements, but the general rule is that to check the
range, roll the dice to determine location, conduct saves
and then mark damage if necessary.
Damage
If a location fails its save place a damage marker and
note the side effects if there are any.
If an area containing cannons that can fire broadside is
destroyed, the ship can no longer fire on both sides with
those guns.
Critical hits
If a destroyed area is hit again and fails its save a
Critical Hit occurs (unless otherwise indicated). Roll on
the Critical Hit Table to determine the effects.
If a ship’s crew strength is reduced to zero the ship is
abandoned. If a Below the Waterline hit is indicated the
ship does not get a saving throw for that hit. If a Fire
is indicated replace the damage counter with a Blaze
counter; it may spread in the End Phase.
Effects of ramming
The opposing player must make a saving throw against a
Below the Waterline hit. If it fails the ship takes damage
(see the attacking ship’s details).
Sinking
Once a ship’s Below the Waterline area is destroyed it
sinks. Place a Sunk counter on the template and replace
the ship with a Wreckage marker. Wreckage markers
obstruct movement and line of sight like a ship.
During the End Phase replace it with a Debris marker;
this does not obstruct movement or line of sight. At the
end of the next turn this is removed.
Any Admiral or Wizard who was on the ship may cling to
wreckage or debris while it is there.
Boarding Actions
Only one boarding action can be initiated per turn if in
contact with two or more ships.
Both sides roll a dice and add the number of crew
counters on their ship. The defender adds the number
of remaining cannons he has pointing in the direction
of the attacker. A ship with an Admiral gets +1 to the
boarding action roll. The player with the lowest total
loses a crew counter.
A winning attacker may press on or break off the attack.
A winning defender may cut grapples and the boarding
action ends. If he continues he is the attacker and can
no longer add cannons to his roll, but then his opponent
may if he has them.
If totals are the same, both sides lose a crew and the
defender decides whether to cut grapples.
If all the crew are killed, any Admiral or Wizard on board
is killed.
A ship with no crew counters left has lost; place an
Abandoned marker on the ship’s template and an
Abandoned counter by the ship. Any boarding action
against the ship will succeed automatically.
Captured ships Victory
An winning player may transfer crew counters (up to
the original ship limit) and take the ship as a prize, or If all of one side’s ships are sunk or captured the game
scuttle the ship. ends; the other player is the winner.
A prize ship (place a Captured marker on the ship’s Optionally, play to a time limit and count up Battle
template and a Captured counter by the ship) cannot Honours: each player totals the number of Below the
Waterline hits for all enemy ships they sunk or captured.
move or fire and if repelling boarders the crew cannot
use the ship’s cannons. Any enemy ships scuttled or abandoned at the end of
House Rule: if a ship has been captured for at least 1 the game count as ships sunk.
full turn it is worth double Battle Honours. An Admiral captured or killed is worth 5 Battle Honours.
Ships are scuttled during the End Phase. Wizards are worth 1 for a Wizard Champion, 2 for a
Master Wizard and 3 for a Wizard Lord.
A recaptured ship may be recrewed but acts as a
straggler this turn.
End Phase
Pick up survivors
Any ships in contact with Wreckage or Debris may
rescue Admirals or Wizards clinging to it.
Wreckage and debris
Remove Debris markers; any characters clinging to the
debris are lost. Change Wreckage markers into Debris.
Fires
Roll for each area on fire on the ship:
1 Blaze goes out
2-3 Blaze does not spread
4 Blaze spreads prow-ward
5 Blaze spreads upward
6 Blaze spreads stern-ward
If a fire goes out replace it with a damage marker. If the
fire spreads place another fire marker left or right as
appropriate. There is no saving throw. If there is a choice
of areas roll a die. If there is no space nothing happens.
If the area is already damaged it is simply set on fire;
there is no critical hit.
Blazing locations are treated as destroyed locations. If
there is a fire in a location that can take two hits and
only one is ablaze, any result that says a fire spreads
means the second part of the area is now ablaze too.
Stragglers
Stragglers cannot move or fire in the Battle Phase
though they may defend as normal if boarded. In the
End Phase they may move but cannot fire or board.
Scuttle ships
If the original boarding ship is no longer in contact the
boarding crew are out of the game. Replace the scuttled
ship with a Wreckage Marker.
Remove counters
Remove any no movement or no firing counters placed
as a result of critical hits or magic spells.
Pick up Magic cards
If your Wizard is still alive and not clinging to wreckage,
discard any Magic Cards not wanted and then replenish
your hand to full strength. Then, any spells played this
turn with a duration of one turn are removed.

SEA MONSTERS
SEA MONSTERS may be used by any race. You may
never have more sea monsters in your fleet than you
have squadrons of Ships of the Line.
They are deployed one at a time, starting with the player
who won the roll to set up first, after terrain but before
fleet deployment. Place the template anywhere on the
table face-down with the arrow pointing towards you.
Summoning
During his Battle Phase, instead of moving a ship or
squadron, a player may summon one of his monsters by
rolling 4+ (spellcaster adds his spell casting bonus).
The monster is placed anywhere in the template area
and the template moved off-board. It now moves and
attacks like an independent ship (starting with this
turn).
If the summoning roll fails, turn is over and play passes
to opponent.
Movement
Monsters have a movement rate in dice inches on their
template and have the option to move on the surface
(and attack) or dive (no attack).
They may change facing and turn as often as desired.
If you roll a double when rolling for movement, roll on
the Sea Monster Reaction table below. If it returns to its
lair, remove the model, and your opponent places the
template anywhere at least 2" from any ship. For each
turn the monster remains in its lair remove one wound
counter from its template.
1 Monster returns to lair, remove from play
2 Monster becomes frenzied, moves at full speed
towards nearest friendly vessel and, if it reaches
it, attacks it.
3-5 Monster under control
6 Monster under control; may either move twice While in contact with a monster, a ship may not move,
or attack twice this turn.
At the start of a move a monster may dive (place a
submerged counter), where it is immune from all
attacks. It must move towards a target and try to touch
it, but cannot attack in the same turn as diving and
must surface at the start of its next move and may then
move and attack normally.
Attacks
Each turn a monster may make a special attack and a
boarding action against a model it is in contact with.
Special attacks are detailed on its template.
In a boarding action, roll a dice for the monster’s attack,
adding its current wounds. The opponent rolls one dice,
adding the number of crew counters, and any modifiers
for magic, MOW cards, cannons etc.
If the monster wins one crew counter is devoured
and you may press on or retreat. If the ship wins, the
monster loses one wound and the ship may press on or
drive it off. If a draw, the ship loses a crew, the monster
a wound, and the ship chooses whether to drive the
monster off.
If the monster retreats or is driven off, move 1" directly
away from the ship and your turn ends.
fire at anything else, or engage in other boarding
actions. Other ships may fire at the monster (roll a dice:
on a 1-3 you target the ship instead) but may not board
or ram it. Spells affect both ship and attacking monster.
A monster may use as many dice as it has wounds for
defensive fire against flyers.
Wounds
Once all the spaces on a monster’s Wound track are
filled it is dead. They never take critical hits or are set
on fire. If wounded by a flyer they will dive for a turn. If
rammed, and if they fail their save, they take a number
of wounds equal to the number of BTW hits.
 AIRPOWER
FLYERS may be bought out of the standard allowance or
a 200 point extra allowance for each side.
They are deployed, and move and fire, in squadrons or
as independents.
Movement
Flyers may change facing and turn as often as desired,
fly over any obstacles and are generally unaffected by
the wind.
Attacks
As soon as an attacking flyer comes in base-to-base
contact, its target may make a single defensive attack
outside the normal turn sequence. Roll dice equal to
the target’s number of crew counters; the flyer makes a
saving throw for each dice that hits, taking a wound for
each failed save.
House Rule: Since flyers are usually obliterated by
defensive fire, have the flyer attack first with the
defensive fire in retaliation to it.
Dark Elf monsters get 1 dice defensive fire. A sea
monster may use as many dice as it has wounds.
Special attacks are missile and bombing attacks, and
are made after movement against a base-to-base target.
Boarding Actions
After its special attack a flyer may engage in a boarding
action.
Roll a die and add the number of wounds the flyer has;
the opponent rolls a die and adds his number of crew
counters (no bonus for cannons). The highest score
wins, and the loser takes one wound or loses one crew
counter.
If the target ship wins or draws, it may attack the flyer or
drive it off. If it is driven off, move the flyer 1” directly
away from the ship.
The boarding action continues until the flyer or the
ship’s crew is dead or the flyer is driven off.
Flyers vs flyers
Move the flyer in base-to-base contact with its target; if
the target has defensive armament it may get defensive
fire.
Make a special attack, then make a close combat attack.
A close combat attack is conducted like a boarding
action but you may not board the enemy flyer.
Both players roll a die adding their current wounds. The
loser takes a wound; if a draw, both take a wound. If the
defender wins he may go on the offensive or drive the
attacker off 1”.
Wounds
Flyers do not take critical hits; they take another wound
if the same location is hit twice.
If a Rider or Pilot is killed, the flyer is removed from
play, even if it has wounds remaining.
Magic
Spells may be cast against flyers as if they were ships.
Any spells that cause damage, set locations ablaze or
kill crew will cause one wound for each point of damage
done.
Anti-flyer weapons
Anti-flyer weapons may be bought for 25 points each out
of the standard allowance or a 100 point extra allowance
for each side. They can only be used by Men O’ War and
you can only have one per ship.
Anti-Flyer weaponry is the only way a flyer can be
targeted directly besides a Magic Spell or in retaliation
to the Flyer’s special attack with defensive fire.
After firing cannons a ship may fire its anti-flyer weapon
at a single flyer in range.

Setup & Turn Sequence
Players choose and prepare gangs, choose a scenario and set
up appropriate tabletop scenery.
Each side takes a full turn in succession. Each phase is
completed before beginning the next:
MOVEMENT
SHOOTING
HAND-TO-HAND
RECOVERY
Games last until one side bottles out, withdraws, is destroyed,
or a specific objective is achieved.
Movement
Move models one at a time in the following order:
1. Chargers
2. Compulsory Moves
3. The Rest
Moving, Running and Charging
Models move up to their M in inches (even on ladders). A
model may run at double rate but cannot shoot in the same
turn, and must stop if within 8" of an enemy he can see.
Models wishing to engage in hand-to-hand (H-to-H) combat
must declare a charge and move at double rate into base-to-
base contact (or separated by a low wall or obstacle) with the
enemy. If the model does not reach the enemy it is moved as
close as possible and can do nothing for the rest of the turn.
Hiding
A model can hide by ending its move in a concealed position.
Declare the model is hidden and place a hidden counter
next to it—it cannot be seen or shot at.
A model that runs or charges may not hide that turn. A model
that shoots, moves so that it can be seen, or can be clearly
seen by an enemy, is no longer hidden. A model automatically
spots all hidden enemies within its I score in inches.
Terrain
Difficult terrain: half rate. Very difficult terrain: quarter rate.
Barriers less than 1" high and 1" wide can be leapt over at no
cost, but those 1"-2" high and no more than 1" wide cost half
of a model’s total move to climb over. Barriers higher than 2"
are impassable.
Falling and Jumping
Falling: A model pinned, down or losing a H-to-H combat
within 1" of an edge will fall off on a D6 roll greater than his I.
If he loses a H-to-H combat he also falls on a roll of 6.
Damage is a hit with a S equal to the fall in inches. A fall of
up to 3" inflicts 1 wound, and more than 3" inflicts D6
wounds. A fall of more than 12" takes the model out of action
automatically. Armour saves apply with save modifiers. In any
case, the model is automatically pinned.
A model in the way of a falling model is hit on a 4+, damaged
and pinned as per the faller. Position surviving models 1" apart.
Use this rule when a model ‘charges’ a model on a lower level.
Jumping: If the vertical distance is 3" or less, take an I test:
failure means a fall, success means the model has landed
safely and must stop, and a roll of 1 means the model
may continue moving. Jumps over 3” are treated as falls.
Horizontal jumps are D6" and may be part of a charge.
Shooting
One at a time, models not in H-to-H combat may shoot once
with a weapon at a target within a 90º arc to their front. The
model must be able to see some part of the target’s body. You
must shoot at the closest target unless a more distant target
is easier to hit.
Check range: if the target is out of range the shot is wasted;
still roll to hit to see if the weapon requires an Ammo roll.
Hitting and Wounding
Subtract BS from 7 to find the number needed to hit and apply
hit, range and cover modifiers. A roll of 1 is always a miss.
See if the shot wounds the target by comparing the S of the
weapon with the target’s T on the Wound chart and rolling a D6.
Roll armour saves, taking into account weapon save modifiers.
Pinning
A model hit is knocked over, placed faceup, and is pinned.
He can do nothing, but if pinned at the start of his turn will
automatically recover at the end of his turn.
Models cannot be pinned by H-to-H hits. A model engaged in
H-to-H combat will automatically escape pinning.
If a model has at least one of his gang within 2" that is not a
juve, down or broken he can try to escape pinning at the start
of his turn by rolling equal to or less than his I.
Injuries
When a model suffers its last wound roll for the injury:
1 Flesh Wound
-1 from WS and BS for the rest of the game.
If both reach 0 the model is out of action.
2-5 Down
Model is placed facedown and may only crawl 2".
Roll again to what happens to the model at the end
of his Recovery Phase.
6 Out of Action
The model is removed from play.
If a model goes down or out of action each friend within
2” must make a Ld test.
If a weapon inflicts multiple wounds make another Injury roll
for each extra wound inflicted after the final wound. A model
can suffer multiple flesh wounds.
High impact weapons (Strength of 7+) cause an out of action
result on a roll of 5-6.
Other Shooting Rules
If shooting into a H-to-H combat distribute hits randomly
between all participants.
Some heavy weapons preclude movement in the same turn
as shooting.
Blast Weapons
Nominate the target and roll to hit; if the shot hits, center the
blast template over the target. Models wholly under it are hit.
Any model partially within the template is hit on a 4+ on D6.
If the shot misses make a Scatter roll. Roll the Artillery and
Scatter dice—a number shows how far you have missed the
target in inches, and direction is indicated by the arrow.
No shot may scatter more than half the range between the
shooter and the target.
A Misfire indicates no effect. A Hit and a Misfire indicates
the weapon may have exploded in the breach (see Exploding
Weapons).
Grenades
A model carrying grenades has enough to last the entire battle.
Throwing a grenade is like using a blast weapon, but the
maximum range is based on the thrower’s S.
S 1 4"
S 2 6"
S 3 8"
S 4 10"
S 5 or more 12"
The number on the Artillery dice is halved if the throw scatters
(the maximum scatter limit does not apply).
Roll a D6 on the Misfire table if the Scatter and Artillery dice
turn up Hit and Misfire.
Grenades thrown at a point on the ground are at -1 to hit
(small target).
Flamers
Both flamers and hand flamers use the large teardrop-shaped
template. Models wholly under it are hit automatically. Any
model partially within the template is hit on a 4+ on a D6.
Hit modifiers for range, cover etc do not apply.
Hand flamers get only 1 shot per game.
Sustained Shooting
If a weapon is capable of sustained fire declare a single or
sustained shot.
For sustained fire, roll D3s equal to the weapon’s sustained
fire value to determine the number of shots.
Each shot is treated separately and can be made at the same
target or another model within 4" of the original target. At least
1 shot must be allocated to the original target.
Ammo Rolls
A score of 6 on a hit roll indicates a D6 Ammo roll is required,
in addition to normal effects. If you roll less than the weapon’s
Ammo roll number it is useless for the rest of the game.
Some weapons must make an Ammo roll every time they are
fired. Grenades automatically fail any Ammo roll they make,
indicating you have thrown your last Grenade of that type.
Exploding Weapons
If an Ammo roll is a 1 the weapon is not only useless, but
there is a chance it may explode.
If a further D6 roll is less than the weapon’s Ammo roll rating,
inflict an automatic hit on the user with a S value of -1.
Blasts are confined to the user.
Weapons with a rating of auto automatically fail their Ammo
roll but will may still explode on a further roll of 1.
Overwatch
A model may go on overwatch at the start of its turn if it is not
down, pinned or broken.
It may not move, shoot or go into hiding (but may remain
hidden) during its turn, but may shoot at any target as it
presents itself at any time during the enemy’s turn.
Once the model has fired, is hit, forced to move, or at the end
of the enemy’s turn, it is no longer on overwatch.
Declare the overwatch shot and determine the position of the
enemy model at the moment of fire.
There are modifiers to hit an emerging or disappearing target,
or being charged by the target, whilst on overwatch.
Stray Shots
If a shot misses with a 1 to hit, and it passed within ½" of a
friend, it hits the friend on a further roll of 1. If several friends
are eligible randomise who is hit.
Hand-to-Hand Combat
Models in base-to-base contact are in hand-to-hand combat; all
models fight regardless of whose turn it is. They cannot shoot
in the shooting phase or move away in their movement phase.
1 Throw Attack Dice
Both players roll D6s equal to their A.
2 Work Out Combat Score
Each picks their highest scoring dice and adds his
model’s WS and any combat modifiers to it.
3 Determine Winner
The highest Combat Score wins.
If a tie the model with the highest Initiative wins.
4 Number of Hits
The difference between Combat Scores is the number
of times the winner has hit (still once if it was a tie).
5 Throw to Wound
Roll a d6 on the Wound chart for each hit using
the S value of the weapon (unless noted).
6 Saving Throw
Armour saving throws if appropriate, modified
by weapon save modifiers.
7 Resolve Injuries
In the same way as for shooting.
Weapons
Only H-to-H weapons and pistols may be used. All fighters
carry a knife. Weapons cannot be swapped during combat.
One extra dice is rolled if the model carries a H-to-H weapon
in each hand (hits are inflicted alternately).
Parrying
Fighters with swords may parry by forcing an opponent to
re-roll his highest Attack dice before working out his Combat
Score. Two combatants with swords cancel the ability out.
Criticals and Fumbles
Any Attack dice rolls of a 1 indicate a fumble. For each
fumble the opponent may add +1 to his Combat Score.
At least two Attack dice rolls of a 6 indicate a critical hit.
The first 6 is your highest score and each extra 6 counts as
a +1 to your Combat Score.
Multiple Combats
In an order chosen by the outnumbering player, the out-
numbered model must fight each opponent in succession.
Each subsequent enemy after the first gains an extra Attack
dice and a +1 to their Combat Score (cumulative).
Follow Up
If all a model’s H-to-H opponents go out of action he may make
a follow-up move of 2" out of the normal turn sequence.
A model may also cross an obstacle without penalty or
engage another enemy for the next turn’s combat (no
charge bonus) with a follow-up move.
Fighters Down
A fighter that goes down is automatically out of action.
In multiple combats some fighters can go down and crawl
away 2" during their Move phase, as long as at least one
continues to fight.
Breaking From Combat
A model broken while fighting H-to-H breaks off and takes one
immediate automatic hit from his enemy.
 Leadership & Recovery
Take a Leadership test by rolling 2D6. If the score is more
than the model’s Ld the test is failed.
If a model goes down or out of action each friend within
2" must make a Leadership test.
If the test is failed the model is broken. If he can stay and
hide he will do so. Otherwise the model will immediately run
2D6" away from his enemy and towards the nearest cover.
If he can reach a position of cover he stops, if not he runs
the full distance rolled. In subsequent movement phases
he moves another 2D6" until he reaches such a position.
He may not otherwise move or shoot.
If a broken fighter is forced into H-to-H combat his WS
is counted as 0. If he survives the round, he automatically
breaks and runs for cover.
Remember, a model breaking from combat takes one
immediate automatic hit from his enemy.
Recovering Your Nerve
A broken fighter in cover that cannot be seen by an enemy
may attempt to recover by making a Leadership test during
the Recovery Phase.
A model may not be broken and recover in the same turn.
Leaders
A fighter within 6" of the gang leader may use the leader’s
Ld when testing, unless the leader is down or broken himself.
The Bottle Test
This Leadership test is made at the start of the turn if a
quarter or more of a player’s gang is down or out of action.
If failed the gang loses the fight and the game ends.
Use the leader’s Ld unless he is down or out of action, in
which case use the remaining fighter with the highest Ld.
A player may voluntarily fail a bottle test. The conditions for
the test must still be met and the player still loses the game.
Attacking Structures
Structures have a T value and can sustain a certain number of
wounds. Most are large targets are therefore +1 to hit.
Instead of shooting, Krak grenades or Melta bombs can be
placed on a structure within 1" of the fighter—the target is hit
automatically.
Structures in base contact with a model can be hit in H-to-H
if the fighter did not shoot or fight in H-to-H combat that turn.
Each Attack equals 1 automatic hit.
Psychology
Make a 2D6 Leadership test in the following circumstances:
Fear
If a model is charged by a model that causes fear and fails the
test, the model is broken. If a model wishes to charge a model
that causes fear and fails, the model can do nothing for the
rest of the turn. Make the tests when the charges are declared.
A model that causes fear does not have to test for fear, and
if confronted by terror tests for fear instead.
Terror
Circumstances are as for fear above. Also if the model is
within 8" of the thing causing terror at the start of your turn.
If the test is failed the model is broken and must run to
cover as the model’s move for that turn.
A model that causes terror is unaffected by fear and terror.
Stupidity
Test at the start of the model’s turn. If failed:
Roll a d6 before each H-to-H phase:
1-3 roll no Attack dice this turn; WS still counts
4-6 fight normally
Roll a d6 to determine movement:
1-3 roll a Scatter dice and move the model a full move in
that direction. If it comes into contact with an enemy it
becomes engaged in H-to-H combat as above.
4-6 model does not move
The model can do nothing else that turn except run if he is
broken. He does not have to take any fear or terror tests.
Hatred
If a model hates his adversaries all Leadership tests are taken
with a Ld of 10. A model fighting H-to-H with a hated foe
may re-roll any Attack dice in the first turn of combat, and
must use his 2" follow-up move to engage a hated enemy if
possible, or at least move toward one.
Frenzy
If an individual is frenzied:
The model must always charge the closest enemy within
charge range if able to do so.
The model doubles his Attacks, and cannot parry.
The model must use his 2" follow-up move to engage in
H-to-H combat if possible. Otherwise they must move closer
to the enemy.
The model is unaffected by frenzy, terror, stupidity or hatred.
If the frenzied model is broken, these rules no longer apply.
A player may wish to regain control over a frenzied model by
making a Ld test at the start of his turn. If successful this
lasts until the start of the following turn.
Gangs
House Goliath House Van Saar House Delaque
House Cawdor House Orlock House Escher
Gangs are set up with 1,000 Guilder credits. Anything
remaining is the gang’s stash.
A gang can be of any size from 3 models upwards, and must
consist of 1 Leader, any number of Gangers and up to 2
Heavies. No more than half the gang can be Juves.
All models are equipped with a knife for free. Other weapons
are bought from the gang’s Weapons List. Some are restricted
to the leader when the gang is created, but later any ganger
may purchase them. Only 1 heavy weapon can be carried by a
model. Juves can only use H-to-H weapons, pistols and knives.
Determine each fighter’s initial experience: Juves 0, Gangers
20+1D6, Heavies and Leaders 60+1D6.
Hired Guns
Underhive Scum Bounty Hunters Ratskin Scouts
Wyrds Pit Slaves Special Characters
Hired guns can be recruited when a gang is created, or after
any game, by paying the hire fee per battle.
They do not count as part of a gang for collecting income
or living expenses, cannot modify or sell their weapons and
equipment, and they do not earn experience.
For the purposes of calculating the Gang Rating, they are
equal to their hire fee x 5.
Outlaws & Outlanders
Outlawed Gangs Redemptionists Ratskin Renegades
Scavvies Spyre Hunters
Reporting a Gang
After a game, either player may report the incident to the
Guilders’ Watchmen (unless the reporting gang is an Outlaw or
Outlander gang).
The accused player rolls 2D6 on the Outlaw Table (p8,
Outlanders Book).
Outlaw Gangs
Territory New outlaw gangs lose all but one of their territories.
If this last territory is lost after a game, roll on the Outlaw
Territory Table (p10, Outlanders Book) for a new one.
Only one territory can be held at a time; an extra territory can
be occupied and the old one abandoned, or it can be looted
for its basic income value (or double the maximum if variable).
Collecting Income A gang’s non-Outlaw territory still supplies
income if worked by a ganger, but income is halved.
Foraging Any ganger who survives a game and is not
performing any other tasks may go foraging, collecting D6
credits worth of supplies each.
Food & Supplies Each member of the gang must receive 3
credits worth of supplies to function.
Any model missing out on receiving these supplies suffers
a cumulative -1 to Strength and Toughness per game until
they do. A Strength or Toughness of 0 indicates starvation.
Weapons and equipment may be kept by other gangers.
Spending Cash Outlaws use the Outlaw Trading Post tables
(p14, Outlanders Book). Hired guns, new recruits and
rare items (Outlaw Trade table: p13, Outlanders Book) are
available normally.
Scenarios Outlaws roll on the Outlaw Scenario table (p16,
Outlanders Book), but may both Outlaw and normal gangs
use either table if they get to choose.
Bounty
Any non-Outlaw gang which captures or kills Outlaws may
collect a reward from the Watchmen equal to the each
Outlaw’s total cost. If an Outlaw is captured he may be
exchanged as normal or sold for the bounty plus a bonus of
D6x5 credits.
Regaining Non-Outlaw Status
An outlawed gang may buy off its Outlaw status for 10% of
their gang rating, as set when they become outlawed. Generate
5 new pieces of norrmal territory. The Outlaw territory may be
discarded or kept as one of the 5.
Each time an Outlaw gang plays another game against a non-
Outlaw gang add another D6x10 to this price.
Gang Rating
GANG RATING =
VALUE OF FIGHTERS + EXPERIENCE
Serious Injuries (p41, Sourcebook)
Models which go out of action must roll D66 on the Serious
Injuries Chart at the end of the game. Fighters who are down
at the end of the game recover fully on a D6 roll of 1-3 and go
out of action on a 4-6.
Experience (p42-49, Sourcebook)
Determine each ganger’s initial experience. Experience is
gained after a fight as dictated by the scenario. A gang fighting
a gang with a higher gang rating earns extra experience points.
As gangers earn experience points they are entitled to a 2D6
roll on the Advance Roll table when they go up a level, taken
immediately after the game when the advance is gained. Juves
become gangers after they have earned 21 Experience points.
New skills types are picked according to the Skill Types
Available table. Choose a type and roll a D6 to determine
the skill.
Characteristic increases may not go beyond maximum limits:
M WS BS S T W I A Ld
Maximum Value 4 6 6 4 4 3 6 3 9
Territory (p50-53, Sourcebook)
Every gang begins with 5 territories from the Territory table.
At the end of a battle a gang can collect income from its
territories. Each ganger that does not go out of action can
collect income from one territory, up to a maximum of 10
gangers. Leaders, heavies and juves never collect income.
Cross reference the gang’s income with the number of models
in the gang to find the profit remaining after deducting
maintenance costs. This is added to the gang’s stash. A gang
beating a gang with a higher rating receives a Giant Killer
income bonus.
The Trading Post (p54-57, Sourcebook)
Cash can be spent on new recruits armed with weapons from
the Gang Recruitment list, mercenary fighters (Hired Guns), or
new weapons and equipment from your House Weapons list.
New recruits must fight at least one battle before being given
other equipment. Weapons must be of an appropriate type for
the fighter.
The number of rare items available is determined by a D3 at
the start of the trading session. Roll a D66 for each item on
the Rare Trade chart. For each ganger used to search out rare
items you may add a another randomly generated rare item, but
these gangers cannot collect income.
Before rolling for items on the Rare Trade list, you may instead
choose to use one or more of those offers to purchase weapons
not on your house weapons list. Each non-house weapon
purchased reduces your rare trade offers by one.
Common equipment is accessible to all and does not cause a
reduction in rare trade items. Gangs with specialized starting
weapons lists treat their list as a House Weapons list.
Equipment can be automatically sold for half their price. Rare
items with a variable price fetch half the fixed price component.
The value of fighters includes equipment. Variable cost
equipment is worth the fixed price component only.
When a fighter is killed all his equipment and weaponry is lost.
Campaign Game Sequence
Pre-Battle Sequence
1. Player with the lower gang rating rolls on the Scenario
table. The player who picks the scenario is the attacker.
2. Roll for fighters with Old Battle Wounds or Head Wounds.
3. Set up terrain and gangs according to the scenario.
Post Battle Sequence
1. Determine the extent of injuries for each fighter out of
action. Roll for injuries on the Serious Injuries chart.
2. Allocate Experience points and make Advance rolls.
3. Re-allocate territory if appropriate.
4. Collect income from territory.
5. Recruit new fighters and buy new equipment.
6. Update total gang rating.
1.MOVEMENT 2.SHOOTING 3.HAND-TO-HAND 4.RECOVERY 1.MOVEMENT 2.SHOOTING 3.HAND-TO-HAND 4.RECOVERY
CHARGES > COMPULSORY > OTHER BOTH SIDES FIGHT FOR MODELS DOWN CHARGES > COMPULSORY > OTHER BOTH SIDES FIGHT FOR MODELS DOWN

SHOOTING HAND-T0-HAND SHOOTING HAND-T0-HAND

Shooter’s BS Sequence D6 (1 always misses) Shooter’s BS Sequence D6 (1 always misses)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
1. Roll D6 for each Attack on the fighter’s profile 1. Roll D6 for each Attack on the fighter’s profile
6 5 4 3 2 1 0 -1 -1 -3 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 -1 -1 -3

7 8 9 10 2. Combat Score for each fighter 7 8 9 10 2. Combat Score for each fighter
first roll a 6, then: 4 5 6 Miss Highest dice roll + WS + hit modifiers first roll a 6, then: 4 5 6 Miss Highest dice roll + WS + hit modifiers

Hit Modifiers D6 (1 always misses) 3. Highest Combat Score wins Hit Modifiers D6 (1 always misses) 3. Highest Combat Score wins
On a draw highest I wins and scores 1 hit; On a draw highest I wins and scores 1 hit;
-1 target in partial cover (at least half the figure) -1 target in partial cover (at least half the figure)
if Initiatives are equal the result is a standoff if Initiatives are equal the result is a standoff
-2 target in cover (less than half the figure) -2 target in cover (less than half the figure)
4. Hits 4. Hits
-1 appearing / disappearing / charging target -1 appearing / disappearing / charging target
Winner inflicts 1 hit for each point of difference Winner inflicts 1 hit for each point of difference
-1 rapidly moving target (10”+) -1 rapidly moving target (10”+)
in Combat Scores in Combat Scores
-1 small target -1 small target
5. Roll on Wound Chart 5. Roll on Wound Chart
+1 large target +1 large target
for each hit using Weapon’s S for each hit using Weapon’s S
+/- weapon range modifiers +/- weapon range modifiers
6. Armour Saves 6. Armour Saves
A model hit is knocked down faceup and pinned. A model hit is knocked down faceup and pinned.
A model with another gang member within 2” that is 7. Roll for Injuries A model with another gang member within 2” that is 7. Roll for Injuries
not a juve, down or broken may escape pinning at the as for shooting if fighter loses all Wounds not a juve, down or broken may escape pinning at the as for shooting if fighter loses all Wounds
start of his turn by rolling equal to or less than his I. start of his turn by rolling equal to or less than his I.
Fighters that go down in H-to-H combat are Fighters that go down in H-to-H combat are
A roll of 6 on a hit roll requires a d6 Ammo Roll. automatically out of action unless opponent is in A roll of 6 on a hit roll requires a d6 Ammo Roll. automatically out of action unless opponent is in
Wound D6 H-to-H combat with another model. Wound D6 H-to-H combat with another model.

Wpn Target’s Toughness Fighters escape pinning if engaged in H-to-H combat. Wpn Target’s Toughness Fighters escape pinning if engaged in H-to-H combat.
Str 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Str 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Hit Modifiers Hit Modifiers
1 4 5 6 6 1 4 5 6 6
2 3 4 5 6 6 +1 Fumble Each 1 rolled by opponent 2 3 4 5 6 6 +1 Fumble Each 1 rolled by opponent
3 2 3 4 5 6 6 3 2 3 4 5 6 6
+1 Critical Hit Each additional roll of a 6 +1 Critical Hit Each additional roll of a 6
4 2 2 3 4 5 6 6 4 2 2 3 4 5 6 6
5 2 2 2 3 4 5 6 6 +1 Charging If fighter charged that turn 5 2 2 2 3 4 5 6 6 +1 Charging If fighter charged that turn
6 2 2 2 2 3 4 5 6 6 6 2 2 2 2 3 4 5 6 6
7 2 2 2 2 2 3 4 5 6 6 +1 Higher Up Fighting from higher position 7 2 2 2 2 2 3 4 5 6 6 +1 Higher Up Fighting from higher position
8 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 4 5 6 8 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 4 5 6
-1 Encumbered Carrying heavy weapon/equipment -1 Encumbered Carrying heavy weapon/equipment
9 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 4 5 9 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 4 5
10 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 4 -1 Obstacle 10 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 4 -1 Obstacle
Enemy behind obstacle during turn you charged Enemy behind obstacle during turn you charged
Injuries D6 when last wound lost Injuries D6 when last wound lost
1 Flesh Wound -1 WS and BS RECOVERY 1 Flesh Wound -1 WS and BS RECOVERY
2-5 Down Turn model facedown; can do nothing Down fighters roll on the Injury Chart. 2-5 Down Turn model facedown; can do nothing Down fighters roll on the Injury Chart.
but crawl 2”. Re-roll in your Recovery Phase. but crawl 2”. Re-roll in your Recovery Phase.
Broken fighters may take a 2D6 Ld test to recover if Broken fighters may take a 2D6 Ld test to recover if
6 Out of Action Remove model they are in cover and cannot be seen by the enemy. 6 Out of Action Remove model they are in cover and cannot be seen by the enemy.

If a model goes down or out of action each friend within 2" must make a 2D6 Ld test or they are If a model goes down or out of action each friend within 2" must make a 2D6 Ld test or they are
broken (use leader’s Ld if he is within 6" and not broken or down). Broken fighters run 2D6" to cover. broken (use leader’s Ld if he is within 6" and not broken or down). Broken fighters run 2D6" to cover.
 UNIT TYPES Close Combat
Infantry All personnel not mounted inside a vehicle, After a player’s assault moves, any detachment with units in
represented by up to 5 infantry models mounted on a single base contact with an enemy must resolve a close combat.
base. Includes field artillery. Where 2 or more detachments are in contact with one or
Vehicles All small war machines, and infantry on bikes and MOVEMENT SHOOTING more enemies, resolve the fight as a single large combat.
mounts. Vehicles are represented by a single model; mounted
The winner of the initiative chooses who moves all of his Players alternate shooting with their detachments at enemy 1. Total Assault values
units by 3 models mounted on a single base.
eligible units first. detachments, starting with the player with the initiative. You Total the Assault values of units in base contact with the
Flyers All high speed flying vehicles, not including slow- may choose to pass on a shooting opportunity to fire later. enemy. A maximum of 2 units may ‘gang up’ on each enemy
moving skimmers. Usually represented by a single model. Units may move up to their Speed value in centimetres and
unit. Any other units from the detachment (even with 0
may turn freely as they move. 1. Add up Firepower Firepower) within 15cm of the enemy each add +1.
War Engines All very large war machines that can absorb Add up the Firepower values of attacking units that are in
several hits and have several batteries of weapons. Special Moves 2. Determine close combat bonuses
range and have a line of fire (LOF) to at least one target.
Represented by a single model. Detachments may make a special move instead of a normal
Add bonuses based on how Assault totals compare, BMs
move (mark with the appropriate symbol on an order dice). 2. Place Blast Markers and psykers.
The number of BMs a target detachment takes depends on
SETUP Overwatch 3. Roll dice and add bonuses
the total Firepower directed at it before modification.
Choose forces and fill out data sheets, set up terrain, place Movement Phase: move up to 5cm. Each player rolls D6 and adds their combat bonuses; the
objective markers and deploy forces based on the scenario. Shooting Phase: re-roll any missed hit dice. 3. Determine how many hit dice to roll highest total wins. On a draw, place 1 BM on every involved
Cross index the total Firepower with the type of target. detachment and roll again.
Assault Phase: no move.
Deal Fate cards if necessary.
If the target has some units in cover and some in the open, 4. Determine difference, place BMs
Units set up on dangerous terrain must roll a D6; on a 1 the Assault the attacker can choose to fire only at the targets in the Each detachment on the losing side receives a number of
unit may not deploy there; roll again; on another 1 the unit Movement Phase: normal move. open. Always use the Marching column if the target is BMs equal to the difference between the scores (up to a
takes a hit. Shooting Phase: Firepower halved. marching, even if some units are in cover. maximum equal to the number of units it had fighting in
Assault Phase: move only towards enemy. base contact).
4. Determine lowest target Armour value
SEQUENCE OF PLAY Remember Armour bonuses for being in cover.
March 5. Roll for hits
All detachments must specify their most senior unit as an Movement Phase: triple move. 5. Roll hit dice and discard misses Look up the difference in scores on the Close Combat table,
HQ unit. If the HQ is eliminated, the next most senior unit Shooting Phase: no shooting. Remove any dice that scored lower than the target and roll equal or greater on a D6 than the number shown to
in the detachment’s chain of command takes over. Assault Phase: no move; Assault and Firepower halved if detachment’s lowest Armour value. hit each unit. You can only put a second hit on a unit once
engaged in close combat or a firefight. all of the enemy units have been allocated a hit.
Only units within 30cm of their HQ at the start of a phase 6. Allocate hits
are in command and can move and/or shoot in that phase. 7. Broken detachments and retreats
Allocate dice individually to the closest target each can
Units can always snap-fire, fight or lend support in an Terrain All losing side detachments are broken and must retreat.
effect first, skipping targets the dice can’t effect. Once all
assault, or shoot in a firefight however. Terrain either has no effect, is impassable, or is dangerous.
units have taken a hit start with the closest again until all
If a unit enters (or starts to move in) dangerous terrain, roll hits have been allocated.
Firefights
The game consists of turns divided into 4 phases. Both
players carry out actions in each phase. D6. On 1 the unit must halt; roll again and if the second roll Firefights take place if there is an enemy detachment within
Targets in cover cannot be hit unless the Cover row was used
is also a 1 take a unit. A hit cannot cause critical damage 15cm after a player has resolved his close combats.
Place 5 initiative counters in a cup; 3 for the player with the on the Firepower table. Targets must be in range and LOF of
on war engines. at least one unit from the attacking detachment.
highest strategy rating and 2 for the other player (if they are Where one or more detachments are within 15cm of 2 or
the same, roll D6 at the start of the battle to determine who Roads more enemies, resolve the fight as a single firefight.
7. Remove destroyed units
is considered to have the highest rating). To determine the Add 5cm to a unit’s basic Speed (before modification) if it
spends an entire movement or assault phase on a road. Splitting Fire A unit may split its Firepower between several 1. Total Firepower
initiative, draw a counter. Counters drawn are placed to one
target detachments; work out each shot separately. Total the Firepower of all units within 15cm of the enemy.
side until the end of the turn. Cover
Infantry units in cover increase their Armour value by the Line of Fire LOF is blocked by terrain (unless at a lower 2. Work out firefight bonuses
1. Movement appropriate bonus (up to a maximum of 6). elevation) but not by other units. Buildings and woods do not Add bonuses based on how Firepower totals compare, BMs
1. Declare flyer missions block the LOF to or from units in the terrain itself. Units can and psykers.
Transport shoot in any direction.
2. Determine initiative It costs a Transport unit and the unit being carried 5cm 3. Roll dice and add bonuses
3. First player movement of their move to pick up or set down a unit. A unit may BM Penalties Each BM on a detachment reduces its Each player rolls D6 and adds their combat bonuses; the
4. Second player movement be picked up and dropped off in the same turn, but may Firepower by -1. Detachments with BMs on them must pass highest total wins. On a draw, place 1 BM on every involved
perform no actions whilst being transported. a Leadership test in order to move in the movement phase, detachment and roll again.
2. Shooting set overwatch, or move in the assault phase. Roll over the 4. Allocate hits & Blast markers
If a transport carrying units is destroyed, roll D6 for each number of BMs on a D6 to succeed; detachments with 15 or
1. Determine initiative Each detachment on the losing side takes 1 hit on the
unit on board. On a 1-3 it is destroyed, on a 4-6 it is more units add +1 to the roll. A roll of 6 always succeeds.
2. Shoot with vehicles and infantry deployed in contact with the destroyed transport. nearest unit to the enemy and receives 1 BM. Losing
3. Determine initiative again detachments are broken and must retreat.
4. Shoot with war engines Orks may hitch a lift on a battle wagon (can carry 1 unit) or ASSAULT
battle fortress (can carry up to 4 units) once per phase. They
Detachments on Assault orders may move and attack. The Broken Detachments
3. Assault cannot move on their own in the same phase (though they
player with the initiative decides whether he assaults first Mark broken detachments with order dice. A detachment
may assault), but the vehicle’s move is unaffected.
1. Determine initiative or second. Then the player going first makes all his assault is broken if it loses a combat or a firefight. It must make
2. First player’s assault moves, close combats, firefights Snap Fire moves and resolves any resulting close combats or firefights. a retreat move of up to 20cm in any direction, but if the
3. Second player’s assault moves, close combats, firefights A unit moving within 10cm of an enemy unit during the retreat ends within 15cm of any enemy, it is destroyed.
Any or all assaulting units may charge into close combat.
movement phase can be attacked by snap-fire. If it starts
This is the only time units may move into contact with It may make a retreat move only in a subsequent movement
4. Rally within 10cm it can only be snap-fire attacked if it moves
enemy units. Infantry may move at double Speed when phase if desired. It cannot move or shoot otherwise, and has
closer. The attacker gets to stop the unit at the point the
1. Roll to remove Blast markers charging if it will bring them into contact with the enemy. Assault and Firepower halved.
attack was made and rolls a D6: if this equals or beats the
2. Roll to rally broken detachments Assaulting units must move at least 5cm towards any enemy,
unit’s Armour it takes a hit. A unit may snap-fire any number Units out of command are not affected if their parent
3. Repair war engine damage and shields but may not move past any unengaged enemies.
of times in the movement phase, but only once at a single detachment is broken; if broken itself it is destroyed with no
4. Check scenario victory conditions target. No LOF or even FIrepower value is required. Enemy units cannot snap-fire in the assault phase. effect on the parent detachment.
 RALLY
1. Remove Blast markers
Remove D6-1 BMs from each detachment (roll separately
for each).
2. Rally broken detachments
Make a Leadership test for each broken detachment. If the
D6 roll is greater than the number of BMs on it, remove the
Broken marker. A detachment cannot rally if the number of
BMs on it is equal to or greater than its number of units.
3. Repair war engine damage and Void shields
Repaired on a 4+ on a D6.
4. Check victory conditions
Depending on the scenario.
SUPER HEAVY WEAPONS
Super heavy weapons can pick out individual targets within a
detachment. Those used by units making an Assault must roll
4+ to lock on and be able to fire in the Shooting phase.
Units in Overwatch may re-roll super heavy weapon misses
as usual. In firefights a super heavy weapon without a basic
Firepower value counts as having a Firepower of 1.
Super heavy weapons place BMs on the target detachment
(check the Blast Markers table). If the attacker is firing with
both Firepower and super heavy weapons it places BMs for
both attacks.
Anti-Tank
Anti-tank shots always roll 1 D6 to hit regardless of cover.
The target’s Armour always counts as 4 (ie. 1 dice, 4+ to hit).
Anti-tank weapons can fire at any target.
Barrage
Place the Barrage template over the target detachment. The
barrage’s Firepower equals the number of units from the
target detachment that fit under the barrage template (to
count, the template must cover any part of a vehicle or war
engine and at least 3 models from an infantry unit). Add
the Firepower of the barrage to the attacking detachment’s
Firepower; the barrage does not count as a super heavy
weapon for placing BMs.
Close Combat Weapons
War engines armed with close combat weapons double
their Assault value if fighting an enemy war engine in close
combat. Catastrophic damage is automatically inflicted if the
war engine with the close combat weapon wins; roll on the
war engine’s Catastrophic Damage table.
Death Ray
Death Rays always roll 1 D6 to hit. The target’s Armour value
always counts as 2 (ie. 1 dice, 2+ to hit). They always cause
critical damage against war engines; roll on the war engine’s
Critical Damage table.
Disrupt
Roll a D6 for each Disrupt weapon: on a 4+ place an
additional BM on the target detachment. Disrupt weapons
inflict no other casualties.
Distortion Cannon
Roll D6x5. If this equals or beats the target’s basic Speed, it
is hit (1 is always a miss, 6 is always a hit). War engines take
a critical hit, ignoring shields. Other targets (those with a
damage capacity of 1) are destroyed.
Heavy Barrage
The barrage’s Firepower equals the number of units from the
target detachment that fit under the barrage template x2.
After firing a heavy barrage, vehicles (not war engines) take a
turn to reload, during which they cannot move or fire.
Mega Cannon
Place a Barrage template over the target unit(s) and roll
a D6 for each covered unit. If the roll equals or beats the
target’s Armour it takes 1 point of damage. Cover bonuses are
ignored, and each attack places 1 additional BM.
Pulsar
Generates the equivalent of D6 Anti-Tank shots.
Ripper Tentacles
When in close combat with another war engine, these prevent
one of the enemy’s close combat weapons from being used.
Super Lifta Droppa
Vehicles and war engines can be lifted by beating the target’s
damage capacity (1 for vehicles and 3+ for war engines) on a
D6. The target can then be moved (up to 1cm per point the
roll beat the damage capacity) and dropped. When dropped
it is destroyed (roll for catastrophic damage on war engines).
Anything dropped on takes 1 damage point on a 4+ D6 roll.
Vortex Missile
Any unit under a Barrage template suffers the equivalent of
D6 Death Ray hits. Once fired the missile is expended and
may not be used again during the battle.
SPECIALISTS
Assault +1 to Assault. Weapon range reduced to 15cm.
Cavalry Cavalry are treated as vehicles. Speed doubled
(tripled if charging). +1 to Armour, up to a maximum of 6.
Heavy Weapons +1 to Firepower value. Weapon range
increased to 45cm. Assault value halved (round up).
Jump Packs Speed doubled (tripled if charging). May ignore
the effects of terrain they do not end their move in.
SPECIAL ABILITIES
Close Support Count their Firepower in support during close
combat, instead of only adding +1.
Hero Heroes have a save and their Assault value is doubled.
Infiltrators Count as being in command within 60cm of HQ.
They may deploy up to 30cm outside the normal deployment
zone, or add +30cm to their first move if not deployed at the
start of the battle. If more than 30cm from HQ they are still
destroyed if broken in close combat or a firefight.
Psyker The side with the most psykers in a fight gains a +1
modifier. Fate cards can be used to make a special Psychic
Blast attack, or nullify such an attack.
Rampage Rolls 2 dice to score hits in close combat. They
may not retreat, so are destroyed if they lose a close combat.
Rapid Fire Double Firepower when in Overwatch. Heavy
weapon troops may not rapid fire.
Save After a hit, if the unit rolls 4+ on a D6 the hit has no
effect. BMs are still placed.
Skimmer May ignore terrain when moving, but test if starting
or ending a move in Dangerous Terrain. May pop up over
intervening terrain to fire in the shooting phase (and may be
shot at); returning to ground level at the end of the phase.
Stubborn May re-roll any failed Leadership tests.
Supreme Commander A detachment within 30cm of a
Supreme Commander becomes stubborn. If the Commander
(not just his bodyguard) fights in a close combat or adds his
Firepower to a firefight, you may re-roll the dice.
Transport (x) ‘x’ is how many units of infantry the transport
unit can carry. The unit does not gain the special abilities of
infantry it is transporting.
WAR ENGINES
Movement
War engines may not be included in detachments with other
types of units. They are not given special movement orders,
but may automatically move and assault in the Assault phase.
They move straight ahead but may turn up to 45˚ for free;
any additional turns cost 5cm per 45˚ or fraction thereof.
When taking Dangerous Terrain tests, there is no chance of
critical damage being inflicted.
Shooting
After initiative is determined, players alternate firing war
engine detachments. Fire may be split between targets, but
the Firepower of individual weapon batteries may not.
Heavy weapon batteries may combine Firepower if shooting
at the same detachment; super heavy weapons are fired
individually.
When shooting at immobilised war engines in the open, the
attacker rolls 1 hit dice for every point of Firepower.
Damage
Roll D6 for each hit scored on a war engine. On a roll of 6
roll 2D6 on its Critical Damage Table. When an engine’s
damage capacity is reduced to 0 it is destroyed; roll a D6 on
the engine’s Catastrophic Damage Table.
Shields absorb damage; no critical damage rolls are made for
hits absorbed by shields. Void shields can be repaired and
raised again in the Rally Phase.
Close Combat
War engines can always move and/or charge in the Assault
Phase. They can be attacked by a number of in-contact units
equal to half its starting Damage Capacity.
Instead of rolling a single dice for damage from an engine,
roll dice equal to half current Damage Capacity. Hits rolled in
close combat ignore shields and damage the engine directly.
Support
War engines not in close combat can support detachments
within 15cm. The bonus is equal to half the engine’s current
Damage Capacity. BMs the engine is carrying are not counted
in the combat, and engines do not take any BMs if they are
on the losing side. Each engine can only support one close
combat in each player’s assault phase.
War engines can participate in firefights. Super heavy
weapons count as having a Firepower of 1.
BMs, Breaking and Retreating
War Engines are always stubborn – they may re-roll the dice
when taking a Leadership test in order to move, though they
can always shoot. Add +1 to the roll if their starting Damage
Capacity was over 15.
War engines can never be broken, and do not retreat.
ARTILLERY
Artillery units only need to be in range of their target, they do
not need a LOF.
Artillery units can fire in the movement phase instead of
moving; place a special orders marker dice at the start of the
movement phase before initiative.
Work out the attack at the start or the end of the opposing
player’s movement. The units cannot move. Any other units
from the same detachment may move up to 5cm.
After the bombardment the detachment may be placed on
overwatch, but the artillery may not fire again that turn (note
the units get no overwatch re-roll for their firing that turn).
FLYERS
Flyers are kept off table and fly one mission per turn in the
player’s movement phase. The player with the lowest Strategy
Rating declares first which mission each of his detachments
will fly at the start of the turn. After each mission the
detachment must miss its next turn refueling and rearming.
Ground attack Mission
1. Flyer enters any board edge in the movement phase.
2. Unlimited move, but only straight ahead. Enemy units can
snap-fire, but flyers are not halted as a result.
3. Flyer may halt at any point to make a ground attack in
range and in the forward 90˚ fire arc. Ignore LOF.
4. After the attack the flyers are removed from the table.
Flyer detachments must be together, facing one direction, in
formation, delivering their attacks at the same time.
Transport Mission
1. Placement and movement as above. Firepower is halved
and super heavy weapons need a 4+ to lock on and be
able to fire. Other flyers in the same detachment not
transporting troops fire at full effect.
2. After shooting, flyers disgorge cargo at that point. Units
being dropped off lose 5cm from their move; Assaults can
be made on the turn of landing, but the units may not go
into Overwatch or March.
3. Transporters may carry troops from other detachments,
which are kept off-board until deployed. Units are
destroyed if a transport carrying them is destroyed.
4. Units that cannot fit can be brought into play in a future
turn, though they will be out of command unless landed
within 30cm of their HQ.
5. After disgorging cargo, flyers are removed from the table.
Intercepting Mission
1. Flyers have a dogfight value: the first number is the flyer’s
Intercept value, the second is its Gunnery value.
2. When an opposing flyer detachment is placed on the table,
you may declare you wish to Intercept it with one of your
flyer detachments if it is on an Intercept mission. Place
your interceptors by the enemy detachment.
3. Starting with the flyer with the highest Intercept value (on
a tie flyers on an Intercept mission attack first, or if both
are, on initiative), each flyer can attack one enemy flyer.
4. Each flyer rolls a number of hit dice equal to its Gunnery
value. Each dice equal or greater than the target’s armour
hits. Apply damage immediately.
5. Once all flyers have attacked, remove the interceptors.
Survivors carry on with their missions.
6. Detachments on Intercept missions do not have to miss a
turn refueling and rearming until they have attacked.
Flak Detachments with flak units can be placed on alert
when flyer missions are declared; place a special orders dice.
They may not move or fire, but fire at flyers in the movement
phase. Other units in the same detachment are on overwatch.
If part of the flyer’s flight path is in range, roll D6 per point of
the flak unit’s Firepower (can be split amongst several flyers);
each dice equal or greater than the target’s Armour hits.
Hits and BMs on Flyers Roll a D6 each time a flyer takes a
hit; if the roll is equal to or greater than the flyer’s Armour
the flyer is destroyed. Otherwise the flyer is damaged and
aborts its mission immediately. It must spend the following
turn being repaired and the next being rearmed and refueled.
Flyers don’t pick up BMs, never take part in close combats or
firefights, and can never be broken.
 Setup
The player with the lowest warband rating rolls on the
Scenario table to determine the scenario, and may choose
whether to be attacker or defender. Set up terrain and
warbands according to the scenario.
Roll for warriors with old battle wounds to see if they take
part in the battle.
Characteristic Tests
To pass, roll a d6 and obtain a result equal to or less
than the characteristic. A roll of 6 automatically fails.
Leadership tests are taken with 2d6.
Turn Sequence
One player takes a full turn consisting of the following
four phases, then the next player, and so on.
1. Recovery
Roll 2d6 to rally models that have lost their nerve. If less
than or equal to the model’s Leadership the model stops
fleeing and can be turned to face any direction. It cannot
move or shoot (but can cast spells) for the rest of the turn.
A model cannot rally if the closest model to him is an
enemy model (fleeing, stunned, knocked down and hidden
models do not count).
Stunned models become knocked down. Knocked down
models may stand up.
2. Movement
Models may move in any direction, up and down ladders
and stairs and over low obstacles less than 1" high.
Models are moved in the following order:
1. CHARGE
Charging is the only way models can move into H-to-H
combat with one or more models. A charging model
strikes first in the ensuing combat.
Without measuring distance, declare the model is charging
any opposing model in an unobstructed line of sight.
Models charging a foe within 4" that cannot be seen but is
not declared as hidden must pass an Initiative test to do
so. If he fails he may not charge, but may move, shoot ad
cast spells as normal.
Charging models make a direct double move towards
their enemy and end engaged in H-to-H combat, bases
touching (or close together over a low wall or obstacle).
One unengaged enemy within 2" of the charge route may
choose to intercept the charger. If he would normally have
to pass a Fear test to engage the charger he must pass
one to move. If he causes fear then move the models into
contact and make a Fear test for the original charger as
if he was being charged. The original charger strikes first
regardless.
If a model miscalulates the charge distance, the charge
is failed; make a normal move towards the enemy. The
model cannot shoot in the same turn but may cast spells.
2. COMPULSORY MOVES
Take all compulsory moves, eg, fighters whose nerves have
broken.
3. REMAINING MOVES
Models may move up to their move rate in any direction.
Running
Models may run at double rate if there are no enemies
within 8" at the start of the turn (fleeing, stunned,
knocked down and hidden models do not count). A
running model may not hide or shoot that turn, but may
cast spells as normal.
Hiding
A model that ends his move behind a low wall, column
or similar place of concealment may be declared hidden.
Place a hidden counter beside the model. He cannot be
seen, charged or shot at, and may stay hidden over several
turns as long as he is not seen by an enemy and does not
shoot or cast spells.
Enemy models will always detect hidden foes within their
Initiative value in inches. A model that runs, flees, is
stunned or charges cannot hide that turn.
Terrain
Open Ground: Tabletop, building floors, ladders, ropes,
through doors and hatches. Move at normal rate.
Difficult Ground: Steep slopes, bushes, roofs. Move at
half rate.
Very Difficult Ground: Narrow crawholes, dangerous
terrain. Move at quarter rate.
Climbing
A model can climb a fence or wall he is touching at the
start of the movement phase. He may not run, and if the
height is more than the model’s normal move, he cannot
climb the wall.
Take an Initiative test. If failed while climbing up, he
cannot climb that turn. If failed while climbing down, he
falls from where he started his descent.
Jumping Down
A model may jump down up to 6" at any time during
movement.
Take an Initiative test for every full 2" jumped; if he fails
any test the model falls from the beginning of the jump,
takes damage and may not move anymore that phase.
If successful the model may continue to move—jumping
down does not use up any movement.
Diving Charge
If an enemy is within 2" of the place where a model lands
he may make a diving charge against it.
If the jump down is successful (see above), the model
gains a +1 Strength bonus and a +1 to hit bonus during
the following hand-to-hand combat phase only.
Jumping Over Gaps
Models may jump over gaps up to 3" wide. Without
measuring beforehand, deduct the distance from the
model’s movement. If he doesn’t have enough movement
to jump the distance the model falls; otherwise pass an
Initiative test or fall.
The model may still fire a missile weapon if not running,
and may jump as part of a charge or running move.
Falling
A model that falls takes D3 hits at a Strength equal to the
distance fallen, no armour save, no critical hits. A model
that falls cannot move any further or hide during that
turn, even if not hurt.
Warriors Knocked Down or Stunned
If knocked down or stunned within 1" of an edge, a model
will fall if it fails an Initiative test.
3. Shooting
Each warrior, one at a time in any order, may shoot once
with one weapon at a target he can see in any direction.
He may not fire if engaged in H-to-H combat, has run
or failed a charge, has rallied this turn or is stunned or
knocked down.
Possible Targets
A model must fire at the closest target unless a more
distant target is easier to hit, a model is a large target, or
closer models are stunned or knocked down.
You cannot shoot at models engaged in H-to-H combat.
Cover
If any part of a target model is in cover the shooter suffers
a -1 to hit penalty.
If a shot versus a model in cover misses by 1, the shot
strikes the cover instead.
Shooting From an Elevated Position
If more than 2" above the table surface, a model may
freely pick any target, unless there are enemies in the
same building in line of sight.
Shooting Procedure
Measure Range: Targets beyond a weapon’s maximum
range cannot be hit.
Roll to Hit: Roll a d6. The score needed to hit is based on
the model’s BS. See reference sheet for modifiers.
Roll to Wound: Compare the Strength of the weapon with
the target’s Toughness.
Roll Critical Hits: If a 6 is rolled to wound, roll another d6
and consult the Critical Hit chart. If the attacker needed a
6 to wound the target he cannot cause a Critical Hit.
If the critical hit causes more than one wound and the
weapon normally causes several, use the one that causes
the most damage.
Make Armour Saves: Roll a d6, reducing the save
according to the Strength modifiers for the weapon used.
Injuries
When a model’s Wounds are reduced to zero, roll d6 on
the Injury Chart for that Wound, and every Wound after
that.
If a model receives several wounds in one turn, roll once
for each and apply the highest result.
Knocked Down
Turn the model face up. It may crawl 2” during the
movement phase but may not fight, shoot or cast spells.
If engaged in H-to-H, the model may only crawl away if
the enemy is engaged with another opponent; he may
not strike back.
On his next turn the warrior may stand up and move
at half rate, shoot and cast spells, but not charge or
run. If engaged in H-to-H he may not move away and
automatically strikes last. After this turn the model
functions normally but is still at 0 wounds.
Stunned
Turn the model face down; next recovery phase the
model is turned face up and treated as knocked down.
Out of Action
The model is out of the game.
4. Hand-to-Hand Combat
All models in base contact, whether in the front, sides
or rear, are engaged in hand-to-hand (H-to-H) combat
and fight in this phase. They do not shoot in the shooting
phase. Close range attacks (eg pistols) are treated as
H-to-H attacks.
Models touching more than one enemy can choose who
to fight and may divide multiple attacks if desired.
Who Strikes First
Charging models strike first, otherwise in order in
descending Initiative. A model who stood up that turn
always strikes last.
If several models can ‘strike first’ for some reason, then
they determine the order among themselves first, by
Initiative.
If Initiatives are equal roll a die to see who strikes first.
Close Combat Procedure
Roll a d6 for each attack. The score needed to hit is
based on the Weapon Skills of the fighters.
A model armed with two one-handed weapons receives
an extra Attack. If armed with two different weapons,
he may make a single attack with one weapon of his
choosing, and all other attacks with the remaining
weapon, all rolled separately.
Roll to Wound: Compare the Strength of the fighter with
the target’s Toughness. Some weapons confer Strength
bonuses.
Follow the same procedure for wounding, critical hits
and armour saves as shooting. Each model may only
cause one critical hit in each hand-to-hand phase.
Parry
Bucklers and swords may parry one blow per H-to-H
phase. Roll a d6; if higher than the number the opponent
rolled to hit, the hit is ignored.
If the opponent scored several hits, the model must try
and parry the highest score; if fighting several opponents,
he may only parry the first hit.
If armed with a buckler and a sword you may re-roll any
failed parries once.
Attacks made with twice a model’s own basic Strength or
more cannot be parried.
Attacking Warriors Knocked Down and Stunned
All attacks against a knocked down warrior hit
automatically. If any attacks wound the model and the
armour save is failed (he may not parry), the model
is automatically out of action. A stunned model is
automatically out of action if attacked in H-to-H.
A model with multiple attacks may not stun/knock down
and then automatically take a model out of action in
the same H-to-H phase. This can only be achieved with
multiple models attacking.
If the model is engaged with enemies still standing, he
cannot attack any other stunned/knocked down models.
Moving From Combat
Models may not move away from combat and must fight
until out of action, they win, or a model breaks and runs.
Breaking From Combat
A model who panics in H-to-H combat and runs is hit
once, automatically, by each of his opponents.
Escaping from Combat (Optional)
Models engaged in H-to-H combat at the start of their own
turn may try to escape from combat.
Declare which will try to escape from combat at the start
of your movement phase, at the same time as you declare
charges. Turn the models around to show this.
Take a Leadership test for each warrior trying to escape
from combat.
If he passes, he can move up to double his normal
Movement rate away from combat and the enemy he was
fighting, in any direction.
If he fails, his opponent may make 1 automatic hit
against him, and the fleeing model (if he survives) will run
2D6" directly away from combat. He will have to take a
Leadership test at the beginning of his next turn.
If successful he will stop, but may not do anything else
during that turn. If the test is failed, he will continue to
run 2D6" towards the closest table edge and must test
again the following turn if he is still on the table.
If charged while fleeing, the charger is moved into contact
as normal, but the fleeing model runs a further 2D6"
before any blows are struck.
Leadership & Psychology
The Rout Test
A player must take a Rout test at the start of his turn if
25% or more of his warband (even a warband normally
immune to pyschology) is out of action.
Roll 2d6; if equal to or less than the leader’s Leadership,
the test is passed. If the leader is out of action/stunned,
use the highest Leadership of any remaining fighters not
out of action/stunned.
If the test is failed the warband automatically loses, the
surviving warriors retreat, and the game ends.
A player may choose to voluntarily Rout at the start of his
own turn if he is required to take a test, or if 25% or more
of his warband is out of action.
Leaders
A model within 6” of his leader may use his leader’s
Leadership when taking tests, unless the leader is
knocked down, stunned or fleeing.
All Alone
A model fighting alone against 2 or more opponents
and with no friendly models within 6" (fleeing/stunned/
knocked down do not count), must make a test at the end
of his combat phase.
If the 2d6 score is greater than his Leadership the
model runs 2d6” directly away from his enemies—each
opponent gets an automatic hit against him.
At the start of each of his turns, the model must test
again—if he passes, he stops but can do nothing else
but cast spells for the rest of the turn. If he fails or is
charged, he runs 2d6" towards the nearest table edge
(and is removed if he reaches it), avoiding enemy models.
If charged while fleeing, the charger is moved into contact
as normal but the fleeing model runs a further 2d6”
before any blows are struck.
Fear
Creatures that cause fear ignore these tests. Otherwise
take a fear test in the following circumstances:
If charged by a feared enemy. Test when the charge is
declared and the model is determined to be within range.
If the test is failed the model must roll 6’s to score hits in
the first turn of combat.
If wishing to charge a feared enemy. If failed the model
must remain stationary for the turn (treat as a failed charge).
Frenzy
Frenzied models must always charge enemies within
their charge range and fight with double their Attack
characteristic in H-to-H combat. If carrying a weapon in
each hand he receives an extra attack as normal, but this
extra attack is not doubled.
Once within charge range, frenzied models are unaffected
by other psychology. If knocked out or stunned he is no
longer frenzied for the rest of the battle.
Hatred
Warriors who hate their H-toH opponents may re-roll any
misses on the first turn of combat.
Stupidity
Stupid models must make a Leadership test at the start of
their turn; if the test is failed:
If in combat half the model will not strike any blows or
cast spells this turn. If not in combat roll a d6:
1-3 moves forward at half speed; no charging an enemy
(stop 1” away) or shooting, and will stop if he falls
off an edge or hits an obstacle.
4-6 the warrior does nothing for the rest of the turn.
Magic
Allocated Spells
Wizard Type of Magic
Chaos Magisters Chaos Rituals
Warlocks Lesser Magic
Skaven Eshin Sorceror Magic of the Horned Rat
Sisters of Sigmar/Warrior-Priests Prayers of Sigmar
Necromancers Necromancy
Each wizard starts with one randomly determined spell.
Roll d6 on the appropriate chart. Either reroll duplicates
or lower the spell’s difficulty by 1.
Casting Spells
Spells are cast once per turn in the shooting phase (may
not use missile weapons) and can be cast even if the
model is engaged in H-to-H combat or running.
Roll equal to or greater than the spell’s Difficulty on 2D6.
If he fails, he may not cast a spell that turn. If passed,
consult the spell description for effects.
With the exception of Sisters of Sigmar and Warrior-
Priests, wizards may not use magic if wearing armour or
has a shield or buckler.
Spells do not cause critical hits and always receive armour
saves unless noted otherwise.
Mounted Warriors
A warrior and his horse are treated as a single model.
Should the rider be taken out of action, then the entire
model is removed from the battle.
Mounted warriors use the rider’s Leadership value for all
Leadership-based tests. When attacked, use the rider’s
Toughness and Wounds.
Any shooter may always pick a mounted warrior as a
target, even if there are enemies closer.
In H-to-H combat, a warhorse can make 1 attack. A
normal horse does not attack in close combat.
Mounted warriors automatically have an armour save
of 6+, even if the rider has no armour. If the rider has
armour his save will be +1 better than if on foot.
Armour (barding) for a warhorse adds a further +1
bonus to the its armour save, but subtracts one from
its Movement. A normal horse may not wear barding. A
barded warhorse is only killed on a serious injury roll of ‘1’
if the model goes out of action.
If a mounted warrior is taken out of action, roll a D6 after
the battle. On a 1-2, the mount is killed and removed
from the warband roster. A horse increases a warband’s
rating by +3 points, and a warhorse by +5 points.
Mounted Models and Movement
Mounted models may not move into buildings. A horse or
warhorse may jump over an obstacle up to 2” in height
with no movement penalty.
A mounted warrior may dismount during his movement
phase. He loses half his movement and may not charge
or run during that turn. Once dismounted he is followed
by his steed and may mount it again whenever he wishes,
provided he is not inside a building or place such as on
a roof. He loses half his movement when remounting and
may not charge or run during that turn.
Warbands
Starting warbands are recruited and equipped from the
lists with 500 gold crowns. Any unspent crowns are kept
in the warband’s treasury.
Beginning warbands must have at least 3 warriors
including a leader. Weapons, armour and mutations must
be represented on the models, with the exception of
knives and daggers.
Warriors are classified as heroes and henchmen. Apart
from its leader, the warband may include up to 5 other
heroes (see lists for other restrictions).
Henchmen are bought in groups of 1-5 models and gain
experience and advances collectively. Other henchmen
such as Warhounds and Zombies do not gain experience.
In any case, henchmen may never use special equipment.
Each warrior may be armed with up to 2 close combat
weapons (not including his free dagger), up to 2
different missile weapons, and armour chosen from the
appropriate list. Additional equipment may be bought
between battles, but only if listed in the warband’s entry.
Every model in a henchmen group must be armed and
armoured the same way.
Each warband has a warband rating—the number
of warriors x 5, plus accumulated experience. Large
creatures are worth 20 points plus their experience.
Campaigns
Post Battle Sequence
After each battle the players work out the experience
points warriors have earned and the amount of wyrdstone
the warband has collected.
You may disband a warband at the end of any game and
start a new one, or dismiss any warrior. When a warrior is
killed all his weapons and equipment are lost. If a leader
is killed, the hero with the next highest Leadership takes
command.
1. Injuries: A henchman out of action at the end of the
game is removed permanently on a D6 roll of 1-2.
Roll on the Serious Injuries chart for each hero out
of action at the end of the game.
2. Allocate Experience. Heroes and henchmen gain
experience for surviving battles; extra points if
they are fighting a warband with a higher warband
rating. As they accumulate more points heroes and
henchmen can make Advance rolls.
3. Roll on the Exploration chart.
4. Sell Wyrdstone.
5. Check Available Veterans. Roll to see how much
experience worth of veterans is available to hire.
7. Make Rarity rolls and buy Rare Items.
7. Look for Dramatis Personae.
8. Hire new recruits and buy common items. New
recruits come with a free dagger and may be bought
common items. They cannot buy rare items, but can
be equipped with ones from the warband’s stash.
9. Reallocate Equipment. Swap equipment between
models (they must be eligible to use it).
10. Update Warband Rating.
Pre Battle Sequence
1. The player with the lowest warband rating rolls on
the Scenario table to determine which scenario is
played. In scenarios where there is an attacker and a
defender, the same player may choose which he is.
2. Roll for warriors with old battle wounds to see
whether they can take part or not.
3. Set up the terrain and warbands according to the
rules for the scenario you are playing. The more
buildings the better.
For more detail on Campaign games, see the rules.
 Close Combat Weapons
Fist The first time a model with a lucky charm is hit in a
STR: user -1 +1 armour save
6+ armour save if none normally. Fist only applies to models
without weapons, and they can only ever make one attack.
Dagger or moving apply. Blessed water automatically causes 1
STR: user +1 armour save
6+ armour save if none normally.
Hammer, Staff, Mace or Club
STR: user
A roll of 2-4 is treated as stunned when rolling for injuries.
Axe battle is immune to fear for the whole of the battle. Elves
STR: user Extra save modifier of -1
Sword supply the warband for one battle.
STR: user May parry.
Flail catacombs into the city. You may automatically
STR: user +2
+2 Strength bonus applies only in the first turn of each
H-to-H combat. Cannot use a shield, buckler or additional
weapon in H-to-H combat (still gets a +1 armour save
from shooting if he has a shield).
Morning Star Can be used in H-to-H once per combat. If firing with 2
STR: user +1
+1 Strength bonus applies only in the first turn of each
H-to-H combat. Cannot use a buckler or additional
weapon but may carry a shield.
Halberd two pistols. Can be used in H-to-H once per combat. If
STR: user +1
Cannot use a shield, buckler or additional weapon in
H-to-H combat (still gets a +1 armour save from shooting
if he has a shield).
Spear and 1" wide. Any models in the path are automatically hit.
STR: user
Strikes first even if charged (first round of H-to-H combat
only). Mounted warriors receive a +1 Strength bonus for
the turn they charge.
Lance his next turn, although he is not otherwise affected. In
STR: user +2
Can only be used from horseback; +2 Strength bonus for
the turn the mounted warrior charges.
Double-Handed Sword, Hammer, Axe etc
STR: user +2
Cannot use a shield, buckler or additional weapon in H-to-H
combat (still gets a +1 armour save from shooting if he
has a shield). Always strikes last, even if charging.
Gromril Weapon Extra save modifier of -1.
Ithilmar Weapon +1 Initiative in H-to-H combat.
Ranged Weapons
Short Bow
MxRange: 16" STR: 3
Bow
MxRange: 24" STR: 3
Long Bow
MxRange: 30" STR: 3
Elf Bow
MxRange: 36" STR: 3
Extra save modifier of -1.
Crossbow
MxRange: 30" STR: 4
May not move and fire on the same turn other than to
pivot or stand up.
Sling
MxRange: 18" STR: 3
May fire twice at a maximum range of 9" if no move in the
movement phase. Each shot -1 to hit if firing twice.
Throwing Star/Knife
Range: 6" STR: user
No penalties for range; cannot be used in close combat.
Repeater Crossbow
MxRange: 24" STR: 3
May fire twice per turn at -1 to hit per shot.
Crossbow Pistol
MxRange: 10" STR: 4
May shoot in the first round of H-to-H combat. The shot is
always resolved first and has a -2 to hit (use BS).
Pistol
MxRange: 6" STR: 4 -2 armour save
Can only fire every other turn unless model has 2 pistols.
pistols fire with 2 Attacks in the first round.
Duelling Pistol
MxRange: 10" STR: 4 -2 armour save
+1 to hit. Can only fire every other turn unless model has
firing with 2 pistols fire with 2 Attacks in the first round.
Blunderbuss
MxRange: Special STR: 3
Can only fire once per battle. Draw a straight line 16" long
Handgun
MxRange: 24" STR: 4 -2 armour save
Can only fire every other turn. May not move and fire on
the same turn other than to pivot or stand up.
Hochland Long Rifle
MxRange: 48" STR: 4 -2 armour save
Can only fire every other turn. May not move and fire on
the same turn other than to pivot or stand up. Can target
any enemy in sight, not just the closest.
Armour
Light Armour Basic D6 save of 6+
Heavy Armour Basic D6 save of 5+
If also carrying a shield, suffers a -1 Movement penalty.
Shield Basic D6 save of 6+
Buckler May parry.
Helmet
Special 4+ save (unmodified by Strength) against being
stunned; if successful treat the result as knocked down.
Gromril Armour Basic D6 save of 4+
Does not slow the model down if also armed with a shield.
Ithilmar Armour Basic D6 save of 5+
Basic d6 save of 5+, and does not slow the model down if
also armed with a shield.
Miscellaneous Equipment
Blessed water
A vial contains enough liquid for just one use, and has a
thrown range of twice the thrower’s Strength in inches.
Roll to hit using the model’s BS. No modifiers for range
wound on Undead, Daemon or Possessed models (no
armour save). Undead or Possessed models may not use
blessed water.
bugman’s ale
A warband that drinks a barrel of Bugman’s before a
may not drink Bugman’s ale. There is only enough ale to
cathayan silk cloak
Any Mercenary warband whose leader is wearing silk
clothes may re-roll the first failed Rout test. After each
battle in which the leader is taken out of action, roll a D6:
on 1-3 the clothes are ruined and must be discarded.
elven cloak
A warrior aiming a missile weapon at a warrior wearing an
Elven cloak suffers -1 on his to hit roll.
garlic
A Vampire must pass a Leadership test or it will be unable
to charge a model carrying a clove of garlic. Garlic lasts for
the duration of one battle only, used or not.
halfling cookbook
The maximum number of warriors allowed in your warband
is increased by +1 (neither an Undead nor a Carnival of
Chaos warband can use this item).
healing herbs
A model with healing herbs can use them at the beginning
of any of his recovery phases as long as he is not engaged
in H-to-H combat. They restore all wounds he has
previously lost during the game.
holy (unholy) relic
A model with a holy/unholy relic automatically passes the
first Leadership test he is required to make in the game. If
worn by the leader, it will allow him to automatically pass
the first Rout test if he has not taken any Leadership tests
before. You can only ignore the first Leadership test in any
single game—two or more holy relics will not allow you to
ignore second and subsequent tests.
holy tome
A Warrior Priest or Sister of Sigmar with a holy tome can
add +1 to the score when determining whether he/she can
recite a spell successfully or not.
hunting arrows
A model using a short bow, bow, long bow or Elf bow may
use these arrows. They add +1 to all Injury rolls.
lantern
A model with a lantern may add +4" to the distance from
which he is able to spot hidden enemies.
lucky charm
battle he rolls a D6: on a 4+ the hit is discarded and no
damage is suffered. Owning two or more charms does not
confer any extra benefits.
mordheim map
When you buy a map, roll a D6:
1 Fake. The map is a fake, and is completely worthless.
Your opponent may automatically choose the next
scenario you play.
2-3 Vague. Though crude, the map is generally accurate.
You may re-roll any one dice during the next
exploration phase if you wish but you must accept
the result of the second roll.
4 Catacomb map. The map shows a way through the
choose the scenario next time you fight a battle.
5 Accurate. The map is recently made and very
detailed. You may re-roll up to 3 dice during the next
exploration phase if you wish, but must accept the
result of the second roll.
6 Master map. From now on you may always re-roll one
dice when rolling on the Exploration chart as long as
the hero who possesses this map was not taken out
of action in the battle.
net
Once per game, the net may be thrown in the shooting
phase instead of the model shooting a missile weapon.
Treat the net as a missile weapon in all respects with a
range of 8”. Use the model’s BS to determine whether
the net hits or not—there are no movement or range
penalties.
If it hits, the target rolls a D6: if the result is equal to
or lower than his Strength, he rips the net apart. If the
result is higher, he may not move, shoot or cast spells in
either case the net is lost.
rope & hook
A model equipped with a rope & hook may re-roll failed
Initiative tests when climbing up and down.
tome of magic
If a warband includes a wizard, he will permanently gain
an extra spell from the tome. He may randomly generate
this new spell from his own list or the Lesser Magic list.
The benefits from each Tome apply to only one model.
superior blackpowder
Adds +1 Strength to all blackpowder weapons that the
model has. There is enough to last for one game.
tears of shallaya
A model who drinks a vial of the Tears of Shallaya at the
beginning of a battle will be completely immune to all
poisons for the duration of combat.
Undead and Possessed warriors may not use the Tears of
Shallaya. There is enough liquid in a vial to last for the
duration of one battle.
 poisons and drugs
Poison may not be used with blackpowder weapons. A vial
gives you only enough to last the duration of one battle,
and only a single weapon can be poisoned with one vial.
Black Lotus
A weapon coated with Black Lotus wounds its target
automatically if you roll a 6 to hit. You can still roll a dice
for every wound inflicted in this way. If you roll a 6, inflict
a critical hit with that roll. If you do not roll a 6, cause a
normal wound (armour saves as normal).
Dark Venom
Any hit caused by a weapon coated with Dark Venom
counts as having +1 Strength. Armour saves are modified
to take into account the increased Strength of the attack.
Mad Cap Mushrooms
Any warrior who takes Mad Cap Mushrooms before a
battle will be subject to frenzy. They have no effect on
Undead such as Vampires and Zombies, or the Possessed.
After the battle, roll a D6: on a roll of a 1 the model
becomes permanently stupid.
Crimson Shade
A model using Crimson Shade has his Initiative increased
by +D3 points, and Movement and Strength by +1 (this
effect lasts for one game). It has no effect on Undead
such as Vampires and Zombies, or the Possessed.
After the battle, roll 2D6. On a roll of 2-3, the model is
addicted and you must buy him a new batch of Crimson
Shade before every battle from now on; if you fail, he will
leave your warband. On a roll of 12 the model’s Initiative
is increased permanently by +1.
Mandrake Root
A model taking Mandrake Root has his Toughness increased
by +1 for the duration of a battle, and he treats all stunned
results as knocked down instead. It has no effect on Undead,
such as Vampires and Zombies, or on the Possessed.
At the end of the battle, roll 2D6. On a roll of 2-3 the
model loses 1 point of Toughness permanently.
animals
Horses & Warhorses
You may mount one of your Heroes on a horse or warhorse
in the coming battles. Horses and warhorses can only
be used if you are using the optional rules for mounted
models. Only Humans can buy or use war/horses.
M WS BS S T W I A Ld
Horse 8 0 0 3 3 1 3 0 5 4 Spell of Doom Difficulty 9
Warhorse 8 3 0 3 3 1 3 1 5 One enemy model within 12" must immediately roll
Wardogs
If you purchase a wardog, it will fight exactly like a
member of your warband, though it is treated as part of
the equipment of the Hero who bought it. You will need
a model to represent it on a battlefield. Wardogs never
gain experience, and if they are put out of action they
have exactly the same chance of recovering as Henchmen
(ie, 1-2: Dead; 3-6: Alive). Wardogs count towards the
maximum number of warriors allowed in your warband.
M WS BS S T W I A Ld
Wardog 6 4 0 4 3 1 4 1 5 the Necromancer may raise him to fight as a Zombie.
Spells D6
Prayers of Sigmar
1 The Hammer of Sigmar Difficulty 7
The wielder gains +2 Strength in H-to-H combat and all
hits he inflicts cause double damage. The Priest must test
each shooting phase he wants to use the Hammer.
2 Hearts of Steel Difficulty 8
Any allied warriors within 8" become immune to fear and
all alone tests. In addition, the whole warband gains +1 to
any Rout tests they have to make. The spell lasts until the
caster is knocked down, stunned or put out of action. If
cast again the effects are not cumulative.
3 Soulfire Difficulty 9
All enemy models within 4" suffer a Strength 3 hit (no
armour save). Undead and Possessed models in range
suffer a Strength 5 hit instead.
4 Shield of Faith Difficulty 6
The Priest is immune to all spells. Roll at the beginning
of each turn in the recovery phase. On a roll of 1 or 2 the
shield disappears.
5 Healing Hand Difficulty 5
Any one model within 2" (including himself) may be
healed—restored to his full quota of Wounds. In addition,
if any friendly models within 2” are stunned or knocked
down, they immediately stand up and continue fighting.
6 Armour of Righteousness Difficulty 9
The Priest has an armour save of 2+, replacing his
normal armour save. He also causes fear in his enemies
and is immune to fear himself. The spell lasts until the
beginning of the Priest’s next Shooting phase.
Necromancy
1 Lifestealer Difficulty 10
Choose a single model within 6" to suffer a wound (no
save allowed); the Necromancer gains an extra wound
for the duration of the battle. This may take his Wounds
above his original maximum value. This spell will not
affect the Possessed or any Undead models.
2 Re-Animation Difficulty 5
One Zombie that went out of action during the last H-to-H
combat or Shooting phase immediately returns to the
battle within 6" of the Necromancer. It cannot be placed
straight into H-to-H combat with an enemy model.
3 Death vision Difficulty 6
The Necromancer causes fear in his enemies for the
duration of the battle.
equal to or less than his Strength on a D6; if he fails,
you may roll on the Injury table to see what happens to
the model.
5 Call of Vanhel Difficulty 6
A single Zombie or Dire Wolf within 6" of the
Necromancer may immediately move again up to its
maximum Movement distance. If this moves it into base
contact with an enemy model, it counts as charging.
6 Spell of Awakening Difficulty: Auto
If an enemy hero is killed (ie, your opponent rolls
11-16 on the Serious Injury chart after the battle),
The dead Hero retains his characteristics, weapons and
armour but may not use any other equipment or skills. He
may no longer run, counts as a henchman group on his
own, and may not gain additional experience. This spell
always succeeds. The new Zombie follows all the normal
Zombie rules (immune to poison, causes fear) except for
retaining his profile, weapons and armour.
Chaos Rituals
1 Vision of Torment Difficulty 10
This spell has a range of 6" and must be cast on the
closest enemy model. If the Chaos Mage is in H-to-H
combat, he must choose his target from those in base
contact with him. The affected model is immediately
stunned. If the model cannot be stunned it is knocked
down instead.
2 Eye of God Difficulty 7
This spell may be used successfully only once per battle.
Choose any model within 6", friend or foe and roll a D6:
D6 Result
1 The model is taken out of action immediately (but
does not have to roll on the Serious Injury chart of his own next turn.
after the battle).
2-5 The model gains +1 to any one of his characteristics
during this battle (chosen by the caster).
6 The model gains +1 to all of its characteristics for the beginning of each of the wizard’s own turns. If the
the duration of the battle.
3 Dark Blood Difficulty 8
This attack has a range of 8" and causes D3 S5 hits. It
hits the first model in its path. After using this spell the
Chaos Mage must roll on the Injury table for himself,
though treat the out of action result as stunned instead.
4 Lure of Chaos Difficulty 9
The spell has a range of 12" and must be cast on the
closest enemy model. Roll a D6 and add the Chaos
Mage’s Leadership to the score, then roll a D6 and add
the target’s Leadership to the score. If the Chaos Mage
beats his opponent’s score he gains control of the model
until the model passes a Leadership test in his own
recovery phase. The model may not commit suicide,
but can attack models on his own side, and will not
fight warriors from the Chaos Mage’s warband. If he was
engaged in H-to-H combat with any warriors of the Chaos
Mage’s warband, they will immediately move 1" apart.
5 Wings of Darkness Difficulty 7
The Chaos Mage may immediately move anywhere within
12", including into base contact with an enemy, in which
case he counts as charging. If he engages a fleeing
enemy, in the close combat phase he will score one
automatic hit and then his opponent will flee again (if he
survives).
6 Word of Pain Difficulty 7
All models within 3" of the Chaos Mage, friend or foe,
suffer one S3 hit (no armour saves).
Lesser magic
1 Fires of U’Zhul Difficulty 7
The fireball has a range of 18" and causes one Strength 4
hit. It strikes the first model in its path. Armour saves are
taken as normal (ie, with -1 modifier).
2 Flight of Zimmeran Difficulty 7
The wizard may immediately move anywhere within 12",
including into base contact with an enemy, in which case
he counts as charging. If he engages a fleeing enemy in
the close combat phase he will score 1 automatic hit and
then his opponent will flee again (if he survives).
3 Dread of Aramar Difficulty 7
A single model within 12" of the wizard must pass a
Leadership test or flee 2D6" directly away from him.
If he flees, he must test at the start of each of his own
movement phases and will continue to flee until he
passes a test. This spell does not affect Undead or any
model immune to fear.
4 Silver Arrows of rha Difficulty 7
This spell cannot be cast whilst in H-to-H combat. The
spell summons D6+2 arrows which the wizard can use
to shoot against one enemy model (range 24"). Use the
wizard’s own Ballistic Skill to determine whether he hits
or not, but ignore movement, range and cover penalties.
The arrows cause one S3 hit each.
5 Luck of Shemtek Difficulty 6
The wizard may re-roll all his failed dice rolls, though the
second results stand. The effect lasts until the beginning
6 Sword of Rezhebel Difficulty 8
This flaming sword gives the wizard +1 Attack, +2
Strength and +2 Weapon Skill. Take a Leadership test at
test fails, the sword disappears.
Magic of the horned rat
1 Warpfire Difficulty 8
The spell has a range of 8", hitting the first model in its
path. The spell causes D3 Strength 4 hits on its target,
and one Strength 3 hit on each model within 2” of the
target.
2 Children of the Horned Rat Difficulty Auto
This spell may only be used once, before the game.
When cast, the spell summons D3 Giant Rats, which are
placed within 6" of the Sorcerer. The Sorcerer may cast
this spell successfully only once per battle, and the rats
disappear afterwards. They do not count towards the
maximum size of the Skaven warband.
3 Gnawdoom Difficulty 7
The Gnawdoom causes 2D6 Strength 1 hits on a single
model within 8" of the caster.
4 Black Fury Difficulty 8
The Sorcerer may immediately charge any enemy model
within 12" (ignoring any terrain and interposing models)
and gains 2 extra Attacks and +1 Strength during this
turn’s H-to-H combat phase only.
5 Eye of the Warp Difficulty 8
All standing models in base contact with the Sorcerer
must take an immediate Leadership test. If they fail,
they each suffer a Strength 3 hit and must run 2D6"
directly away from the Sorcerer, exactly as if they had
lost their nerve when fighting against more than one
opponent.
6 Sorcerer’s Curse Difficulty 6
The spell has a range of 12" and affects a single model
within range. The target must re-roll any successful
armour saves and to hit rolls during the Skaven H-to-H
phase and his own next shooting and H-to-H combat
phases.
 1. Recovery Roll to Wound: D6 score required to wound: Basic Critical Hits Unarmed Combat
Roll 2d6 to rally models. If </= Ld model stops fleeing. Wpn Str Target’s Toughness A wound roll of 6 causes a critical hit. 1-2 Body Blow. Your opponent staggers, allowing you to
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 seize the initiative and make an additional attack.
It cannot move or shoot (may cast spells) for the rest of A model may only cause one critical hit in each H-to-H Immediately roll to hit and to wound. Any saves are
the turn. Cannot rally if the closest model is an enemy 1 4 5 6 6 combat phase. Roll D6: taken as normal.
(fleeing, stunned, knocked down and hidden models do 2 3 4 5 6 6
not count). 1-2 Hits vital part. 1 wound = 2 wounds. 3-4 Crushing Blow. The blow lands with tremendous
3 2 3 4 5 6 6 Roll armour saves first. force. You gain +1 to the Injury roll if your opponent
Stunned models become knocked down. 4 2 2 3 4 5 6 6 fails his save.
Knocked down models may stand up. 3-4 Hits exposed spot. 1 wound = 2 wounds.
5 2 2 2 3 4 5 6 6 No armour saves. 5-6 Mighty Blow. With a mighty punch or flying kick, you
6 2 2 2 2 3 4 5 6 6 send your opponent sprawling to the ground. The
2.Movement 5-6 Master Strike! 1 wound = 2 wounds.
7 2 2 2 2 2 3 4 5 6 6 attack ignores armour saves and you gain +2 to any
Open Ground: Normal rate. No armour saves; +2 to Injury roll(s).
8 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 4 5 6 Injury rolls.
Difficult Ground: Half rate.
Very Difficult Ground: Quarter rate. 9 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 4 5
Advanced Critical Hits Thrusting Weapons
10 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 4
1. CHARGE Missile Weapons 1-2 Stab. With a quick strike, you penetrate your
ARMOUR SAVES opponent’s defences. You gain +1 to any Injury rolls.
Declare charge and target (no measuring). 1-2 Hits a Weak Spot. The missile penetrates its target’s Armour saves are taken as normal.
Charge move is Mx2 and ends with models engaged in Wpn Str Save Modifier Wpn Str Save Modifier armour. Ignore all armour saves.
3-4 Thrust. The thrust lands with great force and the
H-to-H combat, bases touching. 3-4 Ricochet. If there are any other models within 6", the
1-3 None 7 -4 target is knocked down. Take armour saves as normal
Must pass an I test to charge an unseen (not hidden) foe 4 -1 8 -5 closest enemy model is also hit. Roll to wound and and see whether the model suffers a wound.
within 4". One unengaged enemy within 2" of the charge take any saves as normal for both targets.
5 -2 9+ -6 5-6 Kebab! The thrust knocks the target back with titanic
route may intercept the charger.
6 -3 5-6 Master Shot. The missile hits an eye, the throat, force, ripping apart armour and puncturing flesh. The
If the model cannot reach the foe, charge is failed; make or some other vulnerable part. The target suffers 2 attack ignores armour saves and you gain +2 to any
a normal move to enemy; no shooting (may cast spells). Armour Minimum D6 score to save wounds instead of 1. There is no armour save. Injury rolls. The victim is knocked backwards D6" and
Light armour 6 the attacker follows, staying in base contact.
2. COMPULSORY MOVES Bludgeoning Weapons
Heavy armour 5 Any other models involved in the combat are
3. REMAINING MOVES 1-2 Hammered. The target is knocked off balance. Your separated and only the model which struck the blow
Gromril armour 4
Running: Mx2 if no enemies within 8" at start of turn opponent may not fight this turn if he hasn’t already and his target are still considered to be in combat.
Shield Adds +1 to armour save
(fleeing, stunned, knocked down and hidden models do fought. If the target collides with another model, the other
not count). No hiding or shooting (may cast spells). model is hit once at S3.
4. Hand-to-hand combat 3-4 Clubbed. The hit ignores armour saves and saves from
Hiding: Cannot be seen, charged or shot at, stays hidden helmets.
while not seen by enemy and does not shoot or cast spells. The model that charged strikes first. Otherwise, models BLACKPOWDER WEAPON MISFIRES
fight in order of descending I. Roll D6 for each attack. 5 Wild Sweep. Your opponent’s weapon is knocked
Enemies detect hidden foes within their I in inches. Model from his hand. If he is carrying two weapons, roll to Each time you roll a 1 when rolling to hit with a black-
that runs, flees, is stunned or charges cannot hide that turn. Attacker’s Opponent’s WS see which one he loses. He must fight with whatever powder weapon (handgun, pistol, blunderbuss,warplock
WS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 back-up weapon he has in his equipment for the rest pistol, etc), roll a D6:
Climbing: Height equal to M in a single movement phase.
I test: If failed while climbing up, he cannot climb. If of this combat (or fight unarmed if he has no other 1 BOOM! The weapon explodes with a deafening roar!
1 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 weapons). Roll to wound and take armour saves as
failed while climbing down, fall. The shooter suffers an S4 hit (this does not cause
2 3 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 normal.
Jumping Down: Up to 6"; I test for every 2" jumped: any critical hits) and the weapon is destroyed.
3 3 3 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5
fail and model falls from the beginning of the jump. 6 Bludgeoned. The victim automatically goes out of
4 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 action if he fails his armour save. Even if he has 2 Jammed. The weapon is jammed and useless for the
Diving Charge: If enemy within 2" of the landing spot 5 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 several wounds remaining, he will be taken out of remainder of the battle. You may use it as normal in
and jump down is successful, +1 Str bonus and +1 to hit action by this attack. the next battle.
6 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4
bonus during the following H-to-H phase only.
7 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 3 Phut. The weapon fails to fire and you must remove
Jumping Over Gaps: Up to 3" wide (no measuring). If not Bladed Weapons
8 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 the shot. This means that the shooter must wait one
enough movement model falls; otherwise pass I test or
9 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 1-2 Flesh Wound. This attack hits an unprotected area, so extra turn before he can fire this weapon again.
fall. May still fire if not running, and may jump as part of
10 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 there is no armour save.
a charge or run. 4-5 Click. The weapon fails to fire, but there is no
Falling: D3 hits at a Str equal to height, no armour save, 3-4 Bladestorm. The warrior unleashes a virtual hail of additional effect.
Roll to Wound: Compare target’s T against weapon’s Str blows. The attack causes 2 wounds instead of 1. Take
no critical hits. Cannot move any further or hide during to find the D6 score required to wound.
that turn, even if not hurt. armour saves separately for each wound. Remember 6 KA-BOOM! The weapon roars and spits a cloud of
Armour Save Modifiers: reduction in enemy’s armour that, as with other critical hits, if an attack causes black smoke and flame! The shot hits the intended
Warriors Knocked Down or Stunned: If within 1" of an saving throw compared to the attacker’s Str. multiple wounds for other reasons as well, you choose target and counts as having +1 Strength.
edge, model will fall if I test failed. the highest number of wounds.
Strength 1-3 4 5 6 7 8 9+
3. Shooting 5-6 Sliced! The strike ignores armour saves, causes 2 Injuries
Save Modifier - -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6
wounds, and your warrior gains +2 to any Injury rolls.
Roll to Hit (D6): As soon as a model loses its last wound roll a D6:
Shooter’s BS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Warriors Knocked Down: An enemy model fighting a
1-2 Knocked down. The force of the blow knocks the
warrior who is knocked down may attack him to put him
Score 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 -1 -2 -3 warrior down. Place the model face up.
out of action.
Hit Modifiers: 3-4 Stunned. The target falls to the ground, barely
Roll to wound as normal. If any attacks wound, take
-1 Target is in cover -1 Long range conscious. Turn the model face down.
armour save modified by Str of the attacker as normal.
-1 Moving & shooting +1 Large target If save is failed, warrior is automatically out of action. 5-6 Out of action. Remove the model from the game.
 Setup
One player is the evil wizard player Morcar and
controls the monsters. The other players control
the 4 player characters: the Elf, Dwarf, Wizard and
Barbarian. Each player rolls a die and the highest
roller chooses his role first (the lowest roller must be
Morcar if no one has chosen him so far).
If there are fewer than 5 players, take more than one
character each or play with fewer characters.
Each player character takes his plastic figure and
character board a character sheet from the pad
The evil wizard player takes the screen, the quest
book, the cards, and all the monster models, tiles and
furniture pieces.
The player characters fill the information on their
character boards in the appropriate places on their
character sheets.
If your Body or Mind score reaches 0, your character
is dead. Healing magic can never take your scores
above their starting level.
Sort the 12 spell cards into their 4 sets: Earth,
Water, Air and Fire magic. The Wizard chooses 3 sets
of spells and the Elf chooses one set. The Wizard
chooses first, then the Elf, then the Wizard chooses
his remaining sets.
The evil wizard player sits behind the screen and sorts
the cards into their categories (treasure, monsters,
equipment, spells and Quest treasures). Shuffle the
treasure cards and place them facedown within reach
of the players. Keep the monster cards faceup behind
the screen.
Choose the Quest you are going to play and set up the
start of the game according to the instructions.
Order of Play
Each player moves in turn, starting with the player
to the left of the evil wizard player and continuing
clockwise.
On your turn, you may both move and fight (move first
then fight; or fight first, then move).
On his turn, the evil wizard player may move some or
all of his monsters on the board, each in turn. Monsters
may first move then attack; or attack then move.
Movement
The character boards show how many dice to roll to
determine the maximum number of squares can be
moved.
You may not move diagonally, move through the same
square twice, or move onto an occupied or blocked
square. However you may pass through an occupied
square if the player whose miniature is on the square
allows you to pass.
Opening Doors
Models can only enter and leave rooms through open
doors. Monsters cannot open doors.
You may open a door by moving onto the square in
front of it. Opening a door does not count as a move,
and you can keep moving after opening one if you
have spaces left to move.
When a door is opened, the evil wizard player places
the pieces shown for that room or passageway in the
Quest book (not traps and secret doors).
Once opened, a door stays open for the rest of the
game. Replace the closed door piece with an open
door.
Searching
Characters may always search a whole room or all the
visible squares of a passage instead of making an
attack or casting a spell; before or after moving.
Characters may not search if they are next to a
monster or if there is a monster in the same room or
visible in a passage. Monsters never search.
Players must tell the evil wizard player whether
they are searching for secret doors and traps, or for
treasure. If there is anything to be found, he must
reveal it. Searching for treasure will not reveal traps or
secret doors and vice versa.
Secret doors may be found be searching either side
of a wall in which they are placed. Once found they
remain open for the rest of the game.
Spear traps are always disarmed when found. Pit traps
and falling block traps are placed onto the board when
found, and may later be disarmed and removed by the
Dwarf or a character with the Tool Kit card.
Treasure may be detailed in the Quest book; if there
is no treasure listed for the room or passage being
searched, the character must take the top card from
the treasure card deck. If it is gold or jewels, record
the treasure discovered on your character sheet. If it
is a potion, either use it immediately or keep it for
later use at any time. Traps or wandering monster
cards should be read out and the instructions followed
immediately. Once a treasure card is used, return it to
the bottom of the deck.
Wandering Monsters
If there is no vacant space adjacent to the character
who drew the card, the evil wizard player may place
the monster in any vacant square in the same room or
passage (he may not attack another character).
If all the monsters of a specified type are on the
board, the evil wizard player may use another monster
of the same color.
Combat
To attack, you must be in one of the 4 squares to the
front, rear or sides of the target.
Roll a number of combat dice as shown on the
character board or monster card next to Attack. For
each skull you roll, your opponent loses 1 Body point
unless he can successfully defend himself.
To defend against a successful attack, roll a number
of combat dice as shown on the character board or
monster card next to Defend. The player characters
must roll white shields, while the monster must roll
black ones. Each shield rolled of the correct type
cancels 1 skull rolled by the attacker.
When using a missile weapon, your target must be
visible. There is no maximum range, but you cannot
use a missile weapon if you are next to your target.
Dead models are immediately removed from play.
Magic
On their turn, the Wizard and the Elf may cast a spell
instead of attacking; before or after moving.
Each spell may be cast once during a Quest; the spell
is discarded once used.
Spells can be cast at models that are visible to the
spellcaster. Models in the same room are always
visible. Those in passageways or different rooms are
only visible if you can trace an unobstructed straight
line from the caster to the target, without it passing
through another model, through a wall, or through a
closed door.
A spell caster at a model which is not visible is
wasted. A caster may always cast a spell on himself.
The Quest Book
The maps in the Quest book show the evil wizard
player where to place monsters and furniture, and the
location of secret doors and traps.
If you are the first player to enter a new room or
passageway, give the evil wizard player enough time
to consult the Quest book and set up any visible
monsters and furniture.
Traps are triggered when a character moves onto the
square or opens a trapped chest without searching.
The character must stop immediately and can do
nothing until his next turn.
If the players achieve the objectives described in the
Quest, they complete it successfully. Players may
escape the dungeon by landing on the stair tile. If they
fail to do so, or are killed, the evil wizard player wins.
If your character survives, you may keep any Quest
treasure cards (you may not keep ordinary treasure
cards), and spend any treasure recorded on your
sheet to purchase better equipment. Money can be
accumulated from Quest to Quest.
Once you have completed 3 Quests, you are deemed a
Champion and receive 500 gold coins.
 Setup
Setup the board.
One player is the Korak the Cobran and the others are
the Heroes (playing 1-4 heroes each, depending on
the number of Hero players).
Each Hero player takes a Hero, a basic weapon, a
Base Camp, and 3 Hit/Miss cards dealt from the
shuffled Hit/Miss deck (placed the deck facedown
near the board).
Hero figures start on the Castle Entrance space in any
order. Set their bases to 8 Hit Points (HP).
The Korak figure is placed on the Castle throne.
Korak hides one Golden Weapon in each chest and
places the chests in 4 different rooms (not in front or
behind a door or secret door).
The monsters and magic items are placed behind the
Castle.
The Gold Coins (numbers facedown) are placed in the
Castle Pit behind the Fortress.
The Haunter is placed near the board, near the Castle
rooms.
Playing the Game
The heroes go first.
The Mace of Chaos is shaken by Korak at the start of
each round: the order of the colored balls, from bottom
to top, is the hero turn order.
Hero Turn
A hero’s turn consists of 3 actions.
An action is a move of 1 square to an adjacent square
(diagonals are not allowed), or 1 bout of combat (in
any order).
Korak’s Turn
After all the heroes have had a turn, Korak may take 3
actions (any combination of moves and combat) with
each of his visible monsters (one that has been placed
in a room after the door has been opened by a hero).
He may also summon the Haunter once, if he wishes.
Movement
Movement in Rooms
When a hero reaches a closed door, he must open it
(this does not count as an action). After Korak has
placed monsters in the room, the hero may continue if
he has movement remaining.
Open doors (not secret doors) remain open for the rest
of the game.
A hero may walk through squares containing other
heroes, but may not stop on the same square. A hero
may never walk through a monster’s square.
A monster may walk through squares containing other
monsters, but may not stop on the same square. A
monster may never walk through a hero’s square.
Placing Monsters
When a room door is opened by a hero, Korak must
immediately decide which monsters to put in the
room. There is a maximum limit of monster HP for
each of the rooms:
Rooms 1-2: up to 3 HP per room.
Rooms 3-5: up to 4 HP per room.
Rooms 6-8: up to 5 HP per room.
At least 1 monster, but no more than 2, must be in
each room. Every monster placed must have a magic
item on their base.
Monsters may not be placed on the square in front of
the open door (but may move onto it on their turn).
Combat
Opponents must be on adjacent (non-diagonal) squares.
A hero or monster may attack more than one opponent
in a turn (one at a time) if he has actions to do so.
A bout of combat is an attempted blow by the attacker,
followed by a return blow from his opponent if it survives.
At the end of the bout, the hero may continue with
another bout, or move away if he has actions left.
Hero’s Attack
A hero rolls 2 dice (3 dice if he has a Golden Weapon).
A die result may be 0, 1, or 2 HP damage.
He may then decide whether or not to use a Hit card.
Finally he checks the base of the monster to find its
Hit Strength.
If the dice roll (and cards used) are the same or
greater than the Hit Strength, the monster is dead.
The hero takes the monster, its magic item (or leave it
on the dead monster’s square if you don’t need it), a
gold coin (draw randomly without looking at the value)
and a new Hit/Miss card, and places them all in his
base camp.
If the dice roll (and cards used) are less than the Hit
Strength, the monster is unaffected.
Korak’s Attack
Korak rolls 2 dice for the monster.
The hero records hits on his base. If he has 0 or less
HP left he is knocked unconscious and goes back to
the Castle Entrance.
Hit/Miss Cards
When a hero takes a hit from the Warlord’s dice roll,
he may reduce the damage by 1 for every Miss card
played; to a maximum of 2 per bout.
Miss cards are only used to reduce the monster’s
blows.
After rolling dice and before looking at the monster’s
base, a player may use Hit cards to increase the
damage and kill it; to a maximum of 3 per bout.
Used cards are returned to the bottom of the deck.
The Haunter
Korak rolls the 10 sided die: the number rolled
indicates the row that the Haunter flies across, killing
or knocking unconscious all in its path.
If a 0 is rolled, the Haunter does not appear.
Any monster hit is removed from play and placed back
in the Castle Pit.
The magic item it was guarding is left on the square
where it died.
Once the first hero reaches the Doomstep, the Haunter
can no longer be activated.
 Castle Entrance & Knocked Unconscious
The Haunter may not harm anyone in the Castle
Entrance. No monster may enter the Entrance.
When a hero is knocked unconscious, on his next turn
he is restored to 1 HP and may now take a normal
turn.
If he has a Magic Potion he may use it and then step
onto, and stop, on the Teleport Platform. Or he may go
to the Healing Fountain. His turn now ends.
Using the Healing Fountain costs 1 turn and restores
all of a hero’s HP. More than one hero may use the
Fountain at the same time.
Stepping onto the Teleport Platform costs 1 turn and
does not count as an action.
The hero may immediately teleport to any square up
to the front of the last open door, following the order
of the rooms and not skipping any which have been
bypassed due to the use of secret doors.
You cannot teleport to an occupied square; land on the
nearest free square behind it.
Secret Doors
To use a secret door, a hero must stop on the secret
door square and roll the 10 sided die.
To find the door, you must roll one of the numbers
printed on the secret door square:
In room 1: you must roll a 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5.
In room 4: you must roll a 1, 2 or 3.
If you fail, any more normal movement you had that
turn is lost and you must move one adjacent square
away.
If the door is found, revolve it and move the hero into
the new room. Rolling the dice and moving into the
room does not count as an action.
When a secret door is turned, and a monster, hero,
or magic item is on the square on the other side, the
door opener and the monster, hero, or magic item
swap places.
Monsters cannot activate secret doors, nor stand on
the numbered secret door squares.
Treasure and Magic Items
Monsters and heroes may never stand on treasure
chest squares.
Once all monsters in a room are dead, a hero may
open a chest by standing in the square directly in front
of it. He may take the Golden Weapon and replace it
with his basic weapon.
Magic Items
A hero may have up to 2 magic items at a time.
Using a magic item does not count as an action. All
magic items are used once, anytime in a hero’s turn
(never the Korak’s turn), and then discarded into the
Castle Pit.
Any magic item left in a square may be picked up
by any hero moving onto that square, if the square is
unoccupied.
Healing Potion: Restores a hero’s HP to full strength.
It may not be used if a hero is already at 8 HP.
Speed Boots: The hero takes one extra turn of 3
actions (added to any part of the current turn he might
still have left).
Fireball Grenade: The grenade can be thrown at a
monster 2 squares away in a straight line. It does 3
HP damage to the target square, and 2 HP damage to
each adjacent square (not through walls). Hit cards
can be used to increase the effect.
It cannot be thrown at a hero, but heroes suffer 2
damage if adjacent to the hit monster.
Any monster slain leaves its magic item on the square
where it died.
The Arch and Doomstep
Once a hero passes through the Arch and into the
Battle Arena, there is no going back.
Monsters from the castle rooms may not pass through
the Arch, not may arena monsters enter rooms. Arena
monsters may not step on the Doomstep (the space
beyond the Arch), not fight any hero standing on it.
A hero may not fight a monster while standing on the
Doomstep.
The first hero to reach the Doomstep takes 4 Hit/Miss
cards; the second hero takes 3 cards, and the third
and fourth each take 2 cards.
The Castle Arena
Korak never leaves his throne. The remaining monsters
(up to a maximum of 6) are brought into play in the
first Korak turn after the first hero arrives on the
Doomstep. They are placed on squares at the lower
level in front of Korak, or under the Castle (one
monster per door). Each, other than Korak, gets a
magic item in its base.
In combat, the next stair, up or down, is an adjacent
square.
Any hero knocked unconscious by any monsters (other
than Korak) goes back to the Doomstep and must
lose from his base camp one of the following: a magic
item, a Hit/Miss card, a gold coin, or a slain monster
figure. If you have none of these you lose nothing.
Next round you recover 1 HP and continue play.
Korak always rolls 3 dice when he fights a hero.
Korak is fought from the area in front of his throne,
which can accommodate all the heroes at the same
time. Monsters may not enter this area.
Korak has 7 HP. If he is killed, the game ends; his
figure is taken by the victorious hero and that hero is
placed on Korak’s throne.
Any hero knocked unconscious by Korak is out of the
game.
Winning
If all 4 heroes are eliminated by Korak, the Korak
player wins.
If Korak is killed, the game ends immediately and
heroes count up their points as follows:
– each monster in your base camp is worth its
number of HP.
– each gold coin is worth its value.
– each unused Hit/Miss card is worth 1 point.
– standing on the throne is worth 5 points.
The winner is the hero with the most points (not
necessarily the hero who killed Korak).
For a more challenging game:
1. Heroes may never keep more than 6 Hit/Miss cards
at a time.
2. To kill a monster in combat, heroes must get at
least 1 HP more than the monster’s strength.
 Setup
Setup the board. One player is the Warlord and the
others are the Heroes (playing 1-4 heroes each,
depending on the number of Hero players).
Each Hero player takes a Hero, a basic weapon,
a Base Camp, and a Hit/Miss card dealt from the
shuffled Hit/Miss deck (placed the deck facedown
behind the Fortress). Hero figures start on the Village
Entrance space in any order. Set their bases to 8 Hit
Points (HP).
The Warlord figure starts on top of the Fortress. The
wheel behind him is set to 5 HP.
The Warlord player puts one Key on the Lurker base,
one on the marked space on the first floor of the Great
Hall, one on the marked space in the Wererat’s Lair,
and one Golden Weapon or one Key on the treasure
space in each of the 5 buildings. He then places the
Lurker on the Fortress step space; the Wolf behind
the Monument of Chaos on the Village Green; Karrion
on his perch on the Fortress Arch; and the Wererats
in their Lair.
The Halfling Miller is placed in the top floor of the
Windmill, and the Halfling Mayor in the top floor of
the Great Hall. A Magic Potion is placed in the base of
each of these halfling hostages.
The Warlord player places one monster of his choice in
the second floor of the Great Hall, and puts the rest of
his monsters and magic items behind the Fortress.
The Gold Coins (numbers facedown) are placed near
the board. The Event, Sewer and Warlord card decks
are shuffled separately; then place the Event cards
facedown in the space next to the Fortress, and the
Sewer cards facedown off the board near the Wererat’s
Lair.
The Warlord player draws one Warlord card and keeps
it secret. The remaining cards are placed facedown off
the board behind the Fortress.
Playing the Game
The heroes go first. The Monument of Chaos is shaken
by the Warlord at the start of each round: the order
of the colored balls, from bottom to top, is the hero
turn order.
Hero Turn
A hero’s turn consists of taking either an Event card or
a Warlord card, followed by 3 actions. An action is a
move of 1 square to an adjacent square (diagonals are
not allowed), or 1 bout of combat (in any order).
Event card: Draw an Event card, show it to the other
players and follow its instructions immediately (see p13
of the rules), then return it to the bottom of the deck.
Warlord card: If you draw an Event card that allows you
to look at a Warlord card, draw the card(s) from that
deck. The Hero now knows this is not the Warlord’s
weakness; he keeps this information secret. Return the
card(s) to the bottom of the deck.
Warlord Turn
After all the heroes have had a turn, the Warlord may
take 3 actions (any combination of moves and combat)
with each of his visible monsters (one that has been
placed in a building after the door has been opened
by a hero).
He may also move the Wolf and the Lurker around
the village, and he must attempt to fly Karrion to a
building.
Movement
When a hero reaches the numbered square by a door,
the building is lifted off the board and its contents
revealed. After the Warlord has placed monsters in the
building, the hero may continue if he has movement
remaining.
A hero may walk through squares containing other
heroes, but may not stop on the same square. A hero
may never walk through a monster’s square.
A monster may walk through squares containing other
monsters, but may not stop on the same square. A
monster may never walk through a hero’s square.
Monsters may not enter buildings still on the board.
Heroes and monsters may move across the end of the
Drawbridge to the square on the other side.
The Wolf and the Lurker may move up to 3 squares
but may not enter buildings. The Wolf enters the
village from either of the 2 squares on either side of
his track across the Village Green. The Lurker enters
the village from either square at the corners of the
Drawbridge.
Placing Monsters
When a building is lifted off the board, the Warlord
must immediately decide to put 0, 1 or 2 monsters
in the building. He is limited to a maximum of 5 HP
worth of monsters in each building, and may split this
among several monsters. Every monster placed must
have a magic item on their base.
Monsters may not be placed on the square in front
of the doorway (but may move onto it on their turn).
The treasure space cannot be entered by a monster
or hero.
If a building is clear of heroes, the Warlord may take
his monsters back, or leave them on the board. If he
takes them back or moves them all out of a building,
the building is placed back on the board, and new
monsters may be placed in it if it is re-entered by a
hero.
The Windmill: One extra guard may be placed in the
normal building area (so the building may have 3
monsters, with no points limit). The hero who slays the
last monster takes the Miller figure and places him in
his base camp.
The Great Hall: One extra guard may be placed on
the first floor (so the building may have 3 monsters,
with no points limit). If the ground floor is cleared of
monsters, the hero may move up to the first floor (it
takes 1 action to move to and from this floor). The
hero who slays this last monster takes the Mayor figure
and places him in his base camp; if you do not have a
Key already, take the Key.
Combat
Opponents must be on adjacent (non-diagonal)
squares.
A hero or monster may attack more than one opponent
in a turn (one at a time) if he has actions to do so.
A bout of combat is an attempted blow by the attacker,
followed by a return blow from his opponent if it
survives.
At the end of the bout, the hero may continue with
another bout, or move away if he has actions left.
Hero’s Attack
A hero rolls 2 dice (3 dice if he has a Golden Weapon).
A die result may be 0, 1, or 2 HP damage.
He may then decide whether or not to use a Hit card.
Finally he checks the base of the monster to find its
Hit Strength.
If the dice roll (and cards used) are the same or
greater than the Hit Strength, the monster is dead.
The hero takes the monster, its magic item (or leave it
on the dead monster’s square if you don’t need it), a
gold coin (draw randomly without looking at the value)
and a new Hit/Miss card, and places them all in his
base camp.
If the dice roll (and cards used) are less than the Hit
Strength, the monster is unaffected.
Warlord’s Attack
The Warlord rolls 2 dice for the monster.
The hero records hits on his base. If he has 0 or less
HP left he is knocked unconscious and goes back to
the Village Entrance.
Hit/Miss Cards
When a hero takes a hit from the Warlord’s dice roll,
he may reduce the damage by 1 for every Miss card
played; to a maximum of 2 per bout. Miss cards are
only used to reduce the monster’s blows.
After rolling dice and before looking at the monster’s
base, a player may use Hit cards to increase the
damage and kill the monster; to a maximum of 3 per
bout.
Used cards are returned to the bottom of the deck.
Combat with the Wolf, Lurker and Wererats
Instead of normal combat, the Warlord player rolls 2
dice and the hero player rolls 2 dice (3 dice if he has
a Golden Weapon).
If the hero rolls more swords, the monster is defeated.
The Wolf goes back to the Village Green, the Lurker
goes back to the Drawbridge, and a Wererat is
eliminated (temporarily). The combat ends.
If the monster rolls more swords, the hero loses
the difference from his HP. The combat continues
until the monster is defeated or the hero knocked
unconscious. Draws are re-rolled.
Hit/Miss cards cannot be used when fighting these
monsters.
Karrion, Giant Bird of Prey
To seal a building with Karrion, the Warlord rolls the
8 sided die: the number rolled indicates the building
affected (attach Karrion to the building’s roof).
If the building is currently open, Karrion has no effect
and returns to the Fortress.
If 6-8 is rolled, Karrion stays on the Fortress or returns
to it.
A locked building cannot be entered that turn.
The Village Entrance & Knocked Unconscious
No monster may harm a hero in the Village Entrance,
nor enter the Entrance itself.
When a hero is knocked unconscious, the Warlord’s
HP wheel is turned one segment. He has a minimum
of 5 HP and a maximum of 9 HP.
On his next turn, the hero is restored to 1 HP and may
now take a normal turn.
He may go to the Healing Fountain and end his turn
(using it costs 3 actions), which restores all his HP.
More than one hero may use the Fountain at the same
time.
Treasure and magic items
Monsters and heroes may never stand on treasure
squares.
Once all monsters in a building are dead, a hero may
take the treasure by standing adjacent to the square. A
Golden Weapon replaces a hero’s normal weapon.
In the Great Hall, only the ground floor needs to be
cleared to take the ground floor treasure.
No hero may have more than 1 Key, 1 Golden Weapon,
and 2 magic items. However each Halfing hostage the
hero player has enables him to carry 1 extra magic
item.
Magic Items
All magic items are used once, anytime in a hero’s
turn (never the warlord’s turn), and then discarded.
Any magic item left in a square may be picked up
by any hero moving onto that square, if the square is
unoccupied.
Healing Potion: Restores a hero’s HP to full strength.
It may not be used if a hero is already at 8 HP.
Speed Boots: The hero takes one extra turn of 3
actions (added to any part of the current turn he might
still have left).
Creature Control Whip: Orders either the Wolf to
any unoccupied square in the Village (not inside a
building), or Karrion to return to his perch on the
Fortress. It may be used by a hero from any square on
the board during his turn.
Keys
One key is needed by each hero to enter the Fortress.
It does not count as a magic item.
Sewers
As soon as a hero steps onto a Sewer Entrance he
must draw a Sewer card.
The Wererats do not carry a magic item, and they offer
no gold coin reward when killed. They do not leave the
game when killed, but are used again and again.
Lost: The hero must remain where he is.
Safe Passage: The hero may move to any other Sewer
Entrance; his turn is then over.
Wererat Ambush: The hero must fight the number of
Wererats indicated. If successful, he may move to any
other Sewer Entrance; his turn is then over.
Wererat’s Lair: The hero must immediately move to the
Wererat’s Lair and fight both Wererats. If successful,
he may take their Key and then move to any other
Sewer Entrance; his turn is then over.
The Drawbridge
A hero who reaches one of the 3 spaces at the Village
end of the Drawbridge must play the Trial of Stealth,
and cannot stop move onto it unless he does so.
This is separate from normal turns and is completed
before the next hero has his turn.
As soon as the hero moves onto the Drawbridge, the
Lurker returns to the space in front of the Fortress.
The Warlord player takes the Drawbridge Plotter and
places the Lurker peg in the red hole.
The hero stays on the board in full view, but the
Plotter is kept hidden from the hero player. The hero
moves first to any adjacent point along the grid lines,
in any direction but without leaving the Drawbridge.
Then the Lurker moves in the same way, but secretly
using the Plotter. He may not move onto the same
space as the hero.
If the hero moves onto the Lurker’s position, he is
knocked unconscious; the Warlord reveals the Plotter.
If the hero reaches any one of the 3 back points on
the Drawbridge, he may take the Key guarded by the
Lurker, and places the Lurker in his base camp. He
moves to the top of the Fortress and ends his turn.
The way to the Fortress is now open for all heroes; the
Trial of Stealth does not take place again.
The Fortress
The Warlord never leaves the top of the Fortress. Once
there, a hero may not turn back.
The first 2 heroes to enter the Fortress each take 3
Hit/Miss cards; the next two take 2 cards each. The
hero places his Key in the top of the Fortress and may
look at the Warlord’s card.
Warlord Cards
There are 6 Warlord cards, and the Warlord keeps one
secretly as his weakness:
4 Golden Weapon cards: If a hero fights the warlord
with the same weapon as the one on his secret card,
the hero rolls 4 dice.
1 Karrion card: The Warlord rolls 3 dice for Karrion
and the hero loses this number of HP. Combat then
continues against the Warlord.
1 No Weakness card: Play is not affected.
The Warlord always rolls 3 dice when he fights a hero.
The Warlord is fought from the area in front of him,
which can accommodate all the heroes at the same
time. If he is killed, the game ends; his figure is taken
by the victorious hero and that hero is placed on the
Warlord’s spot.
Any hero knocked unconscious by the Warlord is out
of the game.
Winning
If all 4 heroes are eliminated by the Warlord, the
Warlord wins.
If the Warlord is killed, the game ends immediately
and heroes count up their points as follows:
– the Warlord is worth 7 points.
– each monster in your base camp is worth its
number of HP.
– each gold coin is worth its value.
– each unused Hit/Miss card is worth 1 point.
– standing in the Warlord’s spot is worth 5 points.
– each hostage rescued is worth 5 points.
The winner is the hero with the most points (not
necessarily the hero who killed the warlord).

SETUP
Choose a player to take the Rune of Tzeentch token
and be the first player. Starting with this runemarked
player and going clockwise, each player chooses a hero
and takes their hero card and miniature. A player that
takes the Excelsior Warpriest also takes the Gryph-hound
card and miniature. A player that takes the Fyreslayer
Doomseeker also takes the Fyreslayer rune token.
Each player chooses one of the coloured renown markers
and puts it on the circular Renown track on the Fate
board, on the space marked with a circle.
Each player takes the 4 hero dice that match the colour
of their renown marker. Place the 5 purple destiny dice
next to the Fate board.
Shuffle the Treasure and Skill decks and put them on
their spaces on the Fate board. If you discard one of
these cards during the game, put it on the bottom of
its deck.
Place the ingress chamber tile in the centre of the table.
The runemarked player puts his hero on a space next to
the tile’s exit, then the other players, in clockwise order,
put their heroes on spaces anywhere in the chamber.
One player takes the Adventure book and reads Starting
a Trial on the first page out loud.
If you re-roll dice, the second result applies; you cannot
re-roll a dice more than once otherwise stated.
ROUND SEQUENCE
1. DESTINY PHASE
The runemarked player rolls the 5 destiny dice, then
puts any dice that show a unique number on the blue
spaces on the Fate board.
Any other dice (doubles, triples etc) are discarded. If the
heroes are still in the ingress chamber, nothing happens.
Otherwise, check the Consequences of Destiny table.
2. HERO PHASE
Starting with the runemarked hero and going clockwise,
each player takes a complete turn with their hero.
On your turn, first make an action roll: roll your 4 hero
dice and put them on the spaces on your hero card.
In the first round, the first action the runemarked player
will need to make is Explore (1+).
The destiny dice on the Fate board are hero dice that
may be shared among the players. You can make
actions on your turn by spending the destiny dice
on the blue spaces.
Each time you spend a destiny dice, the
highest-scoring dice still on a blue space
is locked: move it to one of the 2 purple spaces. You
cannot use locked dice, but they return to the blue
spaces at the end of your turn.
The last player to take their turn in the round does not
lock destiny dice, and may spend as many as desired.
3. ADVERSARY PHASE
The runemarked player controls any adversaries on the
board. Turn to their page at the back of the rulebook, roll
a dice (or 2 dice, for some adversaries) and check the
result on the adversary’s Behaviour table.
If there are no adversaries on the board, there is a
respite. Each player places their hero anywhere in the
current chamber. Then the heroes may rest if they wish:
each player rolls a dice. If at least one player rolls under
the number of skill cards he has, there is an ambush;
otherwise each player can either heal D3 wounds, or
search the room by rolling a dice and taking a treasure
card on a roll of 4+.
There cannot be a respite 2 rounds in a row: instead an
unexpected event occurs: roll 2 dice, one after the other,
treating the first as tens and the second as units, then
read that passage in the Adventure book.
If there is an ambush during a respite, roll on Encounter
table D. If the result shows any adversaries, place them
at the unexplored exit nearest to the runemarked player’s
hero. If there are no unexplored exits, place them at
the nearest portal instead. The adversary phase then
proceeds, with these new arrivals attacking before the
heroes can react.
4. END PHASE
The runemarked player passes the Rune of Tzeentch
to the player on his left, who becomes the runemarked
player for the next round.
ACTIONS
Make actions by spending the hero dice from your action
roll. To make an action, you must spend a dice which
matches or exceeds the action’s score (in brackets).
You can make the same action multiple times, but must
end an action before starting a new one.
There are 3 basic actions that any hero can make:
Explore (1+), Move (1+), and Recuperate (1+*). Each
hero also has a number of unique actions on their hero
card.
Explore (1+)
You can make this action whenever your hero is standing
at an unexplored exit (an exit not connected to another
chamber).
Reveal the top card of the exploration deck and:
1. Set up the chamber shown on the card so that one
of its exits completely lines up with the one in your
hero’s chamber. Place any portals in the chamber, as
shown on the card.
2. Read the card text and follow any instructions. Any
adversaries are set up by the runemarked player, as
close to the centre
of the chamber as
possible. He may choose which
miniature to use if there are miniatures
armed with different weapons for an adversary,
but cannot use a duplicate miniature unless that is
the only option.
3. Place the Exploration card faceup next to the
chamber, and put the rest of the Exploration deck
next to the new chamber’s exit.
Move (1+)
When you make this action your hero may move up to as
many spaces as their Move value. Each space they move
into must be adjacent to their current space. Any spaces
that touch (including diagonally) are adjacent.
Heroes may move through heroes and adversaries may
move through adversaries, but they cannot move through
each other. Your hero can never end their move in the
same space as another hero or adversary.
Heroes that are adjacent to an adversary and wish to
move (with a Move action or as part of another action)
must take a pinning test. Roll a dice: if the result is
lower than the hero’s Agility value, the hero cannot move
and the hero dice is spent (you can still resolve other
parts of the action).
Recuperate (1+*)
If your hero has been wounded, you can make this action
to heal a wound. It has a score of 1+ the first time you
use it in a turn, 2+ the second time, then 3+, and so on.
Weapon Actions
After making a weapon action from your hero card, pick
a target and make an attack roll. Each weapon action
has a range that limits the target you can pick:
Combat range may target any adjacent enemy.
Missile range may target any visible enemy miniature,
but the weapon can’t be used while adjacent to an
enemy miniature. If you can trace a straight line
between the centres of 2 spaces, miniatures in those
spaces can see each other as long as the line does not
go through a chamber wall or touch an obstruction.
Area range targets each enemy miniature in the same
chamber as the attacker; make an attack roll for each
in an order of your choice.
Then roll the hero dice you spent to make the weapon
action. If the result is lower than the weapon action’s
Hit value, the attack misses. Otherwise, the adversary
suffers as many wounds as the weapon’s Damage value.
Put wound markers next to the adversary to track wounds
it has suffered. If the markers reach its Vigour value, it is
removed from the board (excess wounds are ignored).
Each time you slay an adversary you gain a point of renown.
Each hero can also gain renown as described on their hero
card. Whenever you gain renown, move your marker
1 space around the Fate board’s Renown track.
If your renown marker reaches the starting space
(marked with a circle), your hero gains a skill.
 ADVERSARIES
If you cannot place as many adversaries as instructed, the
excess are not placed and an unexpected event occurs.
Adversaries of the same type on the board are called
adversary groups. These groups are activated one at a
time, in an order chosen by the runemarked player.
Adversaries can move as many spaces as their Move
value. Each space they move into must be adjacent to
their current space.
If an adversary is adjacent to a hero at the start of its
move, it must take a pinning test. The runemarked
player rolls a dice: if the result is lower than the
adversary’s Agility value, it is pinned and cannot move
that phase. It can still attack or carry out any other
instructions.
Attacking and Damaging Heroes
The runemarked player picks a target, limited by the
weapon’s range and the Behaviour table instructions,
and rolls the number of dice shown by the weapon’s Dice
value. Each dice that scores lower than the weapon’s Hit
value is discarded; any others hit the target hero.
Roll a dice each time your hero is hit. If the score is less
than your Save value, you suffer as many wounds as the
weapon’s Damage value. Otherwise, the hit is ignored.
Each time your hero suffers a wound, place a wound
marker covering one of the dice spaces on your hero
card. When you make an action roll, each marker
reduces the number of dice you roll by 1.
If all 4 spaces are covered you will need to rely on
destiny dice. If you suffer a wound when all your
spaces are covered, your hero is greviously wounded
and removed from the board. The next time there is a
respite, place your hero with the others in the current
chamber, with 4 wound markers still on your card.
If your hero heals a wound, remove a wound marker.
STUNNED
When an adversary is stunned, place a stun marker next
to it; the adversary does not act in the adversary phase.
Remove any stun markers on adversaries at the end of
the adversary phase.
When a hero is stunned, place a stun marker on its hero
card instead of a wound marker. If there is no space for
one, the marker is discarded with no effect (stun attacks
cannot greviously wound heroes). Stun markers affect
your action roll like wound markers. Remove any stun
markers on your hero at the end of your turn.
Each time a stunned miniature suffers a wound, flip one
of their stun markers to its wound marker side.
SKILLS
If your renown marker reaches the starting space (marked
with a circle), your hero gains a new skill.
When your hero gains a skill, draw the top 2 cards
from the Skill deck and choose one to discard.
Put the other next to your hero card.
TREASURES
You can pass Treasure cards to another player before
making your action roll if your heroes are adjacent, or
pass them to any player during a respite.
Heroes can only carry 4 Treasure cards. If you have more
at the end of a phase, you must discard down to 4 cards.
THE AMULET
If you have any fragments of the amulet, you can use
the power of each once during each trial to do one of
the following:
Heal D3 of your hero’s wounds at the start of your turn,
before making your action roll. If your hero is greviously
wounded, place them in the current chamber before
healing the wounds.
Re-roll any of the dice in your action roll before making
your first action.
Re-roll any of the destiny dice, before discarding any, if
you are the runemarked player.
FAMILIARS
Familiars are not adversaries and do not move or attack.
Adversaries can move through familiars.
Heroes can move into the same space as a familiar, but
this ends their move and they must attempt to catch it.
You and the player to your left each roll a dice. If
you score lower, the familiar curses you and then
flees. Remove it from the board then resolve its bane.
Otherwise, you catch it: move it to your hero card. You
may discard it to use its boon.
You may only have one familiar on your hero card at a
time. There can only be one of each on the board (not
including any caught). If a familiar is manifested and is
already on the board, its second miniature is not set up; if
both miniatures are on hero cards, the runemarked player
chooses one and sets it up on the board as instructed.
If there is a respite, any familiars that have not been
caught are removed from the board.
COMPANIONS
If an unused hero joins the party, the runemarked player
takes the hero card and places it next to his own.
After each of the other heroes has taken a turn, the
runemarked player takes a turn with the companion.
After making their action roll, he must turn all but one
of the companion’s hero dice to show a score of 1.
Companions cannot use destiny dice, gain renown or
skills, or pick up treasure. At the end of the round, the
companion is passed to the new runemarked player.
If an unexpected event occurs, or there is a respite, the
companion is removed from play.
THE MAP
The current chamber is the chamber where the majority of
the heroes are. If they are spread out evenly, the current
chamber is the one that was most recently explored.
If a chamber has 3 exits, the
path divides and you must split
the Exploration deck.
Dealing from the bottom, deal 1 card at a time to each
of the exits until they have all been distributed. The
heroes now have 2 different paths to follow.
After exploring a chamber, if there are no more
Exploration cards to place at an exit, it is a dead end
and cannot be explored further. If an explored chamber
does not have any other exits, discard the rest of the
Exploration deck.
Chambers can vanish from play at the end of each
round. The current chamber is safe, as is any chamber
connected to it and any chamber that is connected to
that one. Any other chambers are cleared away and their
Exploration cards moved to a discard pile next to the
fate board. If a hero is cleared away, he is greviously
wounded. If any unexplored exits are cleared away, bring
their Exploration decks forward to the nearest remaining
unexplored exit. If this leaves multiple decks at a single
exit, combine them together into 1 deck by dealing cards
from the bottom of each, one at a time.
If a chamber cannot be placed after exploring an exit
because other chambers are in the way, the obstructing
chambers immediately vanish as described above, along
with any that are no longer connected as a result.
ENDING A TRIAL
At the end of a trial, each player rolls a dice for each
Treasure card they have: on a roll of 1, 2, or 3, return it
to the Treasure deck. Otherwise the hero keeps it.
Any fragments of the amulet are kept by the player that
took them. If the group has no fragments, each player
must discard all of their Skill cards.
If the players have 1 fragment between them, each hero
can keep 1 skill. If they have 2 or 3, each hero can keep
2 skills. If they have 4 to 7 fragments, they can keep 3,
and if they have all 8 fragments they can keep 4. They
must discard the rest.
Any skills, treasures and fragments you keep will be with
you when you attempt the next trial (keep them with
your hero card or make a note)
FAILED QUESTS
If all of the heroes are greviously wounded at the same
time, or if you reveal the last exploration card without
finding the grand chamber, the trail is failed. The heroes
are ‘revived’ to attempt the trial again or try another.
THE ONGOING QUEST
Progress throughout the tower is a quest consisting of
8 trials (games), measured by the amulet fragments
collected after each trial.
You do not need to use the same hero throughout,
but keep track of which skills and treasures each of
the heroes has picked up. Your hero is tied to their
quest; if you start a new quest, you cannot bring
their skills and treasures along with you.

1. DESTINY PHASE
The runemarked player rolls 5 destiny dice: put any with
a unique number on the Fate board.
Discard other dice: unless the heroes are in the ingress
chamber, check the Consequences of Destiny table.
2. HERO PHASE
Starting with the runemarked hero and going clockwise,
each hero takes a complete turn. On your turn, roll your
4 hero dice and put them on your hero card.
Each time you spend a destiny dice, the highest-scoring
dice still on a blue space is locked: move it to one of the
2 purple spaces. Locked dice cannot be used and return
to the blue spaces at the end of your turn. The last
player does not lock destiny dice.
3. ADVERSARY PHASE
The runemarked player controls adversaries.
Roll dice on the adversary’s Behaviour table.
If there are no adversaries on the board, there
is a respite. Everyone places their hero
anywhere in the current chamber.
1. DESTINY PHASE
The runemarked player rolls 5 destiny dice: put any with
a unique number on the Fate board.
Discard other dice: unless the heroes are in the ingress
chamber, check the Consequences of Destiny table.
2. HERO PHASE
Starting with the runemarked hero and going clockwise,
each hero takes a complete turn. On your turn, roll your
4 hero dice and put them on your hero card.
Each time you spend a destiny dice, the highest-scoring
dice still on a blue space is locked: move it to one of the
2 purple spaces. Locked dice cannot be used and return
to the blue spaces at the end of your turn. The last
player does not lock destiny dice.
3. ADVERSARY PHASE
The runemarked player controls adversaries.
Roll dice on the adversary’s Behaviour table.
If there are no adversaries on the board, there
is a respite. Everyone places their hero
anywhere in the current chamber.
Then the heroes may rest if they wish: each player rolls a
dice. If at least one player rolls under the number of skill
cards he has, there is an ambush. Otherwise each player
can either heal D3 wounds, or search the room by rolling
a dice and taking a treasure card on a roll of 4+.
There cannot be a respite 2 rounds in a row: instead an
unexpected event occurs: roll D66 and read that passage
in the Adventure book.
4. END PHASE
The runemarked player passes the Rune of Tzeentch to
the player on his left.
ACTIONS
Make actions by spending a hero dice that matches or
exceeds the action’s score.
You can make the same action multiple times. There are
3 basic actions:
Explore (1+)
If you are standing at an unexplored exit, reveal the top
card of the exploration deck:
1. Set up the chamber shown with one of its exits lining
up with the one in your chamber. Place any portals.
2. Follow any card instructions.
3. Place the card faceup next to the chamber, and the
rest of the deck next to the new chamber’s exit.
Then the heroes may rest if they wish: each player rolls a
dice. If at least one player rolls under the number of skill
cards he has, there is an ambush. Otherwise each player
can either heal D3 wounds, or search the room by rolling
a dice and taking a treasure card on a roll of 4+.
There cannot be a respite 2 rounds in a row: instead an
unexpected event occurs: roll D66 and read that passage
in the Adventure book.
4. END PHASE
The runemarked player passes the Rune of Tzeentch to
the player on his left.
ACTIONS
Make actions by spending a hero dice that matches or
exceeds the action’s score.
You can make the same action multiple times. There are
3 basic actions:
Explore (1+)
If you are standing at an unexplored exit, reveal the top
card of the exploration deck:
1. Set up the chamber shown with one of its exits lining
up with the one in your chamber. Place any portals.
2. Follow any card instructions.
3. Place the card faceup next to the chamber, and the
rest of the deck next to the new chamber’s exit.
Move (1+)
Move up to as many spaces
as your Move. If you are adjacent
to an adversary, make a D6 pinning test.
If the result is lower than your Agility, you cannot
move; the hero dice is spent.
Recuperate (1+*)
Heal a wound. The score is 1+ the first time you use it in
a turn, 2+ the second time, 3+ the third time etc.
Weapon Actions
Pick a target and make an attack roll.
Combat range targets any adjacent enemy.
Missile range targets any visible enemy miniature, but
the weapon can’t be used while adjacent to an enemy.
Area range targets each enemy miniature in the same
chamber as the attacker; make an attack roll for each.
Roll the hero dice you spent to make the weapon action.
If you roll lower than the weapon action’s Hit, the attack
misses. Otherwise, the adversary suffers wounds equal to
the weapon’s Damage.
If wound markers reach its Vigour value, it is slain and
removed from the board (ignore excess wounds).
Each time you slay an adversary you gain a
point of renown. Each hero can also gain
renown as described on their hero card.
Move (1+)
Move up to as many spaces
as your Move. If you are adjacent
to an adversary, make a D6 pinning test.
If the result is lower than your Agility, you cannot
move; the hero dice is spent.
Recuperate (1+*)
Heal a wound. The score is 1+ the first time you use it in
a turn, 2+ the second time, 3+ the third time etc.
Weapon Actions
Pick a target and make an attack roll.
Combat range targets any adjacent enemy.
Missile range targets any visible enemy miniature, but
the weapon can’t be used while adjacent to an enemy.
Area range targets each enemy miniature in the same
chamber as the attacker; make an attack roll for each.
Roll the hero dice you spent to make the weapon action.
If you roll lower than the weapon action’s Hit, the attack
misses. Otherwise, the adversary suffers wounds equal to
the weapon’s Damage.
If wound markers reach its Vigour value, it is slain and
removed from the board (ignore excess wounds).
Each time you slay an adversary you gain a
point of renown. Each hero can also gain
renown as described on their hero card.
 ADVERSARIES
If you cannot place as many adversaries as instructed, the
excess are not placed and an unexpected event occurs.
Adversaries can move up to their Move.
An adversary adjacent to a hero at the start of its move
must make a D6 pinning test. If the result is lower than
its Agility, it cannot move.
Attacking and Damaging Heroes
The runemarked player picks a target (note range and
Behaviour table instructions), and rolls dice equal to the
weapon’s Dice.
Each dice lower than the weapon’s Hit is discarded; any
others hit the target hero.
Roll a D6 each time your hero is hit. If the score is less
than your Save, suffer as many wounds as the weapon’s
Damage. Otherwise, the hit is ignored.
When you suffer a wound, cover one of your dice spaces
with a wound marker. Each reduces the number of action
dice you roll by 1.
If you suffer a wound when all your spaces are
covered, you are greviously wounded and removed
from the board. The next respite, place your hero
with the others in the current chamber, with
4 wound markers still on your card.
ADVERSARIES
If you cannot place as many adversaries as instructed, the
excess are not placed and an unexpected event occurs.
Adversaries can move up to their Move.
An adversary adjacent to a hero at the start of its move
must make a D6 pinning test. If the result is lower than
its Agility, it cannot move.
Attacking and Damaging Heroes
The runemarked player picks a target (note range and
Behaviour table instructions), and rolls dice equal to the
weapon’s Dice.
Each dice lower than the weapon’s Hit is discarded; any
others hit the target hero.
Roll a D6 each time your hero is hit. If the score is less
than your Save, suffer as many wounds as the weapon’s
Damage. Otherwise, the hit is ignored.
When you suffer a wound, cover one of your dice spaces
with a wound marker. Each reduces the number of action
dice you roll by 1.
If you suffer a wound when all your spaces are
covered, you are greviously wounded and removed
from the board. The next respite, place your hero
with the others in the current chamber, with
4 wound markers still on your card.
STUNNED
When an adversary is stunned, place a stun marker next
to it; it does not act in the adversary phase. Remove stun
markers on adversaries at the end of the adversary phase.
When a hero is stunned, place a stun marker on its hero
card instead of a wound marker. Remove stun markers on
your hero at the end of your turn.
Each time a stunned miniature suffers a wound, flip one
of their stun markers to its wound marker side.
SKILLS & TREASURES
If your renown marker reaches the starting space your hero
gains a new skill. Draw the top 2 Skill cards, choose one
to discard, and put the other next to your hero card.
You can pass Treasure cards to another player before
making your action roll if your heroes are adjacent, or
pass them to any player during a respite. Heroes can only
carry 4 Treasure cards.
The Amulet
You can use the power of each amulet fragment once
during each trial to do one of the following:
Head D3 of your hero’s wounds.
Re-roll any of the dice in your action roll.
Re-roll any of the destiny dice.
STUNNED
When an adversary is stunned, place a stun marker next
to it; it does not act in the adversary phase. Remove stun
markers on adversaries at the end of the adversary phase.
When a hero is stunned, place a stun marker on its hero
card instead of a wound marker. Remove stun markers on
your hero at the end of your turn.
Each time a stunned miniature suffers a wound, flip one
of their stun markers to its wound marker side.
SKILLS & TREASURES
If your renown marker reaches the starting space your hero
gains a new skill. Draw the top 2 Skill cards, choose one
to discard, and put the other next to your hero card.
You can pass Treasure cards to another player before
making your action roll if your heroes are adjacent, or
pass them to any player during a respite. Heroes can only
carry 4 Treasure cards.
The Amulet
You can use the power of each amulet fragment once
during each trial to do one of the following:
Heal D3 of your hero’s wounds.
Re-roll any of the dice in your action roll.
Re-roll any of the destiny dice.
FAMILIARS
Familiars are not adversaries and do not
move or attack. Adversaries can move through
familiars. Heroes can move into the same space as a
familiar, but this ends their move and they must attempt
to catch it. You and the player to your left roll a dice. If
you score lower, remove the familiar from the board then
resolve its bane. Otherwise, you catch it: move it to your
hero card. You may only have one on your hero card at a
time. You may discard it to use its boon.
There can only be one of each familiar on the board at
once (not including any caught). If there is a respite, any
that have not been caught are removed from the board.
COMPANIONS
If an unused hero joins the party, the runemarked player
takes the hero card and places it next to his own.
After each of the other heroes has taken a turn, the
runemarked player takes a turn with the companion.
After making their action roll, he must turn all but one
of the companion’s hero dice to 1.
Companions cannot use destiny dice, gain renown or
skills, or pick up treasure. At the end of the round, pass
the companion to the new runemarked player.
If an unexpected event occurs, or there is a
respite, the companion is removed from play.
FAMILIARS
Familiars are not adversaries and do not
move or attack. Adversaries can move through
familiars. Heroes can move into the same space as a
familiar, but this ends their move and they must attempt
to catch it. You and the player to your left roll a dice. If
you score lower, remove the familiar from the board then
resolve its bane. Otherwise, you catch it: move it to your
hero card. You may only have one on your hero card at a
time. You may discard it to use its boon.
There can only be one of each familiar on the board at
once (not including any caught). If there is a respite, any
that have not been caught are removed from the board.
COMPANIONS
If an unused hero joins the party, the runemarked player
takes the hero card and places it next to his own.
After each of the other heroes has taken a turn, the
runemarked player takes a turn with the companion.
After making their action roll, he must turn all but one
of the companion’s hero dice to 1.
Companions cannot use destiny dice, gain renown or
skills, or pick up treasure. At the end of the round, pass
the companion to the new runemarked player.
If an unexpected event occurs, or there is a
respite, the companion is removed from play.
INTRODUCTION
The Warriors cannot remember a time filled with more misfortune than this one. Waylaid by
highwaymen, the Warriors have found themselves penniless, robbed of all their hard-earned gold
and belongings. They surely have much to learn before they can begin to call themselves heroes!
Vowing revenge, the Warriors track the culprits to their hideout where they impart justice upon their
attackers. Their weapons and armour have been recovered, but their coin nowhere to be found…

In Hezak’s Revenge the Warriors begin the game with no gold. Scratch all of it off their Record
Sheet! They do, however, retain all of their other belongings from their previous adventures. (It
may be best to withhold this information from the rest of your group until the start of the
adventure so that the Warriors don’t participate in a spending spree in the previous Settlement!)
But not to worry – the Warriors are headed for a rich mine with plenty of gold and later to a cavern
with untold fortune! The adventures are filled with much necessary mayhem, terrible grudges, and
tons of Dwarf Brew! These scenarios can be especially exciting, and somewhat appropriate, if there
is a Dwarf Brewmaster in the party – although it is not a requirement!

PLAYING THE ADVENTURES

These adventures are once again written to be played completely separate if you wish. But always
better is to play them as a mini-campaign, where each adventure represents a chapter of the story
and builds upon itself in an intriguing and exciting storyline!
The Warriors will travel through a deadly dwarf mine to recover one of the most important items
that a Dwarf could possess! They will venture into unholy caverns filled with vile abominations in
a Quest to find a wicked antagonist! And if they are fortunate enough to survive the dangers of
Red Eye Mountain, they will meet Hezak the Twisted, a most sinister and formidable opponent!

RULES, MINIATURES, CARDS and BOARD SECTIONS

You will find this as much an Expansion Set as it is a mini-campaign! There are some miniatures
not listed in the Roleplay Book that you will need in order to play these adventures and their
statistics are included on the following pages. You will want to pick up 3 River Trolls, something to
represent a Black Sludge Monster and a Chaos Cyclops (any deranged Chaos creature will do!). A
Hobgoblin Boss and a couple of old Marauder Chaos Dwarfs aren’t a bad idea either for
representing some of the villains that the Warriors will meet along the way as they save the land
from those evil scoundrels!
There are some new or modified Board Sections on the following pages that should keep the
game new and exciting! All you need to do is print them out and attach them to some thick
cardboard like the ones found in the White Dwarf magazines. Also included are entire sets of new
Event Cards and special rules for these adventures that I’m sure you’ll enjoy!
When the Warriors roll a ‘1’ in the Power Phase during Combat in these adventures, they do not
draw an Event Card as usual. Instead, refer to the new Unexpected Combat Events Table on
pages 25-26 to see what happens!

“Well off you go now, lads. Hezak awaits!”

1
1 IT’S ALL MINE! (for Battle-Levels 2 & 3)

As the sun sets, the Warriors wearily enter the Town of Hildebrandt. Their
stomachs ache for food and drink but their purses are empty. They make their
way to the Blind Scorpion Inn where they are greeted by a grumpy Dwarf. With
no money for a room or a hot meal, the grouchy Dwarf directs the Warriors to
Genzi, Hildebrandt’s mayor, who is looking for a stalwart band to employ.
Genzi seems relieved upon meeting the Warriors and, over a hot meal and some
cheap ale, explains that the new shipment of Bugman’s Golden Brew is long overdue and citizens are
becoming more upset with each passing day. If something isn’t done soon Genzi fears that
eventually the townsfolk will be rioting in the streets! He offers the Warriors 1D6x25 gold per Battle-
Level each to find the cart and even more gold if they can finish the delivery of the shipment intact!
A preliminary investigation at Bugman’s Brewery South of the Empire reveals that the Beer Wagon
with the shipment did leave but disappeared somewhere on the road. Back-tracking the route of the
Bugman’s Beer Wagon, the Warriors eventually find someone who remembers seeing it near the old
abandoned Dwarf mines of Karak Norn. The Warriors hurry to the ancient ruins and find the
entrance to the mines well-traveled with Wagon tracks leading into darkness…

SETTING UP THE TORTURE CHAMBER & THE BEER WAGON

Prepare the dungeon deck as If the Warriors find the Torture Chamber, they will see
normal, making sure to include Bugman’s Wagon! They do not draw an Event Card but
the Torture Chamber as one of instead make one roll on the Monsters Table to see who
the twelve dungeon cards. is in the room. The maximum number will appear!
Shuffle the Fountain of Light If the Warriors clear the Board of Monsters, they may
Objective Room into the bottom take Bugman’s Wagon. If the Warriors find the Objective
Room before they find the Torture Chamber, attach a
six cards to complete the
doorway to the Fountain of Light and the Warriors may
Dungeon Deck. continue their search for Bugman’s Wagon through this
You will find a whole set of ‘E’ Event Cards that new doorway.
have been created especially for this Adventure in
the Karak Norn mines. Randomly select 7 of these
cards and add them to 12 ‘M’ Event Cards from MONSTERS IN THE MINES
the Original Game to make your 19 card Event The Warriors will find the mines infested with
Deck. When you draw an ‘M’ Event Card, roll on Chaos Dwarfs, Hobgoblins, and other mercenaries.
the Mines of Karak Norn Monster Table to see Their purpose is unclear. Surely someone
which Monsters the Warriors actually encounter. wouldn’t go through all this trouble simply for a
few kegs of Bugman’s Golden Brew (although the
FINDING THE STOLEN BREW Brewmaster Warrior may not agree)!

The Warriors must find three things in Kark Norn:

the Beer Barrels, the Beer that goes in them and
KARAK NORN MONSTERS TABLE (Roll 2D6)
the Beer Wagon so that they can transport the
beloved drink back to Hildebrandt! 1D6 Chaos Dwarf Warriors & 8 Chaos Dwarf
11-13
Blunderbuss
FINDING THE BEER BARRELS 1 Chaos Dwarf Sorcerer & 1D3 Bull Centaurs &
14-16
Each time the Warriors enter a new Board Section, the 1D6+6 Hobgoblins
one with the lantern should roll 1D6 to see if it contains 1 Hobgoblin Champion & 12 Hobgoblin
21-23
any beer barrels. If it does, the Warriors should take one Warriors
Beer Barrel Counter. The entire shipment consists of 5
1 Chaos Dwarf Sorcerer & 1 Ogre Mercenary &
Barrel Counters. There are never any more than 5 24-26
1D6+2 Chaos Dwarf Warriors
barrels in the dungeon.
31-33 1D6+3 Hobgoblin Sneaky Git Champions
34-36 1D3 Ogre Mercenaries & 1D6 Centaurs
FINDING A BEER BARREL (Roll 1D6) 1D6+2 Chaos Dwarf Warriors & 1D6+2 Chaos
41-43
Dwarf Blunderbuss
1-5 This Board Section contains no barrels…
44-46 1D6+3 Hobgoblin Champions
6 There is a Beer Barrel on this Board Section!
51-53 3 Bull Centaurs & 2D6 Hobgoblin Sneaky Gits
1 Ogre Mercenary & 1D6+2 Chaos Dwarf
54-56 Blunderbuss
1D6 Chaos Dwarf Warriors & 1D6 Chaos Dwarf
61-63
Blunderbuss
64-66 3 Ogre Mercenaries & 6 Centaurs

2
THE FOUNTAIN OF LIGHT
OBJECTIVE ROOM
When the Warriors enter the Objective Room, roll
1D6. On a 1-2 the Warriors must roll three times
on the Objective Room Monster Table. On a 3-5
they must roll only twice on the Table. On a 6,
they roll only once. In each instance, Snevel the
Hobgoblin Boss and Enkni the Bull Centaur are
both present (see below).
Inside the Fountain, the Warriors can smell the
unmistakable waft of Bugman’s Brew! Once the
Board is cleared of Monsters, the Warriors may
load up as many Beer Barrels as they’ve found and
put them in Bugman’s Wagon (if they’ve found that
too!) and head for the exit. If they have not already
found 5 Beer Barrels or the Wagon, they may
continue through the dungeon as normal.
Once the Warriors leave the Fountain of Light
Objective Room they must continue to roll for
Unexpected Events as usual until they exit the
Dungeon. But since the population of Karak Norn
mines has been depleted, if the Warriors roll a ‘1’
indicating an Unexpected Event, roll another 1D6.
Only if the score is a ‘1’ or a ‘2’ does an
Unexpected Event occur and the Warriors should
draw an Event Card accordingly. If the second roll
is not a ‘1’ or ‘2’ then an Unexpected Event does
not occur.

SNEVEL, Hobgoblin Boss ENKNI, Bull Centaur

Wounds 16 Wounds 18
Move 4 Move 8
Weapon Skill 4 Weapon Skill 4
Ballistic Skill 3+ Ballistic Skill 4+
Strength 4 Strength 4
Toughness 4 (6) Toughness 4 (6)
Attacks 2 (+S) Attacks 2 (3)
Damage 2D6 Damage 2D6
Gold 500 Gold 700

Special Rules: Special Rules:

Snevel carries a pouch of In addition to his normal
Knaves Powder in his belt. Attacks, Enkni will attempt to
Once per turn at the most trample his opponent with a
appropriate time (which is special Stomp attack, rolling To
at the start of the Monsters’ Hit as normal. An opponent
Phase) he attempts to throw hit by Enkni’s Stomp attack
the powder into his must roll 1D6. On a score of 4-
opponent’s eyes. He rolls 6 the Warrior suffers 2D6
on his Ballistic Skill and if Damage. On a 1-3 the Warrior
successful, Snevel’s target suffers 2D6 Damage and one
suffers 1 Wound with no piece of Armour that he is
modifiers for Toughness or wearing is destroyed (the
Armour and is blinded until Warrior must discard one piece
the next Monsters’ Phase. A of Armour that he is wearing,
blind Warrior is -2 To Hit determined randomly). If he is
his opponents. not wearing Armour, the
Warrior suffers 3D6 points of Damage instead of 2D6.

COMPLETING THE ADVENTURE shipment of Bugman’s Golden Brew. But the

On the body of Snevel, the Warriors find a map
and a note written in Chaos Dwarf runes. The
map shows the entrance to a cavern somewhere
near Black Water in the World’s Edge Mountains.
On the map is the name ‘Ungwie’. The Wizard (or
similar if there is no Wizard in the party)
translates the note and it appears that Snevel was
in collusion with the one named ‘Ungwie’. Another
name is scrawled on the back of the note which
reads ‘Hezak the Twisted’ but no other information
is given. Beneath it are the words ‘Bugman’s
Brewery’!
Once they exit the Dwarf mines, the Warriors
may attempt a return to Hildebrandt to deliver the
shipment is so heavy that unless the Warriors
have a mule or horse, they must add 1 week to
their journey to Hildebrandt (a town, therefore 5
weeks). If the Warriors reach Hildebrandt and
return with all 5 Beer Barrels, the town mayor
rewards each of them with 300 x (Battle-Level) gold
for their part in the recovery. If the shipment was
not intact, each Warrior only receives 50 x (Battle-
Level) gold for each barrel that is brought back.
If they do not reach Hildebrandt, the Warriors
have a hard time finding a purchaser in whatever
Settlement they end up in. They can only sell
Bugman’s Golden Brew for a measly 1D6x10 gold
for the lot!

3
4
5
6
 THE ABANDONED MINES OF KARAK NORN Bestiary Reference Table (for Battle-Levels 2 & 3)
Monster Type M WS BS S T W I A Gold Arm. Dam. Special Rules
Chaos Dwarfs
Chaos Dwarf Blunderbuss 3 4 4+ 3 4 8 2 1 140 1 1 Armed with Blunderbuss; Magic Resistance 6+.
Chaos Dwarf Magic 1; Magic Dispel 4+; Magic Resistance 4+;
Chaos Dwarf Sorcerer 3 4 4+ 3 5+1 8 3 1 590 2 1/2(6+)
Protection Ring (+1 T).
Chaos Dwarf Warriors 3 4 4+ 3 4 8 2 1 140 2 1 Magic Resistance 6+; (Guards Sorcerer if present).
Hobgoblins
Ambush, Magic A; Armed with [1-3] Bows (Str 3) or [4-6] Axes; Break;
Hobgoblin Champions 4 4 4+ 3 3 10 2 2 150 2 1/2(6+)
Guards (Sorcerer if present).
Ambush, Magic A; Armed with Curved Daggers; Break; Guards
Hobgoblin Sneaky Git Champions 4 4 3+ 4 3 10 3 2 180 - 1/2(6+)
(Sorcerer if present).
Ambush; Magic A; Armed with Curved Daggers; Break; Guards
Hobgoblin Sneaky Gits 4 3 4+ 3 3 4 2 1 65 - 1
(Sorcerer if present).
Ambush; Magic A; Armed with [1-3] Bows (Str 3) or [4-6] Axes; Break;
Hobgoblin Warriors 4 3 4+ 3 3 4 2 1 50 1 1
Guards (Sorcerer if present).
Snevel – Hobgoblin Boss 4 4 3+ 4 4 16 3 2 500 2 2 Ambush, Magic A; Magic Weapon; Knave’s Powder.
Monsters
Bull Centaurs 8 4 4+ 4 4 12 3 2 410 2 1/2(5+) Fear 5; Magic Resistance 6+.
Centaurs 8 3 3+ 4 3 12 3 2 300 - 2 Armed with Bows (Strength 4).
Enkni – Bull Centaur 8 4 4+ 4 4 18 3 2 700 2 2 Fear 5; Magic Resistance 5+; Stomp.
Ogre Mercenaries 6 3 5+ 4 5 13 3 2 400 - 1/2(5+) Fear 5.
Monster Type M WS BS S T W I A Gold Arm. Dam. Special Rules

HOBGOBLIN SNEAKY GITS & SNEAKY GIT CHAMPIONS

Curved Daggers:
Hobgoblin Sneaky Gits & Sneaky Git Champions are armed with two long curved daggers (one in each hand). Sneaky Gits make
a single attack using both daggers at the same time and thus are +1 To Hit. Sneaky Git Champions get two such Attacks each
round. Curved Daggers are poisonous and follow all rules for Poison.

7
2 TROUBLE BREWING (for Battle-Level 3)

B ugman’s Brewery is in utter chaos! Many of their carts and wagons have
recently been ambushed and hijacked by bands of Hobgoblins and the Brewery
has had to hire mercenaries to protect outgoing shipments. A band of heroes
have recently brought evidence that Chaos Dwarfs may be behind the raids.
But now a new calamity has struck the Brewery. It seems that Bugman’s
finest brews have been tainted by a powerful spell! What was once a frothy,
pleasurable perfection, has now transformed into a repulsive, revolting refuse
worthy only of putting into a basin to wash one’s feet! The Dwarfs are baffled
and cannot figure out why or how this abomination is occurring. A great sage
in the Empire has put some clues together and is convinced that the caverns in
Black Water near Zhufbar hold the answer to the curse of Bugman’s Brewery:
Ungwie, a Chaos Sorcerer of growing power.
Bugman’s Brewery is calling out all heroes to seek out and destroy this Sorcerer who has cast this
evil upon them and they have promised a great reward to the ones who succeed in bringing down the
sorcerer! The Warriors have responded by traveling to the brewery for more details. Impressed by
their character and confidence, the Brewery has given each Dwarf Warrior a special, silver Tankard
(cheap, tin imitations for the non-Dwarf heroes in the party) filled with a specially aged brew to aid
them in their quest.

SETTING UP WHO REALLY OCCUPIES THE CAVERNS?

Shuffle the Chasm of Despair (from the The Warriors will soon notice that the Diseased
Catacombs of Terror expansion set), the Well of Caverns do not only contain Ungwie and his many
Doom and the new Water Cave Dungeon Cards Chaos hordes and other foul creatures that
with 9 other Dungeon Cards to make a regular 12 naturally inhabit such inhospitable places. Chaos
card Dungeon Deck. Use the Idol Chamber as the Dwarfs are present and the Warriors deduce that
Warriors’ Objective Room for this adventure. they are joining forces to further some unknown
agenda.
Randomly shuffle in 7 of the 11 new ‘E’ Event
Cards with 10 ‘M’ Event Cards from the original
set to make your Event deck. Whenever you draw
an ‘M’ Event Card, roll on the Diseased Cavern
Monster Table to see which Monsters appear.

BUGMAN’S SPECIAL TANKARDS

Bugman’s Tankards are specially crafted by
Dwarfs and have been filled with a specialty brew
that can either heal the Warriors or wreck
vengeance upon their Chaos enemies.
DISEASED CAVERN MONSTER TABLE (2D6)
Each Warrior may drink from their Tankard
one time and it will restore 1D6+1 Wounds. The 11-12 3 River Trolls
Dwarf and Trollslayer are especially receptive to
the effects of the brew and they restore 1D6+2 13-14 8 Chaos Dwarf Warriors & 1D6 Chaos Warriors
Wounds instead. And since the Dwarf 2D6 Skaven Plague Monks &
15-16
Brewmaster’s body is practically created to 1D6+2 Chaos Dwarf Blunderbuss
consume such a beverage he restores 2D6 Wounds 21-23 2D6 Chaos Warriors
if he drinks the brew!
24-26 1 Troll & 1 River Troll
Instead of drinking its contents, a Warrior may
31-33 2D6 Nurglings
choose to throw their Tankard at an enemy
instead. It has a Range of 3 and on a successful 34-36 1D6+4 Plaguebearers of Nurgle
hit it causes 1D6 Wounds to any Chaos creature 41-43 1D6 Chaos Hounds & 1D6 Chaos Warriors
with no modifiers for anything. The Warrior must
44-46 1D3 River Trolls
roll on their Ballistic Skill (Dwarf Warriors may
add +1 to their Ballistic roll since their Tankard is 51-54 1D3 Gigantic Spiders
specially balanced and weighted for just that 2D6 Skaven Plague Monks &
purpose). 55-56
1D6 Skaven Plague Censer Bearers
61-62 1D6 Nurglings & 1D6 Plaguebearers of Nurgle
1D6+2 Chaos Dwarf Blunderbuss &
63-64
1D6 Chaos Warriors
65-66 1D3 Trolls

8
THE WELL OF DOOM THE OBJECTIVE ROOM
The constant sound of dripping When the Warriors enter the Idol
water from the cavern ceiling Chamber, they will be unknowingly
echoes through the room. A interrupting a very important
horrible stench wafts upward meeting between Ungwie and the
from a filthy grate on the floor. Chaos Dwarves. The Warriors
must roll once on the Objective
Room Monster Table (below) to see
Special Rules exactly who is in the room.
As the Warriors step onto this Board Section, roll Always present will be Ungwie
1D6 instead of drawing an Event Card. and his personal bodyguard, Chulu (a fine Chaos
Warrior) and Chaos Dwarfs.
Ungwie will be located against the back wall as
WELL OF DOOM TABLE (Roll 1D6) far away from the Warriors as possible and
guarded by Chaos Blunderbusses.
1 The Filthy Grate
Chulu will protect his Master to the death and
2 The Rotting Skeleton will therefore attack the first Warrior who enters
the room. Place him adjacent to that Warrior
3 The Rusty Sword immediately after the Warrior has finished moving.
4 The Dirty Water Chulu’s Special Rules are listed on the next page.

5 The Slimy Ground

6 The Cave Entrance DISEASED CAVERN
OBJECTIVE ROOM MONSTER TABLE
Roll on the corresponding WELL OF DOOM - What
(Roll 1D6)
the Warriors Find table on pages 11 and 12.

1 Ungwie, Chulu, 3 River Trolls, 1D6

If the Warriors defeat any Monsters in the Well of Plaguebearers, 1D6 Chaos Warriors, 1D6
Doom, in addition to the Monster’s Gold value, Chaos Dwarf Warriors & 1D6 Chaos Dwarf
they also receive a Treasure Card as normal. Blunderbuss (guard Ungwie)

2 Ungwie, Chulu, 1 River Troll, 1D6

Plaguebearers, 1D3 Chaos Warriors, 1D3
THE WATER CAVE Chaos Dwarf Warriors & 1D6 Chaos Dwarf
The water in this cave is Blunderbuss (guard Ungwie)
murky and one wonders
3 Ungwie, Chulu, 1D6+2 Plaguebearers,
what foul creatures might
1D6+2 Chaos Warriors, 1D6 Chaos Dwarf
lay beneath its surface.
Warriors & 1D6 Chaos Dwarf Blunderbuss
(guard Ungwie)
Special Rules 4 Ungwie, Chulu, 1D6+2 Chaos Warriors,
When the Warriors enter this Board Section they 1D6+2 Chaos Dwarf Warriors & 1D6+2
will find themselves in water and therefore slightly Chaos Dwarf Blunderbuss (guard Ungwie)
restricted in movement. Any Warrior on this Ungwie, Chulu, 12 Nurglings, 8 Chaos
5
Board Section is: Dwarf Warriors & 8 Chaos Dwarf
-1 Movement Blunderbuss (guard Ungwie)
-1 Initiative 6 Ungwie, Chulu, 1D6+2 Chaos Dwarf
Warriors & 1D6+2 Chaos Dwarf
-1 to Escape Pinning
Blunderbuss (guard Ungwie)
(Monsters move as normal in the Water Cave.)

Do not draw an Event Card in this Dungeon Room.
Entering the Water Cave will always trigger an ‘M’
Event and the Warriors should automatically roll
on the Monster Table as if they drew an ‘M’ Event
Card. No ‘Unexpected Events’ occur in this room.
Multi-level Room
The Water Cave Dungeon Room is treated as
multi-level. A model on a corner square or the
center square is considered to be no more than
knee deep and on the upper level. A model that is
on any other square is considered to be at least
waist deep and on the lower level.
If the Warriors manage to clear the Board of
Monsters, they will each find a treasure chest in
the Idol Chamber that contains one Objective
Room Treasure. Random chance will determine if
the item the Warrior finds is useful as explained
below.
In turn, starting with the party leader, each
Warrior should draw a Warrior counter. If they
draw their own counter, they may choose to
discard their Objective Room Treasure if they were
not able to use it. They may then draw a new
Objective Room Treasure, but they must keep this
treasure even if it is also unusable or even if it is of
less value than the previous. The Warrior should
then return their counter to the pool.

9
UNGWIE, NURGLE CHAOS SORCERER
UNGWIE NURGLE MAGIC TABLE (Roll 2D6)
Always scheming in the dripping caverns of
Blackwater, Ungwie commands a small horde of
Nurgle followers and daemons. His caverns are
filled with vile odors, slippery passageways, and
disease infested chambers that few dare to enter.
As the Warriors have suspected, Ungwie has
teamed up with the Chaos Dwarfs and has laid a
curse on Bugman’s Brewery. Why the two factions
have targeted the Brewery is anyone’s guess.
SPECIAL RULES:
Ungwie Nurgle Magic 1; Magic Resistance 5+;
Magic Armour; Magic Weapon; Parry 5+.
Each turn, Ungwie attempts to cast 1 Nurgle Spell
(see Nurgle Magic Table on right).
See Roleplay Book for others Special Rules listed
above.
9-10
11-12
2-4 Failure. Ungwie’s magic fails him this turn.
Grime of the Ghoul. Rubbing his palms
5
together, Ungwie stares intently at one of the
Warriors (chosen at random). That Warrior
immediately begins to itch and scratch as
scabs and boils begin to cover her hands, feet
and face. Until the start of the next Warriors’
Phase, the Warrior is -1 To Hit her foes.
6 Ruthless Wither. A sickly blue mist seeps
from Ungwie’s eyes and one of the Warriors
(determined randomly) turns old and wrinkled
for one turn during which they are -1 Attacks.
7-8 Stench of the Dying. A terrible smell of
sickness permeates through the room and
each Warrior must roll 1D6 and add their
Toughness. If the total is 7 or more, they are
unaffected. If the total is 6 or less, the Warrior
suffers 1D3 Wounds with no modifiers for
Toughness or Armour.
Black Rot. A stream of brown slime shoots
from Ungwie’s mouth and splashes onto one
random Warrior. The Warrior’s skin quickly
begins to blacken and he takes 1D6 Wounds
with no modifiers for Toughness or Armour.
The Warrior must then roll 1D6 and add his
Strength and if the total is 6 or less the
Warrior must make a Strength test next turn
or suffer another 1D6 Wounds. If the total is
ever 7 or more then the Black Rot subsides
and the Warrior suffers no more effects.
Cloud of Decay. A noxious cloud of green gas
envelops all the Warriors on the Board Section
Each suffers 1D6 Wounds with no modifiers
for anything. If no Warriors are on the Board
Section, reroll this result.

CHULU, Chaos
Champion of Nurgle

Wounds 18
Move 4
Weapon Skill 6
Ballistic Skill 1+
UNGWIE, Chaos Strength 5
Sorcerer of Nurgle Toughness 4 (6)

Wounds 12 Attacks 2 (3)*

Move 4 Damage 1

Weapon Skill 5 Gold 850

Ballistic Skill 1+
SPECIAL RULES:
Strength 4 Magic Weapon; Biting Tongue*.
Toughness 4 (5) *From out of Chulu’s mouth and helm spews forth
Attacks 2 a serpent-like tongue. Roll To Hit as normal. If the
hit is successful the bite causes 1D6 Wounds with
Damage 1
no modifiers for anything.
Gold 700
COMPLETING THE ADVENTURE
If the Objective Room is cleared of Monsters, the
If Ungwie is killed, the powerful spell against Warriors find the treasure chests as explained
Bugman’s Brewery is broken and the Warriors above, as well as a secret exit in the back of the
have succeeded in their quest! All that is left for chamber which leads to the surface. Once out of
them is to leave the Objective Room alive! the dungeon they return to a hero’s welcome at
Bugman’s Brewery and may claim a handsome
reward in the form of 2D6x100 gold each!

10
 WELL OF DOOM – What the Warriors Find (Roll 1D6)

1 THE FILTHY GRATE

In the center of the room sits a filthy grate. Water seeps One of the Warriors (determined randomly) decides to pull on
the chain. Roll 1D6 to see what happens:
1 TENTACLED BEAST! The Warrior has enraged a strange beast and the group finds themselves
attacked by vicious tentacles which wrap around their neck, legs, arms, and torso! Each Warrior takes
1D6 x (Dungeon Level) Wounds with no deductions for Armour as they fight off the creature which
disappears back down into its lair. Perhaps it would be best if the Warriors leave the chain alone…
2 BLACK SLUDGE! From the depths of the hole oozes a horrible black sludge which attacks the Warriors!

BLACK SLUDGE SPECIAL RULES:

Fear 6
Wounds 12 Disintegrate
Move 3 In addition to taking
Weapon Skill 4 normal Damage, if a
Warrior is touched (hit)
Ballistic Skill -
by the Black Sludge they must roll 1D6. A ‘1’
Strength 3 indicated that one of the Warriors Weapons or
Toughness 4 Armour that he is using has been destroyed
(determined randomly) and must be discarded
Attacks 1 immediately.
Damage 2D6 Insubstantial
It is difficult to solidly strike Black Sludge as it is a
Gold 600 writhing mass of half liquid, half solid and
therefore any attack against it is -2 To Hit is using
a non-magical weapon and -1 To Hit if using a
magical weapon.
In addition to the gold value, the Warriors receive one Dungeon Room Treasure if they defeat the Sludge.
3 PRISON! The Warrior pulls the chain and a loud, mechanical clanking begins. The chain is actually a
lever and a section of the wall opens releasing a Minotaur Champion from its imprisonment! The
Minotaur arms himself with a large stick on the ground and charges toward the Warriors. Although his
profile is the same as in the Roleplay Book, he is starved and weak and therefore only has 25 Wounds
and does only 2D6 Damage. He carries no Magic Weapon, wears no Armour and is only worth 750 gold.
4 PASSAGE! When the chain is pulled, the grate opens revealing a passageway below. Use a passageway
off to the side to start another part of the dungeon. Place the well marker somewhere on the new
passageway to represent the hole the Warriors traveled through. Divide the remaining dungeon cards as
normal, but then add 1D3 unused Dungeon Cards to the top of each new deck (rolling separately for
each deck).
5 CHEST! The Warrior pulls the chain and finds something extremely heavy attached to the other end.
Hauling it upward, the Warriors see a large chest through the grate! Each Warrior may make a Strength
check to see if they can open the grate. If successful, the grate is opened and the chest is hauled out. It
contains 3D6x100 gold to be divided up evenly among the Warriors!
6 TREASURE! Attached to the chain is a locked strongbox. The Warrior may pick the lock if he has a set
of Lock Picks. If he has none, another Warrior may Pick the Lock if they are able (for a price no doubt!)
or the Warrior may keep the strongbox and pay 1D6x100 at the next Settlement to have the lock picked
for him. Inside is one Objective Room Treasure!

2 THE ROTTING SKELETON

The rotting, crumpled skeleton on the floor begins to animate and stand. Who controls this foul creature the Warriors
may never know. But with sword in hand, the diseased creature attacks them with unbridled hatred!

SKELETON CAPTAIN
SPECIAL RULES:
Wounds 25
Move 4 Fear 6
Regenerate 2
Weapon Skill 5
Magic Weapon
Ballistic Skill -
Plague
Strength 5
Toughness 3 (5)
Attacks 2
Damage 1/2 (6+)
Gold 750

In addition to the gold value, the Warriors receive one Dungeon Room Treasure if they defeat the Skeleton Captain.

11
 WELL OF DOOM – What the Warriors Find (continued)

3 THE RUSTY SWORD

A rusty-looking sword lies on the ground here, half-covered in moss and water. Roll 1D6 for each Warrior. The Warrior
with the lowest roll examines the rusty sword on the ground. Roll 1D6:
1 The sword, as if alive, shoots forward and strikes the Warrior who examined it for 1D6 x Battle Level
Wounds. Each turn hereafter, the sword will choose a Warrior at random and cause 2D6 Wounds +
(Battle-Level of the Warrior it is attacking). The Sword has 10 Wounds and a Toughness of 2. If the
Warriors defeat the Sword they receive one piece of Dungeon Room Treasure for this Event.
2 The sword glows red hot and burns the Warrior, causing 1D6 Wounds with no modifiers for anything.
Draw an Event Card immediately.
3 As the Warrior touches the sword, the ominous “click” of a panel can be heard. From the shadows a
horde of dungeon denizens surround the Warriors. Roll on the Monster Table and the maximum
number of Monsters appear.
4 Examining the sword, the Warrior reads an ancient inscription on the handle. As the Warrior utters the
words “Obiletto Obliztko” a wizard appears next to the Warrior. He wears a glowing blue cape, a floppy
hat, and dark blue suit. His pointy nose is crooked and the stringy white hair on his head dissolves
into his matching beard. He snatches the sword from the Warrior’s hands and exclaims, “THIS is where
I left it!!!” In a puff of smoke, he disappears leaving the Warriors quite alone, empty-handed, and
somewhat dumbfounded. Draw an Event Card immediately.
5 As the Warrior waves the sword around, he remarks as to the quality of the edge, weighting and overall
fine craftsmanship. If a Warrior uses the Sword in combat, he causes an extra Wound based upon his
Battle-Level. See the table below:
Battle-Level Extra Wounds Battle-Level Extra Wounds
1 0 7-9 +3
2-3 +1 10 +4
4-6 +2
This Sword of Kings is worth 500 gold pieces. Now roll once on the Monster Table immediately to see
who shows up to reclaim the weapon!
6 As the Warrior waves the rusty sword about she realizes that is isn’t corroding but is actually secreting
poisonous venom, almost like that of a snake. If used in Combat, this magic sword causes extra points
of poison Damage on an enemy with no modifiers for Toughness. However, each time the sword is
swung, each friendly model adjacent to the wielder takes 1 Wound with no modifiers for anything.
Battle-Level Slime Damage
1-4 +1D3
5-8 +1D6
9-10 +2D6
This Steel of the Serpent is worth 500 gold pieces (BEWD). Now make one roll on the Monster Table!

4 THE DIRTY WATER

The water on the ground is extremely toxic here and any Warrior standing in a square with the noxious filth
(squares with green water) must immediately lose 1 Wound with no modifiers for anything. Repeat this procedure
ach time a Warrior moves into a toxic square in this room.

5 THE SLIMY GROUND

One of the Warriors notices that the ground is here appears to be moving! Before they can react, a puddle of green
goo quickly attaches itself to the Warriors legs. For the rest of the dungeon, each Warrior is -1 to movement as the
goo prevents them from moving freely. Once in the sunlight, the goo dies and the Warrior returns to normal.

6 THE CAVE ENTRANCE

Place an extra doorway on any unused side of this Board Section. Use the Hall of Death Board Section from the
Catacombs of Terror to represent the cave area beyond the new doorway. The new cave has no other doors except
the one that the Warriors enter through. If the Warriors enter this cave, they find it guarded by Monsters (make one
roll on the Monster Table). If the Monsters are defeated, the Warriors do not receive a Treasure Card. They instead
make one roll on the following table to see what type of room they have found and what it contains.

1 Storage Room. The Warriors find only broken swords and damaged armour.
2 Armory! The Warriors find 1D6 Swords, 1D6 Axes, 1D6 Open Helmets, and 1D6 Shields!
3 Sorcerer’s Laboratory! Each Warrior finds 1 healing potion that heals 1D6 Wounds!
4 Depository! Each Warrior finds 1D6 x 100 gold!
5 Sorcerer’s Study! One of the Warriors (determined randomly) finds one Dungeon Room Treasure!
6 Coffers! One Warrior (determined randomly) finds one Objective Room Treasure while the others find
one Dungeon Room Treasure!

12
13
14
15
 THE DISEASED CAVERNS OF UNGWIE Bestiary Reference Table (for Battle-Level 3)
Monster Type M WS BS S T W I A Gold Arm. Dam. Special Rules
Nurgle
Nurglings 4 3 4+ 3 3 2 4 2 50 - S Ambush 5+; Daemonic -1; Fear 6; Magic Resistance 6+.
Plaguebearers 4 5 2+ 4 3 9 6 2 200 - 1 Daemonic -1; Fear 5; Plague.
Skaven Plague Censer Bearers 5 4 - 4 4 4 4 1 150 - S Armed with Plague Censers.
Skaven Plague Monks 5 3 4+ 3 4 5 4 1 60 - 1 Frenzy 5+; Weeping Blade.
Monsters
Black Sludge 3 4 - 3 6 12 2 1 500 - 2 Fear 6; Disintegrate; Insubstantial.
Chaos Dwarf Blunderbuss 3 4 4+ 3 4 8 2 1 140 1 1 Armed with Blunderbuss; Magic Resistance 6+; Guards (Ungwie).
Chaos Dwarf Warriors 3 4 4+ 3 4 8 2 1 140 2 1 Magic Resistance 6+.
Chaos Hounds 6 4 - 4 4 8 4 2 160 2 1 Ambush 5+; Gang Up.
Chaos Warriors 4 6 1+ 4 4 12 6 2 240 2 1 -
River Trolls 6 3 6+ 5 4 25 1 3 650 - 2 Fear 6; Regenerate 2; Slimy Skin.
Trolls 6 3 6+ 5 4 30 1 3 650 - 2 Fear 6; Regenerate 2; Vomit.
Chaos Villains
Chulu – Champion of Nurgle 4 6 1+ 5 4 18 7 2+S 850 2 1 Magic Weapon; Biting Tongue.
Nurgle Magic 1; Magic Resistance 5+; Magic Armour; Magic Weapon;
Ungwie – Sorcerer of Nurgle 4 6 1+ 4 5 15 6 2 850 1 1
Parry 5+.
Undead
Skeleton Captain 4 5 5 - 3 25 4 2 500 2 2 Fear 6; Regenerate 2; Magic Weapon.
Skeletons with Bows 4 2 5+ 3 3 5 2 1 80 - 1 Armed with Bows (Strength 4); Fear 5; Regenerate 1.
Tomb Guardians 4 3 6+ 3 3 15 2 1 110 1 2 Fear 5. Regenerate 1.
Mummy 3 3 - 4 5 40 3 2 450 - 2 Fear 7; Tomb Rot (1D3).
Monster Type M WS BS S T W I A Gold Arm. Dam. Special Rules

RIVER TROLLS
Slimy Skin
River Trolls have scaly and slippery skin that exudes an oily and malodorous slime. This noxious ooze has the dual effect of choking
anyone near a River Troll as well as making it difficult to hit. A Warrior attacking a River Troll in hand-to-hand Combat must subtract -1
from their To Hit rolls.
Plague
See Roleplay Book.

16
3 GETTING HAMMERED (for Battle-Levels 3 & 4)
There has been much confusion and disorder in the past few months at Bugman’s
Brewery. With their attention focused on the recent turmoil, the most terrible
abomination has occurred. The tomb of the late Bugman Ranger Champion, Yuri
Sloshbrim, has been plundered! It is with great shame that the Rangers have
reported that Sloshbrim’s magical hammer has been seized and removed! This
special hammer discharges jolts of electricity and in the wrong hands can be
devastatingly effective. Upon his dying breath, the Dwarf tomb guard reports that
Chaos Dwarfs were the culprits.

With evidence from a recent scheme involving Bugman’s Beer, the Rangers suspect
that Hezak the Twisted is to blame. Thought to have been killed by Yuri Sloshbrim
decades ago at the Battle of Cragmere, his body was never found. Apparently still
alive, it would seem that Hezak is exacting his revenge on Sloshbrim, Bugman’s
Rangers, and the Brewery. And how he plans to use the hammer is a mystery!

The Rangers have tracked the Chaos Dwarfs back to their lair in Red Eye Mountain, an old Dwarf stronghold
abandoned long ago. A frontal assault would leave many Rangers dead as the Chaos Dwarfs are surely ready
to mount a formidable defense from that area. The Warriors have been selected as the privileged ones to
penetrate the den through a secret entrance that the Chaos Dwarfs are probably not aware of. Once the
Warriors defeat Hezak, Bugman’s Rangers will storm the lair.

Before the Warriors set off, the Brewmaster holds a banquet in the Warriors’ honor. All ply themselves with way
too much food and drink and it isn’t long before the Warriors are joining in a chorus of ‘Glowing Embers’. The
pre-invasion celebration goes down in the Brewery’s history as one of largest mammoth drinking sessions ever
held and the Warriors are hailed for their ability to hold their drink. In the morning, with heavy hearts, full
bellies and enormous headaches, the Warriors are bid a warm farewell by the full entourage of the Brewery.

SETTING UP Warriors instead. If no Dwarf is in the party

Make sure to shuffle the Monster’s Lair dungeon (shame on you!), the Warriors are not given
cards and the Spiral Staircase (White Dwarf Bruinn’s Tankard at all and the head brewmaster
#192) and 10 other dungeon cards to form the simply waves the tankard around as he bids the
Dungeon Deck. Shuffle the new Anvil Chamber Warriors good luck, finishing simply with, “Well off
Objective Room (modified Firechasm) in the bottom you go, lads. Hezak awaits!”
6 dungeon cards as usual. Keep the new Ancient
Temple Board Section off to the side for now.
For the Event Deck, separate the Ancient
RED EYE MOUNTAIN
Runes, Ancient Throne, Furnace, Statue of Hashut, MONSTER TABLE (2D6)
Trap – Cage from the It’s All Mine adventure. Add
them together with the seven new Event cards 11-12 1D3 Chaos Trolls
from this adventure. Randomly choose 7 of them 13-14 3 Bull Centaurs
along with 12 ‘M’ cards to form your Event Deck.
15-16 2D6 Hobgoblin Sneaky Git Champions
SPECIAL RULES 21-23
1D3 Bull Centaurs, 1D6+2 Chaos Dwarf
Warriors & 1D6+2 Chaos Dwarf Blunderbuss
During the banquet, the Warriors are summoned
into Bugman’s Brewery by the Head Brewmaster. 24-26 1D6+6 Black Orc Champions
It is there that he gives the Dwarf Brewmaster in 1D6 Sneaky Git Champions, 8 Chaos Dwarf
the party Bruinn’s Tankard, which he says will 31-33
Warriors & 8 Chaos Dwarf Blunderbuss
counter the effects of Sloshbrim’s Hammer. Take
[1-2] 3 Gigantic Spiders
the Bruinn’s Tankard Equipment Card which has
34-36 [3-4] 3 Gigantic Scorpions
been provided for you on page 20.
[5-6] 1D3 of each above
1 Dragon Ogre Mercenary & 1D6 Chaos Dwarf
The late and great Bruinn Thunderheart was a famous 41-43
Blunderbuss
brewmaster and adventurer extraordinaire. His magical
Tankard is the stuff of legends and it was Bruinn who 1 Hobgoblin Big Boss & 2D6 Hobgoblin
44-46
trademarked the raising of the tankard with the phrase, Champions
“Fill ‘er to the rim, lad!” just before he slew a Blue Dragon. 51-53 1 Black Orc Boss & 1D6 Black Orcs
It was said that the electricity absorbed by the enchanted
Dwarf Tankard during that encounter kept the mug lit like 54-56 1D3 Stone Trolls
a lantern for 16 solid days! 61-62 1D6+4 Black Orc Champions
63-64 2D6 Sneaky Git Champions
1 Dragon Ogre Mercenary & 1D6+2 Chaos
65-66
Dwarf Warriors
If there is no Brewmaster in the party, Bruinn’s
Tankard is hesitantly given to one of the Dwarf

17
THE CYCLOPS’S CAVE
As the Warriors enter this cave, a
cold, damp chill ripples through
their bones. In the gloom, a
menacing figure rises upward
and bellows out a blood-curdling
roar!
If the Warriors find the Monster’s Lair Board
Section they do not draw an Event Card when
they enter the room, but instead roll 1D6. On a 1,
2, 3 or 4 the Warriors should draw an Event Card.
On a 5 or 6 the Cave is occupied by Gourd (a
powerful Chaos Cyclops) and his minions (1D6
Chaos Dwarfs & 1D6 Chaos Dwarf Blunderbuss).
GOURD, CHAOS CYLCOPS
Once an area highly populated by the Cyclops
race, Gourd is the last of the one-eyed terrors to
reside in Red Eye Mountain. He is a servant of
Hezak (if only because the Cyclop fears him) and
guards the cave system from intruders.
If the Warriors do not encounter Gourd in his
cave, then he will appear in the Objective Room.
THE SPIRAL STAIRCASE
A set of ancient stairs descends into the
depths of the dungeon.
If the Warriors find the spiral staircase, roll 1D6
and take that number of Dungeon Cards that are
not being used to represent the bottom of the
staircase. Start the next board section off to the
side like the beginning of a new dungeon.
This new deep of the dungeon is especially
dangerous and Unexpected Events happen down
there on a roll of 1 or 2.
Once the Warriors reach the end of new
dungeon, they may roll 1D6. On a 1-3 the last
Board Section is a dead end. On a 4-6, the
Warriors find a secret door which, once explored,
reveals the Ancient Temple Board Section.
THE ANCIENT TEMPLE
Two skeleton corpses lay sprawled at the entrance.
Whatever their final destination, they did not
appear to have made it.

GOURD, Chaos Cyclops

Wounds 25
Move 6
Upon entering this chamber for the first time, a
Warrior must immediately roll 2D6 on the Ancient
Weapon Skill 4 Temple table below.
Ballistic Skill 5+
Strength 5 ANCIENT TEMPLE ENTRANCE (Roll 2D6)
Toughness 5 The Warrior is hit by a wave of enormous power and
2-3
Attacks 2 +(S) immediately suffers 1D6 x (Dungeon-Level) Wounds!

Damage 2/3 (5+) One of the Warrior’s weapons mysteriously vanishes

4-6
(determined randomly)! Discard it immediately.
Gold 850 The Warrior enters the Ancient Chamber without
7-8
incident.
The Warrior feels a tingling exhilaration throughout
SPECIAL RULES: 9-10
his body. He regains half his Wounds (rounded up)!
Red Eye of Murder The Warrior feels a rush of power and she finds
11-12
At the end of the Monsters’ herself healed of all Wounds, afflictions & ailments!
Phase, Gourd will attempt to
conjure up the power of Chaos The Warriors enter this Board Section from the
and unleash it through his side where the skeleton corpses lay. The Warriors
eye. Roll 1D6 and if the result will be attacked by 1D6 Carrion, 1D3+1 Mummies
is a 4, 5 or 6, Gourd’s eye & 1 Wight Lord.
emits a powerful, red burst of If the Board is
energy that automatically hits cleared of Monsters
one of the Warriors that he each Warrior receives
can see on the Board (determined randomly). The one Objective Room
Warrior immediately suffers 1D6 Wounds from the Treasure. The Warriors
blast with no modifiers for Toughness or Armour. may also roll for ‘Gold’
The Red Eye of Murder is magical in its nature as listed in the Roleplay
and may be countered with Magic Resistance, Book except that they
although note that Magic Dispel will not negate it. may ignore the first ‘1’
The Red Eye of Murder is Fatal Damage. that they roll. Do not
reroll it, simply discard
Fear 7
it.
See Roleplay Book. Remember that
Unexpected Events still
If the Cyclops and his minions are defeated, in occur on a roll of 1 or 2
addition to the Monsters’ Gold Values, each until they reach the
Warrior also gains a Dungeon Room Treasure! Spiral Staircase!

18
THE OBJECTIVE ROOM
When the Warriors reach the Anvil Chamber, they will find Hezak the Twisted
on the anvil side of the room. (Place him in one of the two squares in front of
the Chaos Anvil. See ‘H’ on the Board Section displayed on the right.)
Dracos Doomskull will guard the bridge, protecting his master from any
player who attempts to cross. Once a Warrior enters the room, place Dracos
on the anvil side next to the bridge (see ‘D’ on the Board Section to the right).
Dracos will not cross the bridge unless he is being attacked by a Range
weapon.
After entering the Anvil Chamber, the Warriors must roll 1D6 and consult the Red Eye Mountain Objective
Room Monster Table below:

RED EYE MOUNTAIN OBJECTIVE ROOM MONSTER TABLE (1D6)

1 Hezak, Dracos, 1 Dragon Ogre Mercenary, 3 Chaos Trolls & 8 Chaos Dwarf Blunderbuss

2 Hezak, Dracos, 3 Stone Trolls, 3 Bull Centaurs & 8 Chaos Dwarf Blunderbuss

3 Hezak, Dracos, 1D3 Chaos Trolls, 1 Bull Centaur, 1 Hobgoblin Big Boss & 2D6 Hobgoblin Champions

4 Hezak, Dracos, 1D3 Bull Centaurs, 1D6+6 Sneaky Git Champions & 1D6+6 Hobgoblin Champions

5 Hezak, Dracos, 1 Bull Centaur, 8 Chaos Dwarf Warriors & 8 Chaos Dwarf Blunderbuss

6 Hezak, Dracos, 1D6+2 Chaos Dwarf Warriors & 2D6 Black Orc Champions

HEZAK’S EVIL RITUAL

Although he does take time to cast one spell against the Warriors each turn, Hezak is deep in dark meditation.
Sloshbrim’s Hammer is on the Chaos Dwarf anvil and Hezak appears to be in the middle of a mysterious
and terrible ritual. Each turn the Chaos Dwarf Sorcerer stands in meditation, the fire in the great chasm
flares wildly and sparks shoot upward, nearly engulfing the bridge and everyone on it.

THE BRIDGE OF FIRE

As the Warrior stands upon the bridge, fire suddenly billows upward, engulfing the area! The heat is so intense that the
Warrior can even feel it through his armour!
While Hezak is alive, any Warrior who is on a bridge square at the end of the Warriors’ Phase must roll 3D6. The total rolled
indicates how many Wounds the Warrior suffers with normal deductions for Toughness and Armour. Monsters always
seem to narrowly avoid getting burned by the fire. Once Hezak is dead, the fire in the Chasm no longer rages…

Hezak is attempting to merge Sloshbrim’s Hammer with another ancient Chaos Dwarf artefact in order to
create a super-powered Chaos Dwarf weapon. Counting the turn that the Warriors enter the Anvil Chamber,
they have 2D6 turns in which to engage Hezak in hand-to-hand combat before he completes his project. The
Warriors need not to land a blow – merely attacking Hezak in hand-to-hand combat will avert enough of his
attention that he will not be able to carry out his plan.
After the 2D6 turns have ended, if the Warriors have not yet interrupted Hezak by engaging in hand-to-
hand combat, he manages to merge Sloshbrim’s Hammer with another Chaos Dwarf weapon.

SLOSHBRIM’S HAMMER
Sloshbrim’s Hammer causes 1 Wound with no modifiers for anything. In addition roll another 1D6. On a 4, 5 or 6, the
hammer causes an electric shock that stuns the target. A stunned Warrior may do nothing for the next turn. Only the
bearer of Bruinn’s Tankard can counter its effects and suffers no Damage and is immune to its stunning effect.

WHICH WEAPON DOES HEZAK MERGE?

If Hezak manages to merge the weapons, roll on the Chaos Dwarf Magic Weapon Table
to see which weapon Hezak has merged with Sloshbrim’s Hammer. This new, super-
powered weapon now has the properties of both weapons!

COMPLETING THE ADVENTURE

If the Warriors manage to clear the Objective Room, they find a secret tunnel toward the back of the chamber
which leads up to the surface. The Warriors return to Bugman’s Brewery where they deliver Sloshbrim’s
Hammer and Bruinn’s Tankard. They are each bestowed the title of ‘Bugman’s Saviour’, are rewarded with
(1D6 per Battle-Level) x 100 gold and given a lifetime’s supply of Bugman’s Golden Brew!

19
 HEZAK the TWISTED DRACOS DOOMSKULL
Chaos Dwarf Sorcerer Chaos Dwarf Champion

Wounds 8 Wounds 16
Move 3 Move 3
Weapon Skill 4 Weapon Skill 5
Ballistic Skill 4+ Ballistic Skill 3+
Strength 3 Strength 4
Toughness 5+1* (8) Toughness 4 (6)
Attacks 1 Attacks 2
Damage 1/2 (6+) (+1D6**) Damage 2/3 (5+)
Gold 590 Gold 480

SPECIAL RULES:
Hezak Magic 1; Magic
Dispel 4+; Magic
Resistance 4+; Girdle
of the Great Bull
(+1T*); Magic
Weapon**.
Roll on Hezak’s Magic
Table below to see
which spell he casts.

SPECIAL RULES:
**Hezak carries
Sloshbrim’s Hammer. Magic Restistance 6+; Magic Armour; Magic Item;
See the rules above to Magic Weapon.
determine if Hezak See Chaos Dwarf Magic Armour, Items & Weapons below
wields an additional to determine which ones Dracos carries.
magic weapon.

HEZAK’S MAGIC TABLE (Roll 2D6)

2-3 Failure. Hezak fails to cast a spell this turn.
4 Doomroar. Hezak takes on the shape of the mighty Bull God Hashut and, with a shake of his horned head, gives
a terrifying roar that goads his minions into action. This turn all Monsters get +1 Attacks!
5 Eruption. The ground beneath one of the Warrior’s feet erupts in a plume of magma. Draw a Warrior counter to
determine which Warrior is affected. He suffers 3D6 Wounds.
6 Ash Cloud. The dungeon is suddenly filled with clouds of smoke and ash. All of the Warriors are at -1 on their To
Hit rolls for the next Warriors’ Phase.
7 Magama Pool. A column of black smoke surrounds Hezak obscuring him from view. Suddenly, the Warriors hear
the cold laughter of the sorcerer from elsewhere in the room. If Hezak is in hand-to-hand combat, this spell
immediately transports him as far from the Warriors as possible even to an adjoining Board Section. He also
regains 1D6 Wounds, but not above his starting score. If Hezak is not in hand-to-hand combat, reroll this result.
8 Lava Storm. With a majestic sweep of his arm Hezak creates a stream of balls of molten lava. There are 1D6
balls and they are distributed amongst the Warriors evenly. Each causes 2D6 Wounds with no modifiers for
Armour.
9 Flames of Azgorh. Hezak breathes out whirling tendrils of flame. Draw a Warrior counter to determine who is
attacked. The target and every model adjacent to him, whether friend of foe, takes 2D6 Wounds, with no
modifiers for Toughness or Armour. Only Hezak is immune to the effects of the spell.
10 Shadows of Hashut. The air around the Hezak grows cold and a shadowy form begins to coalesce next to him. It
forms into the mighty God of the Chaos Dwarfs. With a deafening roar the shadow bull charges forward smashing
everything out of its way. Draw a Warrior counter to determine who the bull charges to. Draw an imaginary line
from Hezak to the Warrior. Any Warriors within that line suffer 1D6 Wounds with no modifiers for anything.
11 Fist of Fire. Hezak’s hands are enwrapped with glowing bands of magical power. Hezak may attack any single
adjacent Warrior. If there is more than one eligible target draw a Warrior counter to determine who Hezak
attacks. Hezak must roll To Hit as normal. If successful the Warrior suffers 1D6 + (Dungeon Level) Wounds with
no modifiers for Toughness. If Hezak is not in hand-to-hand combat, reroll this result.
12 Hezak’s Curse. Crackling hideously Hezak utters a terrible curse on one of the Warriors. Draw a Warrior
counter to determine who is affected. Unless he is given a healing potion or a healing spell is cast on him
immediately the cursed Warrior is turned to stone and is out of the game. If he is given treatment, roll 1D6. On
a score of 1, 2, 3 or 4 the Warrior is -1 Movement., -1 Initiative and -1 To Hit until the Sorcerer is dead, when he
returns to normal. On a score of 5 or 6 the spell has no effect at all.

20
 CHAOS DWARF MAGIC ARMOUR (Roll 1D6)

1 ARMOUR OF THE GREAT BULL

The terrifying image of the Great Taurus has been intricately carved onto the breastplate of this Full
Armour.
This black and red Armour gives the wearer +2 Toughness and +2 Strength in Combat.

2-4 MORTHEM’S HELM OF RAGE

A fire emblem with a horn adorns this jet black helmet. As the Chaos Dwarf puts it on, their eyes turn
a flaming red!
This dark, mighty Helmet gives the wearer +1 Toughness and +1 Attacks.

5-6 DARK FURNACE SHIELD

This shield crackles with dark magic and a black vortex seems to absorb the light around it.
Any Warrior attacking the Chaos Dwarf who holds this daemonic Shield is -1 Attacks. In addition,
the Chaos Dwarf who bears it improves their Magic Resistance by +1.

CHAOS DWARF MAGIC ITEM (Roll 1D6)

1 DAEMON STONE
This obsidian rock is warm to the touch and exudes a black shimmering outline around the possessor.
This black polished rock imbues the holder with the ability to absorb blows. Each time a blow
strikes the bearer of this stone, roll 1D6. On a 4, 5 or 6 the incoming blow does no damage at all.

2-4 HORN OF HASHUT

It is said that this black horn is from a Great Taurus, infused with magic from the combined power of
two Chaos Dwarf Sorcerers and blessed by the Hashut, the Father of Darkness himself.
The holder will blow this horn once per turn at the beginning of the Monsters’ Phase. Each Warrior
must roll 1D6 and add their Willpower. On a score of 7 or less the Warrior is beset upon by
horrible daemons and black shadows which penetrate his soul. Each Warrior who scored 7 or less
suffers 1D6 + (Dungeon Level) Wounds with no modifiers for Armour.

5-6 GAUNTLETS OF ZEPHRAM

These sinister steel gloves vibrate with incredible power. The wearer himself seems terribly
menacing, extremely threatening, and ominously confident.
The Gauntlets imbue the wearer with + (Dungeon Level) Strength. For example; if the Dungeon
Level is 4, the wearer gains +4 Strength.

CHAOS DWARF MAGIC WEAPON (Roll 1D6)

1 HAMMER OF HASHUT
This mighty Hammer has the image of Hashut, Father of Darkness, magically engraved onto the
head. All who see this dreadful weapon immediately cower in fear.
This hammer gives the wielder Fear (Dungeon Level +3). In addition, the Hammer of Hashut allows
the wielder to double his Attacks.

2-4 AXE OF DARKNESS

This nasty-looking Battle Axe sucks the life force from its victims and when it is swung, a deathly
howl fills the air.
Each time the wielder rolls a ‘6’ To Hit with this Axe, the Warrior struck must deduct one from his
Toughness or his Strength. If either of the Warrior’s statistics is reduced to 0 by the Axe of
Darkness, they are dead beyond recovery and removed from the game…

5-6 SWORD OF INFERNO

Blazing flames carve a trail in front of the wielder of this sword and a sweltering heat radiates so
intently that the wielder must hail from the very pits of hell.
Each time this fiery sword hits its target successfully, roll 1D6. On a 5 or 6, the target bursts into
flames taking an extra 1D6 Wounds of fire damage. In addition, anyone attacking a Chaos Dwarf
wielding the Sword of Inferno is -1 To Hit as they try to avoid its scorching path and intense heat.

21
22
23
 CHAOS DWARF Bestiary Reference Table (for level 3-4)
Monster Type M WS BS S T W I A Gold Arm. Dam. Special Rules
Black Orcs & Hobgoblins
Black Orc Boss 4 5 3+ 5 4 20 3 2 420 2 2 Magic Weapon.
Black Orc Champions 4 4 4+ 4 4 10 2 2 140 2 1/2(5+) Armed with [1-3] Bows or [4-6] Swords.
Hobgoblin Big Boss 4 5 2+ 4 4 20 4 3 700 3 2 Ambush, Magic A; Magic Armour; Magic Weapon
Ambush, Magic A; Armed with [1-3] Bows (Str 3) or [4-6] Axes; Break;
Hobgoblin Champions 4 4 4+ 3 3 10 2 2 150 2 1/2(6+)
Guards (Sorcerer if present).
Ambush, Magic A; Armed with Curved Daggers; Break; Guards
Hobgoblin Sneaky Git Champions 4 4 3+ 4 3 10 3 2 180 - 1/2(6+)
(Sorcerer if present).
Chaos Dwarfs
Armed with Blunderbuss; Magic Resistance 6+; Guards (Sorcerer if
Chaos Dwarf Blunderbuss 3 4 4+ 3 4 8 2 1 140 1 1
present).
Chaos Dwarf Warriors 3 4 4+ 3 4 8 2 1 140 2 1 Magic Resistance 6+; Guards (Sorcerer if present).
Dracos Doomskull –
3 5 3+ 4 4 16 3 2 480 2 2/3(5+) Magic Resistance 5+; Magic Armour; Magic Item; Magic Weapon.
Chaos Dwarf Champion
Hezak the Twisted – Hezak Magic 1; Magic Dispel 4+; Magic Resistance 4+; Girdle of the
3 4 4+ 3 5+1 12 3 1 750 2 1/2(6+)
Chaos Dwarf Sorcerer Great Bull (+1 T).
Monsters
Bull Centaurs 8 4 4+ 4 4 12 3 2 410 2 1/2(5+) Fear 5; Magic Resistance 6+.
Dragon Ogre Mercenary 6 4 5+ 5 5 40 2 3 870 2 2 Fear 8.
Gigantic Scorpions 5 3 - 5 6 20 1 2 450 - 2 Sting 2D6.
Gigantic Spiders 5 3 - S 4 20 1 2 450 - 2 Web (1D6).
Gourd – Chaos Cyclops (Huge) 6 4 5+ 5 5 25 1 2 850 - 2/3 (5+) Fear 7; Red Eye of Murder.
Stone Trolls 6 3 6+ 5 4 25 1 3 650 - 2 Fear 6; Magic Drain 6; Regenerate 2.
Undead
Carrion 8 3 - 3 3 10 4 3+ 450 - 1 Carrion Attack (Ambush Magic, A); Fear 6; Fly.
Mummies 3 3 - 4 5 40 3 2 450 - 2 Fear 7; Tomb Rot (1D3).
Wight Lord 4 4 - 4 4 35 4 2 650 2 2 Fear 8; Magic Armour; Magic Weapon.
Monster Type M WS BS S T W I A Gold Arm. Dam. Special Rules

HOBGOBLIN SNEAKY GIT CHAMPIONS

Curved Daggers:
Hobgoblin Sneaky Git Champions are armed with two long curved daggers (one in each hand). Sneaky Gits make a single attack using both daggers at the
same time and thus are +1 To Hit. Sneaky Git Champions get two such Attacks each round and their Curved Daggers are poisonous and follow all rules
for Poison.

24
 If the Warriors are engaged in Combat and a ‘1’ is rolled in the Power Phase signifying an
Unexpected Event, instead of drawing an Event Card roll 2D6 on the Table below:

UNEXPECTED COMBAT EVENTS TABLE

(Roll 2D6)

2 BLUNDER
As blood and sweat drip across her hand, the
Warrior’s weapon slips from grip and clanks into
the shadows and out of sight. But before the
dropped weapon even hits the floor, the Warrior has
already brandished a secondary one and continues
the fight!
One of the Warriors (determined randomly) must drop
her primary weapon. She may use any other weapon on
her person if applicable or must fight unarmed. Her
dropped weapon may be retrieved when there are no
Monsters on the Board Section where she lost it. If the
Warriors are already unarmed, then reroll this result…

3 POWER DRAIN
The Winds of Magic prove unpredictable once again, for the Warrior no longer feels
any measurable power emanating from his items!
One Warrior receives no benefits from any magic item that he is carrying, nor may he cast
any spells, blessings, or equivalent! At the beginning of the next turn, the item returns to
normal. If none of the Warriors have a Magic Item, then reroll this result…

4 MORE MONSTERS
Just as the Warriors finish contemplating their next move, a horde of Monsters
barge into the room to add more confusion and peril!
Roll once on the Monster Table to see who arrives!

5 SUMMON COURAGE
With composure and confidence the Warriors
attempt to muster the courage to confront their
foes…
Each Warrior may reroll all failed Fear and Terror
tests from this Combat. If the Dungeon is Level 1,
then reroll this result…

6 MORTAL COMBAT
The combatants are locked in a close-quarter
struggle where one false move will allow their
enemy to penetrate their defenses!
No models in hand-to-hand Combat may break from Pinning nor change their targets this
turn. They must attack the same Monster or same Warrior as they did in the previous
turn. If their target(s) was eliminated in the last round, they may ignore this rule and
choose any new target. If no model is in hand-to-hand Combat, then reroll this result…
25
7 MORE MONSTERS
Just as the Warriors begin their counter-strike, a company of Monsters pour into
the room to join in the attack against them!
Roll once on the Monster Table to see who arrives!

8 FORTIFY POSITION
With the menacing evil closing in around her, the
Warrior holds her sword tightly, digs her heels into the
dungeon floor and braces for an onslaught…
One of the Warriors (determined randomly) may subtract -1
from all Damage rolls against her this turn.

9 BREAK
Unable to face the determined Warriors, one of the
Monsters breaks from battle and vanishes out of sight!
The Monster with the lowest Gold Value on the Board Section is removed from play. If
there is more than one Monster with the lowest Gold Value, then determine randomly.
The Warriors receive no gold for a Monster who breaks. If there is only one Monster on
the Board Section, then reroll this result…

10 MORE MONSTERS
Just as the Warriors are about to initiate a new strategy, a band of Monsters tear
into the room to foil their plans!
Roll once on the Monster Table to see who arrives!

11 BEAST OF FURY
As one of the Warriors brutally assaults a Monster, it serves only to infuriate the
creature! The beast roars a death cry that rattles the entire dungeon and the
Warriors find it an even more formidable foe, capable of staggering destruction!
This turn, one Monster on the Board Section (determined randomly) causes one extra
Wound per Dungeon Level each time it hits its target. If
there are no Monsters on the Board Section, then
randomly choose any Monster on the Board instead...

12 EVOKE PANIC
The Warriors’ skills are indeed fearsome and the
glower on their faces is equally frightening! With
gnashed teeth and bulging eyes the Warriors could
intimidate even the most gruesome creature!
One random group of Monsters (i.e. Orcs, Black Orcs,
Orc Shaman, Skaven Clanrats, Skaven Wind
Globadiers, etc.) is shaken and alarmed by the harsh
and violent demeanor of the Warriors and are -1 on
their To Hit rolls against the Warriors this turn!

26
27
28
 REALM OF SAVAGES
Contents: rulebook, cards, counters, board sections
Revision E
This version corrects the gold on the “2 Orc Boy Boyz” Event Card from Revision C. It has
been added here on this page for those who only need to re-print that card.

This version also adds the other two Realm of Savages Adventures that have been
released and featured in The Ultimate Adventure Book.
WARHAMMER QUEST · REALM OF SAVAGES (Revision E)
SAVAGES!
The Warriors stumble upon an Elven settlement hidden away
in a dense forest which has been the recent site of a bloody
battle. Dead bodies of Elves are strewn about and the entire
hamlet is now occupied by Savage Orcs which are being led by
Munk, a vicious Shaman. As long as the Savage Orcs live, they
are a threat to the entire area.
SETTING UP
This Adventure uses the special Realm of Savages Board
Sections. These exquisite boards were created by Sebastian
Stuart (www.eastern-empire.com) and have been modified
especially for this scenario.
Alternatively (although requiring a huge leap of faith), you
could simply use the basic board sections in Warhammer Quest
to represent the Elven Settlement. Each Corridor is a forest
path and each Dungeon Room is a dwelling (which is now a
Savage Orc’s residence).
Additionally, an entire set of Savage Orc Events have been
designed especially for this Adventure as well as Special Cards
for Savage Orc Magic and Minions.
Put the new Dungeon Room Treasure Cards off to the side for
now.
Special Rules
Dungeon Rooms & Unexpected
Unexpected Events
When the Warriors enter an Orc Residence Dungeon Room
they do not draw an Event Card as usual. There will always be
Monsters in the Room. Additionally, if an Unexpected Event
occurs while the Warriors are in the Orc Residence, do not
draw an Event Card – it will always be more Monsters that
appear. Therefore, ‘E’ Events will only occur on the forest
board sections.
2
Doorways
Each time a new Forest Path Board Section has been revealed
roll 1D6 on the following table to see how many doorways it
contains:
1-3 The Forest Path is normal.
4-5 The Forest Path has one additional doorway.
6 The Forest Path has two additional doorways.
Place the new doorway(s) on any unused side(s) of the Board
Section, dividing the deck if appropriate.
Note: The extra doorways may only occur on a Forest Path
board section and not on the Glade, the Forest Bend or a
Forest Junction board section.
Treasure
When the Warriors are to receive a Dungeon Room Treasure
for any reason, roll 1D6. On a score of 1-4 draw a Treasure
Card as normal. If the score is a 5 or 6, then draw one of the
new Treasure Cards that accompany this adventure instead.
Munk the Savage Orc Shaman
If the Warriors encounter Munk as an Event, he will be
accompanied by his minions. See the Minions Special Card to
he who they are. Munk will cast one spell at the beginning of
each turn. See the Savage Orc Magic Special Card to see which
spell he casts.
Munk’s Dwelling Objective Room
When the Warriors enter Munk’s Residence, put the Savage
Orc Shaman on the throne, even if the Warriors had been
encountered and defeated in an Event. Munk had concocted
and drunk a magical potion which enabled him to survive even
the most grievous wounds.
Roll on the Savage Orc Objective Room Monster Table (see
Special Card) to see which minions are in the room with him. If
Munk is defeated in the Objective Room, he is killed
permanently.
Finishing the Adventure
When the Warriors defeat Munk and his minions, any
remaining Savage Orcs in the village flee in terror. The Warriors
liberate the pile of treasure that the Savage Orcs had stolen
from various opponents which means that each Warrior finds
1D3 items of Dungeon Room Treasure and 1D6x50 gold.
 WARHAMMER QUEST · REALM OF SAVAGES (Revision E)

FOREST LIGHTS
S ome areas of the gloomy Drakwald forest are so densely
wooded that light barely penetrates through the trees
creating a state of perpetual darkness. Even the local militia
refuses to set foot in those parts, believing them to be
haunted or cursed. A few of the locals from the town of
Grossfurre swear that they have seen spooky, flickering lights
in the nearby woods and many inhabitants are convinced that
an ancient evil is loose.
The officials of Grossfurre have sent for the fearless Warriors
for help, for they need a group who are brave enough to probe
the mysterious forest of flickering lights.
The lights are actually coming from a band of Savage Orcs who
have recently moved into the secluded forest. The Savage Orc
leader, a Shaman named Munk, uses the eerie woods as a
base to practice his dark magic which serves to aid in his
attacks upon the surrounding villages.
SETTING UP
This Adventure uses the special Realm of Savages Board
Sections. These exquisite boards were created by Sebastian
Stuart (www.eastern-empire.com) and have been modified
especially for this scenario.
receive a Dungeon Room Treasure as normal. If the score is a
5 or 6, draw one of the new Treasure Cards that accompany
this Adventure instead.
Axmudd the Savage Orc Boss
If the Warriors encounter and defeat Axmudd as an Event, his
special tattoos kept him alive and he was merely rendered
unconscious. He will appear again in the Objective Room,
attacking the first Warrior who enters the final Board Section.
Munk the Savage Orc Shaman
If the Warriors encounter Munk as an Event, he will be
accompanied by his minions. See the Munk’s Minions & Rules
Special Card to see who they are. Munk will cast one spell at
the beginning of each turn. See the Munk’s Savage Orc Magic
Special Card to see which spell he casts.
Munk’s Dwelling Objective Room
When the Warriors enter Munk’s Dwelling, put the Savage Orc
Shaman on the throne, even if the Warriors had encountered
and defeated him in an Event. Munk had concocted and drunk
a magical potion which enabled him to survive even the most
grievous wounds.

Additionally, an entire set of Savage Orc Events have been Roll on the Savage Orcs Objective Room Monster Table (see
designed especially for this Adventure as well as Special Cards Special Card) to see which minions are in the room with him. If
for Savage Orc Magic and Minions. Munk is defeated in the Objective Room, he is killed
permanently.

Put the new Dungeon Room Treasure Cards off to the side for
now. Reward
If the Warriors rid the woods of the Savage Orc presence, they
can return to Grossfurre where they are rewarded with
Special Rules 2D6x50 gold each.
Dungeon Rooms & Unexpected Events
When the Warriors enter an Orc Residence Dungeon Room
draw an Event Card until it reveals Monsters, reshuffling any
‘E’ Events back into the deck. Likewise, if an Unexpected
Event occurs while the Warriors are in the Orc Residence it will
always be Monsters that appear. Follow the same rules for
drawing an Event Card as listed above. Therefore, ‘E’ Events
will only occur on the forest Board Sections.

Doorways
Each time a new Forest Path Board Section has been revealed
roll 1D6 on the following table to see how many doorways it
contains:

1-3 The Forest Path is normal.

4-5 The Forest Path has one additional doorway.
6 The Forest Path has two additional doorways.

Place the new doorway(s) on any unused side(s) of the Board

Section, dividing the deck if appropriate.

Note: The extra doorways may only occur on a Forest Path

Board Section and not on the Glade, the Forest Bend or a
Forest Junction Board Section.

Treasure
Treasure
Whenever the Warriors would receive a Dungeon Room
Treasure for any reason, roll 1D6. On a score of 1-4 they

3
WARHAMMER QUEST · REALM OF SAVAGES (Revision E)
ON THE LOOSE
T he Emperor’s favorite animal has escaped from the
Imperial Menagerie and the Warriors are selected to bring
it back alive. It has fled deep into the forest. For this
Adventure the animal is (the party leader rolls 1D6):
A Bird. Each Warrior will receive 1D6x50 to
for returning this feathered pet.
A Cat Each Warrior will receive 1D3 Items of
Dungeon Room Treasure if they can reunite
this feline with the Emperor.
A Dog. Each Warrior will receive 1D6x100
gold if they can find this pure-bred canine and
bring it to the Emperor.
A Horse. Each Warrior will receive 2D6x100
gold upon this beautiful stallion’s return.
A Huge Snake. Each Warrior will receive an
item of Objective Room Treasure and
1D6x100 gold if they can bring this exotic
serpent back safely.
A Tiger. Each Warrior will receive an item of
Objective Room Treasure and 2D6x100 gold
upon the safe return of this majestic animal.
This roll cannot be affected by
Luck, Faith or other abilities.
The Warriors track the animal to a hidden Savage Orc
encampment deep in the forest. Unfortunately, the animal has
been captured by the Savage Orcs and been presented to
Munk, the Savage Orc Shaman who leads the tribe. The
Warriors will have to comb through the dangerous
encampment to find and free the animal.
SETTING UP
This Adventure uses the special Realm of Savages Board
Sections. These exquisite boards were created by Sebastian
Stuart (www.eastern-empire.com) and have been modified
especially for this scenario.
Additionally, an entire set of Savage Orc Events have been
designed especially for this Adventure as well as Special Cards
for Savage Orc Magic and Minions.
Put the new Dungeon Room Treasure Cards off to the side for
now.
4
Special Rules
Dungeon Rooms & Unexpected Events
When the Warriors enter an Orc Residence Dungeon Room
draw an Event Card until it reveals Monsters, reshuffling any
‘E’ Events back into the deck. Likewise, if an Unexpected
Event occurs while the Warriors are in the Orc Residence it will
always be Monsters that appear. Follow the same rules for
drawing an Event Card as listed above. Therefore, ‘E’ Events
will only occur on the forest Board Sections.
Doorways
Each time a new Forest Path Board Section has been revealed
roll 1D6 on the following table to see how many doorways it
contains:
1-3 The Forest Path is normal.
4-5 The Forest Path has one additional doorway.
6 The Forest Path has two additional doorways.
Place the new doorway(s) on any unused side(s) of the Board
Section, dividing the deck if appropriate.
Note: The extra doorways may only occur on a Forest Path
Board Section and not on the Glade, the Forest Bend or a
Forest Junction Board Section.
Treasure
Whenever the Warriors would receive a Dungeon Room
Treasure for any reason, roll 1D6. On a score of 1-4 they
receive a Dungeon Room Treasure as normal. If the score is a
5 or 6, draw one of the new Treasure Cards that accompany
this Adventure instead.
Munk the Savage Orc Shaman
If the Warriors encounter Munk as an Event, he will be
accompanied by his minions. See the Munk’s Minions & Rules
Special Card to see who they are. Munk will cast one spell at
the beginning of each turn. See the Munk’s Savage Orc Magic
Special Card to see which spell he casts.
Munk’s Dwelling Objective Room
When the Warriors enter Munk’s Dwelling, put the Savage Orc
Shaman on the throne, even if the Warriors had encountered
and defeated him in an Event. Munk had concocted and drunk
a magical potion which enabled him to survive even the most
grievous wounds.
Roll on the Savage Orcs Objective Room Monster Table (see
Special Card) to see which minions are in the room with him. If
Munk is defeated in the Objective Room, he is killed
permanently.
 WARHAMMER QUEST · REALM OF SAVAGES (Revision E)

Finishing the Adventure

When the Warriors clear the Objective Room of Monsters they
find the animal in a cage in the back. The animal’s condition is
as follows (the party leader rolls 1D6):

Eaten! It seems that the poor animal was the

Savage Orc Shaman’s last meal as there are
only bones left. The Warriors receive nothing
from the Emperor although he agrees to
spare their lives. The Warriors decide to leave
before he changes his mind…
Mutilated. The animal has been abused and
disfigured by the cruel Savage Orcs and even
the best healers in the Empire cannot cure it.
The Emperor is stricken with grief and then
anger. He vows to remove every Savage Orc
encampment in the Empire. The Warriors do
not escape his wrath either, receiving only
half (round down) of what was promised.
Sick. The animal has been severely neglected
and is in poor health. There is no possible way
that the creature will be able to endure the
journey back. If the Warriors have a Healing
Potion, they may use it to nurse the animal
back to health and can return to the Emperor
(see result #5 below). If they do not have a
Healing Potion, then see result #2 above.
Traumatized.
Traumatized. The animal has suffered an
enormous amount of shock and distress since
being captured by the Savage Orcs. It will
take a few months for the animal to return to
its normal demeanor. The impatient Emperor
is none too pleased. He docks the Warriors
one-third of what was promised to them
(rounded down). If the Warriors were to
receive both treasure and gold, the Emperor
withholds the treasure and gives them only
the gold instead, although it is the maximum
amount possible.
Well. The animal is in good health and the
Warriors have no trouble bringing it back to
the Emperor. He rewards the Warriors as
promised and bestows upon each of them the
title of Imperial Menagerie Defender. From
now on, if the rules ever state that the
Warrior is thrown out of a Settlement, the
Warrior may announce their title by rolling
1D6 (the player must actually say, “I am
[Warrior’s name], Imperial Menagerie SAVAGES!
Defender!”). If the result is a 6, then the
authorities reconsider and allow them to stay Warhammer Quest Adventures
instead. by Littlemonk © 2017-2019
Thriving!
Thriving! The animal is in perfect condition! In
fact, the whole ordeal seems to have done
Edited by Frag Up
the creature some good as the animal is
healthy, more vibrant and has a better
temperament than when the Emperor saw it
last! His majesty is so elated that he gives
each Warrior an extra item of Objective Room The full expansion of
Treasure! Realm of Savages Adventure Pack
This roll cannot be affected by Luck, Faith or other
will be available in a future release!
abilities.

5
WARHAMMER QUEST · REALM OF SAVAGES (Revision E)

6
WARHAMMER QUEST · REALM OF SAVAGES (Revision E)

7
WARHAMMER QUEST · REALM OF SAVAGES (Revision E)

8
WARHAMMER QUEST · REALM OF SAVAGES (Revision E)

9
WARHAMMER QUEST · REALM OF SAVAGES (Revision E)

10
WARHAMMER QUEST · REALM OF SAVAGES (Revision E)

11
WARHAMMER QUEST · REALM OF SAVAGES (Revision E)

12
WARHAMMER QUEST · REALM OF SAVAGES (Revision E)

13
WARHAMMER QUEST · REALM OF SAVAGES (Revision E)

14
WARHAMMER QUEST · REALM OF SAVAGES (Revision E)

15
WARHAMMER QUEST · REALM OF SAVAGES (Revision E)

16
WARHAMMER QUEST · REALM OF SAVAGES (Revision E)

17
WARHAMMER QUEST · REALM OF SAVAGES (Revision E)

18
WARHAMMER QUEST · REALM OF SAVAGES (Revision E)

19
WARHAMMER QUEST · REALM OF SAVAGES (Revision E)

20
WARHAMMER QUEST · REALM OF SAVAGES (Revision E)

21
WARHAMMER QUEST · REALM OF SAVAGES (Revision E)

22
WARHAMMER QUEST · REALM OF SAVAGES (Revision E)

23
WARHAMMER QUEST · REALM OF SAVAGES (Revision E)

24
WARHAMMER QUEST · REALM OF SAVAGES (Revision E)

25
WARHAMMER QUEST · REALM OF SAVAGES (Revision E)

26
WARHAMMER QUEST · REALM OF SAVAGES (Revision E)

27
WARHAMMER QUEST · REALM OF SAVAGES (Revision E)

28
WARHAMMER QUEST · REALM OF SAVAGES (Revision E)

29
WARHAMMER QUEST · REALM OF SAVAGES (Revision E)

30
WARHAMMER QUEST · REALM OF SAVAGES (Revision E)

31
WARHAMMER QUEST · REALM OF SAVAGES (Revision E)

32
WARHAMMER QUEST · REALM OF SAVAGES (Revision E)

33
WARHAMMER QUEST · REALM OF SAVAGES (Revision E)

34
WARHAMMER QUEST · REALM OF SAVAGES (Revision E)

35